hide results

    FAQ/Walkthrough by Berserker

    Version: Chris | Updated: 03/29/10 | Printable Version | Search Guide | Bookmark Guide

    ____________________________________
    B E R S E R K E R  P R E S E N T S: \
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THE
     THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU TH
    U THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU T
    
                   F E A R     Y O U     C A N ' T     F O R G E T
                                                   .'`
                                                .'.'
                                              .'.'
                                           .'.'
                                       .,'.'
                                  .'`\` .'
                                 (    .'
                                  '.  |
                                   |  |
     ____   _____  ____   _  ____  |__|__  _   _  _____    _____ __     __ _  _
    |  _ \ | ____|/ ___| | ||  _ \ | ____|| \ | ||_   _|  | ____|\ \   / /| || |
    | |_) ||  _|  \___ \ | || | | ||  _|'.|  \| |  | |    |  _|   \ \ / / | || |
    |  _ < | |___  ___) || || |_| || |___ | |\  |  | |    | |___   \ V /  | || |___
    |_| \_\|_____||____/ |_||____/.|_____||_|,\_|  |_|    |_____|   \_/   |_||____/
                                          `.  \
    PLAYSTATION 3                          )  ,)                           XBOX 360
                                          /  ,'
                                        .' .'
                                     ,.` ,'
                                    '. ,'
                                    .' ,
                                    `.,
                                     `
    
    - - - - - - -> Now updated for Resident Evil 5: Gold Edition <- - - - - - - - -
    
           Now includes a Lost in Nightmares and Desperate Escape section.
    
                      Mercenaries Reunion section coming soon!
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    JU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU
    UJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU
    JUJU THEY ARE IN KUJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJ
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                  Hompage:  http://www.berserkersblog.blogspot.com
                 Youtube: http://www.youtube.com/user/BerserkerSTARS
    
                               Started: March 13, 2009
                         Completely finished: May 22, 2009
                              Last update: May 1, 2011
                                        - - -
                                  Version: Haymaker
                               Update Type: Back Hand
                                        - - -
                    Authored by: Berserker (Berserker_Kev [IGN])
                       Email: berserker_kev(at)yahoo(dot)com
                                        - - -
                This document Copyright 2009 Kevin Hall (Berserker)
                     Resident Evil 5 Copyright 2009 Capcom Ltd.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    JU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU
    UJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU
    JUJU THEY ARE IN KUJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJ
    
    *******************************************************************************
    
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- - T A B L E  O F  C O N T E N T S - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
    
    --    Press Ctrl + F and type in the code listed beside each section for     --
    -                   quicker navigation through the guide                      -
    ---                                                                         ---
    
       Section I:  Introduction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [IN00]
    
      Section II:  Basics  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [BS00]
    
      -- General Basics  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [BS01]
      -- Advanced Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [BS02]
      -- Item Duplication  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [BS03]
    
     Section III:  Walkthrough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [WT00]
    
      -- Chapter 1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH11]
    
         - Civilian Checkpoint  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH111]
         - Back Alley 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH112]
         - Back Alley 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH113]
         - Public Assembly  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH114]
    
      -- Chapter 1-2   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH12]
    
         - Public Assembly  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH121]
         - Urban District . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH122]
         - Abandoned Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH123]
         - Furnace Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH124]
    
      -- Chapter 2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH21]
    
         - Storage Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH211]
         - The Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH212]
         - The Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH213]
         - Shanty Town  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH214]
         - Train Yard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH215]
    
      -- Chapter 2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH22]
    
         - Train Station  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH221]
         - The Mines  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH222]
         - Mining Area  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH223]
    
      -- Chapter 2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH23]
    
         - Savannah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH231]
         - The Port (Night) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH232]
    
      -- Chapter 3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH31]
    
         - Marshlands  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH311]
         - Village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH312]
    
      -- Chapter 3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH32]
    
         - Execution Ground  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH321]
         - Oil Field - Refinery  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH322]
         - Oil Field - Control Facility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH323
         - Oil Field - Dock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH324]
    
      -- Chapter 3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH33]
    
         - Oil Field - Drilling Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH331]
         - Patrol Boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH332]
    
      -- Chapter 4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH41]
    
         - Caves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH411]
         - Ancient Village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH412]
         - Labyrinth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH413]
    
      -- Chapter 4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH42]
    
         - Worship Area  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH421]
         - Pyramid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH422]
         - Underground Garden  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH423]
    
      -- Chapter 5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH51]
    
         - Underground Garden  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH511]
         - Progenitor Virus House  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH512]
         - Experimental Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH513]
    
      -- Chapter 5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH52]
    
         - Experimental Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH521]
         - Power Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH522]
         - Experimental Facility Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH523]
         - Missile Area 1st Floor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH524]
         - Uroboros Research Facility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH525]
    
      -- Chapter 5-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH53]
    
         - Uroboros Research Facility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH531]
         - Missile Area 2nd Floor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH532]
         - Moving Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH533]
         - Monarch Room Entrance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH534]
         - Monarch Room  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH535]
    
      -- Chapter 6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH61]
    
         - Ship Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH611]
         - Ship Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH612]
    
      -- Chapter 6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH62]
    
         - Main Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH621]
         - Bridge  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH622]
         - Bridge Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH623]
    
      -- Chapter 6-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH63]
    
         - Bridge Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH631]
         - Bridge  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH632]
         - Engine Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH633]
         - Hangar  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH634]
         - Volcano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH635]
    
      Section IV:  Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [WE00]
    
       Section V:  Enemies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN00]
    
       -- Majini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN01]
       -- Mini Bosses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN02]
       -- Parasitic B.O.W.s  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN03]
       -- Other B.O.W.s  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN04]
       -- Animals/Beasts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN05]
    
      Section VI:  Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI00]
    
       -- BSAA Medal Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI01]
       -- Treasure Checklist (by treasure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI02]
       -- Treasure Checklist (by chapter)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI03]
       -- Hidden Weapon Checklist  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI04]
       -- File Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI05]
       -- Figure Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI06]
       -- Extra Figure Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI07]
       -- Achievement Checklist  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI08]
       -- Main Game Unlockables List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI09]
       -- Mercenaries Unlockables List - Stages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI10]
       -- Mercenaries Unlockables List - Characters  . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI11]
       -- Store List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI12]
       -- Bonus Features List  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI13]
       -- Chapter Ranking List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI14]
    
     Section VII:  Professional Mode Walkthrough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM00]
    
       -- Chapter 1
         - Chapter 1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM11]
         - Chapter 1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM12]
    
       -- Chapter 2
         - Chapter 2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM21]
         - Chapter 2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM22]
         - Chapter 2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM23]
    
       -- Chapter 3
         - Chapter 3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM31]
         - Chapter 3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM32]
         - Chapter 3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM33]
    
       -- Chapter 4
         - Chapter 4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM41]
         - Chapter 4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM42]
    
       -- Chapter 5
         - Chapter 5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM51]
         - Chapter 5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM52]
         - Chapter 5-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM53]
    
       -- Chapter 6
         - Chapter 6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM61]
         - Chapter 6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM62]
         - Chapter 6-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM63]
    
    Section VIII:  S-rank Guide  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [SR00]
    
      Section IX:  Lost in Nightmares Guide  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LN00]
    
     Section XII:  Desperate Escape Guide  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DE00]
    
    Section XIII:  The Mercenaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [TM00]
    
       -- Mercenary Basis  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [MB00]
    
       -- Leaderboards Top 10 Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LE00]
    
       -- Mercenary Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST00]
    
         - Public Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST01]
         - The Mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST02]
         - Village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST03]
         - Ancient Ruins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST04]
         - Experimental Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST05]
         - Missile Area  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST06]
         - Ship Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST07]
         - Prison  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST08]
    
       -- Mercenary Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS00]
    
         - Chris (BSAA)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS01]
         - Chris (Safari)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS02]
         - Chris (S.T.A.R.S.)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS03]
         - Sheva (BSAA)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS04]
         - Sheva (Clubbin')  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS05]
         - Sheva (Tribal)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS06]
         - ???? (BSAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS07]
         - ???? (Battle Suit)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS08]
         - ?????? (Midnight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS09]
         - ?????? (S.T.A.R.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS10]
    
     Section XIV:  Versus Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS00]
    
       -- Slayers/Team Slayers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS01]
       -- Survivors/Team Survivors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS02]
       -- Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS03]
       -- Survivors/Team Survivors Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS04]
       -- Survivors/Team Survivors Stages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS05]
       -- Versus Mode Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS06]
    
      Section XV:  Everything Else . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EE00]
    
       -- Copyright  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CO00]
       -- Special Thanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST00]
       -- Version History  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VH00]
       -- Contact Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CI00]
       -- About Me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AM00]
       -- Donations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DO00]
       -- Cheat Happens Featured Guides  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH00]
       -- Resident Evil 5 Wallpapers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [WA00]
    
    (NOTE: "?"'s are used in The Mercenaries table of contents to avoid spoilers in 
    the table of contents.)
    
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
    
    [IN00]
    ===============================================================================
         ___         _                    _               _    _               
        |_ _| _ __  | |_  _ __  ___    __| | _   _   ___ | |_ (_)  ___   _ __  
         | | | '_ \ | __|| '__|/ _ \  / _` || | | | / __|| __|| | / _ \ | '_ \ 
         | | | | | || |_ | |  | (_) || (_| || |_| || (__ | |_ | || (_) || | | |
        |___||_| |_| \__||_|   \___/  \__,_| \__,_| \___| \__||_| \___/ |_| |_|
    ===============================================================================
    
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
    Welcome to my Resident Evil 5 Guide, fellow Resident Evil fan!      - Berserker
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
    
                    L O N G   T I M E   N O   S E E,   C H R I S.
    
    Chris Redfield now a member of the BSAA (Bioterrorism Security Assessment 
    Alliance) has been sent to Africa in order to investigate a reported 
    bioterrorist hotspot in the town of Kijuju.  He drives his jeep along the dirt 
    road toward his destination and prepares to meet up with a BSAA agent from the 
    West African division.  When Chris arrives, the agent introduces herself - 
    Sheva Alomar, his new...
    
                                 P A R T N E R . . . ?
    
    The familiar word echoes throughout Chris' mind as he recalls the tombstone 
    with the year November 23, 2006 etched into it.  You see, his last partner was 
    a woman too - Jill Valentine.  Both Jill and Chris survived the horrors of the 
    Spencer Estate in Raccoon City together - what later became known as "The 
    Mansion Incident".  Jill is now proclaimed dead, but Chris believes she is 
    still alive.  Despite that, casualties continue to the mount over the long 
    years he has struggled.  More and more, he finds himself wondering...
    
              I S   I T   A L L   W O R T H   F I G H T I N G   F O R ?
    
    Who knows?  Maybe one day, he'll find out.  Chris has got a job to do here 
    though, and he's going to see it through.  Both Chris and Sheva gather their 
    belongings and enter the town of Kijuju.  They are met with vacant and ominous 
    stares as they walk down the streets of the town.  All they see is death on the 
    way to their location and then suddenly...
    
                                    S I L E N C E.
    
    A siren is heard in the distance and the town's inhabitants suddenly 
    disappear...?  But where?  The two meet up with their contact and he fills them 
    in on the situation and where exactly they should meet up with the rest of the 
    BSAA squad.  The contact tells them of a lead that the BSAA has on a man named 
    "Irving".  He also mentions something else... something about a doomsday 
    project codenamed "Uroboros".  Chris and Sheva gather their gear and soon 
    depart further into the streets of Kijuju to meet up with their squad and find 
    Irving.
    
                        A   N E W   C H A P T E R   I N   T H E
    
                             R E    S A G A   B E G I N S.
    
    
    --> WORDS FROM THE AUTHOR
    
    We last met at the Spencer Estate, wasn't it?  While aboard the Ecliptic 
    Express?  During Jill Valentine's Last Escape from Raccoon City?  Maybe during 
    the Fall of Umbrella?  Or perhaps during the details of the most recent Kennedy 
    Report?  Maybe you have read my work before through my Resident Evil 4: Wii 
    Edition guide or my Resident Evil: The Umbrella Chronicles guide.  Maybe you 
    haven't.  Either way, prepare for a few year's worth of anticipation for 
    Resident Evil 5 in written form.
    
    How many times have you played the RE5 demo?  I've had a fellow gamer ask me 
    that question over Xbox LIVE and after a long pause, the only answer I could 
    give him was somewhere over 100.  It's actually much more than that, I assure 
    you.  Has there been another demo that you've spent as much time on as Resident 
    Evil 5?  My answer?  Never.  My obsession with the series has never been so 
    clear to me.
    
    Like many other gamers, I consider myself a very hardcore Resident Evil fan.  
    I've been completely obsessed with the Resident Evil series all the way back 
    since the original game was released for PSX in 1996.  Because of this love for 
    the series this guide will cover ever single solitary piece of information you 
    can think of and then some.
    
    --> VERSION HAYMAKER (COMPLETE VERSION) FEATURES
    
    This author had a voluntary job to do, and he saw it through!
    
    Version Haymaker is the complete version of my Resident Evil 5 guide.  It 
    includes everything that I wanted to add and I'm hoping it hits my readers with 
    a force equal to a Redfield Haymaker punch to the face while looking through 
    it.  Not that I want to shatter a reader's head with an overpowered punch, but 
    I want to make an impact on each and every one of you reading this.
    
    In this complete version of my Resident Evil 5 guide, you will find:
    
    [x] An extremely in-depth basics sections highlighting basic gameplay and 
        several advanced techniques.
    [x] A walkthrough of the main game that details every single piece of the main 
        game written by a very hardcore fan of the series with the hardcore 
        Resident Evil fan in mind.
    [x] A list section with checklists of every single collectible item or anything 
        that can be put into a list.
    [x] Detailed Weapons and Enemies sections.
    [x] A Professional mode guide.  This separate section is fully dedicated to 
        getting you through Professional mode.
    [x] An S-rank guide.  The S-rank section gives the reader tips for achieving an 
        S-rank on each chapter.
    [x] A Mercenaries section that will help you to get the most of the mode.  
        Guaranteed.
    [x] A Versus mode section for the extra downloadable content on the PlayStation 
        Store and Xbox LIVE marketplace.
    
    --> UPDATES TO MY RESIDENT EVIL 5 GUIDE
    
    I will always post all updates made to this guide at the following links below:
    
    Version "Haymaker" (Complete) Version Update Post:
    http://tinyurl.com/oson3u
    
    Kick           = Extremely minor update
    Hook           = Minor update
    Straight Punch = Moderate update
    Uppercut       = Big update
    Back Hand      = Major update
    
    Old Incomplete Version Update Post:
    http://berserkersblog.blogspot.com/2009/04/resident-evil-5-guide.html
    
    Feel free to post up any comments that you want in the post above.  It will be 
    the main area that I'll use for any additions, ideas or just to randomly rant 
    and bitch about something.
    
    .-----------------------------------------------------------------------------,
    |            THREE THINGS THAT I WOULD LIKE MY READERS TO KNOW                |
    |                                                                             |
    | (1) If you found this guide useful then email me with your thoughts.        |
    |     Believe it or not, emails carry a quite a bit of meaning.               |
    |                                                                             |
    | (2) My Paypal donation email is berserker_kev@yahoo.com for those that want |
    |     to donate.  Again, this is just to point out that I accept donations    |
    |     There is a separate section for this topic at the bottom of the guide.  |
    |                                                                             |
    | (3) On GameFAQs, click the orange "recommend" link at the top of the guide  |
    |     or on IGN add "berserker_kev" to your watched user list (WUL) if you    |
    |     found this guide helpful.                                               |
    |                                                                             |
    |     http://club.ign.com/b/about?username=berserker_kev&which=boards         |
    |                                                                             |
    |     Thanks for your time and enjoy the guide,                               |
    |                                                                             |
    |                                                     - Kevin (Berserker)     |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    [BS00]
    ===============================================================================
                           ____               _            
                          | __ )   __ _  ___ (_)  ___  ___ 
                          |  _ \  / _` |/ __|| | / __|/ __|
                          | |_) || (_| |\__ \| || (__ \__ \
                          |____/  \__,_||___/|_| \___||___/
    ===============================================================================
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GENERAL BASICS                            [BS01]
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    _______________________
    DEFAULT CONTROL SETUPS \_______________________________________________________
    
    ________________________ PlayStation 3 Control Setup __________________________
    
    To save on a few emails, L3 = push in on the left thumbstick, R3 = push in on 
    the right thumbstick, L thumbstick = left thumbstick, R thumbstick = right 
    thumbstick and D-pad = Directional pad.
    
    Type A                                  Type B
    
    []           - Action/Fire Gun          []           - Action
    /\           - Inventory                /\           - Inventory
    O            - Partner Action           O            - Partner Action
    X            - Run/Reload               X            - Run/Reload
    R2           - Display Map              R2           - Display Map
    L2           - Locate Partner           L2           - Equip Knife
    R1           - Aim Gun                  R1           - Fire Gun/Locate Partner
    L1           - Equip Knife              L1           - Aim Gun
    L3           - N/A                      L3           - N/A
    R3           - N/A                      R3           - N/A
    Start        - Pause Menu               Start        - Pause Menu
    Select       - Skip Cutscene            Select       - Skip Cutscene
    L thumbstick - Walk/Turn                L thumbstick - Walk/Turn
    R thumbstick - Change Viewpoint         R thumbstick - Change Viewpoint
    D-pad up     - Fast Equip               D-pad up     - Fast Equip
    D-pad down   - Fast Equip               D-pad down   - Fast Equip
    D-pad right  - Fast Equip               D-pad right  - Fast Equip
    D-pad left   - Fast Equip               D-pad left   - Fast Equip
    
    Type C                                  Type D
    
    []           - Action/Fire Gun          []           - Action
    /\           - Inventory                /\           - Inventory
    O            - Partner Action           O            - Partner Acton
    X            - Run/Reload               X            - Run/Reload
    R2           - Display Map              R2           - Display Map
    L2           - Locate Partner           L2           - Equip Knife
    R1           - Aim Gun                  R1           - Fire Gun/Locate Partner
    L1           - Equip Knife              L1           - Aim Gun
    L3           - Run                      L3           - Run
    R3           - N/A                      R3           - N/A
    Start        - Pause Menu               Start        - Pause Menu
    Select       - Skip Cutscene            Select       - Skip Cutscene
    L thumbstick - Walk/Strafe              L thumbstick - Walk/Strafe
    R thumbstick - Adjust Camera/Turn       R thumbstick - Adjust Camera/Turn
    D-pad up     - Fast Equip               D-pad up     - Fast Equip
    D-pad down   - Fast Equip               D-pad down   - Fast Equip
    D-pad right  - Fast Equip               D-pad right  - Fast Equip
    D-pad left   - Fast Equip               D-pad left   - Fast Equip
    
    * The R thumbstick for Type B and D controls is used for precision targeting 
      while aiming with a weapon and the L thumbstick for Type A and C controls is
      used for precision targeting while aiming with a weapon.
    
    -- Type A and C Combination Commands
    
    Hold R1 then tap X                        = Reload
    L thumbstick up + X                       = Run
    L thumbstick back + X                     = Quick Turn
    Hold R1 + tap []                          = Fire/Throw
    Hold L1 + tap X                           = Slash with Knife
    
    -- Type B and D Combination Commands
    
    Hold L1 then tap X                        = Reload
    L thumbstick up + X                       = Run
    L3 + move L thumbstick up                 = Run
    L thumbstick back + X                     = Quick Turn
    L thumbstick right or left                = Strafe
    Hold L1 + tap R1                          = Fire/Throw
    Hold L2 + tap R1                          = Slash with Knife
    
    -- Type C and D Combination Commands (only exclusive commands are listed)
    
    L3 + move L thumbstick up                 = Run
    Hold X then right or left on L thumbstick = Turn Character
    Hold X then right or left on R thumbstick = Lock Turning
    
    ___________________________ Xbox 360 Control Setup ____________________________
    
    To save on a few emails, LS = push in on the left thumbstick, RS = push in on 
    the right thumbstick, L thumbstick = left thumbstick, R thumbstick = right 
    thumbstick and D-pad = Directional pad.
    
    Type A                                  Type B
    
    X            - Action/Fire Gun          X            - Action
    Y            - Inventory                Y            - Inventory
    B            - Partner Action           B            - Partner Action
    A            - Run/Reload               A            - Run/Reload
    RB           - Display Map              RB           - Display Map
    LB           - Locate Partner           LB           - Equip Knife
    RT           - Aim Gun                  RT           - Fire Gun/Locate Partner
    LT           - Equip Knife              LT           - Aim Gun
    LS           - N/A                      LS           - N/A
    RS           - N/A                      RS           - N/A
    Start        - Pause Menu               Start        - Pause Menu
    Back         - Skip Cutscene            Back         - Skip Cutscene
    L thumbstick - Walk/Turn                L thumbstick - Walk/Turn
    R thumbstick - Change Viewpoint         R thumbstick - Change Viewpoint
    D-pad up     - Fast Equip               D-pad up     - Fast Equip
    D-pad down   - Fast Equip               D-pad down   - Fast Equip
    D-pad right  - Fast Equip               D-pad right  - Fast Equip
    D-pad left   - Fast Equip               D-pad left   - Fast Equip
    
    Type C                                  Type D
    
    X            - Action/Fire Gun          X            - Action
    Y            - Inventory                Y            - Inventory
    B            - Partner Action           B            - Partner Acton
    A            - Run/Reload               A            - Run/Reload
    RB           - Display Map              RB           - Display Map
    LB           - Locate Partner           LB           - Equip Knife
    RT           - Aim Gun                  RT           - Fire Gun/Locate Partner
    LT           - Equip Knife              LT           - Aim Gun
    LS           - N/A                      LS           - N/A
    RS           - N/A                      RS           - N/A
    Start        - Pause Menu               Start        - Pause Menu
    Back         - Skip Cutscene            Back         - Skip Cutscene
    L thumbstick - Walk/Strafe              L thumbstick - Walk/Strafe
    R thumbstick - Adjust Camera/Turn       R thumbstick - Adjust Camera/Turn
    D-pad up     - Fast Equip               D-pad up     - Fast Equip
    D-pad down   - Fast Equip               D-pad down   - Fast Equip
    D-pad right  - Fast Equip               D-pad right  - Fast Equip
    D-pad left   - Fast Equip               D-pad left   - Fast Equip
    
    * The R thumbstick for Type B and D controls is used for precision targeting 
      while aiming with a weapon and the L thumbstick for Type A and C controls is
      used for precision targeting while aiming with a weapon.
    
    -- Type A and C Combination Commands
    
    Hold RT then tap A                        = Reload
    L thumbstick up + A                       = Run
    L thumbstick back + A                     = Quick Turn
    Hold RT + tap X                           = Fire/Throw
    Hold LT + tap A                           = Slash with Knife
    
    -- Type B and D Combination Commands
    
    Hold LT then tap A                        = Reload
    L thumbstick up + A                       = Run
    LS + move L thumbstick up                 = Run
    L thumbstick back + A                     = Quick Turn
    L thumbstick right or left                = Strafe
    Hold LT + tap RT                          = Fire/Throw
    Hold LB + tap RT                          = Slash with Knife
    
    -- Type C and D Combination Commands (only exclusive commands are listed)
    
    LS + move L thumbstick up                 = Run
    Hold A then right or left on L thumbstick = Turn Character
    Hold A then right or left on R thumbstick = Lock Turning
    
    _____________________
    SAVING YOUR PROGRESS \_________________________________________________________
    
    Resident Evil 5 uses an auto-save feature.  The game saves at certain 
    checkpoints during a chapter and it also saves at the end of each chapter.  The 
    auto-save will always overwrite the current save.
    
    ** MAJOR WARNING ABOUT DATA CORRUPTION
    
    Be sure to back up your save file for either console version onto some sort of 
    portable saving device.  There is a common data corruption problem with 
    Resident Evil 5's save file that could corrupt your data.
    
    For Xbox 360, use a memory card to save your data.  For PS3 use a flash drive 
    to save your data - highlight the save file under your save games list then 
    press /\ and copy the data to a flash drive on the device list once it is 
    inserted.  The PS3 save file used to be copy protected but the Version 1.03 
    update that was released around the beginning of June 2009 removes the copy 
    protection, allowing gamers to back up their Resident Evil 5 data to a flash 
    drive.
    
    _________________________________
    NETWORK SETTINGS AND ONLINE PLAY \_____________________________________________
    
    After choosing your difficulty or character (after beating it once), you'll 
    come across the network settings where one can control various online 
    functions.
    
    --> Co-Op Settings
    
    Rogue       = No other player can join in your game.  The partner will always 
                  be controlled by the AI only.
    Invite Only = Only players that are invited can join.
    No Limits   = Anyone can join your game at any time, so long as you willingly 
                  accept the player when that person joins.
    
    --> Attack Reaction
    
    This changes whether both characters can hit each other or not.  The option is 
    "No" by default.  By choosing "Yes", the players will be able to hit each 
    other, so if one character stands in the way while another character fires, the 
    bullets will hit the character that stands in front of the gunfire.  A 
    character's melee attacks can hit the partner as well.  Ever wanted to feel the 
    full force of Chris' Haymaker?  Players cannot sustain damage from one another 
    under this option however.
    
    Turning this on will also make it to where the AI partner will join in on 
    hitting an enemy after an arm stun melee.  While an enemy staggers away after 
    an arm stun melee attack such as a Hook or Kick, the AI partner will usually 
    run up and perform a melee to the staggering enemy as well.  The attack 
    reaction can really help out when fighting a Big Man Majini since he can be hit 
    from either side during a tag team melee sequence.
    
    --> Infinite Ammo
    
    The infinite ammo option allows the host player to choose whether or not 
    infinite ammo is allowed in the game or not.  By choosing "Yes", players that 
    have unlocked the infinite ammo option per gun can use infinite ammo guns while 
    playing alongside the host.  By choosing "No" no infinite ammo weapons are 
    allowed and are thereby locked out from use.
    
    Infinite Ammo may be turned on under the Bonus Features section.  Choose "Yes" 
    under Infinite Ammo once the option has been unlocked per weapon to use 
    infinite ammo for that gun.  A player must fully upgrade a weapon to unlock 
    infinite ammo for it.
    
    --> Xbox 360 Invite
    
    After allowing a player to join a game by choosing "Invite Only" or "No 
    Limits", press the guide button on the Xbox 360 controller, choose "Friends" 
    and cycle to the friend that you want to invite.  Select your friend then 
    select either the "Invite to Game" or "Invite to Party and Game" option to send 
    that player an invite.
    
    --> Xbox 360 Accept Invite
    
    Open the invite message then choose to join the game.  Both players will be 
    taken to the main inventory menu and both players must choose to start the game 
    by picking the "Ready" option or one player can choose "Ready" and the other 
    player will have 60 seconds to manage any leftover needs before the game 
    automatically starts.
    
    --> PS3 Invite
    
    After allowing a player to join a game by choosing the "Invite Only" or "No 
    Limits" open up the XMB by pressing the PS button then select a player on your 
    friends list and press the /\ button then choose to "Invite this Player".
    
    --> PS3 Accept Invite
    
    Someone must first invite you to a game of RE5, obviously.  You will receive a 
    message displaying the following:
    
         Subject: Resident Evil 5
    
         Would you like to play RESIDENT EVIL 5 in story mode with me?
    
    Once you receive this message, highlight any friend on your friends list and 
    press /\ then select "Accept Invitation".  From the screen that pops up, press 
    the X button then choose to "Join Game" when the invitation appears.  Both 
    players will be taken to the main inventory menu and both players must choose 
    to start the game by picking the "Ready" option or one player can choose 
    "Ready" and the other player will have 60 seconds to manage any leftover 
    inventory needs before the game automatically starts.
    
    For Mercenaries mode invitations, the following message will be received:
    
         Subject: RESIDENT EVIL 5
    
         Would you like to play RESIDENT EVIL 5 in THE MERCENARIES mode with me?
    
    For Versus mode invitations, the following message will be received:
    
         Subject: RESIDENT EVIL 5
    
         Would you like to player RESIDENT EVIL 5 in VERSUS mode with me?
    
    _______________________
    JOINING AN ONLINE GAME \_______________________________________________________
    
    --> Icons
    
    The following icons will appear along with each session.
    
       -> Connection
    
                                        || || ||
    
       The above icon which consists of three bars displays the connection speed of 
       the session.  If all bars are filled then the session should play normally 
       with minimal lag.  If a bar is unfilled (starting from the right) then a 
       joining player will most likely experience some online lag in that session.
    
       -> Attack Reaction
    
              \/                              /!\
              /\ = Attack Reaction Off       '---' = Attack Reaction On
    
       The icons above showcase if Attack Reaction is off or on.  The symbol 
       represented by the "white X" means that characters cannot hit each other and 
       the icon showcased with the "red ! inside the bloody /\" means that 
       characters can hit each other.
    
       -> Flag
    
       Each session will have a flag icon which represents the country that the 
       host resides in.  It's usually best to pick a host from your own country for 
       a chance at a better connection speed.  Joining a host's connection from a 
       different country will more often result in the joining player experiencing 
       online lag during the session.
    
       -> Character
    
       Whether it be the actual picture representation of a character through the 
       quick match or the listed name of the character through the custom search, 
       the character shown is the character that the host is currently using.  The 
       joining player will play with the other character.  Sheva can only be chosen 
       as a starting character by the host once the host has completed all 
       chapters.
    
    --> Quick Match
    
    The Quick Match option will take the player to a "Session Details" screen where 
    the online service will search for an online game session to join.  The details 
    will looks as follows:
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Picture of stage
    
    Character  Name - Country Flag - Attack Reaction - Connection
    Online ID
    Difficulty                                                    Character Picture
    Current Chapter
    Current Area in Chapter
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    From the above session, a gamer can use the following controls to manipulate 
    the session details screen.
    
    Controls:
    
    Left thumbstick left or right = Select different sessions
    X (or A)                      = OK
    O (or B)                      = Back
    [] (or X)                     = Refresh
    /\ (or Y)                     = Display Profile (Gamercard) of User
    
    Use the left thumbstick or D-pad to cycle between the various available 
    sessions.  Refreshing the sessions will bring up a new current list of 
    sessions.  Back out of the Session Details by choosing the "Back" option.  
    Confirming a session through "OK" will attempt to join that session. The player 
    will not be able to join until the session reaches a certain point of the 
    current chapter (a checkpoint) or until that person.  The Profile (Gamercard) 
    option will pull up the host's profile details.
    
    NOTE: Whether or not infinite ammo is on is not displayed through the quick 
    match option.  The infinite ammo option is only displayed through the "Custom 
    Match" search list.
    
    --> Custom Match
    
    The Custom Match option searches the available sessions and matches a player up 
    with some certain specified options.  It allows a player to more easily pick 
    from the available sessions based on the following categories:
    
       -> Difficulty
    
       The Amateur, Normal, Veteran, or Professional mode difficulty can be chosen 
       from this category.
    
       -> Chapter
    
       Chapter segments of chapter 1-6 may be chosen from this category
    
       -> Location Settings
    
       Allows the player to choose from the "Home Location" in the country where 
       the player resides or give the option to specify none, meaning that the 
       player will be able to join in sessions with hosts from other countries.
    
       -> Attack Reaction
    
       Allows the player to turn the Attack Reaction option on or off.
    
       -> Infinite Ammo
    
       Allows the player to turn the Infinite Ammo feature on or off.  Each player 
       must have the "Infinite Ammo" option set to "On" from the "Special Settings" 
       menu.  A player must fully upgrade a weapon through the "Buy" menu in the 
       main inventory (Item Management) display in order to have infinite ammo 
       available for that weapon.
    
    After performing a search, a list of available sessions based off the 
    preferences of the player will be showcased on the session list.  Choose a 
    session then press the "OK" button to join the session.
    
    NOTE: Unlike during the Quick Match, a joining player has no way to tell what 
    current area of the chapter (save point) that a host has passed.
    
    ___________________________________________
    PLAYING WITH A LOCAL PLAYER (OFFLINE PLAY) \___________________________________
    
    --> Joining the game
    
    In order for a second player to join a game, the second player needs to press 
    the "Start" button on the second player controller during gameplay.  The 
    players will be taken to the main inventory screen then both must select 
    "Ready" to start the game.
    
    --> Split Screen
    
    While playing with local play, the screen will be split into two sections.  The 
    player of Chris (first player) will use the top screen while the player of 
    Sheva (second player) will use the bottom screen.
    
    ___________________
    SKIPPING CUTSCENES \___________________________________________________________
    
    In order to skip a cutscene, press the Select (PS3) or Back (Xbox 360) button 
    during a cutscene. In a co-op game both players must press the button to skip a 
    cutscene.  The "Skip" icon will appear on the screen for the player that hasn't 
    agreed yet, and that player must press the Select or Back button as well for 
    the cutscene to end; if not then the full cutscene will play for both players.
    
    This can also be used to skip the beginning announcement in The Mercenaries 
    mode.  Whenever Josh begins to speak, press the Select (PS3) or Back (Xbox 360) 
    button to skip his dialogue and begin the round.
    
    ____________
    THE MINIMAP \__________________________________________________________________
    
    Command: Tap the Map button (R2/RB) to bring up the minimap.
    
    The minimap (GPS) displays on the right hand side (Chris) or left hand side 
    (Sheva) of the screen and should always be pulled up when your character first 
    starts out in any of the stages.  The map shows a full display of the current 
    surroundings and has a compass in the upper left corner that always points 
    north.  This map can help you to identify destinations, key items and bosses, 
    but most importantly, it will display your partner's location while online.  
    The partner's icon will display the direction the partner is heading as 
    represented by the way that the partner's colored arrow is pointing.
    
    The table below lists the map icons with the corresponding description as shown 
    on the map:
    
              .------------------------------------------------------.
              | Chris               = Green Arrow                    |
              | Sheva               = Purple Arrow                   |
              | Destination Pointer = Yellow Arrow                   |
              | Destination Marker  = Yellow Circle w/Yellow Arrow   |
              | Checkpoint          = Flashing Yellow Circles        |
              | Locked Door         = Light Blue Circle w/Key Symbol |
              | Boss Enemy          = Blue Triangle                  |
              '------------------------------------------------------'
    
    ________
    RUNNING \______________________________________________________________________
    
    Command: Forward on left thumbstick + hold Run button
    
    While holding down the Run button your character will run instead of moving 
    with the usual walking animation while your character moves forward.
    
    ___________
    QUICK TURN \___________________________________________________________________
    
    Command: Back on left thumbstick + Run button
    
    Tap back on the Left thumbstick and the Run button at the same time to 
    instantly turn around.  You must learn to use this method of turning during 
    intense battles or your character may get hit from turning too slow with the 
    thumbstick.
    
    _____________
    KNIFE ATTACK \_________________________________________________________________
    
    Command: Hold the knife button then tap the Action button
    
    Chris or Sheva will hold up the knife and slash.  Chris' "knife" weapon is 
    actually a machete.  You'll mainly want to use this close range weapon to bust 
    open breakable objects.
    
    The knife is very useful for close combat while fighting a normal enemy as 
    well.  Try to aim for the enemy's face or midsection of the body or legs and 
    this might stun the enemy to where your character can simply run up to the 
    enemy and initiate a melee attack through a button tap sequence.  The knife 
    slash has a very wide range and will usually stagger a normal enemy and can 
    also stagger a group of enemies in front of your character.
    
    ________________
    SPECIAL ACTIONS \______________________________________________________________
    
    Command: Action button when a special action button prompt appears
    
    When standing near a window or any type of object that can be leaped over or 
    while standing near a ledge that your character can jump from, an action 
    command button prompt will appear and allow your character to perform the 
    action as labeled on the screen by tapping the button on the screen.
    
    ______________
    OPENING DOORS \________________________________________________________________
    
    Command: Action button near a door/double tap the Action button near a door
    
    Press the Action button to quietly open a door.  Double tap the Action button 
    to kick open a door.  A door that is kicked open can hit enemies and a door 
    that is kicked while badly damaged (two hits) will be destroyed.  Keep in mind 
    that you can damage or destroy doors with knife slashes, explosions or gun 
    blasts.
    
    TIP: A door kick animation will make your character invincible during the 
    kicking animation, a door opening animation does not grant invincibility.  On 
    the flip side, a door kick will alert enemies to your presence immediately 
    while a door opening animation is quiet enough to keep your character from 
    being instantly spotted. 
    
    _________________
    ACTION SEQUENCES \_____________________________________________________________
    
    - Action Sequences
    
    During specific cutscenes throughout the course of the game, players will have 
    to watch for sudden on-screen button prompt commands to display.  When the 
    command appears press the required button, set of buttons or wiggle the left 
    analog in the direction shown in order to survive a sequence or avoid taking 
    damage during the sequence.  These range from a single button tap, a rapid 
    button tap, two buttons pressed at once, a left thumbstick shake (from left to 
    right), and left thumbstick rotation.
    
    In co-op mode, if both players fail to react to a specific sequence then both 
    players will suffer damage or defeat.  Sometimes a certain player of a certain 
    character will be required to input a command while the other player watches.  
    The screen will display "Chris" or "Sheva" at that time depending on the 
    character performing the on-screen action.
    
    - Button Prompt Dodging
    
    During some normal enemy battles and boss battles, a player may be required to 
    input a specific on-screen button command to dodge or counter an on-coming 
    attack.  The character will usually roll or dodge out of the way of the 
    incoming attack.  A player must input the on-screen command very quickly or 
    suffer damage, or sometimes instant death.
    
    TIP: In Normal or Veteran mode, when a single button command appears on the 
    screen during gameplay such as the Action or Run button, a player can press 
    both the Action and Run button at the same time to keep from missing the single 
    button tap.  This will NOT work for Professional mode however.  In Professional 
    mode, any wrong button press will automatically end the sequence in failure.
    
    _________________
    ITEMS/ITEM DROPS \_____________________________________________________________
    
    Items are scattered throughout various sections of the environment and can be 
    found in breakable objects and collected in the form of item drops after 
    defeating an enemy.  Items lying in the environment will always be the same 
    item for each playthrough while items obtained from breakable objects and enemy 
    drops are random.
    
    To destroy a breakable object, it is usually best to equip the knife and slash 
    it in order to save ammo when destroying it to save ammo.  In tense situations, 
    you may want to shoot the object with a handgun to keep from having to go 
    through the knife equipping and slashing animations.
    
    Items that are found in breakable objects and items that are dropped by enemies 
    give off a certain colored glow or other appearance depending on the type of 
    item:
    
           .--------------------------------------------------------------.
           | Gold/Valuable Pickup = Blue                                  |
           | Health Pickup        = Green                                 |
           | Ammo Pickup          = Red                                   |
           | Key Item             = Shimmers with white glow periodically |
           '--------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Keep these item appearances in mind when in tense situations in order to 
    quickly distinguish between them.  You don't really want to accidentally grab 
    gold when you're close to death and there is a health item glowing green up 
    ahead, do you?
    
    TIP: Items that are dropped by enemies can sometimes mount up in a certain 
    area.  To avoid picking up an unwanted item, move over the group of items until 
    the item you actually want to retrieve is displayed on the screen.  The 
    character has to be standing directly above the item in order to retrieve a 
    certain item from a group of several items.
    
    __________________
    HAZARDOUS OBJECTS \____________________________________________________________
    
    Just like with all Resident Evil games starting from Resident Evil 3: Nemesis 
    and onward, Resident Evil 5 has many hazardous objects that can be shot from a 
    distance in order to damage a group of enemies at once.
    
    - Red Explosive Barrel (Drum) - These red metal barrels can be shot from a 
      distance to trigger a big explosion that will heavily damage any enemy that 
      is standing near it.  Explosive barrels produce a much bigger explosion this 
      time around, so be sure to stand far enough away from them before shooting.
    
    - Gas Tank - In a few areas of the game, red explosive gas tanks or gas 
      canister can be shot for an explosion much like a red explosive barrel.  
      Gas tanks can sometimes be turned over on their side during some boss fights.
    
    - Oil Canisters - Oil canisters are red canisters that are always found in a 
      group.  Shoot one of the oil canisters and the shot will pierce one of the 
      barrels and ignite the oil inside.  The oil will make a path of fire in the 
      direction that it spews and burn any enemies that are in the way or happen to
      step through it.  The fire will eventually die down in a few seconds.
    
    - Transformer - Transformers are electrical metal power boxes that are found 
      hanging from wooden poles in certain areas.  Aim for any portion of them and 
      shoot them to make them fall and send out a blast of electricity all around 
      them that will damage and stagger any enemy that is near it.  The electrical 
      shock will begin to die down and eventually stop.
    
      A grounded transformer can be shot when it is inactive to send out another 
      blast of electricity once again and it can be shot while the electricity 
      field is weak to keep the small electrical charge going.  Even the small 
      electrical charge can damage any close range enemy.  Grounded transformers 
      can be constantly shot again for more explosive electrical blasts while they 
      are in the area.
    
    TIP: When you enter an area and see a hanging transformer, if you plan on using 
    it, it is best to shoot it down early so you don't have to aim upwards during 
    the middle of an intense battle.  Just watch for the electric current and make 
    sure that your partner is not in the way.
    
    NOTE: Be sure to avoid shooting any of the above objects if your partner is 
    currently in the way of the object or that character will take damage.  This is 
    so easy to do on accident while shooting a red explosive barrels since the 
    barrels have quite a blast radius.  While playing the game in co-op you really 
    need to respect your partner and not diminish their faith in you by shooting a 
    red explosive barrel to take out a Majini mob that they are caught in the 
    middle of.
    
    ______________
    MELEE ATTACKS \________________________________________________________________
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Enemy Stance Through Gunfire
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Both Chris and Sheva can perform each of their own unique physical attacks by 
    hitting an enemy in a certain portion of the body with a gun (handgun, machine 
    gun, or rifle) or the knife to make the enemy perform a specific stun 
    animation.  Run up to the enemy during that stun animation and press the Action 
    button when the button prompt command appears to perform the melee attack 
    command showcased on the screen.  Below, we shall take a look at the variety of 
    stun animations that a Majini enemy can be forced into along with how to 
    achieve the animation.
    
    ----------------------
    Majini Stun Animations
    ----------------------
    
    (NOTE: Sometimes these stuns require two shots in the affected area, mainly 
    with the upper arm shots)
    
    --> HEAD STUN
    
    Shot in head from back or front
    
    Stun animation(s):
    .---------------------------------------------.
    | Grab face and stumble backward              |
    | Grab face and stumble forward               |
    | Grab face and stumble slightly backwards    |
    | Grab face and look downward and to the side |
    | Look downward and to the side               |
    '---------------------------------------------'
    
    Comments: This stun comes in a variety of different animations.  The staggering 
    stun is the longest yet other head stuns where the Majini remains still are 
    quite short.
    
    This particular stun can be hard to realize sometimes thanks to the many 
    different animations associated with it.  Not all of the head stun animations 
    involve the Majini staggering in a direction, so be sure to pay attention to 
    the way the Majini reacts and keep the list above in mind.
    
    --> ARM STUN
    
    Shot in upper arm from back or front
    
    Stun animation(s):
    .-----------------------------------------------------------------.
    | Flinch to right and grab arm                                    |
    | Flinch to left and grab arm                                     |
    | Lean forward and grab right arm (shot in right arm from behind) |
    | Lean forward and grab left arm (shot in left arm from behind)   |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Comments:  This is one of the harder stuns to get since stronger Majini usually 
    take multiple shots in the upper arm in order for them to strike this pose.  
    This stun doesn't last that long, so react quickly with your melee attack 
    afterwards.  An arm stun is completely random as to when it will occur, so the 
    stun animation may not activate on the first shot to the arm.
    
    You have to basically aim for the bicep or elbow area.  Shooting a Majini from 
    the front portion of the arm will make it flinch and shooting a Majini from the 
    back of the arm will make it lean forward.  It's best to shoot the unequipped 
    arm since a shot toward an arm that is holding a weapon will usually only 
    stagger the Majini and make it drop its currently equipped weapon.  Usually the 
    left arm is the best choice for the most part but there are certain weapon 
    wielders that are best shot in the right arm.  For Majini with two-handed 
    weapons, shoot them in the left arm since the right arm is their main grasping 
    arm for the weapon.
    
    --> LEG STUNS
    
    a) Shot in upper leg from back or front:
    
    Stun animation(s):
    .------------------------------.
    | Bend down and grab right leg |
    | Bend down and grab left leg  |
    '------------------------------'
    
    Comments: This stun last just about as long as a head staggering stun giving 
    your character plenty of time to hit the Majini.  Like an arm stun, this stun 
    is completely random and may require multiple shots to the leg in order to 
    activate.
    
    b) Shot in lower leg from back or front:
    
    Stun animation(s):
    .---------------.
    | Fall to knees |
    '---------------'
    
    Comments: A Majini will recover rather quick from a lower leg stun when 
    compared to an upper leg stun, so be sure to follow up with an attack quickly 
    after this one.
    
    --> KNOCKDOWN STUN
    
    Shot while running/Knocked down by melee attack from back or front/Knocked down 
    from gunfire
    
    Stun animation(s):
    .----------------.
    | Fall to ground |
    '----------------'
    
    Comments: Hitting a Majini in just about any part of the body while they run 
    will usually make them fall.  A Majini will usually stay grounded for quite a 
    while.  Remember that if they don't dissolve then they are still alive.
    
    --> STAGGER/BOUNCE FROM ARM STUN
    
    Stagger/Bounce from back or front
    
    Shot in upper arm + melee then bouncing melee attack from behind
    
    Stun animation(s):
    .-------------------------------------------------.
    | Stagger backwards from an arm stun melee attack |
    '-------------------------------------------------'
    
    Detailed Example: Hit a Majini with either Chris' Hook or Kick attack from an 
    arm stun then have Sheva hit the stumbling Majini back with a Twist Kick or 
    Knee (in this case from behind).  The character that starts this sequence on a 
    Majini will receive a special tag team melee command when the Majini bounces 
    back toward that character.
    
    Always remember that the Majini must be bounced back from the opposite side, so 
    let's say if Chris performs a Kick from behind a Majini then Sheva must perform 
    a Twist Kick from the front to bounce it back toward Chris.  If either Chris or 
    Sheva hit a Majini from the same side that was used to begin the melee sequence 
    then that character will perform their head stun melee attack (Straight or 
    Roundhouse), which will instantly end the sequence and bring about much woe for 
    the character that wanted the special command.
    
    Comments: This stun lasts about as long as a lower leg stun (crouching 
    animation), but the enemy will begin the stun by staggering in a direction then 
    that Majini will stand in place while stunned for a few seconds, so be sure to 
    run quickly to get in your melee attack.
    
    --> PARTNER ASSIST MELEE BOUNCE FROM PARTER ACTION COMMAND
    
    Partner Assist Melee + melee from in front of or behind
    
    Stun animation(s):
    .-----------------------------------------------.
    | Stagger backwards from a partner assist melee |
    '-----------------------------------------------'
    
    Detailed Example: If Chris saves Sheva from a Majini that has grabbed her 
    through Chris' partner assist melee attack (Top-down Punch) then Sheva can 
    quick turn and run behind the staggering Majini then knee it back toward Chris. 
    Chris can make use of the same sequence by quickly kicking a Majini back toward 
    Sheva after she has performed a roundhouse to knock one off of him.  All of 
    this depends upon how much health the Majini currently has much like an arm 
    stun combination.  A partner assist command that results from a Bui kichwa or 
    Kipepeo grab will stagger any Majini that get in the way as well.
    
    Comments: This stun is best performed on a full health Majini and one that is 
    stronger than some of the weak Majini found in the early stages.  A Majini will 
    not always stagger from a partner assist melee because these are more damaging 
    than a simple arm stun, but if your character is the one being saved and you 
    see the Majini stagger backward, quickly try to make use of the situation by 
    running behind it and meleeing it back toward your partner.  The camera is the 
    main aspect that can mess up this sequence for the character being saved since 
    the Majini will stagger behind that character.
    
    Just like with a normal bounce, a Majini must be bounced back from the opposite 
    side that it was hit from or your character will only perform a head stun melee 
    attack.  You can think of the partner assist melee as an alternate arm stun 
    melee.
    
    --> GROUND MELEE BOUNCE
    
    Ground Melee on fallen Majini (while another is to the side) + melee from in 
    front of or behind the staggering standing Majini
    
    Stun animation(s):
    .---------------------------------------.
    | Stagger backwards from a ground stomp |
    '---------------------------------------'
    
    Detailed Example: If Chris perform his melee Stomp on a Majini and another 
    (standing) Majini happens to be right next to Chris' foot during the Stomp, the 
    standing Majini will stagger backward from the hit much like being hit with an 
    arm stun melee.  A Sheva player could run up to the staggering Majini at that 
    time and bounce it back toward Chris with a melee from behind or hit the Majini 
    with a head stun melee from the front portion.
    
    Comments: This type of stun is very rare and hard to plan out.  It basically 
    depends on the aggressiveness and overall placement of a Majini.  The Majini 
    that the bounce is performed to has to be right next to the character that 
    performs the ground melee when the actual hit is delivered in order to get 
    bounced back by the ground melee attack.  In this case, the ground melee would 
    hit the Majini much like an arm stun and the partner will be free to interact 
    with the staggering Majini by hitting it with a physical attack just like after 
    an arm stun.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Chris Melee Attack List
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Input Command: Acton button near an enemy (during certain stun animations as 
                   listed)
    
    Majini shot in head (Chris in front or behind)             = Straight Punch
    Majini flinches to side [arm stun]                         = Hook
    Majini flinches to side [arm stun] (Chris behind)          = Kick
    Majini shot in leg                                         = Uppercut
    Majini shot in leg (Chris behind)                          = Neck Break
    Majini staggers after tag-team melee attack                = Haymaker
    Majini staggers after tag-team melee attack (Chris behind) = Back Hand
    Majini grounded                                            = Stomp
    Majini grounded (Chris faces head)                         = Stomp (head crush)
    
    
         .-------------------------------------------------------------------.
         | Effect       = What the attack does to the enemy's current stance |
         | Type         = Whether the attack hits multiple or single enemy's |
         | Head Shatter = The percentage chance of whether or not the attack |
         |                will shatter an enemy's head                       |
         | Damage       = The amount of damage the enemy receives            |
         '-------------------------------------------------------------------'
         NOTE: All back and tag team melee attacks cannot be performed on bosses.
         TIP:  In order to activate melee attacks from behind more easily, shoot 
               the enemy to stun the enemy then run behind the enemy while to one 
               side and in close range and the command will appear when your 
               character steps behind him.  Keep in mind that the enemy must be 
               able to survive the first two bouncing melee attacks.
         TIP:  If a melee attack animation does not hit an enemy, walk toward the 
               enemy again and the button prompt will still appear, so try again.
    
    ---------------------------
    Chris' Normal Melee Attacks
    ---------------------------
    
    - Straight
    
    Effect: Knockdown
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
    Damage: 400
    
    Chris leans back and steps in with a heavy straight punch to his foe's face.
    
    - Hook
    
    Effect: Stagger/Bounce
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
    Damage: 300
    
    Chris steps forward and delivers a side punch to the enemy's top half.
    
    - Kick
    
    Effect: Stagger/Bounce
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
    Damage: 300
    
    Chris steps forward with a punt kick to his foe's back.
    
    - Uppercut
    
    Effect: Knockdown/Ground Damage (see description)
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
    Damage: 400
    
    Chris ducks down and performs an uppercut to his opponent's jaw.  If Chris 
    performs this attack against a staggering enemy while another enemy is on the 
    ground near the staggering enemy then Chris will uppercut the grounded enemy 
    into the air as well.
    
    - Neck Breaker
    
    Effect: Instant Kill/Stagger (see description)
    Type: Single Enemy
    Head Shatter: N/A
    Damage: Kill
    
    Chris grabs an enemy's head from behind then twists his foe's head to break his 
    victim's neck.  If other enemies are in the way of this animation then they 
    will stagger backward whenever they come into contact with Chris or the victim. 
    This instant kill melee will instantly cancel any parasitic enemies that spawn 
    from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias.
    
    - Stomp
    
    Effect: Ground Damage/Instant Kill (when Chris faces the grounded enemy's head)
    Type: Multiple Enemies (must all be grounded or extremely close)
    Head Shatter: None/100 chance (when Chris faces the grounded enemy's head)
    Damage: 600
    
    Chris holds up his leg then plants his size 13 Skecher shoe down on his 
    opponent's face.  If Chris is facing the foe's head while the foe is grounded, 
    Chris will crush the head of the enemy.
    
    -----------------------------------
    Chris' Partner Assist Melee Attacks
    -----------------------------------
    
    NOTE: Tap the Assist button while near Sheva as she is being held in place by 
    an enemy grab in order to perform these actions.  These partner assist melee 
    attacks have the ability to stagger an enemy so that your partner can run up 
    and perform an additional melee attack.
    
    - Top-down Punch (when a Majini grabs Sheva)
    
    Effect: Knockdown/Stagger
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
    Damage: 500
    
    Chris faces Sheva while a Majini assaults her then steps in with a heavy 
    overhead punch that knocks away the enemy.
    
    - Upward Knife Slash (when a Kipepeo grabs Sheva)
    
    Effect: Stagger
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
    Damage: 500
    
    Chris faces Sheva while a Kipepeo assaults her then quickly slashes the 
    parasite off her with his knife.
    
    - Knife Slash (when Bui kichwa grabs Sheva)
    
    Effect: Stagger
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
    Damage: 500
    
    Chris faces Sheva while a Bui kichwa is wrapped around her then quickly slashes 
    the parasite off her with his knife.
    
    -----------------------------
    Chris' Tag Team Melee Attacks
    -----------------------------
    
    - Haymaker
    
    Effect: Instant Kill
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 100% chance
    Damage: 3,000
    
    Chris steps forward while gritting his teeth and delivers a head shattering 
    straight punch to the enemy's head.
    
    NOTE: In order to initiate this command, Chris must perform a "Hook" to a 
    Majini, Sheva must bounce the same Majini back toward Chris with a "Knee" then 
    Chris will get the "Haymaker" action command as the enemy stumbles toward him. 
    The enemy should stumble toward him with the enemy's front side exposed.  Keep 
    in mind that the enemy must survive the first two bouncing attacks.
    
    The whole sequence DOES NOT have to be performed in the way stated above, but 
    Chris WILL ONLY receive the command while the Majini is facing him.  You can 
    change the command by running in front of or behind the staggering Majini.  In 
    this case, in front.  This tag team melee will instantly cancel any parasitic 
    enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias.
    
    NOTE 2: A partner assist melee attack can be counted as the first bouncing 
    melee hit in the sequence, so the character that gets saved can run up behind 
    the Majini and knock it back toward the character that performed the partner 
    assist melee to give that character the special tag team melee command.
    
    - Back Hand
    
    Effect: Instant Kill
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 100% chance
    Damage: 3,000
    
    Chris turns his back and readies both his arms while stepping forward then 
    performs an extremely heavy backhand to the back of his victim's head.
    
    NOTE: In order to initiate this command, Chris must perform a "Kick" to a 
    Majini, Sheva must bounce the same Majini back toward Chris with a "Twist Kick" 
    then Chris will get the "Back Hand" action command as the enemy stumbles toward 
    him.  The enemy should stumble toward him with the enemy's backside exposed. 
    Keep in mind that the enemy must survive the first two bouncing attacks.
    
    The whole sequence DOES NOT have to be performed in the way stated above, but 
    Chris WILL ONLY receive the command while the Majini is facing away from him.  
    You can change the command by running in front of or behind the staggering 
    Majini.  In this case, from behind.  This tag team melee will instantly cancel 
    any parasitic enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or 
    Duvalias.
    
    NOTE 2: A partner assist melee attack can be counted as the first bouncing 
    melee hit in the sequence, so the character that gets saved can run up behind 
    the Majini and knock it back toward the character that performed the partner 
    assist melee to give that character the special tag team melee command.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Sheva Melee Attack List
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Input Command: Action button near an enemy (during certain stun animations as 
                   listed)
    
    Majini shot in head (Sheva in front or behind)             = Roundhouse
    Majini flinches to side [arm stun]                         = Twist Kick
    Majini flinches to side [arm stun] (Sheva behind)          = Knee
    Majini shot in leg                                         = Somersault
    Majini shot in leg (Sheva behind)                          = Throat Slit
    Majini staggers after tag-team melee attack                = Skull Crusher
    Majini staggers after tag-team melee attack (Sheva behind) = Spinning Back Kick
    Majini grounded                                            = Impale
    Majini grounded (Sheva faces head)                         = Impale(head crush)
    
    
         .-------------------------------------------------------------------.
         | Effect       = What the attack does to the enemy's current stance |
         | Type         = Whether the attack hits multiple or single enemy's |
         | Head Shatter = The percentage chance of whether or not the attack |
         |                will shatter an enemy's head                       |
         | Damage       = The amount of damage the enemy receives            |
         '-------------------------------------------------------------------'
         NOTE: All back and tag team melee attacks cannot be performed on bosses.
         TIP:  In order to activate melee attacks from behind more easily, shoot 
               the enemy to stun the enemy then run behind the enemy while to one 
               side and in close range and the command will appear when your 
               character steps behind him.  Keep in mind that the enemy must be 
               able to survive the first two bouncing melee attacks.
         TIP:  If a melee attack animation does not hit an enemy, walk toward the 
               enemy again and the button prompt will still appear, so try again.
    
    ----------------------------
    Sheva's Normal Melee Attacks
    ----------------------------
    
    - Roundhouse
    
    Effect: Knockdown
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
    Damage: 350
    
    Sheva hops into the air and lets loose a mid-air roundhouse kick to her foe.
    
    - Twist Kick
    
    Effect: Stagger/Bounce
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
    Damage: 250
    
    Sheva spins in place and delivers a straight kick that knocks back her 
    opponent.
    
    - Knee
    
    Effect: Stagger/Bounce
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
    Damage: 250
    
    Sheva hops into the air then hits her opponent in the back with a jumping knee 
    attack.
    
    - Somersault
    
    Effect: Knockdown/Ground Damage (see description
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
    Damage: 350
    
    Sheva performs a somersault and kicks the enemy with both of her feet as she 
    flips.  Much like Chris' uppercut, Sheva's somersault kick can hit a grounded 
    foe that is right next to the enemy that she is performing the melee against.
    
    - Throat Slit
    
    Effect: Instant Kill/Stagger (see description)
    Type: Single Enemy
    Head Shatter: N/A
    Damage: Kill
    
    Sheva holds her foe's neck from behind then uses her knife to slice the enemy's 
    throat with her other hand.  If other enemies are in the way of this animation 
    then they will stagger backward whenever they come into contact with Sheva or 
    the victim.  This instant kill melee will instantly cancel any parasitic 
    enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias.
    
    - Impale
    
    Effect: Ground Damage/Instant Kill (when Sheva faces the grounded enemy's head)
    Type: Multiple Enemies (must all be grounded or extremely close)
    Head Shatter: None/100% chance (when Sheva faces the grounded enemy's head)
    Damage: 800
    
    Sheva stands above her foe then takes out her knife and plunges the knife into 
    whatever part of her foe's body she is currently facing.  She gets up after the 
    stab and swipes the knife to the side to wipe it clean of blood.
    
    ------------------------------------
    Sheva's Partner Assist Melee Attacks
    ------------------------------------
    
    NOTE: Tap the Assist button while near Chris as he is being held in place by an 
    enemy grab in order to perform these actions.  These partner assist melee 
    attacks have the ability to stagger an enemy so that your partner can run up 
    and perform an additional melee attack.
    
    - Pivot Kick (when a Majini grabs Chris)
    
    Effect: Knockdown/Stagger
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
    Damage: 450
    
    Sheva faces Chris while a Majini assaults him then steps in with a roundhouse 
    that sweeps across the area near Chris and knocks away the enemy.
    
    - Upward Knife Slash (when a Kipepeo grabs Chris)
    
    Effect: Stagger
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
    Damage: 500
    
    Sheva faces Chris while a Kipepeo enemy assaults him then quickly slashes the 
    parasite off him with her knife.
    
    - Knife Slash (when Bui kichwa grabs Chris)
    
    Effect: Stagger
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 12.5% chance
    Damage: 500
    
    Sheva faces Chris while a Bui kichwa is wrapped around him then quickly slashes 
    the parasite off of him with her knife.
    
    ------------------------------
    Sheva's Tag Team Melee Attacks
    ------------------------------
    
    - Skull Crusher
    
    Effect: Instant Kill
    Type: Single Enemies
    Head Shatter: 100% chance
    Damage: 3,000
    
    Sheva jumps into the air and plants both of her legs around her victim's head 
    then performs a flip while still attached that plunges the enemy into the 
    ground head first.
    
    NOTE: In order to initiate this command, Sheva must perform a "Twist Kick" to a 
    Majini, Chris must bounce the same Majini back toward Sheva with a "Kick" then 
    Sheva will get the "Skull Crusher" action command as the enemy stumbles toward 
    her.  The enemy should stumble toward her with the enemy's front side exposed. 
    Keep in mind that the enemy must survive the first two bouncing attacks.
    
    The whole sequence DOES NOT have to be performed in the way stated above, but 
    Sheva WILL ONLY receive the command while the Majini is facing her.  You can 
    change the command by running in front of or behind the staggering Majini.  In 
    this case, in front.  This tag team melee will instantly cancel any parasitic 
    enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias.
    
    NOTE 2: A partner assist melee attack can be counted as the first bouncing 
    melee hit in the sequence, so the character that gets saved can run up behind 
    the Majini and knock it back toward the character that performed the partner 
    assist melee to give that character the special tag team melee command.
    
    - Spinning Back Kick
    
    Effect: Instant Kill
    Type: Multiple Enemies
    Head Shatter: 100% chance
    Damage: 3,000
    
    As her victim stumbles toward her, Sheva hops into the air a bit and spins then 
    performs a heavy jump kick to the enemy's head.
    
    NOTE: In order to initiate this command, Sheva must perform a "Knee" to a 
    Majini, Chris must bounce the same Majini back toward Sheva with a "Hook" then 
    Sheva will get the "Spinning Back Kick" action command as the enemy stumbles 
    toward her.  The enemy should stumble toward her with the enemy's backside 
    exposed.  Keep in mind that the enemy must survive the first two bouncing 
    attacks.
    
    The whole sequence DOES NOT have to be performed in the way stated above, but 
    Sheva WILL ONLY receive the command while the Majini is facing away from her. 
    You can change the command by running in front of or behind the staggering 
    Majini.  In this case, from behind.  This tag team melee will instantly cancel 
    any parasitic enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or 
    Duvalias.
    
    NOTE 2: A partner assist melee attack can be counted as the first bouncing 
    melee hit in the sequence, so the character that gets saved can run up behind 
    the Majini and knock it back toward the character that performed the partner 
    assist melee to give that character the special tag team melee command.
    
    ___________________
    DISARMING AN ENEMY \___________________________________________________________
    
    Aim at the arm and/or the hand that an enemy is using to hold a weapon and 
    shoot the arm or hand to make the enemy drop the weapon.  For two-handed 
    weapons, you'll have to hit the main arm that the enemy grapples the weapon 
    with - pay attention to the arm that the enemy continues to hold the weapon 
    with after a swing and shoot that arm.  The enemy will usually take one arm off 
    the weapon eventually showcasing their main gripping arm (the one still holding 
    the weapon).
    
    Enemies can also be disarmed through melee attacks and also from knocking them 
    down.  Sometimes knocking an enemy down will not disarm the enemy however.
    
    If an enemy is holding a glass bottle, your character can actually shoot the 
    glass bottle to break it.  The bottle can be completely shattered with two 
    shots.  You can simply make the enemy drop the bottle by shooting its arm, but 
    what fun would that be?  Enemies with a glass bottle will break the glass 
    bottle by hitting your character also.
    
    ___________________
    CRITICAL HEADSHOTS \___________________________________________________________
    
    Shooting an enemy directly in the head with any weapon will sometimes 
    automatically make the enemy's head explode regardless of how much damage the 
    enemy has sustained.  This technique is known as a "Critical Headshot".  AI 
    Sheva will comment on Chris' outstanding shot if you manage to perform this 
    while she is nearby and you can comment on this when another player does this 
    by tapping the Assist button seconds after the player performs a critical 
    headshot.
    
    NOTE: A headless enemy still has the potential to attack your character.  For 
    instance, if an enemy is beginning an overhead swing with a pipe and its head 
    is popped then that pipe swing can still hit your character.
    
    ______________________
    PARTNER COMMUNICATION \________________________________________________________
    
    --> What's so effective about communicating with your partner?
    
    Well, in a single player game it becomes a necessity if you want to receive 
    help from your partner.  For instance, while your character is held in place 
    with a grab, an AI partner will sometimes not knock off the attacking enemy 
    until your character issues the command for help by tapping the Assist button; 
    at that time your AI partner will instantly knock off the enemy.
    
    In a co-op game, your partner is not always going to use voice chat; some will 
    not have a mic, some might prefer not to use one, and some might not speak 
    English, so communicating via button commands becomes much more important.  
    There are a few other communication methods that can be used besides the 
    standard B button press as well such as pointing with the laser point on your 
    gun.
    
    --> The Partner Assist Button (O or B)
    
    The partner assist button will normally call your partner toward your 
    controlled character when the button is pressed.  Here is the list of commands 
    that can be issued.
    
    (NOTE: In Single Player mode, only the Cover and Attack commands may be issued)
    
    .--------------------------------------------------------------.
    | Actions Performed With Assist    | Type of Assist            |
    | Button                           |                           |
    |==============================================================|
    | Tap                              | Cover                     |
    | Hold and up on the D-pad         | Attack                    |
    | Hold and left on the D-pad       | Thank                     |
    | Hold and right on the D-pad      | Come Here                 |
    | Press RS and LS or L3 and R3 at  | * Extra animation (taunt) |
    | the same time                    |                           |
    | Tap B or O after certain         | ** Additional Response    |
    | animations                       |                           |
    '--------------------------------------------------------------'
    * This particular animation will not affect the AI partner.  Most gamers see it 
    as a taunt animation.  Performing it will sometimes make an enemy target your 
    character if it is attacking a partner.
    
    ** Certain animations include the following:
    
    Tap (or tap and hold) the Assist button during these specific animations to 
    have your character respond:
    
      - when an enemy has grabbed your character
      - while your character is in dying status
      - while your character is in a ready state, waiting on the other player to 
        perform an assist action (while assist jumping to an area)
      - when your character runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY 
        INVENTORY WEAPON)
      - partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner 
        handgun, magnum or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical 
        headshot)
      - partner gives your character an item
      - partner heals your character
      - partner resuscitates your character
      - partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold)
      - partner is in dying status
      - partner performs a request
      - partner performs an action command
      - partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump 
        pose
      - partner performs an action command while your character is in an enemy
        hold or unable to comply (single player only - AI partner responds to main 
        character)
      - partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a 
        Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON 
        BOSSES]
      - partner melee attacks an enemy with a special co-op melee attack
      - partner melee attacks an enemy that you have knocked off the partner with a
        partner assist melee attack.
    
    ----------
    Cover/Call
    ----------
    
    Command: Press Assist or Hold Assist then D-pad down (single player)
             Press Assist or Hold Assist then D-pad right (co-op)
    
    Your character waves his/her hand and motions for the partner to come toward 
    the character or step away from a current position.  In both modes, the 
    character will shout "Come on".  In co-op mode, the command is changed to 
    "Call" instead of "Cover".
    
    --> Single Player:
    
    While in Cover mode, your AI partner will always keep up with your main 
    character.  The AI partner will be ready to heal your character, give that 
    character ammo, and knock off any enemies that grab your character (if you tap 
    the assist button) most of the time.  The AI partner will not venture off to 
    itself and will usually only pick up items that are near your character.
    
    --> Co-op
    
    Use the Call command to get your partner's attention when you need the 
    character to move toward your character in order to pick up an item or simply 
    to join up with your character.  This is a good command to use when you want to 
    give your partner an item or heal your partner.  You can also use this if you 
    want your partner to follow your character to a certain location.  Simply take 
    the lead and stop every now and then to issue the command.
    
    ---------------
    Attack/Send Out
    ---------------
    
    Command: Hold Assist then D-pad up
    
    Your character shouts "Go!" then waves his/her hand forward to tell the partner 
    to move out.  In co-op mode the command is changed to "Send Out" instead of 
    "Attack" but the command input stays the same.
    
    --> Single player
    
    The AI partner will scout ahead just a bit when this Attack command is issued. 
    The AI partner will separate from your character and fight the surrounding 
    enemies itself when a battle takes place.  This can be a dangerous mode to have 
    the AI partner in since the character will not be near your character for 
    support unless the AI partner is called back with the assist button. The AI 
    partner is more likely to pick up items in the surrounding area while in this 
    mode, so be ready to request the items from the AI partner if that character 
    picks up something that you would like.
    
    --> Co-op
    
    Your character will shout out "Go!" normally which should let your partner know 
    to advance further.  Use this when you want your partner to move on ahead or 
    move to another are.  Simply face one way then perform this command over and 
    over.
    
    This is perfect when you want to use your partner as bait to lead a certain foe 
    away from your character while attempting to shoot an enemy.  It's most useful 
    against mid-boss type enemies, especially the Chainsaw Majini.
    
    -----
    Thank
    -----
    
    Command: Hold Assist then D-pad left.
    
    Your character will nod and say "Thanks" to your partner.
    
    --> Single Player
    
    This action is not available in single player mode.
    
    --> Co-op
    
    It never hurts to thank your partner whenever your partner gives your character 
    some ammo, an item or heals your character.  You could also be a sarcastic 
    bastard and tell your partner thanks after he/she sets off a trap that your 
    character gets caught in... Thank you for setting off that explosion right when 
    the nearby Majini grabbed my character.  You sure showed him!
    
    ----
    Halt
    ----
    
    Your character shouts out "Wait" and holds up his/her arm then makes a fist for 
    the partner to hold the current position.
    
    Command: Hold Assist then D-pad down
    
    --> Single Player
    
    This action is not available in single player mode.
    
    --> Co-op
    
    This is good to use when you need to catch up to the other player in order to 
    give that character ammo or heal that character or maybe you want to throw a 
    grenade up ahead to finish off a group of enemies instead of having your 
    partner charge in.  You could also use this to possibly make your partner 
    cancel an action button prompt command such as a Partner Assist Jump.  "No, I 
    don't want to jump up there."
    
    --------------------------------------
    Pointing with your Gun's Laser Pointer
    --------------------------------------
    
    While playing online without voice chat, simply have a gun equipped and aim 
    with it then point at an object that you want to show your partner.  This is an 
    excellent way to point your partner toward ammo that you want your partner to 
    pick up or you might want to point out some hidden BSAA emblem or other object 
    to your partner.
    
    On the flip side, if you ever see your partner standing in place and pointing 
    at an object with the gun's laser pointer, then have a look at what that 
    character is pointing at; you might be surprised.
    
    ---------------------------
    Character Partner Responses
    ---------------------------
    
    Command: Assist button during the actions listed below
    
    NOTE: Comments that respond to commands, certain actions or an item given by 
    the partner must be initiated up to 3 seconds after the partner action is 
    performed or your character will simply toss out a normal command that will 
    look out of place.
    
    .------------------- MAJOR TIP FOR PERFORMING A RESPONSE ---------------------.
    | In order to keep your character from accidentally saying "Come on" press    |
    | and hold the assist button for about two seconds when you want your         |
    | character to respond.  This is best done when you're unsure if you're       |
    | character will respond to a command or not, especially in the case of a     |
    | partner's critical headshot.                                                |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> When an enemy has grabbed your character
    
       Chris: "Help!"
              "Help me out here!"
    
       Sheva: "I need your help!"
              "Help me!"
    
    --> While your character is in dying status
    
       Chris: "Heeeelp me!"
              "I'm not gonna' make it!"
    
       Sheva: "I need heeeelp!"
              "Help!"
    
    --> While your character is in a ready state, waiting on the other player to 
        perform an assist action (while assist jumping to an area)
    
       Chris: "Sheva!"
              "Come on!"
              "Hurry!"
    
       Sheva: "Chris!"
              "Come on!"
              "Hurry up!"
    
    --> When your character runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY 
        INVENTORY WEAPON).
    
       Chris: "I need ammo"
    
       Sheva: "I need ammo"
    
    --> While reloading (SINGLE PLAYER ONLY - AI partner performs this randomly)
    
       Chris: "Reload!"
    
       Sheva: "Reload!"
    
    --> Partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner 
        handgun, magnum or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical 
        headshot)
    
       Chris: "Great shot!"
              "Good work!"
              "Nice work!"
    
       Sheva: "Nice shot!"
              "Good work!"
              "Nice work!"
    
    NOTE: In order to get a critical headshot, the partner must shatter the head of 
    the enemy instantly through gunfire.  Critical headshots are random and they 
    look just like a normal head pop.  You can get critical headshots with the 
    rifle even though it is a guaranteed headshot when aimed at the head.  Most of 
    the time, a head explosion from a handgun is a critical headshot.  You can only 
    respond to handgun or rifle critical headshots.
    
    If you've ever unsure about a critical headshot either press and hold the 
    assist button or press down on the aiming button and the Assist button at the 
    exact same time to avoid saying "Come on". You can also try to enter any other 
    animation such as a reload, item pickup, gunshot, quick turn, or taunt when 
    your partner shatters a head then quickly press the Assist button.  If your 
    character doesn't respond during any of those methods then it wasn't a critical 
    headshot and you won't accidentally issue a "Come On" action from out of 
    nowhere - accidentally saying "Come on" for no reason sort of shatters your 
    cool streak.
    
    --> Partner gives your character an item
    --> Partner heals your character
    --> Partner resuscitates your character
    --> Partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold)
    
       Chris: "Thanks for the help."
              "Much appreciated."
              "Thanks."
    
       Sheva: "Thanks partner."
              "I owe you one."
              "Thanks."
    
    --> Partner is in dying status
    
       Chris: "I'm coming!"
              "Hold on!"
    
       Sheva: "I'm coming!"
              "Hold on!"
    
    --> Partner performs a request
    --> Partner performs an action command
    --> Partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump 
        pose
    
       Chris: "Roger"
              "Ok."
    
       Sheva: "Roger."
              "Ok."
    
    --> Partner performs an action command while your character is in an enemy
        hold or unable to comply (single player only - AI partner responds to main 
        character)
    
       Chris:  "I can't right now."
               "Out of the question!"
               "I'd rather not."
    
       Sheva:  "I can't right now!"
               "Forget it!"
               "You can't be serious!?"
    
    --> Partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a 
        Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON 
        BOSSES]
    --> Partner melee attacks an enemy with a special tag team melee attack
    --> Partner melee attacks an enemy that you have knocked off the partner with a
        partner assist melee attack.
    
       Chris: "That'll work!"
              "Good job!"
              "Nice!"
    
       Sheva: "Nice teamwork!"
              "That's good!"
              "Excellent!"
              "Chobenbeznaz!"
    
    NOTE: While performing a tag team melee attack sequence, the person that 
    actually gets the chance to perform the tag team melee attack can quickly press 
    the Assist button to respond as the Majini staggers toward that character from 
    second melee attack in the sequence.  Once the tag team melee attack is 
    performed then the partner that isn't performing the special melee command can 
    respond.
    
    So basically when Chris knocks a Majini toward Sheva with a Hook then Chris can 
    respond right after Sheva's Knee melee attack.  Once Chris performs the 
    Haymaker in that sequence, Sheva can respond to his tag team melee attack.  
    After a partner assist melee attack has been performed (during a Majini grab) 
    the partner that performed the partner assist melee attack can respond if the 
    partner attacks the bounced Majini with a normal melee attack - much like the 
    tag team attack bouncing response.
    
    --> Single Player
    
    The response for when an enemy has grabbed your character is very important to 
    use in a single player game.  If the order is not issued, then your AI partner 
    will sometimes simply ignore your main character as the enemy continues the 
    hold most of the time. Using the assist button to call your AI partner toward 
    your main character during dying status is extremely useful as well.
    
    Other than that single command, there is really no need to yell out a comment 
    during a single player game, but it does look kind of cool.  It's as if AI 
    controlled Sheva and my player controlled Chris Redfield are more in-tune with 
    each other.  We're partners now, my dear AI Sheva, till the end... now stop 
    taking my ammo and get your ass out of my way while I'm aiming.
    
    --> Co-op
    
    Even in co-op play, there is not too much use for comments outside of asking 
    for help when grabbed or in dying status.  You've mainly got to rely on your 
    partner's knowledge of the game and skill - with these values in place, you 
    shouldn't have to ask for help that much at all.  The comment commands can be 
    used to build up the confidence of your partner or just simply to show off your 
    knowledge (uber skillz) of the game.
    
    ----------------------------------------
    Ordering Your Partner to Pick up an Item
    ----------------------------------------
    
    (Single Player mode only)
    
    Command: Assist button while standing over an item pickup (with Sheva nearby)
    
    Phrases:
    
         Chris: "Take it."
                "You grab it."
    
         Sheva: "You can have it."
                "You take that."
    
    The "Partner picks up" action command will appear while standing over an item 
    in single player mode while Sheva is nearby.  This action tells your partner to 
    grab the item that your character is standing near.  This can only be done in 
    single player mode and not co-op play.
    
    NOTE: To unlock Sheva as a playable main character, all chapters must be 
    completed one time on any difficulty.
    
    ------------------------------------------------
    Ordering Your Partner to Interact With an Object
    ------------------------------------------------
    
    (Single Player mode only)
    
    Command: Assist button while standing near an object that can be interacted 
             with
    Phrases:
    
         Chris: "Sheva!"
         Sheva: "Chris!"
    
    The "Command Partner" action command will appear while standing near an object 
    that your partner can interact with such as a bookcase that can be pushed in 
    front of a door or window.  This is very useful for tense situations such as 
    barricading the building in the Public Assembly since Chris can order Sheva to 
    push a bookcase while he pushes the other.  Like the action above, this can 
    only be done in single player mode and not co-op play.
    
    _______________
    THE PARTNER AI \_______________________________________________________________
    
    (Single Player mode only)
    
    The AI partner (Sheva in this case) has two possible modes of attack that it 
    can be set to:
    
    --> Cover
    
    * Equips least damaging weapon
    * Stays near/follows Chris
    * Attacks less often
    * Automatically calls Sheva toward Chris (stops what she'd doing to join)
    
    Cover mode detailed features:
    
    While in cover mode, Sheva will always keep up with Chris.  This is really the 
    best mode to keep her in most of the time.
    
    - She will be ready to heal Chris most of the time if he is near death while 
      she has a green herb.
    - She will quickly resuscitate Chris from dying status.
    - She will almost instantly respond to a partner action command if a Chris 
      player presses the assist button while being grappled.  If the assist button 
      is not pressed she will usually stand and watch and VERY RARELY perform a 
      partner assist melee attack to help Chris.
    - She will target a distance enemy that Chris aims at.  Say, you see an enemy 
      on a watch tower and aim at it with a rifle; Sheva will catch sight of it and 
      fire on it as well.  This has its advantages and disadvantages and you might 
      imagine.  She will sometimes blow your cover.
    - Attack any type of enemy with a melee attack that causes it to stagger/bounce 
      then quickly run behind the enemy and Sheva will follow up with a melee 
      attack of her own while following.  It IS POSSIBLE to trick her into helping 
      with a co-op melee attack sequence!  It is also possible to make her perform 
      one by quickly running behind a staggering enemy that she has hit in order to
      bounce the enemy back toward her.
    
    --> Attack
    
    * Equips her most damaging weapon
    * Usually separates from Chris to take her own route
    * Attacks more often
    * Automatically sends Sheva out for attack (she will move ahead)
    
    Attack mode features:
    
    While in attack mode, Sheva will usually separate from Chris.  The most 
    important tip I can give you for this mode is to have the mini-map open the 
    WATCH THE PURPLE ARROW CLOSELY.  Sheva can be reckless during this mode, so 
    it's best to have an idea of her location.
    
    - Sheva will move about and collect items in the area.
    - Sheva will separate far away from Chris at times.
    - Sheva will attack more aggressively.
    
    Overall detailed features for both modes:
    
    - Sheva will melee attack an enemy that SHE has stunned and she will melee 
      attack any enemy that has been bounced toward her.
    - Sheva will quickly give up any weapon or item that can be requested from her.
    
    --> Tricking the AI into performing a follow-up a melee attack
    
    So, let's say that your character just performed an arm stun melee (Hook, Kick, 
    etc).  You can get your AI partner (Sheva in this case) to perform a follow-up 
    melee attack in two ways:
    
    1) Face the Majini that has been melee attacked then issue the "Go" (Attack) 
       command.  Sheva will instantly run toward that Majini if she is not 
       preoccupied and she will perform a follow-up melee attack upon making 
       contact with the Majini.
    
    2) While Sheva is under the "Come On" (Cover) command, run by the Majini that 
       you have just melee attacked and Sheva will follow behind your character 
       then hit the Majini with a melee attack along the way.  This is most 
       effective against boss type enemies that you want to double team such as the
       Executioner or a Chainsaw Majini.
    
    --> Equipping Your AI Partner
    
    It's really best to equip your AI partner with two weapons so you can easily 
    order your partner to switch between the weapons during a battle.  For 
    instance, let's look at the setup below:
    
                                AI Partner Inventory
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |  Handgun  |           |   Rifle   |
                       | Ammo (50) |           | Ammo (30) |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |   M92F    |           |    S75    |
                       |   (HG)    |           |   (RIF)   |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    In the setup above, we see that the AI partner has both the M92F handgun and 
    the S75 rifle in the partner's inventory.  By issuing the "Cover" (Come on) 
    command, the AI partner will equip the M92F handgun.  The partner will usually 
    only attack to defend itself or the main player.  It will sometimes switch over 
    to the S75 rifle during a battle, but it won't do this much.  Once the partner 
    is out of handgun ammo then it will switch over to the S75 rifle however.
    
    After issuing the "Attack" (Go) command, the AI partner will equip the S75 
    rifle immediately and will attack more aggressively.  It will only switch back 
    to the handgun if all rifle ammo is consumed.
    
    TIP: The S75 rifle is one of the most perfect weapons to give to the AI partner 
    since its rate of fire will restrict the partner from spamming constant 
    bullets, the power is rather high for a rifle and the AI partner is really good 
    at precision aiming.
    
    Also, just in general, it's a good idea to keep the partner with a rifle.  The 
    partner can carry a rifle that your character can request for usage when 
    needed.  The rifle is needed throughout the game at key points, but it's not 
    the best weapon for an intense up-close battle, so give a rifle to your AI 
    partner to help save on your own inventory space and request it when needed.
    
    _________
    TAUNTING \_____________________________________________________________________
    
    Command: Push in on the left and right thumbstick at the same time
             (R3 + L3/RS + LS)
    
    Phrases:
         Chris: (leans forward and motions with left hand) "Come on! Come on!"
         Sheva: (leans forward and whistles)
    
    Chris and Sheva have their own unique taunts that can affect enemy behavior.  
    When a taunt is used on an enemy that is focused on attacking another player, 
    the enemy will sometimes turn and focus its attention on the taunting player. 
    This is useful for luring an enemy out of a certain area and especially useful 
    for setting up a co-op melee attack.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | Another way to perform a taunt is to push in on the right thumbstick and    |
    | hold it down then push in on the left thumbstick.  This will keep a player  |
    | from having to press both thumbsticks down at the same time.                |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    __________
    RELOADING \____________________________________________________________________
    
    Command: With a gun equipped, hold the Aiming button to aim then tap the 
             Run button to reload your currently equipped gun.
    
    So long as you have ammo, your character will reload the current weapon.  The 
    reload animation can be cancelled early by performing a melee attack during the 
    animation.  See the Advanced Techniques section further below.
    
    NOTE: You can also reload through your inventory.  Choose the appropriate ammo 
    for a gun in your arsenal then choose to combine the ammo with the gun.  You 
    can also press the action button while highlighting the ammo in the inventory 
    then move it over the gun and press the action button again for quick combine 
    instead of cycling through the menu options.  You can actually pull up the 
    inventory and quickly reload during many character animations such as a melee 
    attack.  See the Advanced Techniques section for more details on this.
    
    _______________________
    MOVING INVENTORY ITEMS \_______________________________________________________
    
    When the inventory menu is open, highlight any item then press the Action 
    button to select it.  Once selected, move the item to an empty slot and press 
    the Action button again to drop the item into the slot.  This is very useful 
    for placing items onto fast equip slots.
    
    ___________________
    DISCARDING AN ITEM \___________________________________________________________
    
    In the inventory menu, highlight an item then press the Run button to pull the 
    command menu and select "Discard".  Once an item is discarded, it will be 
    permanently deleted from your inventory menu, so be careful what you discard.  
    Any item including weapons can be discarded.
    
    ________________
    COMBINING ITEMS \______________________________________________________________
    
    Choose an item from the inventory menu then press the action button over the 
    item and move it over another item then press the action button again to 
    combine the two.  A player can also select an item with the run button and then 
    use the "Combine" command to combine it with another item after highlighting 
    another.  The green herb and red herb may be combined for a full healing spray 
    or two green herbs can be combined for a moderate healing spray.
    
    It is also possible to combine ammo with guns like in the classic RE titles.  
    Select the ammo then combine it with the proper weapon to reload it via the 
    inventory.  Remember that you have select the AMMO first and not the gun.  
    Selecting the gun first will only rearrange the placement of the gun and ammo, 
    while selecting the ammo first will combine the two for a reload if the gun 
    needs reloading.  If the gun doesn't need reloading then the items will swap 
    slots.
    
    ___________
    FAST EQUIP \___________________________________________________________________
    
    Command: D-pad Up, Right, Down and Left
    
    Upon opening your inventory, notice that the top center, bottom center, right 
    center and left center inventory slots all have arrows on them.  The arrows 
    represent the D-pad direction that you can push to equip the item in that slot. 
    You can place weapons, items or ammo in the slots then press the corresponding 
    D-pad direction during gameplay to quickly equip that item.  You'll more than 
    likely want to place guns in these slots, but you can also place grenades or 
    other items in these slots to help out as well.
    
    _______________________________
    DISPLAYING PARTNER'S INVENTORY \_______________________________________________
    
    Command: Map button while your inventory is displayed
    
    While displaying your character's inventory, press the Map button to display 
    your partner's inventory.  From this menu, you can request items from your 
    partner by highlighting them and selecting the "Request" option.  To hide your 
    partner's inventory once it is displayed, press the Map button again.
    
    _____________
    GIVING ITEMS \_________________________________________________________________
    
    --> By opening the menu
    
    An item can be given to your partner by opening up the inventory menu and 
    highlighting the item.  Select the item and press the Run button to bring up a 
    menu then select "Give" and press the confirm button.  A partner must be near 
    your character in order for the command to be successful.  The "Give" command 
    will not be highlighted if your partner is not close enough.
    
    --> By equipping an item
    
    Open up the inventory menu and equip an item such as ammo, a green herb, or a 
    grenade.  Run up to your partner while they are nearby and the "Give" command 
    will appear in a button prompt (Assist button).  Press the Assist button that 
    is displayed next to the Give command and your character will hand over the 
    item to your partner. The only items that cannot be given to your partner 
    through this method is a gun weapon - you'll have to use the alternative method 
    listed above for giving a weapon.  This method is really more useful during a 
    co-op game since your partner might not always stand near your character as you 
    open your inventory menu.
    
    NOTE: You can give and receive gun weapons from you partner during the actually 
    gameplay in single player mode. For online co-op play, players cannot exchange 
    gun weapons during gameplay.
    
    --> Giving Ammo
    
    Whenever ammo is given to your partner, the amount of ammo handed over depends 
    upon the type of ammo.  There is no way to switch the amount given to a greater 
    or lesser number.  Here is a table that illustrates the amount of ammo given 
    per give command.
    
                              .------------------------.
                              | Shotgun Shells   =  10 |
                              | Rifle Ammo       =  10 |
                              | Handgun Ammo     =  30 |
                              | Machine Gun Ammo = 100 |
                              | Grenade Rounds   =   6 |
                              | Magnum Ammo      =   6 |
                              '------------------------'
    
    For grenades and proximity bombs, a character will hand over up to 5 at a time 
    per give.  For all other items, your character will hand over one of each; such 
    as an egg.
    
    ______________________________
    YOUR PARTNER'S AVAILABLE AMMO \________________________________________________
    
    If you look to the left (or right with Sheva players) of your partner's life 
    gauge a number next to a bullet icon shows how much ammo the partner has in 
    that partner's inventory for the currently equipped weapon (the ammo inside the 
    currently equipped weapon doesn't count).  This can help you to see how much 
    ammo your partner has left over in reserve and if you need to give your partner 
    any extra ammo.
    
    ________
    HEALING \______________________________________________________________________
    
    --> Healing items and Herb combinations
    
    The following herbs and healing items yield the results displayed below when 
    used:
    
    .-----------------------------------------------------------------------------.
    | Rotten Egg                      | -50% health for one character             |
    |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
    | Green Herb                      | Light health recovery for one or both     |
    |                                 | characters                                |
    |---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
    | White Egg                       | Light health recovery for one character   |
    |---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
    | Green Herb + Green Herb Mixture | Moderate health recovery one or both      |
    |                                 | characters                                |
    |---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
    | Brown Egg                       | Moderate health recovery for one          |
    |                                 | character                                 |
    |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
    | Gold Egg                        | Full health recovery for one character    |
    |---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
    | Red Herb + Green Herb Mixture   | Full health recovery for one or both      |
    |                                 | characters                                |
    |---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
    | First Aid Spray                 | Full health recovery for one or both      |
    |                                 | characters                                |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    * Use the inventory to combine a green herb with another green herb or a red 
    herb.
    
    --> Healing your character
    
    In order to heal your character, open up the inventory menu then equip a green 
    herb or other healing item.  While holding the item, press the Action button to 
    heal yourself.  You can also, simply choose "Use" after selecting an item.
    
    --> Healing your partner/Group healing
    
    Healing your partner is done the same way as healing yourself, by equipping or 
    using the healing item, but your partner must be near so that the "Restore 
    Health" command changes to the "Heal Partner" command.  Your character will 
    spray the partner with the healing substance and both characters will benefit 
    from the healing mixture.  It is almost always best to find your partner and 
    perform a team healing instead of healing yourself, unless you are near death 
    and your partner is not in the immediate location of course.
    
    --> Healing with an Egg
    
    In order to heal with an egg, equip the egg then use the "Eat" command.  Eggs 
    only replenish the user's health and not the partner's health.  The animation 
    for eating an egg is slightly longer than an herb or first aid spray healing 
    animation.  Also, keep in mind that the rotten egg will take away health, so 
    don't eat it.  A rotten egg can be equipped and thrown at an enemy for 2,000 
    points worth of damage, which is around the same as a magnum shot!
    
    _____________
    DYING STATUS \_________________________________________________________________
    
    In Resident Evil 5, the "Danger" status from the old Resident Evils has been 
    replaced by a status known as "Dying".  When your character is hit by an attack 
    that places them in extremely low health, a cutscene will play for both 
    characters to see as the character receives the near fatal blow and that 
    character will yell out a phrase revealing that the character is close to 
    death, such as "I'm not gonna' make it".  A reddish glow will appear on the 
    dying player's screen and the partner will be alerted to that character's 
    location by a red target mark when that character is targeted.
    
    The dying character will not be able to perform any type of commands or access 
    the inventory; the dying character can only stagger slowly in one direction.  
    The partner must run toward that character and heal the character with the tap 
    of the Assist button when the "Resuscitate" or "Heal" command appears while 
    standing next to the dying character.  One of two heals will take place:
    
    --> Heal through a recovery item
    
    If your character currently has a recovery item in the inventory then the 
    recovery item will automatically be used to heal both characters like normal.
    
    Unlike the normal resuscitation through an adrenaline boost shot, your 
    characters are NOT invincible during this recovery item healing animation and 
    the heal is NOT instant.  So say if the Executioner takes a swing at both of 
    you while you're healing your partner in front of him, well, then it's all over 
    thanks to the lack of invincibility through a recovery item heal.
    
    Basically, make sure that all threats are away from the dying character or 
    you'll both suffer the consequences.  Also, keep in mind that if you press the 
    button prompt to heal with a recovery item when the partner's life is extremely 
    low, your character may pull out the health item and begin to spray but the 
    healing item effect will not kick in quick enough since the dying character's 
    life will constantly drop; the partner may die as the spray hits him/her.
    
    The only real plus side to a recovery item heal is that both characters will 
    benefit from that item's recovery feature.
    
    --> Heal through adrenaline boost shots (Resuscitation)
    
    If your character does not have a recovery item, then your character will grab 
    the dying character's shoulder and quickly give the dying character a shot of 
    adrenaline to boost that character back into action.  This shot will not 
    restore as much health as an herb but the adrenaline boost shots are infinite!
    
    Always drop everything and rush to your partner's rescue when the partner is in 
    a dying state.  If a character is hit by an enemy attack during a dying state 
    then that character will most likely die.  The character's remaining health is 
    constantly lowering while in a dying state and if that character is left 
    unhealed for too long then the character will automatically die from full loss 
    of life.  When one character dies then the game is over for both players on co-
    op play and for the main player on single play.  If both characters enter the 
    dying state around the same time then the game will automatically end since 
    neither can perform a resuscitation.
    
    During single player mode, it is best to keep your partner in "Cover" mode to 
    make sure that the partner keeps up with your character so whenever either of 
    you enters the dying state, then the other will not be far off.  This will help 
    you to resuscitate each other much more easily.  During co-op play, you need to 
    always have an idea of where your character is through the mini-map so your 
    character can resuscitate at a moment's notice.  If you can't find your partner 
    then use the lock-on button to immediately lock-on to that character's location 
    in order to pinpoint the precise location of that character.
    
    _____
    GUNS \_________________________________________________________________________
    
    This is a general gun list with a brief look at the most common gun types in 
    Resident Evil 5.  A description of each gun type is located in the weapons 
    section.
    
    --> Handgun
    
    Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 50
    Ammo Variety: Handgun Ammo
    
    Controls:
    
    Fire: Hold Aim button + tap Fire button
    Reload: Hold Aim button + tap Run button
    
    The Handgun is really one of your best weapons.  The ammo for it is very 
    common, it packs quite a punch per shot and it can easily set enemies up for a 
    melee attack if the enemy is shot in a specific area of the body.  The only 
    real flaw is that it is not as damaging as the other weapons when fighting a 
    group, but you can really diminish that weakness by setting up an enemy for a 
    melee attack with a single shot then rushing in with a melee attack to knock 
    down or stagger the entire group.
    
    --> Shotgun
    
    Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 30
    Ammo Variety: Shotgun Shells
    
    Controls:
    
    Fire: Hold Aim button + tap Fire button
    Reload: Hold Aim button + tap Run button
    
    As usual the shotgun has more power from close range and less power from long 
    range.  It's quite surprising how useful it can be from long range if you're 
    aiming is precise however.  The shotgun's spread fire makes it the best choice 
    for a crowd of enemies.  Aim for a normal enemy's head and you'll quite 
    frequently blow that enemy's head clean off with a single shot or take major 
    damage from that enemy.
    
    --> Rifle
    
    Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 30
    Ammo Variety: Rifle Ammo
    
    Controls:
    
    Fire: Hold Aim button + tap Fire button
    Zoom: Hold Aim button + move right thumbstick up (zoom in) or down (zoom out)
    Reload: Hold Aim button + tap Run button
    
    When it comes to precision aiming from a distance, the rifle is your absolute 
    best choice.  The rifle packs quite a punch per shot and can shoot through 
    multiple enemies that are standing in a line.  Aim for the head of a normal 
    enemy to get a guaranteed head explosion per shot.  Thanks to its damage, its 
    actually very useful from close range.  The main flaws with this weapon is its 
    lengthy reload time (which can be solved through inventory reloading) and 
    limited vision while in scope mode.
    
    --> Machine Gun
    
    Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 150
    Ammo Variety: Machine Gun Ammo
    
    Controls:
    
    Fire: Hold Aim button + tap Fire button
    Auto-fire: Hold Aim button + hold Fire button
    Reload: Hold Aim button + tap Run button
    
    The Machine Gun lets loose a rapid fire that can easily spam a single or group 
    of enemies with gunfire rather easily.  It eats through ammo fast, but simply 
    spraying this weapon over a crowd leaves a little bit of love for everyone - 
    basically, every hit staggers a normal enemy, so a simple rapid fire while 
    waving this weapon in front of a crowd will stagger all of them thanks to the 
    extremely fast rate of fire.  This weapon eats through ammo very quickly and 
    its reload time is rather lengthy, so be sure to change to another weapon 
    quickly if an enemy is still nearby when the weapon is low in ammo.
    
    Much like the handgun, this weapon can easily stagger an enemy to set the enemy 
    up for a melee attack.  You need to learn to simply tap the trigger if you want 
    to take advantage of this technique though.  Did you ever use the TMP in 
    Resident Evil 4?  It was a pretty good substitute for a handgun much like the 
    Machine Gun can be in Resident Evil 5 if used properly.
    
    When using this weapon against a group of enemies, spray them with gunfire to 
    stun them all then run up and melee attack one of the enemies that is in a stun 
    pose that will give your character a melee attack prompt.
    
    --> Magnum
    
    Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 150
    Ammo Variety: Magnum Ammo
    
    The Magnum lets loose an extremely powerful and damaging blast per shot fired. 
    It can usually penetrate multiple foes (that stand in a row) and armor with its 
    piercing properties and the magnum is the most effective gun for hitting a 
    bosses weak point when a precise shot can be made.  Magnums can also be a very 
    powerful long range weapon when aimed properly.
    
    The only real flaw with the magnum is that its ammo is not always readily 
    available like other weapons.  The rate of fire is not always extremely fast 
    but the first two magnums found in the game have an overall good rate of fire 
    slightly above a handgun's rate of fire.  One magnum in particular has a lower 
    rate of fire equal to that of a shotgun but the damage it can take can make up 
    for it.
    
    --> Grenade Launcher
    
    Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 12
    Ammo Variety: Acid Rounds, Electric Rounds, Explosive Rounds, Flame Rounds, 
    Flash Rounds, Nitrogen Rounds
    
    A grenade launcher can be equipped with quite a variety of different grenade 
    ammo types and is best used against grouped enemies since each ammo type 
    produces a spreading effect that will damage an entire group.  Each round has 
    its own specific use for each specific enemy type.
    
    Explosive Rounds are best used for normal enemies while Flash Rounds will 
    instantly stun normal enemies or defeat a whole group of parasitic enemies much 
    like a flash grenade.  Flame Rounds produce a burning effect like an incendiary 
    grenade, electric rounds stun targets with electricity, and Nitrogen rounds 
    will actually freeze most normal enemies, allowing one to shatter the frozen 
    enemy with another weapon or a melee attack from close range.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    ADVANCED BASICS                          [BS02]
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    _______________________________
    TRICKS AND ADVANCED TECHNIQUES \_______________________________________________
    
    ---------------
    Frame Canceling
    ---------------
    
    Both of the following techniques require your character to perform a melee 
    attack during the actual animation listed.  The melee attack will cancel the 
    current action with the same results as if the full animation occurred.  This 
    will also place your character into a temporarily invincibility frame thanks to 
    the usual invincibility during a melee attack.  Both Chris and Sheva can take 
    advantage of these techniques shortly before performing any of their melee 
    attacks, including the ground melee hit and the partner assist melee attack 
    (hold breaker).  Both of these methods are extremely useful during intense 
    fights.
    
    --> Reload Frame Canceling
    
    Make sure that the melee attack button prompt appears first then reload in 
    front of an enemy that is stunned.  During any portion of the reload animation 
    hit the Action button to instantly end the reload animation and cancel into a 
    melee attack.  The reload will still take place but the animation will be 
    cancelled early and this will give your character a full reload.
    
    --> Gunshot Frame Canceling
    
    This can really only be done effectively against tough enemies such as the 
    Executioner or the Chainsaw Majini.  Run up to the enemy as the enemy is in a 
    stunned state and watch for the melee attack button prompt.  Fire off a shot 
    with your weapon, preferably the shotgun or rifle then press the Action button 
    to cancel the shot animation and instantly perform a melee attack.  This is 
    extremely useful against the Executioner since spamming him with gunfire is 
    what counts when trying to defeat him.
    
    NOTE: In order for this to work, the RT or R1 button must be the gunshot fire 
    button. You cannot perform this cancel with Type A or C controls.  If the X or 
    [] button is used to fire the shot then your character will automatically 
    perform a melee attack instead.
    
    ---------------------------------------------------------
    Pulling Up the Inventory Menu During Character Animations
    ---------------------------------------------------------
    
    Learn to take advantage of certain actions when pulling up the inventory menu. 
    The following actions will allow you to pull up the inventory menu while the 
    character is in the middle of the animation and most of these animations will 
    leave your character invincible to attacks.
    
    - the moment when your character tosses off or receives a hit from a grappling
      enemy
    - after sustaining a hit
    - while climbing a ladder
    - while vaulting over an obstacle/jumping/jumping through a window
    - while quick turning (NOT INVINCIBLE)
    - in between gunshots (NOT INVINCIBLE)
    - during a melee attack, ground melee or partner assist melee
    - while reaching down to pick up an item
    - while healing (NOT INVICIBLE)
    - during reloading animations (NOT INVINCIBLE)
    
    NOTE: The full animation for some of these instances must be fully finished 
    before an item can be equipped, but anytime during the animation, you can have 
    the "Equip" option ready to trigger as the animation ends.  So, say if a player 
    jumps through a window, the player can select an item and pull up the equip 
    option, but the player can't actually equip the item until the player's 
    character fully stands.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
    A Closer Look at Pulling Up the Inventory Menu During Character Animations
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Here is a full list of the animations described above along with a detailed 
    description of how to take advantage of them:
    
    --> The Moment When Your Character Tosses Off or Receives a Hit from a 
        Grappling Enemy
    
    The instant the animation triggers for when your character has either won or 
    lost the struggle against a grappling enemy, you can quickly pull up the 
    inventory during the remainder of that struggle.
    
    --> After Sustaining a Hit
    
    The moment your character gets hit, take this time to cycle through the 
    inventory if needed since your character will have to recover regardless.  Some 
    hits cause characters to stagger more than others, such as attacks from behind.
    
    --> While Climbing a Ladder
    
    Ladder climbing animation can be rather long, so pull up the inventory and 
    cycle through it if needed during the climb.
    
    --> While Vaulting Over an Obstacle/Jumping/Jumping Through a Window
    
    Pull up the inventory during the middle of a vaulting or jumping animation and 
    you can quickly manage items while the character is flying through the air or 
    recovering from the action.  The animation of busting through a window that has 
    not been shot out is your best bet for taking advantage of this.  Your 
    character will still be invincible for a slight second after landing from the 
    jump to give you time to cycle through the inventory.
    
    --> While Quick Turning
    
    The animation for a quick turn is rather fast, but you might have time to 
    quickly pull up the inventory and reload during the actual turn.  Keep in mind 
    that you ARE NOT INVINCIBLE during this animation.
    
    --> In Between Gunshots
    
    This is best performed with the shotgun or rifle, and it's best to reload the 
    current weapon through inventory while attempting this.  See "Reloading Through 
    the Inventory Menu" further below for more info on actually performing the 
    inventory reload.  You can literally reload per shot fired if you're quick 
    enough.  Never go through another reload animation again!  Keep in mind that 
    you ARE NOT INVINCIBLE during this animation.
    
    --> During a Melee Attack, Ground Melee or Partner Assist Melee
    
    This will vary between the two characters thanks to their different melee 
    animations.  The inventory menu can be pulled up directly after each melee 
    attack has been initiated which allows you to quickly move through the menu 
    while performing the invincible animation.  Chris and Sheva's instant death 
    melee attacks (neck breaker and throat slit) are two of the best melee attacks 
    to use when pulling up the inventory during a melee animation, but any melee 
    attack can be taken advantage of in this way.
    
    During a Partner Assist Melee, quickly pull up the inventory and equip some 
    ammo to give to your partner if you have extra ammo for a gun that they carry 
    or equip a green herb if the partner needs healing.  This is the perfect time 
    to do so.
    
    --> While Reaching Down to Pick up an Item
    
    Equip the item almost instantly when it appears in inventory after picking it 
    up after pulling up the inventory during the item pickup animation!
    
    --> While Healing
    
    Whenever you perform a self or partner heal, pull up the inventory and cycle 
    through it if needed.  Keep in mind that you ARE NOT INVINCIBLE during this 
    animation.
    
    --> During Reloading Animations
    
    Your character IS NOT INVINCIBLE during a reload animation, but unless you 
    cancel the animation through a melee attack, you're going to have to watch the 
    full animation, so why not take advantage of it and pull up the inventory menu 
    then cycle through it.
    
    --------------------
    Invincibility Frames
    --------------------
    
    An invincibility frame is a frame of animation when your character is 
    completely or partially (during a certain point) invincible to any type of 
    enemy attack.  Your character cannot be controlled once these animations have 
    started up till the point that they stop; the inventory menu can be pulled up 
    during most of these animations - keep that in mind.  Some of these obviously 
    cause your character to lose health, but the character can't be hit with any 
    other attack during that time.
    
    Here's the full list of invincibility animations before I go into detail:
    
    - While grabbing an item
    - While jumping from a platform/vaulting over an object
    - Giving an item
    - Performing a melee attack
    - While recovering from an attack
    - Resuscitation (cannot pull up inventory during this)
    - While climbing a ladder
    - While grounded
    - While on fire (burning animation)
    - While electrified (shocking animation)
    - While holding up arms to block debris from an explosion
    - While performing a partner action (hoisting animations)
    - Door kick animation
    - During a hold, when your character is winning/losing the struggle
    
    -------------------------------------
    A Closer Look at Invincibility Frames
    -------------------------------------
    
    Here is the full list of invincibility frames described above along with an in-
    depth description of taking advantage of each:
    
    --> Grabbing an Item
    
    The characters are invincible from the moment they reach down or forward to 
    grab an item up until the moment they recover from the animation and stand in 
    place.  This actually gives use to picking up an unneeded item.  Time a pickup 
    to when an enemy swings and the attack will go right through your character.  
    It's as if your character sees something shiny on the ground then reaches down 
    to grab it, unknowingly ducking an enemy attack.
    
      - Types of Item Grabs:
    
      Item on Ground - The character crouches down to pick up the item and then 
      stands back up.  This is one of the most effective means of dodging an enemy 
      attack.  When an area is littered with grounded items, you can keep grabbing 
      the items even as a whole crowd of enemies surround your character and also 
      use the invincibility animation to quickly avoid a sudden lunge or any other 
      type of attack.
    
      Item on Shelf or Other Object - The character reaches to grab the item then 
      pulls his/her hand back.  This animation is much shorter than a ground item 
      pickup animation, so you don't really want to rely on the invincibility 
      animation here.
    
    --> Jumping/Falling/Vaulting
    
    From the moment that a jump/fall/vault command is issued, the character cannot 
    be hit during the animation but sometimes there are a few recovery frames at 
    the end of the movement that leaves the character open to attacks.  Keep in 
    mind that all of these animation for each character will stagger an enemy if 
    the characters make contact with an enemy during the jump.  All of them can 
    even break a hold!
    
      - Types of Jumps
    
      Long Jump - The character jumps and flies through the air then lands on
      another platform.  This one has some recovery animation at the end of the 
      jump that can get you hit so make sure that an enemy is not approaching the 
      area when your character goes to jump.
    
      Lunge then Tuck and Roll - When your character jumps through a window that is
      not broken, the character will bash into the glass while performing a roll 
      then land on the ground on the other side.  The interesting part about this
      animation is that the character will actually knock down any enemy that is in 
      his/her path, so you can follow this up with a ground melee.  This one has 
      just as much recovery animation as the long jump.
    
      Vault - The character grabs the side of a wall or railing then hops over the 
      obstacle.  This one can be interesting because of the way that the character 
      will swing his/her legs to the side while hopping over an object.  The wide 
      leg swing can stagger enemies rather well.
    
      Drop - The character leans over then falls down a platform to the floor 
      below. This one has just as much recovery animation as the long jump.
    
    --> Giving an Item
    
    While a character is handing an item to a partner, the character is invincible 
    until the full animation ends.  These are very short animations but these 
    should still be noted. Don't really rely on these, because much like healing 
    with an herb, the invincibility animation is a bit questionable.
    
    --> Performing a Melee Attack
    
    Both characters are invincible during certain frames of each of their melee 
    attacks.  These also included assist button melee attacks that get an enemy off 
    of your partner.  Some of the attacks cause recovery animation that leaves the 
    character open to attack but its usually not that much of a problem.
    
    --> While Recovering from an Attack
    
    Any time that your character is recovering from an attack, your character will 
    be completely invincible to other enemy attacks until they fully recover.
    
      - Types of recovering positions
    
      Slight Stagger - The character staggers forward or backwards a bit as a hit 
      is received.
    
      Heavy Stagger - The character stumbles forward while ducking a bit and trying 
      to maintain the current standing position. Your character will have quite a 
      bit more invincibility frames with this recovery when compared to the other.
    
    --> Resuscitation 
    
    While performing a full resuscitation through an adrenaline boost when your 
    partner is in a "dying" state, both characters will be completely invincible 
    throughout the whole course of the animation.  Healing with an herb still has 
    the same unreliable invincibility frames.
    
    --> While Climbing a Ladder
    
    While climbing a ladder, a character is completely invincible from all attacks 
    during the ladder climb.  Ladder climbing is also one of the best times to 
    cycle through the inventory during tense battles.
    
    --> While Grounded
    
    The moment a character is knocked down to the ground through an explosion or 
    being smacked upside the head with a shovel, that character is invincible while 
    on the ground and while getting up from the knockdown.
    
    --> While on Fire (burning animation)
    
    While a character flails his/her arms and burns, that character is 
    invincible... from any other attacks.
    
    --> While Electrified (shocking animation)
    
    While your character shakes while being electrified, the character is 
    invincible from any other attack.  If you see an attack coming and you see a 
    live (electrified) transformer on the ground, then run into the transformer and 
    suffer minimal damage and the attack will pass right through your character.  
    If the Executioner begins to swing toward your character horizontally then you 
    can quickly electrify yourself to avoid being knocked into dying status.
    
    --> While Holding up Arms to Block Debris from an Explosion
    
    When a character holds up his/her arms to block the debris rain from an 
    explosive barrel or grenade, that character is invincible while doing so.
    
    One very interesting little exploit to try that is associated with this is to 
    stand near an explosive barrel while enemies are around it then shoot the 
    barrel with an acid round or other type of grenade round.  Your character will 
    get caught by the grenade ground explosion effect first, so if your character 
    is far enough away then that character will simply hold up his/her arms to 
    block the explosion of the grenade round and gain invincibility over the barrel 
    explosion.
    
    --> While performing a partner assist action (hoisting animations)
    
    During the cutscenes where Chris helps Sheva over to another area, neither 
    character can be hit.  The characters can be hit when one stands in place 
    without the other providing any sort of interaction however.
    
    --> Door Kick animation
    
    During the brief animation of kicking a door, your character will have a few 
    frames of invincibility.
    
    --> During a Hold, When Your Character is Winning/Losing the Struggle
    
    Whenever your character is grabbed and a thumbstick icon appears on the screen, 
    the grabbed character can still be hit by another grab up till the point where 
    your character suddenly wins or loses the struggle.  If your character pushes 
    the enemy back or if the enemy wins the grab then your character is invincible 
    during those animations.  Keep in mind that there are two different grabs for a 
    Majini (in front and behind) and one grab for a Kipepeo and they both have 
    invincibility frames at the end.
    
    ------------------------------------
    Reloading Through the Inventory Menu
    ------------------------------------
    
    - Pull up the inventory menu
    - Select the desired ammo
    - Combine the ammo with the proper gun that needs reloading for an instant 
      reload
    - Quickly cancel the inventory menu by pressing the assist button
    
    NOTE: A player can press the aiming button while an item or weapon is 
    highlighted to cancel the inventory screen and equip the current item or 
    weapon.
    
    Reloading via the inventory menu does not require your character to perform any 
    reloading animation and it is instant.  This can also be done while in the 
    middle of melee attack or jump.  It sure beats waiting through the long reload 
    animation of the rifle.
    
    .-------------------------------- MAJOR TIP ----------------------------------.
    | Take a look at the "Pulling Up the Inventory Menu During Character          |
    | Animations" section and the "Invincibility Frames" section and know that a  |
    | player can pull up the inventory to reload during each one of those, unless |
    | mentioned otherwise.                                                        |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    - Inventory Reload with Ammo in the Middle
    
    Since your cursor will always start in the middle slot on the inventory grid 
    for every time that you open the inventory menu, you can place the desired ammo 
    in the middle of the inventory grid then place the corresponding gun to the 
    immediate right, left, top middle or bottom middle slot, so you can quickly 
    select the ammo upon opening the menu then press in either of those four 
    directions to combine it quickly.
    
    When you reload through inventory, use the action button to quickly combine the 
    ammo with the gun.  For my setup, I always place shotgun or rifle ammo in my 
    middle inventory slot then place the shotgun or rifle to the left of that slot, 
    so basically, for every reload with the shotgun or rifle, I perform the 
    following button sequence:
    
    Xbox 360 - Y, X, left, X, B (to cancel inventory)
    PS3      - /\, [], left, [], O (to cancel inventory)
    
    And my inventory menu looks much like the inventory menu shown below:
    
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       | Dragunov <--- Rifle   |           |
                       | SVD (RIF) | Ammo (50) |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           | First Aid |           |
                       |           |   Spray   |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    - Inventory Reload with Ammo on the Top Left and Right Sides
    
    Many players like to use this setup for inventory reloading:
    
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |   Rifle   |           |Machine Gun|
                       | Ammo (50) |           | Ammo (150)|
                       |     |     |           |     |     |
                       |-----|-----+-----------+-----|-----|
                       |     |     |           |     |     |
                       |     v     |           |     v     |
                       | Dragunov  |           |   VZ61    |
                       | SVD (RIF) |           |   (MG)    |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           | First Aid |           |
                       |           |   Spray   |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    Through the above display, we see that players have a gun on the right and left 
    side of the middle portion of the inventory menu then they quickly pull up the 
    inventory and select ammo from the top left or top right row then quickly 
    combine it with the gun below the ammo.  The above setup basically requires 
    that your character reloads while in the middle of an animation.
    
    - A Combination of the Two
    
    Whenever I inventory reload, I use a mix of the two above and usually have ammo 
    for a gun in the middle of my inventory along with a gun on the center right 
    square with the ammo in the square above it.  So here is a look at my usual 
    setup:
    
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |Machine Gun|
                       |           |           | Ammo (150)|
                       |           |           |     |     |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----|-----|
                       |           |           |     |     |
                       |           |           |     v     |
                       | Dragunov <--- Rifle   |    VZ61   |
                       | SVD (RIF) | Ammo (50) |    (MG)   |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           | First Aid |           |
                       |           |   Spray   |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    As you can imagine, I have to perform a lot of adjustments constantly to gain 
    the above inventory appearance, but it sure is worth it, especially in The 
    Mercenaries mode.
    
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Reloading from the Inventory Menu while Firing or Performing a Melee Attack
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    This is basically an extension of the above section, but I'd like to stress 
    these two methods for intense battles:
    
    - Inventory Reloading During Gunshots
    
    While firing a weapon that has a slight delay in between shots such as the 
    shotgun or rifle, you can quickly pull up the inventory between shots and 
    reload by combining the ammo with the current gun before the firing animation 
    ends.  This is extremely useful in tense situations such as fighting the 
    Executioner in the Public Assembly.  I like to have the ammo in the middle slot 
    on the inventory grid then quickly select it and then combine it with the 
    nearby gun.
    
    - Inventory Reloading During Melee Attacks
    
    As already mentioned, you can reload through the inventory menu during a melee 
    attack as well.  Depending on the length of the animation, reloading through a 
    melee attack is usually much easier than performing it during a gun blast AND 
    the character will be invincible during the full animation of the melee attack 
    so you have a slight edge if you accidentally screw up while cycling through 
    the inventory.
    
    Both of these methods take some practice but they can lead to ultimate 
    aggression when a shotgun is used!
    
    --------------------------------------------------------
    Equipping an Item by Holding the Aim Button in Inventory
    --------------------------------------------------------
    
    While the inventory menu is up, tap the Aim button while highlighting a gun or 
    item and your character will automatically equip that item without the need of 
    going through the text menu and the inventory menu will be canceled as your 
    character equips the item in real time.  This can help out quite bunch for 
    quickly reloading from the inventory menu in tense situations since you might 
    want to quickly equip a gun after reloading through combining while you're on 
    the inventory menu, so simply hold the aiming button while equipping the 
    desired gun to immediately cancel the inventory menu and aim with the selected 
    weapon.
    
    -----------------------------------------------------
    Immediate Lock-On and Fire When a Partner is Grappled
    -----------------------------------------------------
    
    Whenever your partner is grappled by an enemy, immediately press and hold the 
    lock-on button to face the partner then quickly aim while still holding the 
    lock-on button and then fire your gun.  This will instantly lock-on and allow 
    your character to knock off any enemy that grapples your partner much quicker 
    than having to turn and aim.
    
    ----------------------
    Quick Side Turn Aiming
    ----------------------
    
    (Control types A and B only)
    
    Command: While holding the right thumbstick to the right or left, press the Aim 
    button when a weapon is equipped.
    
    Your character will quickly turn toward the viewpoint direction and aim when 
    the aiming button is pressed.  This technique can be used to aim to the side 
    quickly.  This is an old technique from Resident Evil 4.  Many hardcore RE fans 
    that use Control Type A or B can really use this to their advantage for turning 
    to face different directions.
    
    ------------------------------------------------
    Immediate Melee Attack after Slashing With Knife
    ------------------------------------------------
    
    (Control types A and C only)
    
    Since Control types A and C share the attack button with the melee prompt 
    button, whenever your character is slashing an enemy with the knife, that 
    character will immediately melee attack the enemy if the button prompt appears 
    on the screen during the middle of the slashing.
    
    This is most useful for knife runs.  If you use Type B or D controls then 
    you'll have to constantly tap the Action button during slashes in order to 
    quickly perform a melee attack.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------
    Immediate Rocket Launcher Blast While Aiming With Another Weapon
    ----------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Command: Aim with a weapon such as handgun then immediately equip the rocket 
    launcher through the quick select D-pad command assigned to the rocket launcher 
    then fire immediately.
    
    Normally your character has to stand and lean over a bit then place the rocket 
    launcher on the shoulder shortly before aiming, but with the method mentioned 
    above the rocket launcher fire is instant.  You're actually aiming with the 
    first weapon then quickly equipping the rocket launcher and firing instantly at 
    whatever target your character was aiming at.
    
    Here's a more detailed description on how to perform this technique:
    
    1) Set up the rocket launcher to where it can be quickly equipped with a D-pad 
       press (Up, Down, Left, Right) by placing it in the Up, Down, Left or Right 
       slots in the inventory menu
    2) Aim with a weapon such as a handgun.  Whatever you aim at is going to hit 
       with the rocket.
    3) While still aiming with the handgun, press the D-pad direction that the 
       rocket launcher is assigned to then immediately fire.
    
    This method is most useful for when an enemy is close to your character and you 
    don't have time to go through the full aiming animation of the rocket launcher. 
    Just aim with a handgun then immediately equip the rocket launcher then fire to 
    avoid having the enemy get too close to where the rocket blast might hit your 
    character.
    
    -----------------
    Taunting an Enemy
    -----------------
    
    Command: Push in on the left and right thumbstick
    
    I've already mentioned this in the Basics section under Partner Communication 
    but I want to stress it a bit more here.  Taunting an enemy can be somewhat 
    useful while setting an enemy up for a trap such as a co-op melee attack.  
    Whenever a taunt is performed, an enemy will sometimes switch its focus toward 
    the taunting character if the character is near the enemy.
    
    Taunting doesn't always work extremely well.  Sometimes an enemy will not turn 
    during a taunt.  If it doesn't turn then get extremely close to the enemy and 
    stand near it for a few seconds and it will turn eventually.
    
    -----------------------
    Knife Slashing an Enemy
    -----------------------
    
    Just like with the handgun or machine gun, the knife can easily set up an enemy 
    for a melee attack.  Slash the enemy in the head, top portion of the body or 
    legs to possibly stun that enemy and set it up for a melee attack.  The 
    slashing animation can be cancelled just like a gunshot animation if the button 
    prompt for a melee attack appears during the middle of a slash.
    
    You can also work an enemy into a corner then simply knife slash the enemy to 
    death as the enemy continues to stagger into the wall after each slash.  Try to 
    stand above an enemy that is getting up and face the enemy so that a wall is to 
    the enemy's back the start slashing when the enemy rises.
    
    You might also want to knife slash a grounded enemy for a (sometimes) quicker 
    kill than a ground melee attack.  Usually a ground melee attack works just as 
    well but a knife slash might not take as long to finish off a severely weakened 
    enemy instead of having to watch the full ground melee attack animation.
    
    ---------------------------------------------------------
    Knife Slashing or Attacking an Enemy that Climbs a Ladder
    ---------------------------------------------------------
    
    While an enemy climbs a ladder, that is enemy is completely defenseless, so you 
    can easily shoot them to knock them off and they will take damage from the 
    fall.  You can also position your character directly in front of the top 
    portion of the ladder and slash enemies with the knife when they attempt to 
    reach the top.  This is another old technique from Resident Evil 4.
    
    Another way to knock an enemy off of a tall ladder is to climb up the ladder 
    once the enemy begins to climb the ladder.  Your character will climb faster 
    than the enemy and will knock the enemy off with your climbing animation.  
    Seriously.
    
    ---------------------
    Leaping into an Enemy
    ---------------------
    
    Jumping into an enemy that is on the other side of an obstacle, other side of a 
    gap or below your character will knock the enemy down or stagger the enemy if 
    your character touches the enemy in any way while leaping.  This can be used to 
    break a grapple that an enemy currently has your partner in or it can be used 
    to knock down the enemy for a ground melee attack.  It can also be used to 
    stagger a group of enemies that are in a crowd on the other side of an 
    obstacle.  My personal favorite use for this is to leap through a glass window 
    to knock an enemy down then follow that up with a melee ground attack.
    
    Be careful while attempting this though, since your character will have some 
    slight recovery animation which allows enemies to move toward your character 
    and possibly attack before the recovery animation ends.  Basically don't leap 
    toward an approaching enemy that you are not going to hit.
    
    ----------------------------
    Kicking a Door into an Enemy
    ----------------------------
    
    Come again?  Okay, so this is not really an "Advanced" technique, but your 
    character can stand on the other side of a door and kick the door into an enemy 
    on the other side.  This will damage the enemy just a bit and knock it down.  A 
    door kick can be useful if an enemy is seen on the other side, but be 
    forewarned that the enemy might quickly open the door and attack if your 
    character waits too long before kicking the door.  As already mentioned before, 
    kicking a door will also make your character invincible during the full door 
    kicking animation as well.
    
    ________________
    TIPS AND TRICKS \______________________________________________________________
    
    ---------------
    Co-op Play Tips
    ---------------
    
    - PARTNER LOCATION
    Know where your partner is at all times, and be ready to help out.  Use the 
    partner locator button to auto target your partner's location.  It is so very 
    important to have an idea of the your partner's location.  Remember that if 
    your partner dies, the game is over for both players.
    
    - POINTING WITH A GUN LASTER
    Whenever you see an item that you would rather have your partner pick up (your 
    inventory is filled), stand and aim directly at the item and remain still.  
    Your partner should get the message that you want them to pick up the item.  If 
    they don't then grab it and give it to them later or try to get your partner's 
    attention through an assist command.
    
    - PARTNER COMMANDS
    Use partner commands a bunch if you don't have a headset.  Partner commands are 
    there for a reason, so use them.  If your partner runs away from an item that 
    you want them to collect then keep standing in place and calling them back with 
    the assist button.  Like I said above, aim down at the item and point at it 
    with your laser pointer if your partner still doesn't get the picture.
    
    - GIVE SPARE AMMO TO YOUR PARTNER
    When you have an extra item that you have no use for, such as Machine Gun ammo 
    when you don't have a Machine Gun, equip the item then run toward your partner 
    and tap the B button when the "Give" button prompt appears to give your partner 
    the ammo.
    
    - GROUP HEALING
    When you go to heal your character, make sure that your partner is nearby so 
    that they will benefit from the heal.
    
    - DON'T SCREW UP A PARTNER'S FOCUS
    If your partner is shooting a Majini, don't aim for the same Majini and shoot 
    it, since your partner might opt for a melee attack that you might screw up by 
    shooting the same Majini during a stun animation.  Would you let your fellow 
    partners have their moments too?
    
    - BE CAREFUL ABOUT SETTING OFF EXPLOSIONS NEAR YOUR PARTNER
    Make sure that your partner is far enough away from a hazardous object before 
    shooting the object.  Red explosive canisters have gotten a much greater blast 
    radius when compared to other Resident Evils.  If you hit me with an explosion 
    online then you damn well better heal me afterwards.  If not, when the next 
    Majini grabs your character, I'll come to your rescue by tossing a hand grenade 
    at the Majini to break that bondage of love.  I'll save you partner!
    
    - COVER THE SNIPER
    If your partner is performing precision aiming with a rifle then try to cover 
    that player by shooting any enemies that try to get near him/her.
    
    - DEALING WITH RANDOM DEATHS
    Just because a player keeps on getting hit and keeps entering the Dying state 
    doesn't always mean that they suck, they might just be trying harder than your 
    character, especially on Public Assembly.  When I fight the Executioner, I'm 
    like a raging bull that must defeat him before Chris comments to Sheva about 
    Kirk and sometimes my plans backfire on me because of the pesky Majini that get 
    in the way which causes me to get hit... badly.  All it takes is one Majini 
    grab or one badly timed or accidental reload followed by one hell of a kerplunk 
    from the big man himself to enter Dying status in the Public Assembly.
    
    - TAKE THE OTHER PLAYER'S ITEMS WHEN THE PLAYER LEAVES YOUR GAME
    Whenever a player is playing a chapter with you and that player suddenly 
    leaves, the AI partner will immediately take control of that character.  The AI 
    partner will still have all the items that the player had.  You can use that 
    time to your advantage and request all of that player's ammo from the AI 
    partner.  Weapons can still not be exchanged during that game however.  Once 
    the next save point is reached, the inventory menu will appear before starting 
    again and the AI partner will lose all of the inventory items that the player 
    previously had.  So basically, a player can hog all the ammo and explosives 
    from another player after that player leaves and the AI takes over for their 
    character.
    
    ------------------
    Single Player Tips
    ------------------
    
    - EXPLOITING THE "GO" COMMAND
    In single player mode, whenever your character performs a partner assist melee 
    while the AI partner is being attacked by a Majini, quickly issue the "Go" 
    command while facing the staggering Majini to make the AI partner run up and 
    hit the staggering Majini with a second melee attack.  The "Go" command can 
    also be issued after hitting a boss enemy with a melee to make the AI partner 
    perform a follow-up melee.  This technique can also be done after hitting a 
    Majini with an arm stun melee attack.  This little exploit of the AI partner 
    can go a long way in helping the main player.
    
    - EXPLOITING THE AI'S "COVER" MODE
    If your character hits en enemy with a an arm stun melee attack, quickly run 
    toward the enemy and if the partner is set to "Cover" mode and following behind 
    your character then the AI partner will hit the enemy as it staggers backward 
    for a double team attack.  This can also be used when fighting a strong enemy 
    such as the Executioner and Chainsaw Majini since all melee attacks cause them 
    to stagger.
    
    - LEAVE THE AI PARTNER WITH LITTLE AMMO
    If you find that your AI partner is wasting too much ammo, simply request the 
    ammo from that character and leave that character with little ammo.  Usually 
    the AI partner is better with heavier weapons, especially the rifle.  The AI 
    partner tends to spam machine gun and handgun ammo.
    
    - KEEPING THE AI FROM SNATCHING AN ITEM
    If you see the AI partner run toward a breakable object and you don't want the 
    partner to break it and take the item then run toward the object yourself.  The 
    AI partner will back off and let your character break the object and have the 
    item.
    
    - TAKE ITEMS FROM THE AI PARTNER
    Request whatever items you need from your AI partner.  Ask and you shall 
    receive!  The only item that an AI partner will not give up is a weapon that 
    your character currently has in his/her own inventory.
    
    - USING THE AI PARTNER AS YOUR ITEM BOX
    Load up your AI partner with whatever you don't want your main character to 
    carry.  Your AI partner can basically be a walking item box
    
    -------------------
    Tips for Both Modes
    -------------------
    
    - THE RESTART OPTION
    During the middle of any chapter, a player can pause the game and then choose 
    restart to be taken back to the main inventory in order to buy items or 
    rearrange each character's inventory.  The player will start at the last check 
    point that was passed.  This will not count against the player at all toward 
    chapter completion.  Game time will remain as it was up to the point of the 
    last checkpoint.  This can be used to cancel any death that is about to take 
    place if a character suddenly enters dying status (BEFORE the final blow) and 
    can help a player to gain the upper hand on bosses by allowing the player to 
    restock the characters' inventory with needed ammo.
    
    - PULL UP THE MINIMAP TO KEEP TRACK OF YOUR PARTNER
    Always pull up you mini-map at the beginning of each stage.  This will help you 
    to easily keep track of your partner in big areas.
    
    - SEEING BOSSES ON THE MINIMAP
    Pull up your mini-map (GPS) while fighting a boss enemy.  Most of the time, the 
    boss enemy will be showcased as a blue triangle on the map.  This can help a 
    player to see where the boss enemy is currently at.  Being able to view the 
    location of the boss enemy is extremely helpful during some boss battles.
    
    - CHARACTER STARES
    Whenever an enemy is nearby, your character will look in that direction; use 
    this to help identify a nearby enemy location.  Sometimes your character will 
    simply turn his/her head to look at the partner however.
    
    - THE LOCK-ON FEATURE
    If you're having problems finding your partner then use the lock-on button to 
    find that character.
    
    - YOUR PARTNER'S AMMO
    Check your partner's amount of ammo for the currently equipped weapon, which is 
    displayed to the left of the partner's life bar.  If the partner has 0 handgun 
    ammo and you have, I don't know, say around 85 handgun ammo, you might want to 
    share.  This is more useful in co-op mode than in single player.  You'll mainly 
    want to hand over secondary weapon ammo to AI Sheva since she doesn't aim 
    precisely with the handgun.
    
    - PERFORMING A FOLLOW-UP MELEE
    When your partner knocks an enemy off of your character and the enemy is still 
    alive and staggers to the side, immediately run toward the staggering enemy and 
    your character will get a button prompt command for a melee attack of your own. 
    Double team!  Sometimes the enemy will stagger to the side, but sometimes the 
    enemy will only get knocked down to the ground.  Either way, the enemy will 
    still receive damage from the partner assist melee attack.  Your character 
    could use that chance to hit the enemy with a ground melee attack while it is 
    on the ground to perform some extra damage to it.
    
    - SLASHING AN EXPLOSIVE BARREL...?
    A knife slash will not cause a red explosive barrel to explode.  This can be 
    useful to know for certain areas where breakable objects lie right next to 
    barrels.
    
    - THE PARTNER COMMAND TAKES PRIORITY OVER OTHER NEARBY MELEES
    A partner assist melee attack button prompt (when a Majini grabs your partner) 
    will usually take priority over a normal stun prompt, so if you perform a stun 
    to a Majini and your partner is next to the stunned Majini while in a hold by 
    another Majini then the partner assist melee attack prompt will appear most 
    likely instead of "Straight" or whatever other character melee attack you're 
    about to perform.
    
    - DELAYED WEAPON SWITCHING
    Pressing a direction in order to switch to another weapon during a gunshot or 
    reloading animation will usually take effect once the current gun animation has 
    completely ended.
    
    - CANCELED ANIMATIONS DUE TO ENEMY HITS
    Any frame of a reload animation that is interrupted by an enemy attack no 
    matter how early or late will make the reload successful.  The enemy may take 
    damage from your character but the enemy can help out in ending the reload 
    animation frames early.
    
    - DESTROY WOODEN DOORS IN STYLE
    Want to destroy a wooden door fast?  Shoot it twice with a handgun or machine 
    gun then kick it to break it.  Not only will you look like a badass as you lay 
    the smackdown on that door like your good buddy, Berserker, but you'll destroy 
    it very quickly during intense situations.
    
    - BUYING A WEAPON AND SELLING IT TO KEEP THE AMMO
    If a weapon is sold on the main inventory screen then the ammo will be kept in 
    your current inventory.  Knowing this, if you need magnum ammo to take with 
    your character and the extra money to spare, a player can buy a magnum then 
    sell it and keep the ammo from the magnum that is bought.  A player can 
    continue to buy a magnum then sell it off just to keep the ammo.
    
    ____________________
    TAG TEAM MELEE TIPS \__________________________________________________________
    
    --> Tips for performing Tag Team Melee Attacks in Co-op mode
    
    1) When the second (bouncing) melee attack is performed, the enemy might 
       stagger to the side, in a case such as this, you can perform either of the
       co-op melee attacks listed above by running to the front or back of the
       staggering enemy in order to get the button prompt.  Keep in mind that you 
       must activate the command before the staggering animation ends however.
    
    2) When your partner is grabbed by a Majini, run up to the embraced pair and
       quickly equip the knife then slash the Majini in the middle portion of its
       body.  Not only will you save your partner with only minor damage to the
       Majini, but you'll most likely slash the Majini in the arm to stun it and
       set it up for a co-op melee attack.  It's best for your partner to start
       the sequence since that character will be the closest to the Majini.
    
    3) If you find that a Majini is moving away from your character and you want
       the Majini to face your way, taunt the Majini (LS + RS/L3 + R3) to get it
       to turn.  Sometimes you have to taunt a few times to get its attention.  
       This doesn't always seem to work however; sometimes simply getting close to 
       the Majini is more useful in making it turn.
    
    --> Easily set up a Tag Team Melee with other players
    
    1) Arm a machine gun and aim toward a Majini's arm then tap the trigger button
       once in an attempt to stun the Majini.  This is a bit less damaging than a 
       handgun.
    
    2) After stunning a Majini with an arm stun, if your characters are not in the
       the proper placement for bouncing it back and forth with melee then quickly
       run behind it and perform your character's back melee attack to bounce it
       toward the other character and set it up for the sequence.
    
    3) Want to trick a new person online into helping you out with co-op melee
       attacks?  If you notice that the partner performs melee attacks whenever a
       Majini is next to their character then trick them into helping you:
    
       a) Simply make sure that your partner is near then let a Majini approach
          both of you and then quickly shoot the Majini in the arm then run
          behind it and knock it toward your partner.  The partner will most
          likely take the initiative to perform the melee attack that bounces the
          Majini back toward you, giving you the special command.
       b) Run up to a Majini that has grabbed your partner then slash the Majini
          with your knife in the midsection for a usual arm stun.  DON'T PERFORM
          THE MELEE YOURSELF!  Allow your partner to bounce the Majini with the
          melee command.  Your partner will get a melee button prompt on the
          so that player is most likely to perform it right then.  Simply bounce
          the Majini back toward your partner and that partner might accidentally
          perform their special melee!
       c) Whenever you witness your partner hit a Majini with an upper arm melee
          attack, quickly run behind the Majini to bounce it back toward your
          partner.
      (d) Use partner action commands to order your partner to stand in place.
          This won't always work.  This is most useful for a single Majini.  Here's 
          the way I've done it before:
    
            Chris: "Wait! Wait!"
            [Chris walks toward Majini and lures it out while backing up]
            [Sheva aims her gun]
            Chris: "Wait! Wait!"
            [Sheva lowers her gun while Chris aims, shoots it in the arm then
            runs behind it and kicks it toward Sheva.  Sheva responds with a
            Twist Kick as Chris was hoping for.  The gods shine down upon Mr.
            Redfield as he steps forward and delivers the ultimate answer to the
            Majini threat.]
            Chris: Thanks! (Thank you, my tool.)
    
       All jokes aside, by setting up a Majini for a co-op attack with new
       players, they might catch on eventually.  There was one time where one
       player actually did realize what I was doing and allowed me to set the
       sequence up for that player.
    
      (e) For extra info about using partner action commands while playing online
          make use of the following and your partner might catch on:
    
          - "Go" command = Use this while a Majini is coming toward you to tell
             your partner to get behind the Majini.
          - "Come on" command = (1) Use this to call your distant partner behind
             a Majini while the partner is a long distance away. (2) This can
             also be used to tell your partner to knock a Majini that you have
             stunned toward you with a melee attack so you can knock it back.
             (3) After knocking a Majini toward your partner, use this command to
             encourage your partner to knock it back toward you. The latter
             actually works well against random online players sometimes.
          - "Wait" command = Use this if your partner is about to shoot the
             Majini to make the partner lower the gun.
          - "Thank" command = This is the ultimate way to build up encouragement
             while playing online.  After a successful co-op melee, thank your
             partner.  If your partner is clueless to the co-op melees that you
             just tricked them into helping you with, then they might catch on
             because of your gratitude.
    
    --> Performing a Tag Team Melee in Single Player mode
    
    It's really not hard at all to set up a tag team melee attack in single player 
    mode.  You just have to know the way that your AI partner will work and that is 
    one thing I will show you here so you can start Haymakering and Back Handing 
    your own Majini in single player!  This is not meant to be just for fun either; 
    it is actually very effective in Veteran mode.  Veteran mode is the best mode 
    to obtain these tag team melees in since the Majini have more health allowing 
    them to survive the full sequence and possibly multiple attempts.
    
    You see, the AI has to follow certain rules that a single player can take 
    advantage of:
    
    1) The AI partner will most likely NOT melee attack a Majini that the main 
       player stuns.  The AI partner will usually only attack a Majini that the 
       actual AI partner has stunned.
    
    2) An AI partner will bounce back any Majini that is knocked toward that AI 
       character.  No matter if that character is shooting or what, that character 
       will knock back any Majini that the main player stagger their way.
    
    3) When a "Go" command is issued, the AI partner will always step a few steps 
       in front of the main player then turn to face that player regardless whether
       an enemy is in the area or not.  The AI partner will usually stop whatever 
       it is doing and run in front of the player then turn to face the player.
    
    Do I see a light bulb yet?  That third listing should have sparked something. 
    Did it?
    
    Here are three ways to trick the AI partner into helping out with a Tag Team 
    melee attack:
    
    1) Have the AI partner near your character then shoot a Majini in the arm for 
       an arm stun.  Directly after the arm stun, issue a "Go" command to your AI 
       partner while facing the Majini.  The AI partner will quickly step behind 
       the Majini and give a little space in between that AI partner and the 
       Majini.  Wait just a slight second for the AI partner to get in the back of 
       the Majini then perform the first melee attack from the arm stun to knock 
       the Majini toward your AI partner.  If the AI partner is still behind the 
       Majini, the AI partner will automatically bounce the Majini back toward your
       character with a back melee.  Once the Majini staggers back toward your 
       character, you will receive the special tag team melee command which you can
       change by quickly stepping in front of or behind that staggering Majini.
    
    The above method works like a charm once a player gets used to it.  I can do 
    them in single player about 60% of the time with this method.
    
    2) Perform an arm stun on a Majini while the AI partner is behind your 
       character or nearby, preferably busy shooting another Majini.  Quickly run 
       behind the Majini that is stunned with an arm stun and knock it toward the 
       AI partner with a melee and the AI partner might respond with a follow-up 
       melee to knock it back toward your character, giving you the special tag 
       team command.
    
    Your miles will definitely vary with the second method, but it's good to keep 
    it in mind.
    
    There is also one more method where one can actually get the AI partner to 
    perform their own tag team melee.
    
    3) Whenever you see the AI partner perform a melee after an arm stun that the 
       AI partner has done itself, QUICKLY run behind the Majini that the AI 
       partner has hit and knock it back toward the AI partner.  The AI partner 
       will almost always be standing and waiting and if the AI partner is still 
       nearby after your character knocks the Majini back then the AI partner will
       automatically perform the tag team melee depending on the side the AI 
       partner faces when the Majini staggers back toward the AI partner.
    
    As you can see, I really enjoy performing tag team melees and exploiting the 
    computer AI in order to help me.  This is NOT hard at all, you just have to 
    understand the way the AI partner will work and try this out yourself.  I do 
    tag team melees for fun, not for trophies or achievements.  It's all about the 
    challenge in performing them that excites me!  Like I said earlier, they are 
    also very effective in Veteran mode.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   ITEM DUPLICATION                          [BS03]
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    During a co-op game, any item or ammo that can be given to another player can 
    be duplicated through a little glitch at the beginning of a session.  This can 
    be used to duplicate rotten eggs which can be sold off to the store for 2,000 
    gold each.  This will help the player quickly afford upgrades and weapons from 
    the store.
    
    In order to use this technique, perform the following steps:
    
    1) Invite a player to a session.
    2) While the joining player is still on the main inventory menu give the player 
       the item that you want to that player to duplicate for you.  You can give 
       the items during the actual gameplay also.  It doesn't matter.
    3) Start the session.
    4) During the actual gameplay, the person that joined the game (not the host), 
       should pause the game then exit the session by choosing "Quit" from the 
       pause menu.  The joining player should save the game on their end.
    5) The host will be left with an AI partner that still retains the same 
       inventory that the other player had.  The host should do one of two things:
    
       a) Request the given item back from the AI partner.  This will allow the 
          host to duplicate the host's own inventory in repeated sessions.  Quit 
          the game and save in this case once the item is in your inventory.
       b) Quit the game without saving.  Choose "No" when it asks if you want to 
          save.  Any item that the AI partner has in it's inventory will not be 
          added back to the host's inventory if the game is saved, so don't save it 
          unless you request the items back from the AI partner.  Not saving the 
          game will allow the host to retain any item that was originally in their 
          inventory before the session was started.
    
    Here's how a person can duplicate rotten eggs:
    
    01) Invite a player to a session.
    02) Give the joining player however many rotten eggs that you have.  Let's use 
        3 in this case.
    03) Start the session.
    04) While the joining player has the 3 rotten eggs, that player should pause 
        the game and choose "Quit" then save the game.  The player will retain the 
        3 rotten eggs in their inventory.
    05) The host should pause the game then quit the game and NOT save to retain 
        the 3 eggs, or request the rotten eggs back from the AI partner then quit 
        and save the game.
    06) Now that both players have 3 rotten eggs, the host should start another 
        session then invite the joining player again.  The joining player should 
        keep the three rotten eggs in that player's inventory.  The host should 
        give the other player 3 rotten eggs again so the joining player has 6 
        rotten eggs.
    07) Start the session.
    08) The joining player should exit the session by pausing the game and choosing 
        "Quit" then save the game to keep the six rotten eggs.
    09) Since the host only started with three rotten eggs, that player should 
        request all 6 rotten eggs from the partner then quit and save the game 
        through the pause menu.  The host now 6 rotten eggs as well.
    10) This can be repeated over and over until both players have an inventory 
        full of rotten eggs.  During the next cycle from the sessions mentioned 
        above, the host will have six rotten eggs and the joining player will have 
        6, so the host could give 6 to the joining player to give that player 12 
        and then request the 12 once the player leaves and the AI takes control of 
        the partner.  Both players will have 12 each at that point.
    11) Once the joining player has an inventory full of rotten eggs then remove 
        all the rotten eggs from the character inventory then allow the host to 
        fill the joining players slot full of rotten eggs once again before 
        starting the session.  The host will want to exit WITHOUT saving after the 
        joining player leaves after saving their game since there is nothing to be 
        gained from requesting all eggs that were in the host's inventory prior to 
        the session.
    
    ** WARNING: The important step to realize in the technique used above is that 
    whatever the AI partner has in it's inventory after the joining player has left 
    the session will be lost when the host player exits the game and saves or the 
    host player reaches a save point, so if the AI partner has anything that the 
    host player wants to keep, the host needs to request the item from the AI 
    partner then exit and save OR simply exit the game WITHOUT saving to keep your 
    inventory the way it was prior to the session.
    
    
    [WT00]
    ===============================================================================
        __        __      _  _     _    _                                _     
        \ \      / /__ _ | || | __| |_ | |__   _ __  ___   _   _   __ _ | |__  
         \ \ /\ / // _` || || |/ /| __|| '_ \ | '__|/ _ \ | | | | / _` || '_ \ 
          \ V  V /| (_| || ||   < | |_ | | | || |  | (_) || |_| || (_| || | | |
           \_/\_/  \__,_||_||_|\_\ \__||_| |_||_|   \___/  \__,_| \__, ||_| |_|
                                                                  |___/        
                    R E S I D E N T  E V I L  5  M A I N  G A M E
    ===============================================================================
    
    Hi, and welcome to the walkthrough section for my Resident Evil 5 guide.  This 
    walkthrough will provide you, the reader, with a full detailed description of 
    the main game of Resident Evil 5.  All item placements and breakable objects 
    have been described in their own separate sections as well as the main 
    walkthrough. Areas that may be investigated (examined for more details) are 
    labeled in the "Investigation" boxes.  All treasure locations and BSAA medals 
    are pointed out in full detail in the actual writing and in lists spread 
    throughout the walkthrough.  If a trophy/achievement can be gained in a certain 
    area, then it has been labeled for the reader as well.
    
    Keep in mind that this walkthrough is meant for Normal mode and is updated 
    slightly for Veteran.  A separate walkthrough is available toward the end of 
    this guide for Professional mode.
    
    ******************* MAJOR WARNING ABOUT DATA CORRUPTION ***********************
    Be sure to back up your save file for either console version onto some sort of 
    portable saving device.  There is a common data corruption problem with 
    Resident Evil 5's save file that could corrupt your data.
    
    For Xbox 360, use a memory card to save your data.  For PS3 use a flash drive 
    to save your data - highlight the save file under your save games list then 
    press /\ and copy the data to a flash drive on the device list once it is 
    inserted.  The PS3 save file used to be copy protected but the Version 1.03 
    update that was released around the beginning of June 2009 removes the copy 
    protection, allowing gamers to back up their Resident Evil 5 data to a flash 
    drive.
    *******************************************************************************
    
    = = = = = = = = = = =  K I J U J U  C A S E  F I L E  = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    ====                - Redfield Report (Kijuju Incident)                    ====
    
    ---  "Casualties continue to mount over the long years I have struggled."   ---
    --  "More and more I find myself wondering if it's all worth fighting for."  --
    ---                    "Maybe one day I'll find out"                        ---
    
    - - -                                                                     - - -
                   ___ _                 _              _      _             [CH11]
                  / __\ |__   __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __  / |    / |
                 / /  | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| | | __ | |
                / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | ||  __/ |    | ||__|| |
                \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_|    |_|    |_|
                                  |_|                         
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          --> Chapter 1-1 Ranking Table <--
           .-----------------------------------------------------------.
           | RANKS          |    S     |     A    |     B    |    C    |
           |===========================================================|
           | ACCURACY       |   70%+   | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
           |-----------------------------------------------------------|
           | ENEMIES ROUTED |    20+   |    15    |    10    |   <9    |
           |-----------------------------------------------------------|
           | DEATHS         |     0    |     1    |     2    |    3+   |
           |-----------------------------------------------------------|
           | CLEAR TIME     | <12'00"  |  17'00"  |  22'00"  |  22'01"+|
           '-----------------------------------------------------------'
           < = less than or equal to                    + = greater than
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH111]
    Chapter 1-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                       C I V I L I A N   C H E C K P O I N T
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Objective: Rendezvous with your contact at the Butcher's Shop.
    
    Welcome to Kijuju, fellow Resident Evil fan!
    
    Control of Chris Redfield will be given to the player on the streets of Kijuju 
    as Kirk contacts Chris.  Both Chris and Sheva must meet up with their contact 
    at the Butcher's shop down the street up ahead.
    
    --     "I knew it from the moment I arrived, there's no reason here..."      --
    
    Press the R2 (RB) button to bring up your mini-map.  This mini-map is so very 
    important to playing Resident Evil 5 that I'm going to go over the basics here 
    then bring it back up later.  The green pointer represents Chris and the purple 
    pointer represents Sheva.  There is a compass on the upper left corner of the 
    screen that always points north, which I use to give you directions for this 
    guide.  If you're playing this game co-op then the mini-map should be up at all 
    times so you can see your partner's current location.
    
    .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------.
    | If your character happens to be in caution status (orange) health then that |
    | character will still be holding his/her chest portion throughout this       |
    | entire opening segment without an ability to heal.                          |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Press and hold the R1 (RT) to locate your partner in the immediate area.  This 
    can be very important in an intense area when you need to find your partner's 
    location quickly and have multiple levels of a building or obstacle to worry 
    about.  Sometimes the mini-map doesn't cut it for finding a partner's location 
    and you'll be forced to use this.
    
    .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
    | If your character walks down the street immediately while Chris talks with  |
    | Kirk, you'll get to see some townspeople knock down and drag away a fellow  |
    | townsperson down the first east path.  A slight cutscene will play as your  |
    | character gets closer to them.  They seem to disappear into the east alley. |
    | If you wait too long at the beginning, then you'll miss out on seeing this. |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --                              "No humanity."                               --
    
    There's a lot to see on the streets of Kijuju, but there are no items.  All 
    buildings can be entered so feel free to explore.  Walk down the street ahead 
    to reach the butcher's shop.  Neither character can use a weapon or any kind of 
    attack for the moment.  There's plenty of crates and boxes just begging to be 
    destroyed, but neither character can break them even if this is your second 
    playthrough.
    
    .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
    | Stay in the Civilian Checkpoint area for a total of two minutes without     |
    | triggering the cutscene past the grouped townspeople to the north and Chris |
    | and Sheva will engage in some extra dialogue.  They speak about America and |
    | Americans in general.  About 10 seconds after the dialogue, Kirk will       |
    | contact both of them and tell them once again to meet up at the Butcher's   |
    | Shop.  Kirk will continue to contact Chris and Sheva with the same dialogue |
    | if the players continue to stay in the area afterwards.                     |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    If your character walks past a townsperson, that person will simply stop and 
    stare with a most grueling look on his face.  It's amazing to stop and look at 
    the level of detail in each person's face.
    
    --                "Everywhere I look, I find vacant stares...                --
    
    The characters will pass a person lying on a crate patting his machete against 
    his hand.  Some residents are grouped in the street nearby him while one of 
    them smacks something tied up in a burlap sack further ahead.  Is that the 
    townsperson that the characters could see earlier!?
    
    The group of townspeople will stop what they are doing then turn and look at 
    Chris and Sheva as both characters walk by them.
    
    --                          "All I see is death."                            --
    
    Further ahead and to the west, the characters will come across the one and only 
    place for fresh and quality meat - the Corner Pyamy Butchery of course.  Walk 
    toward the building to trigger a cutscene.
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    All of the inhabitants are now gone!  Well, it's certainly not bingo this time. 
    The streets are deserted.  You can move back toward the radio on the side of 
    the streets to hear an announcement over the radio.  This person must be giving 
    away free money, or better yet, RE5 promotional goodies!
    
    Continue to the Corner Pyamy Butchery.
    
    .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
    | If Chris steps behind the counter on the outside of the Butcher's shop up   |
    | ahead, Reynard (the contact inside) will tell Chris to enter the building   |
    | through the side door.  Strangely enough, even if Chris busts through the   |
    | door and stands in front of Reynard, a player can still trigger this phrase |
    | by stepping back outside and walking behind the outside counter.            |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Step around the right (north) side of the building.  Walk over to the door on 
    the north side.  Now, if you're familiar with door opening using the Resident 
    Evil 4 setup then you will know that a door can be opened gently by tapping the 
    action button when the button prompt appears while standing next to the door or 
    your character can kick it open by double tapping the button.  Read the tip 
    below.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | When a door is kicked open the kicking animation frames will make your      |
    | character invincible to enemy attacks.  When a door is opened normally,     |
    | there are no invincibility frames but the sound will not alert unaware      |
    | enemies like a door kick will.                                              |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Upon simply entering or busting into the butcher's shop, approach the man with 
    the turban (Reynard).  Use the button prompt for the action button to speak 
    with him and a cutscene will trigger.
    
    .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
    | If one player moves too far ahead of the other and meets with Reynard, he   |
    | will only mention that he heard that there were two of operatives and ask   |
    | about the character's partner.                                              |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Chapter 1-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                 B A C K  A L L E Y
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Both characters should open up the metal case in front of them and each 
    character should pick up the ++M92F (HG)++ from the metal case.  Chris will 
    also slip into his combat gear.  If this is a replay and you selected a new 
    outfit then your character will be wearing it after the next cutscene.
    
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    H I D D E N  W E A P O N
    Weapon: M92F (HG)
    Location: Back Alley - Chapter 1-1
    Details: The character's will be placed right in front of the metal case 
    containing this weapon after the first cutscene with the contact (Reynard) in 
    the Butcher's Shop. There is one for each character.  On the first playthrough, 
    the characters must pick up one each since it is there only weapon to equip and 
    they must both equip something to trigger the next cutscene.  On a second 
    playthrough, if the characters already have a gun available then the M92F does 
    not have to be picked up.
    
    The characters can ONLY grab their handguns before the cutscene plays that is 
    triggered by equipping a gun, so if a player wants to grab a handgun it must be 
    picked up before that cutscene; otherwise, the metal case will be gone from the 
    counter after the cutscene.
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    
    Press the Inventory button to bring up the inventory menu and view your current 
    inventory.  While the inventory screen is open, press the RB button to see your 
    partner's current inventory.  Below is the inventory setup for each character.
    
                    C H R I S                               S H E V A
      .-----------------------------------.   .-----------------------------------.
      |           |           |           |   |           |           |           |
      |           |           |           |   |           |           |           |
      |           |  D-pad    |           |   |           |   D-pad   |           |
      |           |   Up      |           |   |           |    Up     |           |
      |           |           |           |   |           |           |           |
      |-----------+-----------+-----------|   |-----------+-----------+-----------|
      |           |           |           |   |           |           |           |
      |           |           |           |   |           |           |           |
      |   D-pad   |           |   D-pad   |   |   D-pad   |           |   D-pad   |
      |   left    |           |   Right   |   |   Left    |           |   Right   |
      |           |           |           |   |           |           |           |
      |-----------+-----------+-----------|   |-----------+-----------+-----------|
      |           |           |           |   |           |           |           |
      |           |           |           |   |           |           |           |
      |           |   D-pad   |           |   |           |   D-pad   |           |
      |           |   Down    |           |   |           |   Down    |           |
      |           |           |           |   |           |           |           |
      '-----------------------------------'   '-----------------------------------'
                 R E D F I E L D                           A L O M A R
    
    As you can see, the inventory is composed of a 3x3 grid.  Weapons or items in 
    the top middle, bottom middle, middle left and middle right slots can be 
    equipped by tapping the up, down, left and right directions the D-pad.  Why 
    would you want to equip ammo?  So you can give it to your partner with the tap 
    of the assist button while standing near that character.  All of the items have 
    various commands that will appear after equipping them.  You can also give an 
    item by selecting the "Give" command from the inventory menu after pulling up 
    the command list while highlighting an item.
    
    You'll have to equip the weapon through the inventory menu by pulling up the 
    inventory (/\ or Y), highlighting it, then selecting the action button to 
    select and equip it in order to trigger another cutscene.
    
    .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------.
    | You can walk over to Reynard before grabbing or equipping your weapon and   |
    | talk with him to hear some extra dialogue Chris is too bulky to get by him  |
    | and Sheva can't bring herself to leave her partner, so you're going to      |
    | trigger another cutscene by equipping your weapon to continue.              |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Now Chris and Sheva are prepared for action!    Run over to the --WOODEN CRATE-
    - up ahead on the north side of the room. This is one of the many breakable 
    objects that the characters will find in the game.  To break them without 
    shooting, equip the knife by holding the knife button (L1 or LT) then slash the 
    crate open to reveal a random item.  Not all crates contain random items, but a 
    good majority of them do.  Some crates will always contain the same item.  
    There are two files on the north side of this room to the left of the crate: 
    --DYING MEMO-- and --CONTROLS MEMO--.
    
    Dying is a new status in the RE universe.  It is basically the new "Danger" 
    status.  When a character is hit while that character has extremely low health, 
    that character will enter "Dying" status.  While your character is dying, a red 
    glow will encase your screen.  Your character can only hobble in his or her 
    wounded state at that point.  A partner must resuscitate or heal your character 
    by standing in front of your character and pressing the assist button.  If a 
    partner has a green herb then the healing item will automatically be used but 
    if the partner has no healing item then that character will give the dying 
    character a quick shot of adrenaline that will take the dying character out of 
    the current status and heal them just a bit.  Adrenaline shots are infinite in 
    number.  Failure to help a dying character will result in death for both 
    characters after a few seconds; if the dying character is hit with an enemy 
    attack then the game is over for both players also.
    
    Let's talk about controls.  You have four different types of controls - Type A, 
    Type B, Type C, and Type D.  Type D is the default control type. If you're just 
    now playing this game after having played Dead Space then you will want to 
    stick with Type D most likely like yours truly.  Type A offers the usual 
    Resident Evil 4 style setup, Type B changes the shoulder button functions while 
    still maintaining the usual RE4-style camera, Type C changes the right 
    thumbstick to a character turn and the right or left direction on the left 
    thumbstick to a sidestep but still keeps the RE4-style buttons in place, Type D 
    changes the shoulder button functions and changes the right thumbstick to a 
    character turn while the right or left direction with the left thumbstick is 
    changed to a sidestep.  Got all that?  It's best to experiment with them 
    yourself.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Counter with Meat Chunks - On the east side of the room across from a door.
    [ ] Dying Memo - On the north side of the room to the left of the crate.
    [ ] Control Type Memo - On the north side of the room to the left of the crate.
    [ ] Long counter with meat chunks - Along the west side of the room, to the 
        left of where the characters start.
    [ ] Counter with Intestine and Cleaver - Across from the files. Light shines 
        down on this through a hole in the roof.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Lying on a freezer on the north side of the room.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The slabs of meat in this room can be slashed with your knife and there are 
    plenty of other objects such as bottles, gas containers, boxes and cans that 
    can be knocked around as well.  Go ahead, I know you want to!  Leave the shop 
    through the doorway to the west.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Stand - To the right as the character exit the butcher's shop. A character 
        will need to toss a hand grenade at the stand in order to break it or fire 
        an explosive round at it with the grenade launcher, so a player can only do 
        this on a second playthrough.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the wheelbarrow to the left after exiting the 
        butcher's shop.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Break the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- by the wheelbarrow outside.  Stand at the 
    top of the stairs that lead west.  You see those crows down there?  You can 
    shoot some of them and with your handgun to kill them.  The crows will randomly 
    drop gold once defeated.  They will increase your kills for this chapter and 
    they'll be added under your recorded kills under the main menu (Records).  If 
    this is your second playthrough and you happen to have a flash grenade or hand 
    grenade then toss it down at them to kill them all.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Headless dog carcass - The crows surround this gruesome sight.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The crows are surrounding a carcass of a dog.  Move into the building with the 
    "Wood Furniture" sign along the side of it.  Slash the skulls on the shelves 
    with the candles if you want then open the metal door inside.
    
    .------------------------------- GLITCH/EXTRA --------------------------------.
    | While moving down the stairs, quickly skip the cutscene that shows that dog |
    | carcass then run down the stairs immediately and enter the building at the  |
    | bottom of the stairs.  If you QUICKLY look to the right a Majini will be    |
    | walking off to the right.                                                   |
    |                                                                             |
    | The camera has to be turned to the right very quickly once the building is  |
    | entered in order to see the Majini.  It is best to do one of the following  |
    | in order to see him:                                                        |
    |                                                                             |
    | 1) Use Type A or B controls then tilt the camera angle to the right while   |
    | entering the building and quickly aim to make the character face right.     |
    |                                                                             |
    | 2) While in single player, quickly press the lock-on button to lock-on to   |
    | to your partner which should still be at the top of the stairs as you enter |
    | the building and this will make your character face the Majini after        |
    | entering.                                                                   |
    |                                                                             |
    | 3) While using Type C or D controls, quickly turn to the right while        |
    | entering the building.  This method doesn't work that well.                 |
    |                                                                             |
    | Either way, the Majini will walk to the side for a few seconds then         |
    | suddenly disappear.  Here is a video of the glitch by SeitengrateZero:      |
    |                                                                             |
    | http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TiYkG7AJEcU                                  |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Kick open the next door for an incredibly gruesome sight.  Break the --WOODEN 
    BARREL-- and the two --WOODEN CRATES-- behind the goat display then move around 
    the corner to the west and turn to the left to find the exit door.  A ++GREEN 
    HERB++ is on a shelf to the right of the exit door.  Kick open the door then 
    step outside.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Goat - Right across from the door that you enter the room from.
    [ ] Erratic Memo - On the counter near the metal pot off to the left when 
        stepping further into the room.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the floor near the wooden shelf on the far west wall.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Along the wooden shelf near the barrel mentioned above.
    --> Definite Item: Green Herb
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On the desk to the right of the other two objects.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - Around the corner on a wooden shelf right before reaching the 
        exit door.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Some yells can be heard up ahead as Sheva runs to check it out.  Don't feel 
    obligated to follow just yet.  Little missy isn't aware of how much a survival 
    horror fan likes to explore so don't feel the need to follow her immediately.  
    You can call her back with the assist (O or B) button but she'll move on ahead 
    again after returning.
    
    Don't worry, I'll help you understand the way she works throughout this guide.  
    There are no items in the immediate location, so move up the stairs.  Press the 
    assist button in front of the door to confirm that you are ready to move onto 
    the next area.  While online both players must enter ready status in order to 
    move onto the next area.  If you ever find some jackass that continues to play 
    around for a long time with the environment then continuously press the assist 
    button while in ready status to annoy them.  It works, trust me.
    
                                                                            [CH113]
    Chapter 1-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                 B A C K  A L L E Y
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    A cutscene will trigger once both characters enter the room.
    
    A new enemy will attack after the cutscene.  These enemies are labeled as a 
    "Majini" (singular and plural).  Majini is the Swahili word for "Evil Spirit".
    
    NEW ENEMY: Majini
    
    A Majini can be shot in the head, upper arm, and leg while they walk or stand 
    still in order to stun them.  While they are in a stunned pose, either 
    character can rush up to one and get a special command labeled by an on-screen 
    action button prompt.  For the arm stun and leg stun the command will differ 
    depending on if you're character is in front of or behind the Majini.  It is 
    possible to stun a Majini by shooting it in the arm then bounce it back and 
    forth with arm stun melees two times with the characters in order to get a 
    special tag team (or co-op) melee attack.  This can be done in single player by 
    tricking the AI partner but it is most easily done in with a human partner 
    through online or split-screen co-op play.
    
    The Majini will run toward Chris right after the cutscene.  Quickly equip the 
    knife then slash him as he runs and he will most likely trip.  Attack him while 
    he is on the ground with your special ground melee attack while standing near 
    him.  You can also simply shoot him, but why waste ammo when you don't have to? 
    You could also use out newfound friend as a convenient start toward a 
    trophy/achievement since he is by himself.
    
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
    
    Trophy/Achievement: A Cut Above
    
    Description: Defeat 5 enemies with the Knife.
    
    Details: Defeat 5 enemies of any type with only the knife.  Equip the knife by 
    holding the knife button then slash at an enemy.  The most important part in 
    attempting this trophy/achievement is that you make sure that the final hit 
    that kills the enemy is a knife slash.  Only actual knife kills will count 
    toward this trophy/achievement.
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
    
    You can break the nearby TV by slashing it with your knife.  There's nothing 
    special about it but it gives you something to interact with in this room.  
    Open the door along the northwest side of this room to continue.
    
    Take the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ in the next room.  The glass bottles along the 
    shelves can be slashed with the knife.  Walk toward the window and press the 
    action button when the "Jump Out" command appears to leap through it.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Along the set of shelves on the cabinet.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    You'll be facing the west when your characters land.  Behind the fence to the 
    north is a chicken pen with two chickens running about inside.  These chickens 
    can be almost as vicious as a Majini!  I'll show you soon.
    
    Walk to the south.  You won't find anything around the south alley, so turn to 
    the west and continue ahead.  A cutscene will trigger eventually.
    
    A whole horde of Majini will start moving toward Chris and Sheva from the east 
    after the cutscene.  Now, keep in mind that the characters have switched 
    direction since before the cutscene, so they're actually facing the way that 
    they came from.  You don't want to go back that way.  Turn around with the 
    quick turn (Back + Run) and face the west again then run to the open blue door 
    to the east.
    
    .------------------------------- EXTRA AND BONUS -----------------------------.
    | It is possible to hold your ground and fight off all the Majini that attack |
    | in the alley.  You'll be fighting several at one time, so you really need a |
    | human partner to do this.  If this is your second playthrough then I hope   |
    | you brought some grenades.                                                  |
    |                                                                             |
    | Both Chris and Sheva can set up some of the most devastating co-op melee    |
    | attacks right here.  Simply surround the Majini horde then shoot one of     |
    | them in the arm and knock it toward the other character.  One hit will      |
    | usually hit several and then the next hit in the sequence will hit several  |
    | more.  A special command such as Chris' Back Hand and Sheva's Spinning Back |
    | Kick can easily take out multiple Majini in the alley.  Experiment and have |
    | fun!                                                                        |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Back Alley - Chapter 1-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Topaz (Marquise) [3,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Defeat a good majority of the Majini in the back
                        alley area when they attack and one of the final few will 
                        drop this treasure.  There will be a Majini equipped with 
                        dynamite that will appear near the end of Majini wave and 
                        he will drop this treasure once defeated.  It's best to 
                        attempt this on a second playthrough and bring about 10 
                        hand grenades, especially if you're playing in single 
                        player mode.  Chris could also simply bring along his 
                        gatling gun weapon if has been unlocked.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    As the for the chickens that I mentioned earlier, if you can defeat all the 
    Majini in the area then step inside the chicken pen (hop over the railing), the 
    chickens will actually attack the characters very aggressively.  They're pretty 
    hard to hit also if the characters try to kill them.
    
    A cutscene will trigger once both characters enter the building if the 
    characters choose to run from the Majini.
    
    Chris will contact Kirk once again and tell him about the hostile locales.  
    Chris will contact Kick with the same phrase no matter if you defeat the Majini 
    or not.  If you defeat them then he will contact Kirk directly after the last 
    one falls.
    
    Pick up the ++RED HERB++ on the shelf inside and the ++HAND GRENADE++ on the 
    cabinet.  Combine the green herb from earlier with the red herb for a full 
    healing spray.  The hand grenade will really come in handy in a few moments.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Red Herb - On the southeast shelf.
    [ ] Hand Grenade - On the south cabinet.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Approach the iron door to the side.  This particular door type requires that 
    both players approach it and press the assist button in order to knock it down. 
    You'll have to examine it first with the action button.  Your character will be 
    in ready status while kicking it, so keep tap the assist button if the other 
    player doesn't respond as a warning to get their ass in gear.
    
    Maneuver through the gruesome sights in the room and pick up the ++HANDGUN 
    AMMO++ on the shelf then break the three ++WOODEN BARRELS++ around the corner 
    on the east side of the room.  Find the opening in the floor along the east 
    side of this room and drop down below via the on-screen action button prompt.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Meat w/Cleaver - To the left of the door as you move into the room.
    [ ] Giant Axe - Right near the meat with meat cleaver.
    [ ] Intestines -  Move around the counter with the intestines and examine them 
        from the east side.
    ------------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Across from the opening in the floor.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Across from the opening in the floor.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Across from the opening in the floor.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo - On the east shelf by the boxes.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move down the cave tunnel to the north.  Some bodies are in the middle of the 
    tunnel.  You can slash them both with your knife to keep you busy while I tell 
    you about this next part.
    
    The rats in this area can be shot for extra gold, though they only drop 50 or 
    100 gold per pickup.  Time to start building that Fort Knox early, my friend!  
    You'll have weapons to buy and upgrade in between stages so all the gold that 
    you pick up along the way will help out a bit.  If you're running out of ammo 
    though, then don't worry about them.  Continue further down the tunnel then 
    climb the ladder at the end.
    
    Pick up the two ++HANGUN AMMO (+10)++ pickups along with the ++GREEN HERB++ 
    pickup.  Enter ready status at the door by pressing the assist button near it 
    to continue.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the shelf at the top of the stairs.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the shelf at the top of the stairs.
    [ ] Green Herb - On the table beside the shelf.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH114]
    Chapter 1-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                             P U B L I C  A S S E M B L Y
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    After exiting from the building, Chris and Sheva start out on a hill with a 
    curved path in front of them that leads down to a small building.
    
    .---------------------------------- EXTRA/TIP --------------------------------.
    | If you look off to the north while standing at the very edge of the cliff   |
    | that can be dropped down, you can make out both power boxes (transformers)  |
    | in the town area.  You can shoot from the top of the cliff and they will    |
    | still be on the ground once the two character enter the town much later.    |
    | It's best to use the rifle, but with good aiming, it can be done with the   |
    | handgun.  This will keep you from having to aim upwards during the tense    |
    | battle ahead in order to shoot the power boxes.                             |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Run down the path ahead and tap the action button to drop from the ledge at the 
    end. Collect the ++GREEN HERB++ and ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ from the table. 
    Enter the building to trigger a cutscene.
    
    .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------.
    | Before entering the building, your characters can shoot at a few of the     |
    | breakable objects inside to destroy them and prevent you from having to     |
    | break them while the Majini raid the building after the cutscene.  This is  |
    | not all that helpful, but still slightly interesting.                       |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    There are no bells for elusive "women in red" to ring this time, my friend, and 
    I don't think these townspeople believe in games of bingo, so this sequence in 
    Kijuju is going to be a bit different than Meester Scott Kennedy's Pueblo 
    village romp.
    
    .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------.
    | If either character is killed during this Public Assembly area then you'll  |
    | receive a death cutscene with a viewpoint of your character staring up at   |
    | Majini that are beating the fallen character.                               |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Directly following the cutscene, you need to scrounge up some ammo and items 
    from the current items and breakable objects lying around the room.  Break the 
    --WOODEN BARREL-- and stack of --MELONS-- along the immediate left side and 
    then turn around and run toward the desk then open the drawer to collect some 
    ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ and then break the nearby --WOODEN BARREL--.  On the 
    other side of the room, destroy the --WOODEN CRATE-- and the stack of 
    --TOMATOES-- to get some more ammo.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Melons - On the table beside the first window to the left.
    --> Definite Item: Hand Grenade
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the building beside the first window to the left.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tomatoes - On the table to the right of the door on the far side of the 
        building.
    --> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+10)
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On the table to the right of the door on the far side of the
        building.
    --> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+10%)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on the table beside the TV.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Open the drawer below the TV.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    There are a few ways that you can approach this part.  It all depends on the 
    individual and how you really want to play.
    
    .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------.
    | Like the Ganados in the beginning area of Resident Evil 4, the Majini in    |
    | this area are rather weak and die pretty quickly to just about any attack.  |
    | Melee attacks after a stun do some extreme damage to these weak Majini, so  |
    | be sure to use these special attacks to your advantage.                     |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    OPTION 1 --> BARRICADE THE ROOM!
    
    Push the bookcases in front of the window on the left side of the room and push 
    the other bookcase in front of the door on the right side of the room.  Stand 
    on the side of the bookcase that you want to push then hold the interact button 
    (X) to push the bookcase.  In single player mode, you can have your partner 
    assist your primary character by tapping the partner assist button (O or B) 
    when the button icon appears while standing next to either bookcase.  This will 
    save you time since the partner will push the bookcase and allow your character 
    time to push the other.
    
    NOTE: Keep in mind that the partner assist option for interacting or picking up 
    an item will only appear in single player mode.
    
    -- Tips for fighting off the Majini while in the building:
    
    - Push each of the bookcases exactly twice with each character and this will 
      leave enough room to shoot the outside Majini when they break down the door 
      and window and the bookcase will be pushed just enough to where they can't 
      get through and will have to continue to pound on the obstacle.  Feel free to
      blast them with your handgun - shoot through the door, who cares if the door 
      breaks.  It's really best to break the door before pushing the bookcase 
      against it since the bookcase is sometimes the first blockade to fall.  One 
      neat aspect of the door trick is that you can most likely grab the items as 
      the Majini fall outside the doorway by moving up against the bookcase until 
      you receive the item pick up prompt!
    
    - Your character can stand right near the window and equip the knife then 
      simply slash at the Majini instead of shooting them.  It's better for Chris 
      to do this since he has a Machete with greater power and reach but Sheva can
      hold off the Majini just as well.
    
    - After barricading the door on the right side of the building, stand near the
      far side of the grated window on the wall to the left of the door (far left)
      and aim at the outside Majini then shoot at them through the window to stall
      them and keep them from damaging the door and the bookcase that blocks it.
    
    If you follow the tips above then you can easily fight off the Majini until 
    Chris contacts Kirk over his radio.  This is much easier to do while playing 
    cooperatively with a person over Xbox LIVE.  Stand at one of the entryways and 
    guard it by shooting the Majini as they try to enter the building.  No matter 
    which entryway you choose to secure, be sure to look over at your partner to 
    see how that character is holding up and offer help when necessary.
    
    It's really best to leave the building early, shortly before Chris contacts 
    Kirk so both players can grab the items from the fallen Majini outside.  
    Literally run into the middle of a Majini group that has an item near them and 
    pick up the item.  The invincibility animation from picking up the item will 
    keep you safe and the Majini will likely be recovering from their attacks once 
    your finished.  Time our item pickups to avoid attacks.
    
    OPTION 2 --> RUSH OUTSIDE THE BUILDING AND TAKE THEM ALL ON!
    
    Only do this if you have previously played through this stage.  Don't do this 
    on your first time through.  I would advise grabbing all the ammo in the room 
    like normal before trying this.  Jump through the window or kick down the door 
    and rush outside then fight off the Majini as they hop over the gate, hop off 
    the building rooftop, or hop off the side of the nearby wooden fence.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | The first wave of Majini pile up the most since they will most likely be    |
    | hopping over the gate already if you choose to grab the items inside of the |
    | building, so Chris players might want to take out the Shotgun and clear     |
    | some of the grouped Majini.  Really melee attacks work just as well also    |
    | for either character.  You can also toss a hand grenade at them once they   |
    | have all landed.                                                            |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    You'll want to use melee attacks for sure if you choose to take on the Majini 
    outside.  Aim for either the head, leg, or upper part of the shoulder on the 
    arm that is not carrying a weapon and fire then run up to them and hit them 
    with a melee attack.  All of Chris' melee attacks, especially his Straight 
    Punch work extremely well for crowds and Sheva's roundhouse from a head stun 
    works well for crowds as well.  It is best to stand on the far left side of the 
    outside area (to the left after jumping out the window since the Majini can't 
    get behind your character as easily - get in a corner if needed.
    
    Tips for taking on the Majini while outside:
    
    - Before exiting the building, push a bookcase in front of the window and this 
      will prevent the Majini from moving through the window after the dialogue 
      where Chris contacts Kirk.  This is extremely useful for keeping the Majini 
      to one side right when the Executioner is about to break the gate.
    - The first wave of Majini that climb over the gate are always the most 
      numerous, so you might want to toss a hand grenade at them as they first 
      start to land on the your side.  Try to make sure that most of them are on 
      your side before the explosion, so you can collect the items they leave 
      behind.  This is mainly useful for online play where the Majini are much more
      numerous.
    - Stand at the window on the left side and wait for Majini to step in front of
      it then dive out the window to knock the Majini down.
    - Stand near the door on the right side of the room and wait for a Majini to 
      step in front of the door then kick it open to damage the Majini.
    - Shoot the Majini as they climb any portion of the gate to knock them back
      down the other side.  See the tip below for an even better method.
    - Shoot the Majini while they are on the wooden fence or while they are on the
      car to make them fall and they most likely won't survive the damage of the 
      fall.  You can also stand near the car and slash at them.
    - Wait for a Majini to hop over the gate then pin it against the gate with 
      knife slashes.  It's better if you're partner helps you out with this, like a
      fellow buddy of mine.  You can also slash the Majini that fall down to the 
      car in the east to knock them off.
    - Take shelter in melee attacks since you are invincible during them.  Aim at a
      weak point on a Majini then simply run into an entire crowd near that one 
      Majini and perform a melee attack to knock down all of them and sustain 
      invincibility throughout the entire melee sequence.
    - Like melee attacks, you are invincible during an item grab, so quickly grab 
      any type of item that may be in the area if a Majini is about to hit your 
      character.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | For this gate and any climbable fence, wait until a Majini has climbed to   |
    | the very top then shoot it with a handgun shot to make it fly off the fence |
    | and fall to its death.                                                      |
    |                                                                             |
    '----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------'
    | The Majini with the megaphone yells out phrases from atop the wooden        |
    | execution walkway past the gate.  Aim at him and shoot him to make him stop |
    | yelling and climb down.  He will actually leap off of the wooden execution  |
    | walkway behind the gate and climb over the fence.  He will try to smack     |
    | Chris and Sheva with his megaphone!  He will automatically hop down and     |
    | attack once the characters step further into the town after the gate's      |
    | destruction.                                                                |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> CHRIS CONTACTS KIRK AS ALL HELL PREPARES TO BREAK LOOSE
    
    Chris will contact Kirk (the helicopter pilot) eventually.  This dialogue 
    signifies a change of plans as a new enemy prepares to step into view.  As the 
    following dialogue plays out, Majini will begin to walk into the building from 
    the entrance where Chris and Sheva first entered the building from.
    
    _________                                                            __________
    Chris: Kirk!  Come in!  The locals are hostile!  The gate is sealed, and we're
    trapped.  We need backup, and we need it right now!
    
    Kirk: Roger that.  Just sit tight.  I'm on my way!
    
    Chris: Did you hear that, Sheva?  Helps on the way!
    
    Sheva: Got it!  I just hope he gets here quick.
    ----------                                                           ----------
    
    Shortly after the above dialogue, a cutscene will player where Majini will 
    break the rooftop of the building that Chris and Sheva stepped into.  If you're 
    still in the building then get the hell out of there!  Majini will flood the 
    building at this point.  Don't ever go back to the area where Chris and Sheva 
    fell down the ledge at the end of the path.  If you do, then you might need to 
    toss a grenade into the building to clear out the Majini that will pursue your 
    characters before stepping back inside.  Also, a new, much bigger threat is 
    approaching from behind the outside gate.
    
    NOTE: If you toss a grenade shortly before the cutscene where the Majini break 
    through the roof then the grenade will disappear as the gameplay resumes.
    
    .------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ----------------------------------.
    | After the Majini break through the roof of the building, you will enter the |
    | most dangerous portion of this stage since the Majini will come at your     |
    | characters nonstop from now on with much greater number than before.  You   |
    | need to avoid getting surrounded and have an idea of what is around you.    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Once the cutscene where the Majini break through the rooftop of the building is 
    finished, the Executioner from the cutscene will appear in the town outside of 
    the gate.  He will always start out in the far right corner of the alley past 
    the gate (near the red explosive barrel in that corner).  He will slowly walk 
    toward the gate then swing his axe at the entranceway to knock the gate down.
    
    .------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ----------------------------------.
    | While it is possible to shoot and stun the Executioner before he breaks the |
    | gate, he will NOT take any damage whatsoever from any type of gunshot no    |
    | matter how great while he remains behind the gate, so allow him to break    |
    | the gate before attacking.  He is only vulnerable shortly after his gate-   |
    | breaking swing.                                                             |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Toss a hand grenade toward the gate AFTER the Executioner breaks the gate.  He 
    needs to be fully done with the axe swing or else the hand grenade will not 
    damage him; it will still stun him at that time whether it damages him or not 
    though.  Always shoot him in the head with whatever weapon your character and 
    he will stun quickly.  From the beginning of the game, your characters will 
    only have a handgun, but he can be stunned with a few handgun shots the head 
    without much problem.  Yes, he can be killed but you're going to have to work 
    to destroy him.  It's kind of like defeating both Dr. Salvadors during the 
    Ganado raid in Pueblo village in Resident Evil 4 except you're fighting a 
    walking tank this time.  Check the very end of this chapter walkthrough if you 
    want to see how to bring him down with extreme aggression.
    
    .--------------------------- INFINITE TIME GLITCH ----------------------------.
    | If neither character passes through the destroyed gate after the            |
    | Executioner breaks it down, then the dialogue that normally takes place in  |
    | the town will not play.  The stage will basically never end as long as your |
    | characters do not cross the area where the gate was.  You'll have to deal   |
    | with the Executioner and plenty of Majini while holding your ground on the  |
    | other side of the gate.  The Majini will eventually stop appearing after    |
    | enough of them have been killed.  As long as your characters do not step    |
    | past the gate then the following dialogue will not play:                    |
    |                                                                             |
    | Sheva: "There's just no end to them!                                        |
    | Chris: "We've gotta' hold out till Kirk gets here!"                         |
    |                                                                             |
    | As long as your characters do not cross the gate, the above dialogue will   |
    | never play and the stage will never end.  The moment your characters step   |
    | through the gate area, into the town, Majini will appear once again and the |
    | dialogue will begin to play then the stage will continue like normal.       |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Right after the Executioner breaks down the      .----------- TIP ------------.
    gate, both Chris and Sheva are free to explore   | The Executioner's swing    |
    any part of the town outside of the immediate    | that knocks down the gate  |
    building area.  Don't ever stand back and wait   | cannot hit your character. |
    for him to enter the area since this is such a   '----------------------------'
    small area and he has too great of a range for your character to stand near him 
    and avoid getting hit most of the time.  If you noticed the brick wall without 
    paint inside of the building that Chris and Sheva just exited from then these 
    are the types of walls that the Executioner can break with his axe in order to 
    enter a building.  These type of walls are also found in the buildings up ahead 
    inside of the town.
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    
                                  EXECUTIONER MAJINI
                                  ------------------
    
                                      HP: 12,000
    
    --> THE ENTRANCE GATE HAS BEEN KNOCKED DOWN
    
    The Executioner is now a major threat to both of your characters, so let's go 
    over his attack arsenal.
    
    Executioner Attacks:
    
    1) Horizontal Swing - The Executioner holds his axe to his side then steps 
       forward with a swing of his axe then he steps forward with another swing 
       following the first.  This is a very dangerous attack and the Executioner's 
       startup animation for it is sometimes hard to notice.
    
    2) Overhead Swing - The Executioner holds his axe behind him then steps forward 
       as he performs an overhead swing.  Sidestepping it can easily dodge this.
    
    3) Turning Swing - The Executioner turns around to face your character and 
       swings his axe one time while turning.  He doesn't perform this move that 
       often, but he might just surprise you with it sometimes.
    
    4) Grab - The Executioner reaches out to grab your character from close range. 
       He will hold your character into the air and choke the character then throw 
       the character to the ground.  While on the ground, press the X button when 
       the button prompt appears to avoid the Executioner's overhead axe chop.  
       Failure to dodge will result in an instant kill!  This grab can be broken if
       you're partner interrupts the grab with a melee attack.  On single player 
       mode, be sure to mash the B button in order to have Sheva break the grab.  
       One thing that should be highly noted about this attack is if AI Sheva is 
       grabbed then Mr. Redfield better damn well save her with an assist melee 
       attack while close to the Executioner or perform some type of shot that 
       disrupts the grab or else Sheva will sometimes not escape the grab and she 
       will die!
    
    5) Berserker Rage - When the Executioner is very low in health, he will begin 
       to swing his axe horizontally over and over as if in a raging state, so be 
       prepared to run away from him or at least back up.  He will usually swing 
       one way then keep moving that save way, so step to the side and around him 
       when he starts this.  He will perform both horizontal and vertical swings.  
       Just because he performs a vertical swing does not mean that he is finished.
       As he gets lower in life, he may take quite a while to stop this combination
       attack.
    
    6) Recovery Swing - If both characters hit the Executioner with a melee attack 
       when the Executioner is stunned then the Executioner will crouch downward 
       and eventually recover while performing a set of horizontal swings 
       resembling the Horizontal Swing mentioned above.  The only real difference 
       is that he has a crouching pose for the startup and will only do this after 
       both characters have hit him with a melee command after a stun.
    
    NOTE: The Executioner has a certain frame of animation during some of his 
    attacks that will keep him safe from attacks that would normally stun him, so 
    if you toss a hand grenade or hit him  during these times, then he will not 
    crouch down.  This usually occurs at the very end of each attack.
    
    .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------.
    | Make sure that you have an idea of where your partner is from now on since  |
    | this is a rather big area.  In single player mode, keep Sheva on "Cover"    |
    | command and she will keep up with Chris and heal him when needed and Chris  |
    | can do the same for Sheva.                                                  |
    |                                                                             |
    |--------------------------------- WARNING -----------------------------------|
    | DO NOT heal your partner if he/she is struck down in front of the           |
    | the Executioner unless the heal is near instant while the character is      |
    | getting up from being knocked down.  The Executioner's horizontal swing is  |
    | capable of hitting both characters during the healing animation and sending |
    | both into dying status.  Work on stunning the Executioner with a shotgun    |
    | blast directly to the head, two handgun shots to the head or a grenade      |
    | tossed near him then heal your partner.  A Resuscitation near the           |
    | Executioner is a fine choice since both characters are invincible during    |
    | the entire animation, but healing with a green herb can be a death sentence |
    | for both characters.  Remember that a green herb is automatically used      |
    | in place of a Resuscitation when one is your character's inventory and this |
    | animation is NOT an invincibility animation.                                |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    For the remainder of the town, allow me to take you on a guided tour, my fellow 
    RE fan!  You don't have to follow me, since I don't move along a convenient 
    path, but feel free to read on:
    
    OPTION 1 --> GO LEFT (FROM BEGINNING OF THE TOWN)
    
      - MAKE ANOTHER LEFT
    
    When the two characters step through the gate, the blue --BREAKABLE STAND-- to 
    the left can be destroyed (with a hand grenade/knock a Majini into it/have the 
    Executioner take a swing at it)) to receive a random item.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Breakable Stand - Use a grenade to destroy the blue stand to the immediate 
        left after stepping through the destroyed gate.  You can also knock a 
        Majini into it with melee or have the Executioner attack it.)
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    There is a ladder that can be climbed if you move left then walk beside or hop 
    over the small wooden fence to the left.  This actually leads up to the top 
    portion of the building that Chris and Sheva just exited from.  Climb the 
    ladder and run along the top walkway.  Majini will climb on top of this high 
    walkway area from below.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - In a corner behind a fence railing.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On the table with the Green Herb.
    --> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+10)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the middle table.
    [ ] Green Herb - On the table with the crate.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    You'll need to step around the hole in the floor and get to the other side of 
    this floor in order to move up to the high rooftop.  The hole mentioned is 
    actually the hole from earlier that the Majini made to enter the building.  
    Climb the ladder on the other side of the hole.
    
    .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
    | While both characters are on the top walkway and while they are in any      |
    | other area where the Executioner can't reach, the Executioner will walk     |
    | back and forth between the many hazards below.  While looking off the side  |
    | across from the ladder that the characters use to get up to this high area, |
    | notice how the Executioner walks up and down the main path and moves by the |
    | set of red barrels and walks up under the power box hanging on the wooden   |
    | pole beside the broken down bus.  He heads toward the far gate to the north |
    | (by the red barrels near the gate) and then steps into the market area in   |
    | the northeast.                                                              |
    |                                                                             |
    | He will step over the small railing in the east and then walk to the south  |
    | (by the set of red barrels again) and then head toward the single red       |
    | barrel by the execution walkway.  He will walk back toward the gate in the  |
    | north from here. The Executioner will keep up this pattern whenever both of |
    | your characters are on a high area that he cannot reach or inside the bus   |
    | in the midportion of town!                                                  |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    On the very top of the building (third floor), three ++HAND GRENADES++ lie near 
    a water tower on the opposite side of the rooftop.  Majini will climb the 
    ladder that Chris and Sheva came up and they will also climb up the side of the 
    sign railing of the building.  This is an excellent place to stake out when 
    you're running low on ammo, since the Majini will begin to come in much fewer 
    number here than they will on the ground level of the town below.  They won't 
    attack as much on the lower walkway either.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Hand Grenade - On the west corner of the rooftop.
    [ ] Hand Grenade - On the west corner of the rooftop.
    [ ] Hand Grenade - On the west corner of the rooftop.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    OPTION 2 --> TAKE THE PATH STRAIGHT AHEAD (FROM BEGINNING OF THE TOWN)
    
    There is a set of oil canisters along the middle path that can be shot.  Run 
    past the canisters then turn around and shoot them whenever the Executioner 
    moves by them and they will cause a burst of flames to stretch out along the 
    ground beside them and burn any Majini that happen to cross it.  Your character 
    can stand on the opposite side and shoot at the Executioner while the wall of 
    flames separates him from your team.  The Executioner has a bad habit of simply 
    walking into the flames.  Keep in mind that your character can knock a Majini 
    into the flames by melee attacking or staggering a Majini into the fire through 
    gunfire.
    
    Notice the bus in the middle of the town by across from the building by the 
    execution platform.
    
      - INSIDE THE BUS
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the back of the bus (left).
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the back of the bus (right).
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
      - CONTINUE DOWN LEFT PATH
    
    You'll come upon a small shack with a --WOODEN BARREL-- inside.  Right up above 
    this shack is a transformer (power box) that can be shot down in order to 
    damage enemies.  The unique aspect of these power boxes is that, once the 
    electrical surge dies down, they can be shot again and again in to restart the 
    electricity in them and shock any nearby enemies that happen to step near them.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the back left corner of the small shack.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
      - ENTER THE MIDDLE BUILDING
    
    After opening the door, --HANDGUN AMMO (+10)-- is lying on a table to your 
    immediate left.  The Executioner can break through the wall on the right side 
    of this building and the wall on the left side.  Open the drawer of the cabinet 
    right across from the handgun ammo and take the --MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)-- from 
    inside.  If you need to make a quick escape from the building then jump through 
    window next to the left corner to the side.
    
    .--------------------------------- EXTRA INFO --------------------------------.
    | The Executioner can destroy the weak walls in these buildings and hit your  |
    | character with that particular swing, so stay away from the weak brick      |
    | walls.  Your character can destroy them by throwing a grenade at them.      |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Further around the left corner a ++GREEN HERB++ and some ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ 
    are on a table and another ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ pickup is lying on some bags. 
    There are two --WOODEN BARRELS-- beside the bags.  Watch out for the wall to 
    the left since the Executioner can break through it.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Lying near the sandbags (right).
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Lying across from the sandbags (left).
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on the table to the immediate left after opening
        the door.
    [ ] Green Herb - Lying on the nearby table after turning the left corner.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) Lying on the nearby table after turning the left corner.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on the sandbags in the right corner near the 
        barrels across from the window.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    OPTION 3 --> CONTINUE DOWN THE RIGHT PATH (FROM BEGINNING OF THE TOWN)
    
    To the immediate right is an alley behind the execution platform that has a red 
    explosive barrel in the corner of it.  The Executioner can be lured here or you 
    can lure him further ahead down the middle path and shoot the oil canisters to 
    the side in order to ignite the ground and burn the Executioner and any Majini 
    that move along the path.  The ladder of the execution platform across from the 
    group of red barrels can be climbed; the platform makes a good sniping spot for 
    shooting the Executioner below.  Be aware that the Executioner can get on this 
    platform, it just takes him time.  He will enter the building below, next to 
    the execution platform, then walk up the stairs inside and come after your 
    character.
    
      - ENTER THE BUILDING NEAR THE EXECUTION PLATFORM
    
    Speaking of the building that the Executioner goes to, you can enter that 
    building and pick up the ++INCENDIARY GRENADE++ and the ++HAND GRENADE++ on the 
    group of shelves to your left after opening the door.  Look to the right and 
    open the drawer of the blue cabinet to find some ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ inside. 
    There is some ++MACHINE GUN AMMO++ on a shelf with a --WOODEN CRATE-- lying 
    beside it in the far right corner (while entering via the door) of this floor 
    also.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On the shelf near the Machine Gun Ammo.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Incendiary Grenade - On the shelf with the hand grenade.
    [ ] Hand Grenade - On the shelf with the incendiary grenade.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Inside the cabinet drawer across from the shelf with 
        the grenades.
    [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - On the shelf to the far left of the door.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    You can choose to go up the stairs from here and move out onto the execution 
    platform or jump out the nearby window and enter the area with stands up ahead. 
    For this walkthrough, I'm going to hightail it out the window.
    
    The Executioner can break all the wooden stands in this area, but he needs to 
    step over the nearby fence in order to get to your character, so keep that in 
    mind if he is nearby.
    
      - DEEPER INTO THE TOWN
    
    There is a transformer on a pole in the very middle of the main path that 
    stretches across the town that can be shot down like the power box from 
    earlier.  Aim up and shoot it when the Executioner steps by it.  Remember that 
    it can shot again (while it is grounded) whenever the electricity stops for 
    another burst of electricity.
    
    Look up ahead and spot the white and red umbrella to the right of the back 
    gate.  This nostalgic scenery actually stands as a marker for an important 
    weapon.  Open the --METAL CASE-- below the umbrella and take the ++VZ61 (MG)++ 
    machine gun from inside.
    
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    H I D D E N  W E A P O N
    Weapon: VZ61 (MG)
    Location: Public Assembly - Chapter 1-1
    Details: Open the metal case on the stand under the red and white umbrella to 
    the right of the locked north door during the Public Assembly timed portion.
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    
    There is a group of --TOMATOES-- near the case, but they don't ever hold any 
    type of item.  You can shoot the oil canisters near the stands to trigger a 
    fire just like near the entrance to the town.  Once the closest --BREAKABLE 
    STAND-- is destroyed near the barrels (through enemy hits or the fire) a random 
    item will appear where it was.  There is another random item in the --BREAKABLE 
    STAND-- further to the side, but you'll need to throw a grenade at it or allow 
    the Executioner to break it in order to get the item.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tomatoes - On the stand with the metal case.
    --> Definite Item: Nothing
    [ ] Breakable Stand - Destroy the stand closet to the group of red barrels 
        [shoot the red barrels to destroy it].
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Breakable Stand - Destroy the other stand by the one mentioned above - use 
        a grenade/knock a Majini into it with melee/allow the Executioner to attack 
        it.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] VZ61 (MG) - Open the metal case on the stand with the red and white 
        umbrella hanging overhead.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The gate in the back of the town is locked.  Move across to the opposite side 
    of the section above (left side) and hit the group of --MELONS-- for an item 
    then turn your attention to the stands further ahead and pick up the ++HANDGUN 
    AMMO (+10)++ then destroy the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- for an extra item.  If 
    you have a hand grenade, you can toss it at the --BREAKABLE STAND-- closest to 
    the stairs that lead up to the middle building and the --BREAKABLE STAND-- 
    behind the stand with the melons and a random item will appear in the debris of 
    both of them.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Melons - On the stand across from the stand near the wooden barrel.
    --> Definite Item: Hand Grenade
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the stand with the Handgun Ammo.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Breakable Stand - Destroy the stand closest to the set of stairs leading up 
        to the middle building rooftop [use a grenade/knock a Majini into it with 
        melee/allow the Executioner to attack it]).
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Breakable Stand - Destroy the stand closest to the wooden barrel [use a 
        grenade/knock a Majini into it with melee/allow the Executioner to attack 
        it]).
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the stand near the wooden barrel.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
      - THE TOP OF THE MIDDLE BUILDING
    
    Find the stairs that lead up to the rooftop of   .----------- TIP ------------.
    the building in the back of it.  Move up the     | Your character can leap    |
    stairs and run to the left.  A red explosive     | over to the top of the bus |
    barrel will be sitting right near a ledge.       | early by jumping from the  |
    Run toward the explosive barrel and hop over to  | far left end of the middle |
    the top of the shack up ahead.  You can actually | building rooftop (right    |
    lead the Executioner up to the top of the middle | side).                     |
    building and stand near the explosive barrel     '----------------------------'
    then quickly leap to the shack rooftop and shoot the explosive barrel.  The 
    Executioner cannot reach your character while on either of the nearby rooftops 
    (shack or bus).  Grab the ++GREEN HERB++ in the corner near the fence while on 
    the shack rooftop.  You have to be careful while up on this rooftop since 
    Majini will begin to climb and hop over the nearby fence as well as hop to the 
    rooftop from the nearby middle building and the bus roof.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - In the corner of the rooftop of the shack near the fence.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    While on top of the shack rooftop, turn to the bus and hop on top of it.  Rush 
    to the opposite side of the bus then destroy the --WOODEN CRATE-- on top of the 
    stack of tires at the end.  While on the bus roof, be on the lookout for Majini 
    that will climb the bus from the below and also keep an eye out on the Majini 
    that are leaping onto the bus from the top of the shack.  You can leap back to 
    the middle building by stepping toward the side closest to it for a jump 
    command that will make your character hop back over to it.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - At the far end of the top of the bus.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Here is a list of the character phrases that can be heard throughout this 
    stage.  Each one signifies how much time you have left.
    
    __________                                                           __________
    Sheva: There's just no end to them!
    
    Chris: We've gotta hold out until Kirk gets here!
    ----------                                                           ----------
    
    __________                                                           __________
    Kirk: (over radio) Chris.  Sheva.  How you holding up?  I'll be there shortly.  
    Just hang in there.
    ----------                                                           ----------
    
    __________                                                           __________
    Kirk: (over radio) Sorry to keep you waiting!  I'm going to take out the door!  
    Find some cover!
    ----------                                                           ----------
    
    If you can manage to defeat the Executioner, then he will drop a ++GOLD RING++. 
    This item can be sold for 5,000 gold at the shop at the end of the chapter.  
    Once Kirk mentions the last phrase shown above then the entire stage will be 
    finished.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Public Assembly - Chapter 1-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Gold Ring [5,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Defeat the Executioner Majini before the timer 
                        of the Pubic Assembly raid ends.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --> TEARING THROUGH THE EXECUTIONER
    
    Tips:
    
    - After the Executioner breaks the gate, toss a hand grenade at him to damage 
    him and stun him.  This will allow your characters to fire at him from close 
    range then perform a melee attack right after he breaks the gate.  Keep in mind 
    that the Executioner is invincible while he is behind the gate and while he is 
    performing his gate-swing axe attack.
    - Keep in mind that the Executioner's axe swing that breaks the gate cannot hit 
    your character, so you can literally stand right next to the gate and hit him 
    with gunfire after breaks it.  This axe swing will knock away any Majini that 
    happen to be in the way, but it will pass right through your character.
    - When the Executioner is stunned from taking too much damage, shoot him in the 
    head with the handgun (or other weapon) a few times from close range then 
    quickly cancel the final shot before he recovers into a melee attack - wait 
    until he starts to rise.  Once he is FULLY standing, he cannot be hit with a 
    melee attack.
    - The Executioner can be double teamed.  Directly after a partner's melee 
    attack, run up to the Executioner yourself for a melee attack prompt.  Only two 
    melee attacks may be performed per stun.  If your partner hits the Executioner 
    while the Executioner is grappling your character, run up to the Executioner 
    yourself and perform a melee attack as he staggers.  Learn to take advantage of 
    this "buddy system" we have here to avoid being "sandwiched".  The Executioner 
    will always perform a recovery swing after being hit with two melee attacks in 
    a row, so always back away from him after the second melee attack - it IS 
    possible to restun him by shooting him in the head before he performs the 
    recovery swing, but it is extremely risky.
    - If you're playing single player, then run up to the Executioner while he is 
    stunned and hit him with a melee attack with Chris then run toward the 
    Executioner and move behind him; if she is in "Cover" assist mode, Sheva will 
    follow Chris and melee attack the Executioner as she runs by.
    - The Executioner's overhead swing can be dodge by simply sidestepping to the 
    right or left.  You can actually use this sidestepping technique to remain 
    close to him and blast him.  His horizontal swing can be avoided by constantly 
    backing up, but don't rely on this all the time, especially when he starts to 
    go berserk!
    - Regarding the above tip, remember these move startup animations:
    
        holding axe behind him         = vertical (overhead) swing
        holding axe to the side of him = horizontal swing
    - The Executioner will kill any Majini that he hits with his big axe, so he can 
    clear a whole crowd for your characters.  All the Majini that stand in front of 
    the gate as he breaks it will be damaged by his axe.
    - Gunfire aimed directly at the Executioner's head will stun him extremely 
    quick.  Just two handgun shots directly in the head should be enough to stun 
    him in single player and co-op modes.  Firing rapidly at his head with the 
    machine gun will stun him quickly also.  If this is your second playthrough, 
    one close range shotgun blast to the head will usually stun him, one rifle shot 
    directly to the head will stun him.  Keep in mind that the Executioner must be 
    standing and moving in order to stun him - gunfire while he is getting up will 
    not count towards a stun.
    - Time your reloads so that you reload in front of the Executioner while he is 
    stunned so that the action command for hitting him appears while your character 
    is reloading.  Right when your character starts to reload, press the button for 
    the action command to make your character end the reload animation and 
    automatically start the melee command.  This will reload your weapon without 
    having to watch the entire animation.  One neat aspect about this technique is 
    that you can shoot off a few rounds while close to the Executioner then be able 
    to reload before finishing off the close encounter with a melee attack.
    - Much like the reload technique mentioned above, if you stand in front of the 
    Executioner when he is stunned then fire off a shot, the animation for the shot 
    can be interrupted by inputting the command for a melee attack.  This mainly 
    useful for the shotgun and rifle (if this is your second playthrough) since the 
    handgun already has a fast rate of fire and so does the machine gun, but at 
    least you can cancel the animation of your character lowering the weapon.
    - The characters can run inside the broken down bus and blast the Executioner 
    through the windows. You'll obviously have to watch for the Majini that enter 
    the bus from the door. Keep in mind that if the Executioner swings, you are NOT 
    safe from his hits while in the bus - he can hit both characters through the 
    walls of the bus!  It is possible to step in and out of the bus to lure him 
    toward it then shoot him from inside.  He will almost always walk away after 
    the characters enter the bus.  If he swings however, the walls of the bus will 
    not protect the characters.
    - Set up traps for the Executioner - have him follow you into a building then 
    jump out the window of the building and toss a hand grenade inside the 
    building.  Lead him under a power box and shoot it or lead him near a fallen 
    power box then shoot it to set off an electric current once again.  Lead him 
    near explosive barrels and shoot them also, just be far enough away to where 
    your character is not caught in the electric current.
    - Shoot the Executioner from far or long range with the handgun.  If you want 
    to take him down quickly then you're going to have to pump every SINGLE PIECE 
    OF AMMO INTO HIM WITHOUT THE SLIGHTEST THOUGHT OF CONSERVING.  Toss hand 
    grenades or incendiary grenades at him once they are collected and this will 
    speed up the process dramatically.  Incendiary grenades really work best 
    against the Majini rather than the Execution but they work well to stagger the 
    Executioner from close range.  Aim toward the ground in front of your character 
    then toss the incendiary grenade if you have to; just don't toss it directly at 
    your feet or you'll get burned!
    - Run up the steps behind the middle building then stand near the railing 
    overlooking the staircase while on the rooftop and shoot the Executioner in the 
    head as he moves up the stairs.
    - The swarming Majini are really the worst part about fighting the Executioner, 
    so you can't stay in one place for too long without surveying your immediate 
    area.  Always look around a bit for nearby Majini while fighting the 
    Executioner to avoid getting surrounded.  After stunning a Majini, run up to it 
    and activate a melee attack immediately to keep your character from getting 
    surrounded and to keep your character from getting hit.  Picking up items while 
    in the midst of a mob can really help out for immediate invincibility against 
    any type of attack as well.
    - Setting your AI partner to the Attack (Go) command from the moment that the 
    gate is knocked down will make that character more aggressive and that 
    character will shoot the Executioner more often.  The downside to this is that 
    the AI partner may not always be there to help your character when your main 
    character enters dying status.
    
    --> SPOTS WHERE THE EXECUTIONER CANNOT FOLLOW
    
    - The top walkway above the building that Chris and Sheva enter at the 
      beginning.  This is accessible by climbing the ladder behind the small fence
      to the left after entering the town once the Executioner has broken the gate
      down.
    - The inside of the bus in the middle of the town.  He can hit the characters 
      through the side of the bus if he swings, so watch for his attacks if he is 
      berserking!
    - Jump across to the top of the shack or the top of the broken down bus while 
      on top of the middle building.
    
    NOTE: He can reach the top of the execution platform, but he must go up the 
    stairs in the building next to the platform, so your character can seek 
    temporary relief while on the platform then leap off of it when the Executioner 
    climbs up to the platform.  It's possible to take advantage of constantly 
    leaping off and climbing back onto the top of the executioner platform.  The 
    Executioner will simply keep turning and walking up and down the ramp.
    
    --> THE GAME PLAN (SUMMARY OF OWNING HIM) [SINGLE PLAYER METHOD]
    
    So basically, from the beginning, (a) toss a hand grenade at the gate after the 
    Executioner breaks it, (b) equip a weapon (the handgun will do) then run up to 
    the Execution and hit him with continuous blasts to the head (c) melee attack 
    him right before he fully stands to end the final blast (if you're on single 
    player then run by him and allow the AI partner to hit him with a melee 
    attack), (d) run down the middle path (towards the first building) and shoot 
    the Executioner with the handgun when you turn then wait for him to step next 
    to the group of red barrels then shoot them to burn him (e) stand on the other 
    side of the flames and keep shooting the Executioner with the handgun even 
    while he burns.
    
    (f) Enter the building to the east and grab the hand grenade and incendiary 
    grenade, (g) jump out the north window of the current building then run to the 
    north.  Pick up the VZ61 machine gun from the metal case for some extra 
    firepower. Run to the stack of melons on the cart to the northwest and slash 
    them then grab the hand grenade inside, (h) run into the middle of town and 
    allow the Executioner to step near the middle portion of the path with the 
    overhead transformer then toss a hand grenade below him, (i) the resulting 
    explosion will stun him and knock the transformer down, which will electrocute 
    him.  Run up to him and perform shots with a gun then cancel into a melee.  Try 
    to approach a side where your character is facing the electrified transformer 
    so that your character knocks him into it. (j) quick turn and run then toss 
    another hand grenade. The Executioner will be hit by the hand grenade explosion 
    and the transformer shock once again, so run up to him again and blast him some 
    more then cancel into a melee.
    
    Still alive?
    
    (k) Quick turn and run away then toss an incendiary grenade then blast him with 
    the handgun from a safe distance. (l) he will now be so weak that he will 
    perform his Berserker Rage swings, so allow him to charge directly toward the 
    north gate then shoot the oil canisters near the gate to burn him.
    
    NOTE 1: Remember that you can also stand right near the gate as the Executioner 
    walks up to it and blast him in head continuously with a gun.
    
    NOTE 2: The surrounding Majini (especially while in co-op play) can easily 
    screw up your game plan when tossing grenades, so the above method might not 
    always go so well.  The main problem I have is with random Majini grabs and a 
    Majini stepping in front of my character before I toss a hand grenade.  You 
    just have to improvise with another hand grenade or allow the Executioner to 
    perform his overhead hit then sidestep to the side and blast him with the 
    shotgun to stun him.
    
    NOTE 3: Cancel into a melee early if the surrounding Majini are about to hit 
    your character while you blast the Executioner from close range.
    
    --> IF YOUR PARTNER HITS THE EXECUTIONER WITH A MELEE ATTACK EARLY
    
    If you want to fire off some extra shots and your partner rushes in and 
    performs a melee, you can still get off a few shots along with a melee cancel. 
    Run up to the Executioner as he staggers then perform a few quick blasts with 
    your weapon then cancel that blast into a melee immediately.  Both characters 
    can do this no problem.  Even if the melee is delayed enough to where the 
    Executioner is actually moving after the command is entered, it will still hit 
    him and knock him back.
    
    --> CO-OP STRATEGY FOR THE EXECUTIONER
    
    While playing cooperatively, you're going to be swarmed with extra Majini, so 
    you really can't stand near him and restun him.  You're most likely going to 
    have cancel your gun blasts early because of the surrounding Majini.
    
    From the start, make sure that you grab the hand grenade in the melon stack by 
    the window.  Toss this grenade toward the fence as the Executioner breaks it 
    with his axe and this will both stun him and clear out any nearby Majini 
    allowing you to shoot him a few times then melee him with both characters.  Run 
    down the middle path then wait for him to step near the oil canisters and then 
    shoot them to halt him and the Majini that follow around him.
    
    - Character 1 (most likely Chris)
    At this point, one character should immediately run toward the middle building 
    on the east side and go inside after the oil canisters are shot.  Grab the 
    grenades and maybe the machine gun ammo inside then quickly jump out the window 
    on the north side.  Open the inventory and equip a hand grenade while jumping 
    through the window.
    
    Run to the northwest and find the stack of melons then slash at them and pick 
    up the grenades form that pile.  Now you have two hand grenades and an 
    incendiary grenade.  Toss the incendiary grenade at a nearby group of Majini if 
    they start to swarm your character.
    
    - Character 2 (Sheva)
    The other character could enter the building on the west side and grab the 
    green herb inside and maybe the machine gun ammo then jump out the window on 
    the northwest side.  You need some sort of extra healing item in case something 
    goes wrong with Character 1, because it can very easily.
    
    Really, Sheva could stay outside of the buildings and simply back up and fire 
    her rifle at the Executioner.  Watch out for Majini that come from the north 
    however.
    
    - Both Characters Meet
    Wait until the Executioner reaches the middle portion of the town, in between 
    the two buildings then toss a hand grenade at him.  The hand grenade should 
    stun him and make the electric transformer fall right next to him, which will 
    electrify him for some extra damage.  Run up and get the usual hits in on him 
    depending on the character that you are currently using.  If the Executioner 
    gets stuck with his back to the transformer while it is electrified, then a 
    melee attack can actually make him stagger into the electrified transformer for 
    extra damage.  Both characters should run up and melee attack him, but the 
    first melee attack should be delayed until right before he recovers so you can 
    blast him a bit while he is stunned.  The second melee attack can be delayed as 
    well so both character can pump more gunfire into him shortly before the melee 
    attack is executed.
    
    Remember to back up to avoid his recovery swing after the second melee attack - 
    a grenade can actually stun him during the recovery swing.  After the second 
    melee attack toss another hand grenade when he begins to move toward your 
    character (make sure that he is moving or it won't stun him).  The hand grenade 
    will once again stun him and electrify him because of the nearby transformer.  
    Run up to him again then blast him and cancel into a melee attack.  This should 
    damage him greatly.
    
    The most important part for this advice is to grab the hand grenades - that's 
    literally all I get since they are basically enough to take him down if Chris 
    uses the handgun on the Executioner while in close range during a stun.
    
    - An Alternate Route
    Instead of having one character enter the west house, that character could also 
    climb up the ladder in the southeast section just past the gate then grab the 3 
    hand grenades at the very top of the roof after climbing the second ladder.  
    This takes quite a bit of time and leaves your partner open to attack all that 
    time without your help.  The good part about this is that many of the Majini 
    will focus on the character that climbs the ladder however.  The character that 
    moves up the ladder can also toss the grenades from the rooftop if the 
    Executioner is below or that character can move back down the platforms and 
    join up with the partner.  If you do this while playing alongside me online, 
    then the Executioner will probably be falling when you arrive, I'm afraid, so 
    you could use the grenades on the surrounding Majini at least!
    
    - Confusing the Executioner
    Both characters can get on opposite sides of the Executioner and basically 
    confuse him.  He can only come after one at time, so one character can blast 
    him with the handgun while the other lures him away and sets him up for a melee 
    attack with a tossed hand grenade.
    
    --> EXECUTIONER EXPLOITS
    
    - The Executioner must stop everything that he is doing and step over the small 
    wooden fences in the west area right outside the gate to the town and in the 
    northeast area beside the nearby building.  You can hop over the small wooden 
    fence in each of these areas and wait for the Executioner to approach then 
    blast him as he steps over the wooden fence.  Once he steps to your side, 
    simply hop back over to the opposite side and make him step over again.  The 
    best fence to do this with is the one in the west right outside the town gate. 
    The fence near the locked gate in the north has a window near it that you can 
    hop through to get away from any Majini that pile up - hop through the window 
    then clear out the Majini then hop back over and take on the Executioner.  The 
    Executioner will most likely walk to the front door, so he will leave the 
    immediate area but quickly come back and have to step over the fence once again 
    when you hop back outside! 
    
    - It's also possible to lure the Executioner into the first building and vault 
    back and forth over the railing inside to make him step over it much like the 
    small wooden fences.  It's a little funny to watch him step over such a high 
    railing.
    
    - The Executioner's swing that knocks down the gate after the cutscene where 
    the Majini break through the roof CANNOT hit your character, so you take 
    advantage of this by getting right next to the gate as he breaks it then blast 
    him or stand right near the gate and continually blast him while he walks up to 
    it, knowing that you will not get hit when he breaks it.
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    
    - - -                                                                     - - -
                    ___ _                 _              _     ____          [CH12]
                   / __\ |__   __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __  / |   |___ \ 
                  / /  | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| | | __  __) |
                 / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | ||  __/ |    | ||__|/ __/ 
                 \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_|    |_|   |_____|
                                   |_|                             
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          --> Chapter 1-2 Ranking Table <--
            .-----------------------------------------------------------.
            | RANKS          |    S     |     A    |     B    |    C    |
            |===========================================================|
            | ACCURACY       |   70%+   | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | ENEMIES ROUTED |    15+   |    10    |     7    |   <6    |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | DEATHS         |     0    |     1    |     2    |    3+   |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | CLEAR TIME     | <13'00"  |  18'00"  |  23'00"  |  23'01"+|
            '-----------------------------------------------------------'
            < = less than or equal to                    + = greater than
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH121]
    Chapter 1-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                             P U B L I C  A S S E M B L Y
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Chris and Sheva will start out in the aftermath of the Public Assembly battle. 
    All Majini are now gone, all destructible objects in the town area are now 
    destroyed and all items in the town area have disappeared.  There are two 
    ++HAND GRENADES++ on the roof of the building that Chris and Sheva first 
    entered the Public Assembly from however.  Rush back to the southwest portion 
    and move up the ladder behind the small fence.  Move up the next ladder to step 
    onto the rooftop where the two grenades are.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Hand Grenade - On the top floor roof of the south building.
    [ ] Hand Grenade - On the top floor roof of the south building.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Run past the gate that Kirk destroyed with the helicopter.  There is a --WOODEN 
    BARREL-- inside of the small shack to the right as the characters step past the 
    newly opened gate.  You can jump out the window of the building then land in 
    the drainage area below to be able to see a wooden barrel behind a fence up 
    ahead.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | You see that --WOODEN BARREL-- behind the fence in the drainage area to the |
    | west?  Run up to the fence and slash the barrel through the fence and       |
    | you'll be able to pick up the ++400 GOLD++ inside without having to get it  |
    | from the other end of the area.  Climb the ladder in the drainage area.     |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Move around the side of the building above the drainage ditch in the west.  
    Find the set of double doors in the northwest.  There is a dropoff with a 
    ladder in front of the door.  You can fall into the drainage area below and 
    slash the --WOODEN BARREL-- inside to gain ++400 GOLD++ if you already haven't. 
    Return to the double doors and activate the ready command while beside them to 
    move on.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the southwest corner of the room.
    --> Definite Item: 400 gold
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH122]
    Chapter 1-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                              U R B A N  D I S T R I C T
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Both characters will be able to hear Captain Dechant over radio upon first 
    stepping into this area.  Kick open the door to the building up ahead then step 
    inside.  Slash open the --WOODEN BARREL-- then take the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ 
    from the table near the barrel.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Drawers - The Drawers on the south side of the room near the barrels can be
        examined.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the southwest corner of the room.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the table beside the barrel.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Hop through the window or step around the north corner then open the door to 
    the west.  Some Majini can be heard up ahead.
    
    When the characters walk toward the broken ladder a slight cutscene will play.  
    Both characters can press the assist button near the ladder for a partner 
    assist action (assist jump).  This makes Chris hoist Sheva up to the floor 
    above.  There is really no reason to do this other than to see a key item that 
    neither character can reach just yet.  The Sheva player should fall back down 
    after the cutscene.  On any playthrough, you can simply skip this partner 
    assist action.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Barred Window - The Sheva player can examine the barred window on the 
        second floor after the partner assist action in order to see a key item.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Find the alley to the west.  A female Majini is hunched over a dead body at the 
    end of the alley.  She will be alerted to the characters presence soon, so 
    prepare to blast her.  She actually won't attack from a distance until a 
    character aims a her.  She feels that hot laser on her back ready to blast 
    through her skull!
    
    When you step into the next area, a Majini will be beating a dead body behind 
    the fence to the north.  If you step near the fence then he will notice the 
    characters and climb the gate to attack them.  You can simply shoot him while 
    he is at the top of the fence and make him suffer damage from the fall.  It's 
    really best to let Majini such as this come to your side; this way, you'll reap 
    the reward of the item drop that they might possibly leave behind instead of 
    having it closed off to you.  Slash the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- in front of 
    the fence and other --WOODEN BARREL-- in the alcove to the east.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - In front of the fence to the north.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
    | If the characters run up to the fence on the far south side then a blonde   |
    | haired woman will fall from the side of the wall behind the fence and a     |
    | Majini will quickly reach down and grab her then drag her away.  Neither of |
    | them can be hit.  They are immune to damage and will not stagger when shot. |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
    | A character can stand near the south fence and shoot all the boxes inside   |
    | the stand on the other side so that the pile falls over.  A Majini hides    |
    | behind them and will knock them down once a player approaches the stand     |
    | after moving around the corners to the west.  If enough of them are shot    |
    | out of the way, the Majini will be huddled in the stand and only be able to |
    | knock aside a few boxes instead of a whole pile.  It's quite hilarious to   |
    | watch his attempt at a scare fail from a FAQ author's thought ahead of      |
    | time.                                                                       |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Two more Majini will approach your characters from the south.  Slash the stack 
    of --TOMATOES-- in front of the west building.  A Majini will attack when your 
    characters step into the building (he drops through the roof).  Slash the 
    --WOODEN CRATE-- inside the building.  You'll find a broken ladder outside the 
    building to the south.  A Majini will step out from the area behind the ladder. 
    Finish him off then ignore the ladder for now and enter the path behind it then 
    slash the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the table at the end.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS LIST
    [ ] Tomatoes - On table by some sandbags to the southwest.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On the right freezer, inside the west building.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On the table in the area behind the second broken ladder.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Return to the nearby broken ladder.  You can perform a partner assist action 
    (assist jump) with this ladder as well, but this one has purpose!
    
    > > > > > > > > > > > > > S H E V A   G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < <
    Move along the rooftops and head to the north.  Use the command to jump to the 
    room in the far north.  The moment Sheva steps into this room, Chris is going 
    to have to deal with some Majini below.  The Chris player will not be 
    completely overwhelmed though, so don't worry about getting back to him.  
    Collect the ++HAND GRENADE++ from the top of the freezer and break the --WOODEN 
    CRATE-- on the table to the right then grab the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ from 
    the middle table.
    
    Collect the **OLD BUILDING KEY** on the cabinet on the far northwest side of 
    the room.  Run back along the rooftops and get back to your pahrtna' now.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Hand Grenade - On the freezer to the left as Sheva enters the room.
    [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - On the middle table.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On the table to the right after entering the room.
    --> Random Item
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST
    [ ] Old Building Key - On the cabinet in the southwest portion of the room that
        only Sheva can get to.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    > > > > > > > > > > >  E N D  S H E V A  G A M E P L A Y  < < < < < < < < < < <
    
    > > > > > > > > > > > > > C H R I S   G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < <
    Chris doesn't really have that much to do here.  As soon as Sheva enters the 
    building then three Majini will attack him.  Simply shoot them in an area that 
    will stun them for a melee attack then give them an uber Redfield knockdown.
    > > > > > > > > > > > E N D   C H R I S   G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < <
    
    Once both characters regroup, step into the small room to the east then open 
    the door at the end.  Hop through the window directly ahead then break the 
    --WOODEN CRATE-- inside.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Lying on the right freezer in the room in front of the red 
        door.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Hop back outside the room then move along the nearby alley to the south.  A 
    Majini will try to climb over the fenced portion of the wall to the east, so 
    shoot him at the peak of his climb as he tries to climb or allow him to come to 
    your side then blast him for a possible item.
    
    You'll run across a --WOODEN BARREL-- along the alley as both characters work 
    their way to the southeast.  A Majini will knock over the cardboard boxes that 
    cover a stand as the two characters walk by it.  Slash the stack of 
    --TOMATOES-- on the table under the umbrella further ahead.  You can toss a 
    grenade or knock a Majini into the stand to the right of the tomatoes to break 
    it for a random item.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - This is lying along the alley.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tomatoes - Lying on a table under an umbrella to the south.
    --> Definite Item: Incendiary Grenade
    [ ] Stand - Toss a grenade or knock a Majini into the stand near the tomatoes 
        to break it.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the west of the building by a fence.
    --> Random Item
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Red Door - Red door of the nearby building
    [ ] Blue Door - Blue door up the stairs of the nearby building
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The red door near the characters and the blue door up the stairs of the nearby 
    building are locked.  You might as well collect the random item from the nearby 
    --WOODEN BARREL-- to the west before doing anything else.  Approach the blue 
    door below the stairs of the nearby building then open it and step inside.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - By a fence to the west.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Collect the ++SHOTGUN SHELLS (+5)++ from the cabinet off to the right then 
    enter the room around the corner to the east and collect the ++400 GOLD++ and 
    ++100 GOLD++ from the long desk.  Unlock the door if you want.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Shotgun Shells (+5) - Lying on a cabinet to the right as the characters 
        enter the first floor of the building
    [ ] 400 gold - Step into the room off to the right before going upstairs to 
        find this on a desk.
    [ ] 100 gold - Lying on the desk beside the 400 gold pickup.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move up the stairs and step onto the second floor.  Take the ++FIRST AID 
    SPRAY++ from the top of the metal container to the south.  Step out onto the 
    east walkway and break the --WOODEN BARREL-- to the left.  Be sure to shoot the 
    --BSAA EMBLEM (1/30)-- on the south side of this rooftop as referenced below.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #01
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Urban District - Chapter 1-2
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: Look off the south side of the east walkway after
      \________/   after climbing up the stairs in the building with the two locked
                   doors to find this BSAA emblem on the outside wall of the 
                   building to the south behind a fence.  Aim and look downward.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Drawers - Check the drawers to the side of the first aid spray pickup.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the left on the east outside walkway.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] First Aid Spray - On the south metal container after moving up the stairs.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Step back into the building then walk to the west walkway.  You can unlock the 
    blue door to the south if you want.  This is the one that was above the stairs.
    
    Two Majini will attack from the outside walkway.  One of them knocks over some 
    cardboard boxes from the right side of the walkway.  They probably stack them 
    up themselves to provide a cheap fright for locals as they knock them over.  
    Find the chest to the left along the outside walkway and open it to collect the 
    ++ANTIQUE CLOCK++ treasure.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Urban District - Chapter 1-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Antique Clock [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS: After climbing the stairs in the building with the
                        two locked doors, fight off the two Majini that attack near
                        the west walkway then step out onto it and turn left to
                        find a chest containing this treasure.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Instead of going all the way back down the stairs and exiting the building, 
    simply drop down off the side of the west walkway to get back to where the 
    characters were previously at below.  Walk toward the door to the north and use 
    the assist button near it to kick it open and trigger a cutscene.
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Hey, wasn't that Allyson?  Adam's girl?  You know from the Kijuju blog.  Go and 
    visit the blog right now and read up on the story of Adam and Allyson if you 
    don't know about them.  It provides some good backstory for her character.
    
                            www.kijujublog.blogspot.com
    
    Seriously, go now and read it before walking up the steps ahead and you'll feel 
    more content in a few seconds.  It doesn't provide a major plot device, but 
    still...
    
    If you collected the Old Building Key then use it to unlock the door of the 
    building to the west.  Break open the --WOODEN CRATE-- then take the ++ITHACA 
    M37 (SG)++ from the plaque inside the building.
    
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    H I D D E N  W E A P O N
    Weapon: Ithaca M37 (SG)
    Location: Urban District - Chapter 1-2
    Details: Have Sheva collect the old building key by moving along the rooftops 
    after using the partner assist action near the second broken ladder then, after 
    the cutscene with Allyson, unlock the blue door to the nearby building then 
    collect this weapon from the plaque inside.
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the building that must be unlocked with the Old 
        Building Key.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Moving up the ladder to reach the rooftop of the building and climbing up to 
    the top of the crate in the northwest have little significance unless you're 
    chasing after the chicken in this area and it happens to fly on top of either 
    area.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | The chicken in this area can lay a variety of random eggs.  There are four  |
    | types of chicken eggs altogether: White (Common), Brown (Uncommon), Gold    |
    | (Rare), and Rotten (dropped by an enemy).  The chicken might lay one of the |
    | first three eggs if the characters leave it alone in a certain place for a  |
    | while.                                                                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | An egg can be equipped and thrown at an enemy much like tossing a grenade   |
    | or you can "Use" or press the assist button to eat the egg for a health     |
    | restore depending on the egg type:                                          |
    |                                                                             |
    | White (minor), Brown (moderate), Gold (full), Rotten (-50% health)          |
    |                                                                             |
    | Rotten Eggs will take enough damage to kill most Majini in one hit when     |
    | thrown.  Their damage rate is 2,000 per hit, so they damage more than a     |
    | beginning level magnum when they hit an enemy.                              |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- below the stairs of the north building then climb 
    the stairs of the building and move toward the door to trigger a cutscene.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Below the staircase of the north building.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Sub-Boss --> Allyson (blonde woman)
    
    My dear Allyson, Adam wouldn't even recognize you anymore... and he sure won't 
    in a few minutes, now that you've dared to raise those pretty little mouth 
    appendages to a Redfield.  You get a Haymaker to that pretty little face for 
    that fright earlier, my dear... an uber Redfield Haymaker.
    
    .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------.
    | Right at the starting of the battle, if you want to tag team melee Allyson  |
    | in single player then shoot her in the arm, issue the "Go" command to Sheva,|
    | perform a hook on Allyson then Sheva should be behind her to knee her back  |
    | to Chris.  Perform the Haymaker from the front side or step around her      |
    | backside as she staggers to get the Back Hand command.                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | It's so wrong and disrespectful, but it leaves me feeling so good when I    |
    | I think about it.                                                           |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Directly after the cutscene, Allyson will attack both character.  She is just 
    like an ordinary Majini except for the fact that she has a bit more health.  
    She has about the same amount of health as the Majini with the megaphone back 
    at the Public Assembly in Chapter 1-1.
    
    Weaken Allyson and defeat her like you would a normal Majini then her head will 
    bust open to reveal a parasite called a Cephalo.  These centipede-like head 
    appendages strike from medium to close range with their necks.  In order to 
    defeat it, aim for the centipede head and fire at it with any weapon.  The 
    handgun and machine gun really work the best since you can spam it with rapid 
    fire without knocking it down but if it gets too close then fire a shotgun 
    blast at it then empty handgun or machine gun bullets into its head while it's 
    down.
    
    There is a way to avoid the Cephalo spawning however.  Simply shoot Allyson in 
    the leg then run behind her and perform an instant kill melee attack with 
    either character.  Problem solved.  This works for any type of parasite 
    spawning while fighting a Majini.  If you want to finish off Allyson in style 
    however, simply shoot her in an arm and bounce her back and forth then perform 
    a co-op melee attack against her to finish her off for good also.  Go ahead and 
    perform that Skull Crusher that you're no doubt brainstorming.
    
    Besides Allyson, other Majini will enter the building after a short while.  
    Simply stun the extra Majini with gunfire then knock them down with a melee 
    attack.  About six extra Majini will attack altogether (not all at once, 
    usually in groups of two).  Allyson will leave behind the --IVORY RELIEF-- 
    treasure.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Urban District - Chapter 1-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ivory Relief [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Allyson (blonde woman) will drop this treasure 
                        after she is defeated.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
    
    Trophy/Achievement: The Works
    
    Description: Chain the maximum number of combos together in one go.
    
    Details: In single player mode, right when the battle begins, shoot Allyson in 
    the arm for an arm stun, issue the "Go" command so that you're AI partner runs 
    behind her.  Quickly hit Allyson with a melee attack from up close before she 
    recovers from the arm stun and your AI partner should be right behind her, so 
    that character can bounce her back.  Let loose the tag team melee button input 
    command when it appears and you'll bag yourself a trophy/achievement.
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
    
    There is nothing outside the door that leads to the second floor walkway where 
    Allyson was standing in the cutscene.  Break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the table 
    in the west room.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - In the west room of the building, the opposite room from the 
        room where Allyson is fought.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Leave the building by opening the door and stepping down the staircase to the 
    west.  Kirk will come in over radio and mention that Alpha Team is under 
    attack.  Four Majini will step into view from the south and move toward the 
    characters.  I feel a tag team melee coming on.
    
    The double door gate to the west is locked.  You can step over to the large 
    crate up the steps then climb on top and drop behind the west wall or simply 
    move around the back side of the crate and go through the hole in the wall on 
    other side.  Run to the far north end of the path to the side and break the two
    --WOODEN BARRELS--.  The lock for the double door iron gate can be broken by 
    kicking it or shooting off the lock, but there is really no need to do this.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On the far north end of the area behind the locked gate.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On the far north end of the area behind the locked gate.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Open the door on the southwest side of the next building with the assist 
    "ready" command to continue.
    
                                                                            [CH123]
    Chapter 1-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                          A B A N D O N E D  B U I L D I N G
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Step around the corner of the dimly lit hall up ahead.  A cutscene will play 
    eventually to showcase the area.  Open the door to the nearby room then step 
    inside.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Sink - The sink off to the left upon stepping into the room.
    [ ] Bags - The pile of bags around the corner to the east.  They are to the 
        left around the first east corner.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Navigate around the corridor up ahead.  There are a few rats running about.  
    They've likely heard that Exterminator Redfield and Alomar are treasure 
    hunting.  Move to the corridor and walk up the stairs.
    
    Notice the black oozing liquid moving out of the ceiling.  Both Chris and Sheva 
    can stand under it and allow it to drip on them.  Thankfully neither of them 
    get dirty.  It slides right off Sheva's smooth skin and Chris's granite 
    composition.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Black Liquid - The black liquid that drips from the ceiling of the stairs 
        can be examined.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Follow the corridor to the east at the top of the stairs.  A body will step 
    into view ahead.  You can slash it with your knife.  Slash open the --WOODEN 
    CRATE-- on the cabinet.  Sheva will speak a little about the corpse as both 
    character move past it.  Break open the next --WOODEN BARREL-- in the southwest 
    corner of the room ahead.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Dead corpse - The dead corpse that steps into view can be interacted with 
        once it falls.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the cabinet, to the east after getting off the stairs.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Climb the ladder up ahead.  Just like RE4, these ladder can be knocked over 
    with the "Knock Down" command that appears while standing above one.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #02
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Abandoned Building - Chapter 1-2
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: After climbing the ladder, move to the center of the 
      \________/   walkway to the side.  Look up and to the northwest to spot a 
                   dead Alpha Team soldier hanging on a wooden pole then look 
                   toward the water tower further upward to see this BSAA emblem on
                   the framework below it.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    You see that dead Alpha Team soldiers that hangs on the wooden pole up above 
    while looking off the side railing?  You can be an evil bastard and shoot the 
    corpse then watch it slowly fall off the pole.  I once had him hanging off the 
    pole with one arm.  Anyway... be sure to look up toward the water tower off to 
    the northwest rooftop and shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (2/30)-- on the framework 
    below it.
    
    .------------------------------------ EXTRA ----------------------------------.
    | The crows that fly overhead in this area can be shot.  They will help to    |
    | boost your kills for this chapter and might carry random items.             |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Move directly to the north and slash open the two --WOODEN BARRELS--.  Step 
    past the next Alpha Team corpse along the west walkway.  Turn to the left once 
    you reach the door then hop over the gap in the walkway using the command that 
    appears while standing next to the hole in the walkway.  Open the chest on the 
    other side and collect the ++300 GOLD++, ++300 GOLD++ and ++400 GOLD++.  Leap 
    back across the gap then use the partner action command to kick down the next 
    door and trigger a cutscene.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Against the wall to the north along the walkway above the 
        ladder.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Against the wall to the north along the walkway above the 
        ladder.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Collect the ++HANDGUN AMMO++ at Captain DeChant's feet then break open the 
    --WOODEN CRATE-- on the north cabinet and the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the east 
    cabinet.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Captain DeChant's corpse - Lying at the character's feet after the 
        cutscene.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On a cabinet on the north side of the room.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On a cabinet on the east side of the room.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo - Lying at Captain DeChant's feet.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Open the blue door to the south and follow the corridor ahead as it moves to 
    the north.  Use the command in front of the controls to open the elevator door 
    then step inside and use the partner assist command to go down.
    
                                                                            [CH124]
    Chapter 1-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                            F U R N A C E  F A C I L I T Y
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Slash the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- in front of the elevator doors then move 
    down the hall to the south up ahead.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Across from the elevator.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Follow the hall ahead as it curves to the east then move up the stairs and open 
    the door at the top.  Slash open the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- to the right of the 
    dead Alpha Team soldier then slash open the --WOODEN BARREL-- near the door up 
    ahead.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Black Slime - On the left corner of the wall at the right turn.
    [ ] Alpha Team Soldier - The dead Alpha Team soldier on the floor.
    [ ] Door - The locked door to the west.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right of the corpse, next to another barrel.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right of the corpse, next to another barrel.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the west door.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The door to the west is locked and requires a key.  Go figure.  I know, let's 
    go down the dimly lit tunnel with black oozing liquid all over the walls and a 
    dead Alpha Team member slumped against the far wall!  That's gotta' be the 
    right way - I've played too many horror games to know this.  Follow the south 
    tunnel to the end and move to the west at the far end and enter the room with 
    the incinerator.
    
    Break open the three --WOODEN BARRELS-- on the south side of the room and the 
    two --WOODEN BARRELS-- next to the corpse on the other side.  There is a 
    ++GREEN HERB++ lying on a metal device on the southeast side of the room.  
    Notice the two gas cylinders that are against the east wall and north wall.  
    The incinerator in the west can be turned on by interacting with the switch in 
    front of it.  Collect the **FURNACE KEY** from the right hand of the corpse in 
    front of the incinerator.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Gas Cylinder - On the east side of the room.
    [ ] Gas Cylinder - On the north side of the room.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the south side of the room next to two other barrels.
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the south side of the room next to two other barrels.
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the south side of the room next to two other barrels.
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the dead corpse.
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the dead corpse.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - On the metal device on the southeast corner of the room.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM
    [ ] Furnace Key - The dead corpse in the room has this in his right hand.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Now, let us go back to the door at the end of the hall with oozing black liquid 
    that wreaks of death and unlock the door at the end then leave this area.  A 
    cutscene will play once the characters step close to the end of the hall.
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    
                                       UROBOROS
                                       --------
    
                                      HP: 28,000
    
    Weak Points: - Orange glowing portion of arms
                 - Brownish bubbling portion of collapsed body
                 - Weak against fire (incendiary grenade, incinerator)
    
    Recommended  - Gas Cylinder (shoot them with any weapon after absorption)
    Weapon(s):   - Incinerator
                 - Incendiary Grenades
                 - Any weapon to hit the glowing portion of arms (shotgun)
                 - Shotgun for showcased body weak point when collapsed
    
    Attacks: 
    
    1) Right Arm Swing - Uroboros swings his right arm across the area in front of 
       him.  This attack is mid and close range.
    
    2) Turning Swing - While a character is behind him, Uroboros will swing at the 
       character with his arm while turning.  This attack is very rare, much like 
       the Executioner Majini's turning swing.
    
    3) Grab and Absorb - Uroboros reaches forward and grabs with both arms.  The 
       partner must save the grabbed character with a partner assist melee or 
       the grabbed player must shake the left thumbstick to escape.  The boss will 
       eventually let go after a while.  He stretches his arms out almost as far as
       he swings his arm for the other attack.
    
    4) Lunging Grab - Uroboros ducks down then lunges forward to grab a 
       character.  This grab looks much like the other grab but it is more sudden.
       A button prompt that appears shortly before the grab will allow your
       character to dodge out of the way of the grab.
    
    5) Dash - Uroboros crouches down then scurries toward your characters.  This
       move can knock down a character that is in his way but it rarely does so.
    
    6) Arm Extend Grab - From long range, Uroboros will lash out one or both 
       arms directly forward to grab.   This attack can be performed when the boss 
       has one or both arms and it can be escaped by shaking the thumbstick or 
       through a partner assist melee.
    
    7) Direct Contact - Any type of direct contact with this boss for a slightly 
       extended period of about 5 seconds will result in your character getting hit
       and covered in a black leech-like substance.  The character will hold 
       his/her body as if in caution status until the substance eventually 
       disappears.  The substance drains your character's health much like a poison
       for the first few seconds that it remains on the character.  It will not 
       force a weak character into Dying status.
    
    8) Dissolve - Uroboros can teleport from one area to another by simply 
       dissolving into the floor and reforming at some other part of the room.
    
    It's a Super Marcus!  Dr. Marcus must have somehow survived and taken all of 
    that mutating green ooze like Shredder in the second Ninja Turtles movie!
    
    No, actually this creature is named Uroboros.  Knowing too much about this 
    creature at this point is actually a spoiler.  If you watched the opening movie 
    then you should realize that this is the man that was overtaken by the black 
    leech-like substance after the Bird Lady injected him.
    
    You don't want to fight this boss in the current hallway, so turn and run all 
    the way back to the room with the incinerator.  Fighting him in this hallway 
    with a normal weapon setup is meaningless since all he will do is push both 
    characters down the hall and into the room with the incinerator while he 
    damages them with direct contact to his leech-like body.
    
    --> EXPOSING HIS WEAK POINTS
    
    Allow the boss to enter the room and it will trigger a slight cutscene upon 
    stepping inside.  This boss has two visible orange weak points on its arms and 
    both characters can shoot at the orange glowing weak points to knock off his 
    arms and stun him.  The arms will constantly grow back at a quick rate, so both 
    characters have to destroy them quickly.
    
    .---------------------------- SINGLE PLAYER TIPS -----------------------------.
    | 1) In single player mode, set Sheva to attack mode and she will help out    |
    | greatly at damaging his arm weak points with her pinpoint accuracy with any |
    | weapon.                                                                     |
    |                                                                             |
    | 2) If Uroboros grabs your character then tap the assist button while        |
    | struggling to have your partner save your character quicker.                |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> THE GAS CYLINDERS
    
    You really want to use his arm weak points as a last resort however.  Remember 
    the red gas cylinders along the sidewalls?  Run toward one of them with either 
    character and use the command that appears while standing next to it to make 
    the character knock it down.  Your character is not completely invincible to 
    attack while performing the knock down animation for the gas cylinder, so you 
    don't want to knock one over while the Uroboros is nearby.  A lot of times, he 
    will not hit your character, but he can!
    
    The boss will get the gas cylinder stuck in his leech-like body.  Back away and 
    shoot the gas cylinder with any type of weapon to immediately stun the boss and 
    cause it to collapse.  Its weak point will be showcased as the body beneath the 
    leech-like substance is showcased under the brownish bubbling liquid.  Any 
    weapon fire from any weapon will damage it but close range shotgun blasts are 
    preferred.
    
    --> THE INCINERATOR
    
    The easiest way to dispose of this boss is to get him caught in the 
    incinerator.  Allow him to pick up a fallen gas cylinder then lead him into the 
    incinerator.  While he is in the incinerator, shoot the gas cylinder to stun 
    the boss then rush back outside the incinerator and use the controls to seal 
    the chamber and burn him.  One burn will be enough to finish him off on normal 
    mode, but multiple burns in the incinerator are needed to finish him off on  
    Veteran mode.  This method will help to save a bunch of ammo, but you might 
    forfeit a certain treasure in doing so.
    
    In order to lead him into the incinerator, it is best for one character to lure 
    him inside while the other character waits outside the incinerator and stands 
    by the controls ready to flip the switch after the gas cylinder inside of him 
    is shot.  On single player, walk over to the control and use the assist command 
    when Sheva is nearby to make her stand near the controls.  She will not flip 
    the lever until the Uroboros is inside of the incinerator, so simply lead the 
    creature into the incinerator while it carries the gas cylinder then shoot the 
    cylinder and run out.  Sheva will announce that she is flipping the switch and 
    your character will have a few seconds to get out before the incinerator 
    closes.
    
    --> STANDING UP TO UROBOROS
    
    The arm swipe and the two mid-range grabs can be avoided by simply backing up; 
    well, as long as you have room to back up.  The arm extend grab can be avoided 
    with a sidestep to the left or right, but this move will be easier to avoid if 
    he only has one arm, obviously; it can also be avoided by backing up, really 
    far!
    
    If the boss is beaten normally without the final hit being delivered by an 
    incinerator burn, he will drop a ++GOLD RING++ treasure item.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Furnace Facility - Chapter 1-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Gold Ring [5,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Defeat the Uroboros without leading it into the 
                        incinerator for the final hit.  The final hit must be a
                        gunshot.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   E N D  B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    Run back outside the room after the battle then continue back down the hall to 
    the north.  Use the furnace key on the door at the end to unlock it then step 
    into the next hall.  There are three packs of ++HANDGUN BULLET (+5)++ in the 
    metal case before the second turn.  There is a --BSAA EMBLEM (3/30)-- past the 
    fence further down the hall.  You'll need to look past a concrete piece then 
    blast it while it hangs on the wall behind the fence.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Bullets (+5) - Inside a metal case before the second turn.
    [ ] Handgun Bullets (+5) - Inside a metal case before the second turn.
    [ ] Handgun Bullets (+5) - Inside a metal case before the second turn.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #03
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Furnace Facility - Chapter 1-2
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: When the characters reach the metal case with handgun
      \________/   bullets, move down the next hall then look toward the right
                   fence along the wall.  Look past the left side of the concrete 
                   piece to see this emblem on the wall behind the fence.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Move down the hall to the west and open the elevator using the controls to the 
    side of it.  Step inside then choose to move up with the assist command that 
    appears in order to end this chapter!
    
    - - -                                                                     - - -
                 ___ _                 _              ____        _          [CH21]
                / __\ |__   __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __  |___ \      / |
               / /  | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__|   __) | ___ | |
              / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | ||  __/ |     / __/ |___|| |
              \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_|    |_____|     |_|
                                |_|                                     
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          --> Chapter 2-1 Ranking Table <--
           .-----------------------------------------------------------.
           | RANKS          |    S     |     A    |     B    |    C    |
           |===========================================================|
           | ACCURACY       |   70%+   | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
           |-----------------------------------------------------------|
           | ENEMIES ROUTED |    60+   |    45    |    30    |   <29   |
           |-----------------------------------------------------------|
           | DEATHS         |     0    |     1    |     2    |    3+   |
           |-----------------------------------------------------------|
           | CLEAR TIME     | <23'00"  |  28'00"  |  33'00"  |  33'01"+|
           '-----------------------------------------------------------'
           < = less than or equal to                    + = greater than
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH211]
    Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                            S T O R A G E  F A C I L I T Y
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Both Chris and Sheva start out in a warehouse.  Keep in mind that you can shoot 
    the rats for some extra gold pickups here.  Turn around and slash the --WOODEN 
    BARREL-- in the northwest portion of the room then climb the nearby ladder on 
    the crate across from the barrel.  You'll find two crates to the east, so hop 
    the gap in between them then open the treasure chest directly ahead and pick up 
    the ++300 GOLD++, ++300 GOLD++ and ++400 GOLD++ inside.  You've likely seen the 
    ---BSAA EMBLEM (4/30)-- hanging on the nearby wall in full view, right?
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #04
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Storage Facility - Chapter 2-1
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: Hanging near the middle of the west wall, above a 
      \________/   wooden barrel shortly after the chapter begins.  There is a note
                   about the BSAA medals in this room also.  The programmers want 
                   you to see this without using Berserker's guide.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Both Jeeps - Both jeeps in the back of the warehouse.
    [ ] BSAA Emblem Memo - On the sandbags in front of the south jeep.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - In between the two large crates in the north middle portion 
        of the room.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the very back of the warehouse behind the jeeps 
        (northeast side).
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Fall down the west side of the large crate then break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on 
    the sandbags.  There is a --BSAA EMBLEM FILE-- on the sandbags near the south 
    jeep.  Take the ++H&K MP5++ from the metal case in front of the south jeep.
    
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    H I D D E N  W E A P O N
    Weapon: H&K MP5
    Location: Chapter 2-1
    Details: Open the metal case in front of the south jeep to find this weapon 
    inside.
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    
    Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- below where the BSAA medal was located and check 
    out the --DIRECTIONS FOR PARTNER FILE-- and --ITEM MENU FILE--.  Slash the 
    --WOODEN BARREL-- and --WOODEN CRATE-- beside the door on the west side of the 
    room then use the assist button to interact with the door to move onto the next 
    area.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Direction for Partner File - On the sandbags to the right of the exit door.
    [ ] Item Menu File - On the sandbags to the right of the exit door.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Below the BSAA emblem on the west wall.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the exit door.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On some sandbags near the exit door.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH212]
    Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                  T H E  B R I D G E
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Move around the side of the crates to the north.  Notice the C4 explosive 
    tripwire in between the crates.  Take out the machine gun or handgun and shoot 
    the explosive or the tripwire to set it off from a safe distance.  You'll run 
    across more of these as the characters progress forward.  Keep in mind that the 
    characters can lead an enemy toward the explosive and set it off to damage the 
    enemy.  Aim upwards and to the left then shoot the Majini with the crossbow 
    that will be alerted to your characters presence.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | It's possible to aim up toward the top left metal container when the cross- |
    | bow Majini first arrives and shoot him to make him fall on the C4 explosive |
    | below.                                                                      |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Continue around the corner and a Majini will be standing to the right.  You can 
    take out your knife and slash him as he runs toward your characters since he 
    always dashes!  Move on further ahead and quickly shoot the Majini with the 
    crossbow as he tries to run toward on a nearby crate.  If he makes it to the 
    ladder then he will climb up it and try to shoot the character from above.  
    Another Majini will attack from off to the right (south).  If you look to the 
    north before moving past the crates near the crossbow Majini then you'll notice 
    a tripwire.  With steady aim a player can shoot the wire or a player can shoot 
    the actual explosive from the top of the crate near it.
    
    Grab the ++GREEN HERB++ inside the crate to the east after turning left up 
    ahead.  Climb the nearby ladder of the crate that the crossbow Majini ran to 
    and you can get a clear view of the C4 explosive below.  Drop down and break 
    the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- and --WOODEN CRATE-- near it.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the other side of the second C4 explosive.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the other side of the second C4 explosive.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On the other side of the second C4 explosive.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - Inside of metal crate next to where the crossbow Majini is.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Maneuver around the sides of the crates to the southeast.  Find the single 
    --WOODEN BARREL-- inside of the metal crate to the east.  Shoot the next C4 
    explosive tripwire then continue around the crates, this time heading north.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside of the metal crate in the southeast
    --> Definite Item: First Aid Spray
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    NEW ENEMY: Adjule
    
    A new enemy known as an "Adjule" (dog) will step into view.  There are a total 
    of three inside the open crate up ahead.  Take out the shotgun and shoot them 
    or blast them from far away with the handgun or machine gun.  Don't let them 
    get too close.  They have some very fast lunging attacks that can really leave 
    a player confused as to their location after they hit a character.  These 
    enemies always attack in packs, so be prepared to deal with about two or three 
    at a time most of the time.  Adjules come in three different sizes.
    
    They become more ferocious and tougher when they're heads separate to reveal 
    their parasitic inside.  Any type of burst of light from a flash grenade or 
    flash round will instantly kill an Adjule that has exposed its parasite, 
    though, if this is your first playthrough then you don't have either of the 
    flash explosives yet.
    
    A Majini with a crossbow will be on top of the east metal container during the 
    Adjule battle so shoot him down or close to a wall so he can't hit the 
    characters.  Look around the side of the crates to the north after the battle 
    to find a --WOODEN 
    BARREL--.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the north of the open metal crate where the Adjules 
        attack.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Shoot the C4 explosive tripwire to the south and move around the side of the 
    crates ahead.  A sinlge Majini will leap out from behind the end of the left 
    metal crate and attack.  Climb the ladder on the side of the crate up ahead as 
    your characters turn back to the north then follow the path up above and drop 
    from the other end of the open crate.
    
    A Majini to the west will notice the characters.  Soon an Adjule will step into 
    view along with a new enemy known as the "Big Man Majini".  Hurry up and step 
    out from behind the crates.  There is a set of oil canister that can be shot in 
    front of the car in the open area.  This will serve to damage the Big Man 
    Majini and other Majini and the Adjules that attack.
    
    NEW ENEMY: Big man Majini
    
    Use your shotgun for this part while the other character uses a handgun or 
    machine gun.  You need to focus on the Big Man Majini once he steps into view. 
    He hits very hard with constant straight punches and an overhead physical 
    attack with his fists.  The best way to deal with him is to take out the 
    shotgun and blast him from close range to stagger him then rush up toward him 
    and melee attack him.  Blast him again then repeat and keep repeating.
    
    The Big Man Majini can also be take down with a handgun if a character 
    constantly blasts his legs then runs up to melee attack him when he falls to 
    his knees.  The Big Man Majini can also be set up for a tag team melee after 
    any type of melee performed to him.  The characters can easily turn Big Man 
    into a punching bag through constant bouncing melee attack after the first 
    melee.  A flash grenades stun can set him up for a tag team melee very easily.
    
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
    
    Trophy/Achievement: The Works
    
    Description: Chain the maximum number of combos together in one go.
    
    Details: In single player mode, lead the Big Man Majini away from the other 
    enemies, preferably in the narrow area, and use a flash grenade to stun the Big 
    Man Majini then quickly run behind him and knock him toward your AI partner. If 
    your AI partner knocks him back then hit him with the tag team melee command 
    that will appear in order to get this trophy/achievement.  This can be done 
    against all Big Man Majini rather easily, so if you can't get it here then 
    you'll have more chances later on.
    
    You could also toss the flash grenade then quickly use the "Go" command to make 
    your AI partner rush to the other side of the Big Man Majini to set up the 
    placement for the tag team melee nicely.  No flash grenade is really needed if 
    your character uses a handgun and aims for his legs.
    
    Big Man Majini are easier to work into a tag team sequence than normal Majini 
    because they don't stagger per hit; they only slide just a bit per melee 
    attack.
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
    
    The Majini and Adjules can get in the way quite a bit while attacking the Big 
    Man Majini.  Some of the Majini have crossbows and will try to climb the 
    ladders of the crates to the west to get to high ground, so be ready to look up 
    and blast them.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Bridge - Chapter 2-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Defeat the Big man Majini and he will drop this.
                        Most Big man Majini will drop this treasure.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    After the battle is over, slash the two --WOODEN CRATES-- on the west side of 
    the area near the tree.  Move around the side of the cars then use the partner 
    assist prompt to open the gate on the other side.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the west side of the open area near a tree.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the west side of the open area near a tree.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    -- CHECKPONT
    
    Break open the two --WOODEN CRATES-- on the sandbags ahead.  Walk toward the 
    gap in the bridge to the north.  You see those four red explosive barrels up 
    ahead?  They will come in handy in a moment.  Leap to the other side of the 
    bridge by tapping the button when the "Jump" button prompt command appears.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate (right) - Lying on a sandbag with another crate.
    --> Definite Item: Red Herb
    [ ] Wooden Crate (left) - Lying on a sandbag with another crate.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    A cutscene will trigger after leaping to the other side of the bridge.  A truck 
    is coming and I don't think uber Redfield has enough strength to stop it with 
    his bare hands - sometimes I wonder though.  Anyway, aim for the closest red 
    explosive barrel to the right and shoot it when the truck passes by the side of 
    the explosive barrel to cause an explosion that will make the truck fall over 
    and slide the rest of the way toward the characters.  If you're not precise or 
    quick enough then truck will ram the two characters and kill them.  The truck 
    can still damage the characters when it slides toward them fast, but when it 
    slows down quite a bit it is no longer a threat.
    
    A whole horde of Majini will attack from the north side of the bridge up ahead. 
    Thankfully, they conveniently stand near the left and right red explosive 
    barrels in the back of the bridge, so take advantage of their red color 
    blindness then shoot the two barrels to take out several of them with each 
    explosion.  Run ahead and finish off the remainder of them.  I don't know about 
    you, but I feel some tag team melees are needed here.
    
    Run to the warehouse to the far north and break open the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- 
    inside and find the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the east side of the warehouse.  There 
    is also a --WOODEN BARREL-- outside of the warehouse near the sidewall to the 
    west.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the north warehouse at the other end of the bridge.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the north warehouse at the other end of the bridge.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the north warehouse at the other end of the bridge.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Outside of the warehouse and to the west.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move toward the stairs that lead to the sewers to the west.  Look off the side 
    of the railing (to the south) and shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (5/30)-- on the 
    middle bridge pillar below.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #05
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: The Bridge - Chapter 2-1
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: After moving to the other side of the bridge, stand at 
      \________/   the top of the staircase then look to the south below the 
                   bridge.  Look at the middle pillar supporting the bridge to see
                   this emblem standing on a wooden platform that wraps around the 
                   bridge pillar.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Move down the stairs and enter the sewer tunnel below.  Keep moving ahead and 
    three Adjules will race down the tunnel toward the characters.  Both characters 
    need to concentrate fire here or the Adjules will get past your shots.  A 
    character could toss a hand grenade here since they pile up in a bunch and the 
    tunnel is narrow.  Two more Adjules will attack once the characters move 
    further into the tunnel.  Continue to follow the sewer tunnel as it splits to 
    the east.
    
    Open the door ahead then move around the corner.  Shoot the rats for extra gold 
    and break the two --WOODEN CRATES-- in the next room.  Use the assist button to 
    interact with the next door in order to enter the next area.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On the south side of the room in the sewers.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On the north side of the room in the sewers.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH213]
    Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                    T H E  P O R T
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Move down the tunnel and be sure to pick up the ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++ treasure 
    off to the left upon stepping out into the waterway.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Sapphire (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  This is lying in the standing water on the south 
                        side of the waterway to the left as the characters exit the
                        tunnel while starting this chapter.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Notice all the Majini to the right up ahead.  I bet they'll get up in a second 
    and try to scare us.  Let's move toward them and humor them.
    
    Good freaking god!  That makes me want to curl into a fetal position just 
    thinking about the pain.
    
    NEW ENEMY: Kipepeo
    
    An enemy known as a Kipepeo will bust out of the back of the fallen Majini.  
    These enemies like to fly overhead and grab your characters with their tail 
    appendage.  Stand back and shoot them with a close shotgun blast or use the 
    handgun or machine gun.  Keep backing up if they move forward in order to avoid 
    their grab.
    
    A total of three Kipepeo will spawn from the Majini in the waterway.  The 
    Majini at the far end will get up and attack like normal but, once he is shot a 
    few times, his head will bust open to reveal yet another Kipepeo.  Keep in mind 
    that any Majini that the characters fight in the next few areas might spawn a 
    Kipepeo without any warning.
    
    The Kipepeos will leave behind ammo and other items just like the Majini so be 
    sure to watch for it - by now you know that all B.O.W.'s carry gold and ammo, 
    right?  T and G-virus cretins were just concealing it well in the past games.  
    I suspect those Alpha Hunters back at the Spencer Estate probably had US 
    dollars, coin currency, gold necklaces, gold teeth, and diamond rings on them 
    if we would have looked more closely.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | Instead of fighting the Kipepeos, the character could simply shoot the lock |
    | on the gate door ahead from the other side of the screen then run and open  |
    | the door as they spawn and move down the tunnel to avoid the battle.        |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Break the lock on the door ahead by kicking or shooting it then enter the dark 
    tunnel ahead.  We have some very nice lighting effects here.  Shoot the rats 
    for some extra gold.  Climb the ladder at the far end of the tunnel.
    
    The characters will climb up to a port area.  If you look closely, a Majini 
    will run by to the side; he off to the north past the boats as the two 
    characters step into view.  If you can manage to walk around the side of the 
    building, arm your S75 rifle quick enough (on a second playthrough) and shoot 
    him then he will leave behind a ++DIAMOND (PEAR)++ treasure on the other side.  
    Run quickly over to that side and grab it.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Diamond (Pear) [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After exiting the sewer via the ladder, step  
                        around the right side of the nearby building and you'll see
                        a Majini quickly move around the side of the boat up ahead.
                        Quickly arm the S75 rifle and shoot him to make him drop 
                        this.  You have to be quick.  One shot anywhere on the body
                        at default damage level will work on normal mode.
    
                        On a second playthrough, a player can use a flash round to 
                        stun the Majini that runs behind the boat then shoot him. 
                        In co-op mode, one player can stun him then the other 
                        player can quickly run over to his side and continue to 
                        stun him with flash rounds.  Perform a tag team melee on 
                        him to make fun of him trying to run from your characters. 
                        In other words, show off that you have read Berserker's RE5 
                        guide where we make fun of cowards with our uber skills!
    
                        Here's a video of the way that xUmbrellaCo and I get our 
                        Diamond (Pear) each playthrough:
    
                        http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oXaBdKmgVV8
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Pick up the ++GREEN HERB from near the boats to the north and enter the nearby 
    building to the east.  Slash the --WOODEN CRATE-- and the --WOODEN BARREL-- 
    inside the east building then collect the ++GREEN HERB++ to the side of the 
    doorway.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the east building after exiting the sewer tunnel.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the east building after exiting the sewer tunnel.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - Near the boats outside the east building after exiting the 
        sewer tunnel.
    [ ] Green Herb - Inside the east building after exiting the sewer tunnel.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Walk back outside the building then move out into the ocean from the shoreline 
    up ahead.  Move against the far south end to find ++100 GOLD++ eventually then 
    run to the toward the middle of the ocean and find the planks that stick out of 
    the water in the back middle portion and collect the ++100 GOLD++ while 
    standing on the north side of those planks.  Run to the far northwest end and 
    pick up the ++TOPAZ (PEAR)++ from the ocean floor.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Topaz (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  This is lying out in the far northwest portion 
                        of the ocean.  Simply run out to the far northwest portion
                        of the water, near the boat then pick this up.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Enter the marketplace area up ahead past the boats near the shore.  Three 
    Majini (one on the other side of the locked gate and two past the center 
    stands) will quickly scurry away.  You can shoot them if you want.  Cowards.  
    You fear the tag team melee addiction of almighty Berserker!  Run now and tell 
    all your friends about me.
    
    The east gate is locked and requires a key.  Slash the ++MELONS++ on the west 
    side of the middle stand and the ++MELONS++ on the east side.  There is also a 
    stack of ++MELONS++ along the north side but it doesn't hold anything special.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Melons - On the west side of the center set of stands.
    --> Definite Item: Shotgun Shells (+5)
    [ ] Melons - On the east side of the center set of stands.
    --> Definite Item: Hand Grenade
    [ ] Stands - Several of the stands in this area can be destroyed with a hand 
        grenade or by knocking a Majini into them. There are eight destructible 
        stands total. They all look similar somewhat.
    --> Random Items
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The chest in the center of the middle set of stands holds a ++RUBY (MARQUISE)++ 
    treasure.  You'll have to use a hand grenade to destroy one of the destructible 
    side stands in order to get to it.  If you climb the ladder on the south side 
    of the building across from the building with the padlock and step across the 
    roofs then you'll find an ++EMERALD (SQUARE)++ treasure on the far north side. 
    If you look at the ceiling of the small green building to the south of the 
    middle set of stands (literally aim upwards while facing the inside counter) 
    then you'll see a --BSAA EMBLEM (6/30)-- on the ceiling.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Marquise) [3,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Approach the stand in the middle of the market- 
                        place area in front of the locked door and toss a hand 
                        grenade against the chest in the middle of the stands.  The 
                        grenade will go off and break the two side stands and allow 
                        access to the chest.  Open the chest for this treasure!
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Emerald (Square) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Find the ladder on the south side of the building
                        next to the building with the padlocked door then climb the
                        ladder. Run across the rooftop then walk to the far north 
                        corner to find this laying on the rooftop. It's not exactly
                        in the corner but very near it.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #06
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: To the south of the middle group of stands is a closed 
      \________/   green building.  Walk toward the building counter and aim upward
                   then look at the ceiling to see this BSAA emblem.  You can 
                   actually see it glimmering through the crack of the other side 
                   also.  This building is very small - smaller than a stand.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Find the padlocked door across from the middle set of stands.  Break the 
    padlock and enter the building.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | You can enter this room by knocking off the padlock or you can jump through |
    | the window in the back.  Majini will attack after you get a key item        |
    | inside, so if you want to play it safe then jump through window in the back |
    | and this will make it to where they have to move through the window to get  |
    | to your characters.  You can stand inside the building and knife slash them |
    | as they try.  Even the Big Man Majini will fall victim to this though he    |
    | can get by the knife slashes at times.                                      |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Slash the --TOMATOES-- to the right after entering the building.  A dead corpse 
    hangs from the middle of the room.  He has a meat hook stabbed through his 
    neck.  Shoot the key on the meat hook and it will fall.  Pick up the **PORT 
    KEY** key item.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Hanging Corpse - Hanging from the middle of the inside of the building with
        the padlocked door.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tomatoes - To the right after entering the building with the padlocked 
        door.
    --> Random Item
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST
    [ ] Port Key - Hanging from the hook on the hanging dead corpse.  Shoot it to 
        make it fall.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The moment the Port Key is grabbed, several Majini and a Big Man Majini will 
    surround the building and enter it to attack.  If you didn't break the padlock 
    then they can only get in through the window, so you can easily stand and fight 
    them off from inside the building but if you did break the padlock then it will 
    be best to fight them outside to keep them to one side more easily rather than 
    having them come from two separate directions.
    
    Try to take down the Big Man Majini first by using shotgun blast to knock him 
    back then run up and melee attack him or one character could blast him in the 
    legs with a handgun then run up and melee him.  The other Majini shouldn't be 
    too much of a problem, but you might have to break out the shotgun if they 
    begin to crowd around too much.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Defeat the Big Man Majini after collecting the 
                        Port Key and he will drop this.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    After the battle, use the Port Key on the gate to the east to unlock it then 
    move along the dock and step onto the boat to the right.  Slash the 
    --WOODEN BARREL-- on the right side and the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- around the 
    west corner of the boat.  Step out onto the wooden dock to the north and pick 
    up the ++GREEN HERB++ from off to the right when the dock splits.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the right side of the boat near the dock after moving 
        past the gate.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the left side of the boat (around the corner) after 
        moving past the gate.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the left side of the boat (around the corner) after 
        moving past the gate.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - On the south end (path split) of the wooden dock to the north 
        of the boat.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Hop into the water below the boat on the north side then pick up the ++400 
    GOLD++ below the wooden ramp that leads up to the boat.  A few Majini and a Big 
    Man Majini will attack once the characters step near the path ahead.  Have the 
    shotgun ready for Big Man and melee his ass after each shot.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Defeat the Big Man Majini shortly after moving 
                        along the docks from the ship after using the Port Key to 
                        unlock the gate.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Climb up the ladder to the street above if you haven't already.  Kirk will 
    arrive in the helicopter up above and he will provide cover fire for Chris and 
    Sheva.  You can step behind the wall of the building to the left and use the 
    new Resident Evil cover feature.  You might need to take cover from the Majini 
    with the crossbows behind the barricade further ahead.  Use the handgun or 
    machine gun while stepping out to fire at them.  Kirk should help out quite a 
    bit though to where you won't have to do that much.
    
    .---------------------------------------------------------.
    | Cover feature controls:                                 |
    |                                                         |
    | Action button = press against/move away from wall       |
    | Aim button = step out and aim while holding the button. |
    | Run button = reload (no need to hold aim button)        |
    '---------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Enter the nearby building to the left and slash the --WOODEN CRATE-- inside.  
    Be on the look out for the Majini with the crossbow on the high walkway of the 
    building up ahead.  Climb the ladder propped against the right building then 
    collect the ++GREEN HERB++ near the north railing.  You'll most likely notice 
    the --BSAA EMBLEM (6/30)-- through the doorway of the building to the north 
    while on top of the current building.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Stand - The first stand to the right can be destroyed.  Kirk might destroy 
        it.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the building to the left.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - Near the railing on the north end of the rooftop of the 
        building with the ladder.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #07
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: Climb to the top of the building with the ladder 
      \________/   propped against it then move to the north side railing.  Look 
                   toward the open doorway on the north building directly ahead 
                   to see this BSAA emblem on the wall behind the doorway.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Fall back down the building and hop over the barricade to the northeast.  Grab 
    the ++GREEN HERB++ off the table near the building to the left up ahead.  
    Majini will move out of the double doors of the building to the northeast.  One 
    of them might spawn a Kipepeo once defeated.  Pick up the ++RIFLE AMMO++ 
    further ahead then move around the side of the table to the right and break the 
    --WOOODEN BARREL-- in the alley beside the northeast building.  You can also 
    hop over the railing to the right just outside the building doors.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Move around the tables to the south outside the northeast 
        building you'll find this down an alley besides the building.  You can also
        hop over the railing beside the building to get to this.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tomatoes - On a table under a straw rooftop by the building with the 
        double doors.
    --> Definite Item: Rifle Ammo (+5)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - On a table to the off to the left below the building with the 
        "STORES" sign off to the left of the street.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Open the double doors of the northeast building then break the --WOODEN 
    BARREL-- inside and open the metal case then grab the ++S75 (RIF)++.
    
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    H I D D E N  W E A P O N
    Weapon: S75 (RIF)
    Location: The Port - Chapter 2-1
    Details: Open the metal case inside the building to the northeast while on the 
    street where Kirk provides cover fire.
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    
    Leave the building then head to the double doors in the north.  Use the assist 
    button to open the doors to continue to the next area.
    
                                                                            [CH214]
    Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                 S H A N T Y  T O W N
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    You have two choices as to how to enter the building up ahead:
    
    OPTION 1 --> WALK DOWN THE PATH STRAIGHT AHEAD
    
    If you walk down the path then a Majini will     .----------- TIP ------------.
    eventually spot your character and pound on the  | Instead of gunfire, you    |
    nearby window then eventually break through it   | can also equip the knife   |
    and attack.  Stand near the window as the first  | then stand in front of the |
    Majini climbs through and blast him.  There are  | window and slash at the    |
    two more Majini inside that will either follow   | Majini from the other      |
    the first or stay behind - you might have to     | side.                      |
    hop inside to get their attention.  Run to the   '----------------------------'
    end of the path and break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the broken down car that is 
    blocking the path around the side of the building.  Hop through the window and 
    enter the building.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | Try facing the window that the Majini pounds on then jump through it to     |
    | knock him down and perform a melee ground attack.                           |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On a broken down car at the end of the path outside the 
        building.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The blood splatters along the wall and sheet to the side provide the perfect 
    unsettling mood for entering this room.  Find the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ on the 
    shelf to the right.  
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] The Chainsaw - The chainsaw on the middle counter in the slaughterhouse.
    [ ] Hatchet - The hatchet that sticks out of the meat chunk on the counter 
        beside the chainsaw.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    All the skulls displayed around the room can be destroyed with the slash of the 
    knife or any type of shot if you so desire.  Navigate through the hanging hooks 
    with animal bits on them and open the door on the other side.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on the shelf across from the middle table.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    OPTION 2 --> WALK AHEAD THEN MAKE AN IMMEDIATE RIGHT
    
    Kick through the blue door or carefully open it then move around the side of 
    the building.  Chris players can take out the rifle and look through the window 
    near the wooden door up ahead then blast the single Majini standing near the 
    window - the rest won't attack yet.  Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ near the fence. 
    The Majini will notice your character in due time and open the door to the 
    building on the left, so you might as well kick down the door and start 
    shooting.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - Near the fence across from the back door of the 
        Slaughterhouse.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | If you're fast enough at reaching the wooden door on the other side of the  |
    | Slaughterhouse, your character can actually kick the door and hit the       |
    | Majini on the other side of it.  This doesn't always work like the window   |
    | knockdown however.                                                          |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO++ on the shelf across from the middle table.  You 
    might want to hop through the window on the other side and break the --WOODEN 
    CRATE-- on top of the wrecked car down the path to the right.  Exiting this 
    room via the window takes you back to the beginning path basically.  Both 
    characters started down the left side of the outside path.  Get back into the 
    room and kick back through the door on the other side.
    
    --> BOTH PATHS MEET HERE
    
    Alright, so now we're outside the building.  Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ near 
    the fence if you haven't yet.  Move along the path that leads to the hill up 
    ahead.  There are two --WOODEN CRATES-- on a table off to the left right near 
    the building that both characters just exited from.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On a table to the left at the beginning of the path; left 
        box.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On a table to the left at the beginning of the path; right 
        box.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move up the hill and a slight cutscene will play.
    
    Two Kipepeos will continue their descent and begin to attack after the 
    cutscene, so shoot them with your handgun.  Sheva's machine gun also works very 
    well at damaging them with its rapid fire and Chris' rifle can knock them down 
    with one shot.  Aim carefully since they sometimes wave around a bit while 
    flying downward.  You might want to back down the hill just a bit as they 
    descend so they will be closer and usually more still while you fire.
    
    .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
    | (1) The Kipepeos cannot move under any portion of the Slaughterhouse        |
    |     rooftop, so both of your characters can run under the roof then stand   |
    |     back and shoot them safely from a distance.  Kipepeos cannot move under |
    |     any rooftop of fly though a doorway.                                    |
    |                                                                             |
    | (2) A player equipped with a rifle can stand at the bottom of the hill and  |
    |     tell a partner to move forward to and activate the helicopter cutscene  |
    |     by issuing the "Go" command while the player with a rifle stands at the |
    |     bottom of hill.   The rifle player can easily aim and snipe both        |
    |     Kipepeos with the rifle from the bottom of the hill.                    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Continue up the hill.  While standing below the ladder, you'll get a button 
    prompt with either character.  Basically press the B button when the "Assist" 
    command appears and have the character walk toward the partner and press the 
    button that appears.  Sheva will be hoisted up to the ladder and she will climb 
    on top of the roof.
    
    > > > > > > > > > > > > >  S H E V A   G A M E P L A Y  < < < < < < < < < < < <
    
    From the moment that you regain control of Sheva, arm the machine gun then 
    aimed toward the Majini with the cocktails off to the left and tap the trigger 
    once to defeat him instantly and make a Kipepeo spawn from his body.  Pick up 
    the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ and the ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ from the long 
    platform along the middle portion of the roof then break the --WOODEN CRATE-- 
    on the raised portion on the right side of the roof.  There is some ++HANDGUN 
    AMMO (+10)++ near the railing along the far side of the roof as well as another 
    --WOODEN BARREL-- on the far left side.
    
    Sheva mainly needs to watch out for the Majini with the crossbow and the 
    Kipepeos that spawns from the Majini with cocktails.  If the Kipepeo flies 
    toward Sheva after shooting the Majini with the cocktails then make defeating 
    it your first priority and then quickly shoot the Majini with the crossbow.  
    Sheva can actually stand behind a wooden wall on the right side up ahead across 
    from the ladder that will shield her from the flaming bolts.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - along the right side of the rooftop [Sheva only].
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - along the far left side of the rooftop [Sheva only].
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - Lying on the long platform in the middle of the 
        roof.
    [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - Lying on the long platform in the middle of the roof.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying near the railing on the opposite side of the 
        roof.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The Majini with the cocktails will spawn a Kipepeo from its head, so be ready 
    to blast it with the machine gun if Chris doesn't shoot it.  Use the remaining 
    time to help out Chris while he fights the Majini groups below the building.  
    Stand and blast them with the handgun or machine gun to help out Chris.  Try 
    not to interrupt the player if Chris has things under control with his melee 
    attacks.
    
    Whether or not you hop back down the ladder or not at this point depends upon 
    you.  When Chris moves up to the door up the stairs ahead, Sheva can help out 
    fairly well here.  Equip the Machine Gun and aim down at the Majini then barely 
    tap the trigger while aiming at their legs, head or shoulders and this will put 
    them in a stunned position where Chris can hit them with melee attacks.  If the 
    Chris player realizes what Sheva is doing this can go extremely well.  Either 
    way, the Chris player should begin to realize the stunned Majini in front of 
    Chris.  Sheva needs to watch Chris' back and protect him from any Majini that 
    might sneak up behind him as well.  Shoot any Majini that get near him and try 
    to blast them in vital areas to stun them for Chris to melee attack them.
    
    In order to get off the rooftop, Sheva will have to jump back down from the 
    side with the ladder and move around the side of the building to rejoin Chris.
    
    > > > > > > > > > > > > > > >  E N D   S H E V A  < < < < < < < < < < < < < < <
    
    > > > > > > > > > > > > >  C H R I S   G A M E P L A Y  < < < < < < < < < < < <
    
    Chris needs to go around the left side of the building.  There is a breakable 
    --WOODEN BARREL-- down a path to the immediate right after moving around the 
    side corner of the building.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - At the end of the path along the left side of the building.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
    | If you want AI Sheva to get off the building and rejoin Chris then tap the  |
    | Assist button to issue a "Cover" assist command and she will usually jump   |
    | off the building and meet up with Chris.                                    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Chris will have to deal with a small group of Majini as they move down the hill 
    directly ahead of him.  There is also a Majini with a cocktail on the ledge 
    directly ahead.  Shoot at the Majini up the hill and prepare to back up as the 
    Majini on the ledge tosses cocktails toward Chris; he might toss them toward 
    Sheva.  The cocktails can damage the Majini below, so he might actually do 
    Chris a favor if you back up when he tosses the cocktails.  You'll eventually 
    need to shoot the Majini on the ledge if Sheva doesn't shoot it for you.
    
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
    
    Trophy/Achievement: Fireworks
    
    Description: Shoot an enemy Molotov cocktail, dynamite stick, or hand grenade.
    
    Details: Look up on the high ledge and aim for the Majin's cocktail then shoot 
    it to set it off and burn the Majini in order to easily get this 
    trophy/achievement very early in the game.  If the Majini tosses the cocktail 
    then stand and wait and it will take out another cocktail.
    
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
    
    The Majini with the cocktail will spawn a Kipepeo from his head, so prepare to 
    shoot it with the handgun or rifle.  The rifle really works the best since it 
    is at such a distance - simply shoot the Majini then equip the rifle and blast 
    the Kipepeo as it spawns.  It will fly toward either Chris while he is 
    stationed below or Sheva while she is up on the building, so be sure to take it 
    down.
    
    After the Kipepeo is defeated, move further up the hill and a group of Majini 
    will bust through the door of the building at the top of the stairs.  Shoot at 
    them from below the stairs and aim for a vital area on them such as the head or 
    legs then run up and knock the whole crowd down with a melee attack.  If Sheva 
    didn't do a good job of surveying the area then a Majini with a crossbow will 
    be at the top of the steps.  Sometimes a Majini will hang around inside of the 
    building up ahead as well.  If you have a hand grenade here then toss it up the 
    stairs and this should defeat the majority of the Majini.
    
    Sheva should come and join Chris in just a minute.  If she doesn't then call to 
    her with the B button or tell the other player to climb down the ladder and get 
    their ass in gear.
    
    > > > > > > > > > > > > > > >  E N D   C H R I S  < < < < < < < < < < < < < < <
    
    Make an immediate left and enter the restroom area.  Move over to the last 
    stall and prepare to shoot the Majini standing in that stall; he might rush 
    toward your character.  Pick up the ++HANGUN AMMO (+10)++ where the Majini was 
    standing then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- next to the nearby sink.
    
    .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------.
    | Equip the knife and face the Majini as he runs out of the stall then slash  |
    | him to most likely knock him down.  Perform a melee ground attack to finish |
    | him off if he falls.                                                        |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the restroom, near the sink.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the floor in the last stall where the Majini is.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Walk back out of the restroom then continue on up ahead.  Grab the ++RED HERB++ 
    off of the table then turn left.  There is a Majini in the small alcove behind 
    the boards - look to the left as your character enters the area.  Prepare to 
    blast him then run up and melee him or whatever ritual you have.  Break the 
    nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- across from where the Majini was standing.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the alcove across from the alcove with the Majini.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Red Herb - On the table next to the boarded alcove.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The metal set of red double doors are locked     .-------- EXTRA NOTE --------.
    from the other side.  Go ahead and investigate   | A grenade cannot even open |
    them to see the outside padlock.  Walk further   | those locked doors from    |
    into the room ahead then turn to the left and    | this side.  They will be   |
    move up the stairs.  A single Majini is guarding | opened in a moment with a  |
    the stairway, but as your character moves        | little co-op assistance.   |
    further up the stairs, another Majini will walk  '----------------------------'
    down the second set of stairs at the top and another will enter the area from 
    the doorway that leads out to the left walkway.  Be sure to watch both of them 
    as you shoot so one doesn't get the drop on your character.
    
    Run off to the left while on the second floor then pick up the ++HAND GRENADE++ 
    from the chair off to the left and step out onto the outside walkway then grab 
    the other ++HAND GRENADE++ off to the left.  If you walk over to the right past 
    the metal drum and look up while out on the walkway, you'll see that the next 
    floor is broken and has a dropoff where one can easily get back to this floor. 
    Chris should keep that broken side of the above ledge in mind.  Run back into 
    the building then climb the next set of stairs.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Hand Grenade - On the chair near the right outside ledge entrance.
    [ ] Hand Grenade - To the left on the outside ledge.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    .--------------- FIRST FLOOR METAL DOOR LOCK GLITCH/EXPLOIT ------------------.
    | While on the second floor, it is possible to arm a grenade and stand on the |
    | right side of the third column to the right on the outside walkway of the   |
    | current building and arm a hand grenade then toss the grenade against the   |
    | yellow Animal Health sign of the BG Production building next door so that   |
    | it bounces off the sign and lands in front of the red metal door below,     |
    | which will break the lock.  The correct targeting for tossing the grenade   |
    | is to aim directly at the sign with both character and aim a little         |
    | downward.                                                                   |
    |                                                                             |
    | You can also bounce a grenade off the side of the third floor walkway of    |
    | the other building or you can toss it toward the right edge of the wall on  |
    | while on the third floor of the current building.  There's a variety of     |
    | ways to bounce the grenade, as long as it fall in front of the door below.  |
    |                                                                             |
    | Sheva can hit the lock from the third floor of the BG Production building   |
    | after Chris tosses her over if you toss a grenade down at the red metal     |
    | door while standing on the edge of the third floor.  The aiming can be      |
    | quite hard.  You actually have to aim like Sheva is about to throw the      |
    | grenade at the concrete floor because of the camera.                        |
    |                                                                             |
    | Sheva can also hit the lock from the second floor of the BG Production      |
    | building if you run to the side with the slightly destroyed railing and     |
    | toss a grenade down at the door.  She can also shoot the lock with the      |
    | handgun or rifle.  Keep in mind that the Majini will be moving up the       |
    | stairs while Sheva is on the second floor.                                  |
    |                                                                             |
    | ** Breaking the lock before Sheva falls to the second floor of the BG       |
    |    Production building will automatically cancel the first wave of Majini   |
    |    that normally attack Sheva.                                              |
    |                                                                             |
    | No matter which method is chosen, your character (or Chris, if Sheva is     |
    | tossed over) can run to the stairs and activate the Chainsaw Majini         |
    | cutscene and this will skip the first and second wave of Majini that appear |
    | in the area outside of the current building.                                |
    |                                                                             |
    | One interesting aspect of this glitch is that if the first wave of Majini   |
    | have already appeared then they will disappear immediately following the    |
    | Chainsaw Majini cutscene.  If Chris or Sheva stall outside the building for |
    | too long after opening the red metal door (if the first wave hasn't         |
    | appeared) then the battle music will eventually play and the second wave of |
    | Majini will appear.                                                         |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Destroy the two --WOODEN CRATES-- at the very top of the second set of stairs. 
    Look over to the left and pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ on the shelf.  
    There is a ++GREEN HERB++ on a chair hidden behind the stair railing in the 
    alcove directly in front of set of shelves.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - across from the top of the stairs; left barrel.
    --> Random Item
    
    [ ] Wooden Crate - across from the top of the stairs; right barrel.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo - On the shelf to the left of the two wooden barrels.
    [ ] Green Herb - On a chair across from the shelf with the handgun ammo.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Run out onto the outside walkway.  Move toward the far end that faces the 
    outside building for an assist jump prompt.  Don't jump just yet!  The Chris 
    player needs the S75 rifle for this part, so give him the rifle if you have it 
    Sheva player!  Also, turn around while facing the edge of the building and look 
    up onto the rooftop of the current building then shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM 
    (8/30)-- above.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #08
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Shanty Town - Chapter 2-1
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: Before performing the partner action jump to toss Sheva
      \________/   over to the BG Production Building, while at the edge of the
                   walkway, turn around then aim upwards to see the edge of this 
                   BSAA emblem.  A Sheva player can simply turn around after
                   landing on the opposite building to see the full emblem easily.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Make sure that all of the items in the current building have been collected 
    before performing the assist action.
    
    ,------------------------- ADVICE FOR A CHRIS PLAYER -------------------------,
    | Before Sheva is tossed to the other building, a Chris player needs to take  |
    | the rifle since a rifle is very much needed for the next segment of         |
    | gameplay.                                                                   |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Walk toward the edge that faces the BG Building next door and use the partner 
    assist prompt to help Sheva jump to the building across from the current one.
    
    > > > > > > > > > > > > >  S H E V A   G A M E P L A Y  < < < < < < < < < < < <
    
    Sheva will land on the roof of the BG Production building next door.  Take some 
    time to break the --WOODEN BARREL-- off to the left then hop down to the floor 
    below by leaping off the ledge ahead.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the left on the top ledge of the BG Building [Sheva 
        only].
    --> Random Item
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the second floor of the BG Building in the northeast 
        corner.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Look behind Sheva as she lands and break the --WOODEN BARREL-- in the northeast 
    corner while on the second floor.
    
    Sheva will have her work cut out for her here as a group of Majini move up the 
    stairs off to her right.  There is an explosive barrel nearby.  You can wait 
    for Majini to pile up near it now and shoot them or wait until later in the 
    battle and shoot the barrel.  It's a little hard to hit it later in the battle 
    at times with all the Majini in the way.  Either way, allow them to gather near 
    it then shoot it.
    
    It's best for Sheva to stand in the corner where the breakable barrel is (or 
    was) to make sure that no Majini sneak behind her.  Sheva mainly needs to keep 
    a sharp eye out for the Majini with flaming crossbows that will stand near the 
    stairs and shoot at her.
    
    When several Majini rush toward Sheva in a group you need to either shoot one 
    of them in the head and run up to him then roundhouse kick him and the rest of 
    the crowd or take out the Machine Gun and spread fire through the group then 
    run up and hit any of them that are stunned in a pose that will give Sheva a 
    button prompt for a melee attack.  Melee attacks are very helpful in this area 
    for both the invincible animation and the multiple knockdowns that they cause.  
    If Sheva has a grenade then you might want to toss it at the group of Majini if 
    they start to build up around the area.
    
    .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
    | Arm the machine gun then wait near the stacked pipes across from the red    |
    | explosive barrel then aim toward the top of the stairs.  As the Majini run  |
    | toward Sheva, tap the trigger button while aiming at their legs to either   |
    | stun them or knock them down.  Try to keep them grounded for as long as     |
    | possible and they will begin to mount up beside the red barrel.  At the     |
    | last possible moment, shoot the red barrel.  If a Majini tosses a weapon at |
    | you then immediately shoot the red barrel and the explosion will deflect    |
    | it.  Sheva will be close enough to the barrel where it will make her throw  |
    | up her arms, so she'll also get invincibility during this animation from    |
    | possible bolts fired at her at that time also.                              |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Sheva needs to make her way downstairs and break the lock on the door of the 
    building across from the BG Production building.  It's best to fight off all 
    the current Majini then move down the stairs and run toward the door, but keep 
    in mind that Sheva can still open it while Majini are still in the area if you 
    want Chris to help out.  Walk toward the red double doors and Sheva will get a 
    button prompt command while facing it.  Press the X button to kick at the lock. 
    Three kicks should break it.  You can also shoot the lock.
    
    .-------------------------- EXTRA (W/SLIGHT SPOILER) -------------------------.
    | If Sheva does not open the door for Chris (during co-op), the battle music  |
    | will continue to play but the final wave of Majini will not appear.  Sheva  |
    | can actually move up the stairs to the east by herself and trigger the      |
    | Chainsaw Majini fight while Chris is still locked up.  The Chainsaw Majini  |
    | fight will carry on like normal, except Chris will still be trapped in the  |
    | nearby building.  Be forewarned that the Chainsaw Majini can break the lock |
    | to the door where Chris is located however!                                 |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    > > > > > > > > > > > > > > >  E N D   S H E V A  < < < < < < < < < < < < < < <
    
    > > > > > > > > > > > > >  C H R I S   G A M E P L A Y  < < < < < < < < < < < <
    
    ,----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------,
    | In single player mode, if Chris quickly jumps down the side of the ledge    |
    | directly after helping Sheva across, then you might not have to watch the   |
    | scene where the Majini move up stairs on Sheva's side.                      |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Equip the rifle with Chris.  Chris is going to   .----------- TIP ------------.
    have to provide cover fire for Sheva as the      | Chris can shoot the Majini |
    Majini attack her.  Fall down the ledge on the   | as they enter the BG       |
    right (west side) of the third floor ledge and   | Building by looking down   |
    your character will land on the second floor     | at the ground floor and    |
    walkway directly across from the floor that      | and shooting them as they  |
    Sheva is on.  Step up to the railing and look    | step through the entrance  |
    through the scope of the rifle then get Sheva in | doorway.  He can also hit  |
    view.  Look to her right and prepare to cover    | the red barrel to the      |
    Sheva.  Make sure to shoot the Majini that are   | right of the entrance with |
    close to Sheva first if they start to group up   | the rifle to defeat        |
    around her.  The best way to help out Sheva is   | multiple Majini.           |
    to shoot the Majini with the flaming crossbows   '----------------------------'
    that tend to stand near the stairs and shoot at her from a distance since Sheva 
    will most likely be so busy with the group of Majini running at her, she won't 
    have time to hit these distant pests.
    
    .--------------------------------- MAJOR TIP ---------------------------------.
    | If you're not that good at sniping like yours truly, stand on the far right |
    | side of the walkway and toss a hand grenade at the stairs the second you    |
    | hear Sheva fall and this will take out a good majority of the first few     |
    | Majini.  You can continue to toss grenades at the stairs as they continue   |
    | to move up them or toss a grenade at the ground outside of the BG           |
    | Production building - don't forget about the red barrel!                    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Wait for the Majini to stand still then aim for the head and shoot while using 
    the rifle and you'll get a guaranteed head explosion on each one.  If you're 
    playing in single player and Sheva manages to get by the Majini on the stairs 
    and starts to move downstairs then she is heading for the door below, so 
    quickly run down the stairs of the building and join her.
    
    Once the coast is clear, Chris should run back down to the first floor and 
    await Sheva's arrival near the metal red double doors that are locked.  Use the 
    Action button near the door to kick on the locked doors a few times with Chris 
    if Sheva suddenly starts to daydream and that should get her attention.
    
    > > > > > > > > > > > > > > >  E N D   C H R I S  < < < < < < < < < < < < < <
    
    Once Chris is through the doors, both characters will be reunited right before 
    another Majini ambush!  Majini will eventually hop over the fence in the west 
    and attack then some others will appear from the east.  Try not to let them 
    surround your characters.  You might want to enter either of the nearby 
    buildings or duck into the alley by the building.  The red explosive barrels 
    can be used to defeat a whole group of them at once, but you might want to save 
    those explosive barrels for another more powerful enemy that will attack in 
    this area in just a few moments.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On the table to the left of the front entrance to the BG 
                       Production building.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
    
    Trophy/Achievement: Ride the Lightning
    
    Description: Defeat a Majini using the electric current from a transformer.
    
    Details: Look toward the stairs off to the side and find the transformer 
    suspended on the telephone pole to the left of the staircase.  Aim up and shoot 
    the transformer down.  The transformer will send out an electric current that 
    will shock all nearby enemies after it is shot when it is not electrified.  
    Lead Majini toward the grounded transformer then shoot the transformer to 
    electrify them.  Don't move up the stairs too far for the cutscene for the 
    Chainsaw Majini boss will activate and make this achievement a bit hard to 
    gain.
    
    If a player can kill a Majini with the electricity from the transformer then 
    this trophy/achievement will be earned.  Keep in mind that the actual 
    electricity must kill the Majini, so a player can weaken the Majini (with 
    gunshots) down to where the electricity from the transformer will kill it.
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
    
    Destroy the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the table near the red explosive barrel outside 
    of the building that Sheva was in then enter the bottom floor of the building. 
    Destroy both of the --WOODEN CRATES-- on each of the wooden tables inside.  You 
    can move up to the second floor via the staircase but it won't do Chris much 
    good unless Sheva didn't break the wooden barrel up there - AI Sheva has a 
    habit of leaving it behind.  Exit the building through the back entrance then 
    make an immediate left and follow the path to the dead end then break open the 
    --WOODEN CRATE-- on the set of boards.  Down the other end of the path there is 
    a --WOODEN BARREL-- in a corner at the turn.
    
    .------------------------------------- TIP -----------------------------------.
    | If you destroy the door in the back of the BG Building by slashing at it    |
    | then it might make the next battle in this stage just a bit easier since    |
    | you won't have to constantly kick it down while running into or out of the  |
    | back of the building while being chased.                                    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the BG Production building; right table.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the BG Production building; left table.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - In the dead end behind the building [far east end].
    --> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+10)
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Along the path behind the storage building.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Return to the front of the building then head to the east.
    
    Climb up onto the broken down bus by moving up the first ramp on its left side 
    then look to the right and pick up the ++HAND GRENADE++ on the dashboard.  Step 
    off the other side of the bus then destroy the --WOODEN BARREL-- on the right 
    side of the broken down bus and grab the ++GREEN HERB++ on the left side of the 
    path up ahead.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the right side of the broken down bus.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Hand Grenade - On the right side of the dashboard in the wrecked bus.
    [ ] Green Herb - Below the stairs that lead up to the gate.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Before you walk up the stairs, while standing near the bottom of the stairs, 
    look up and find the transformer suspended on the metal pole beside the nearby 
    building.  You can actually shoot it to make it fall before the boss fight in 
    order to already have it on the ground waiting to be shot during the battle.
    
    Walk up the path when you're ready.  A cutscene will trigger as one of the 
    characters walks up the path.
    
    .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------.
    | Whether or not both characters will appear in the next cutscene depends     |
    | upon how close or far apart they are.                                       |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    
                                   CHAINSAW MAJINI
                                   ---------------
    
                                     HP: 10,000
    
    Great.  A chainsaw.  Keep in mind that if the Chainsaw Majini hits your 
    character with his chainsaw blade then it will register as an instant kill for 
    that character much like Dr. Salvador's fine blade in Resident Evil 4 or it 
    will leave your character in dying status.  See his two different attacks 
    below.
    
    Attacks:
    
    1) Crazed Swing: Pretty much like it sounds, the Chainsaw Majini will hold his 
       chainsaw up into the air and then laugh maniacally as he swings his blade 
       forward.  Unlike his other attack, this chainsaw swing is not an instant 
       kill however.  If this attack hits your character, it will immediately send 
       that character into dying status.
    
    2) Focused Swing: This is the swing to end them all as well as your character's
       life.  If the Chainsaw Majini performs a much less charged and quieter swing
       rather than laughing then the blade will slice right into your character's 
       neck and the Chainsaw Majini will continue to drive the blade across the 
       neck until your characters head rolls off.  The death cutscene plays on both
       screens while on either online service in order for both players to witness 
       the love that was dished out in that one fatal swing.
    
    --> TO GAIN AN ADVANTAGE AT THE BEGINNING OF THIS BATTLE...
    
    Single Player:
    
    Have the rifle equipped before the cutscene ends then zoom in on the Chainsaw 
    Majini's head and blast him in the head to stun him.  Run up to the Majini and 
    blast him a few times in the head with the handgun then perform a melee attack 
    by inputting the melee attack button command that appears.  Be sure to run by 
    him to force AI Sheva into getting in a hit as well if you have her set to 
    "Cover" mode.  You could keep running away and shooting him in the head for a 
    stun then melee him throughout the remainder of the battle if you can watch for
    the other Majini around the area.
    
    Always try to make sure that the first rifle shot hits the Chainsaw Majini 
    while attempting to shoot him directly after the cutscene in single player 
    mode.  If the shot misses then the shell ejection animation from the rifle shot
    will leave Chris open to a chainsaw slice.
    
    Co-op:
    
    (Recommended)
    
    1) One character (whichever) can stand at the bottom of the stairs and take on 
    the Majini that appear while the other character fights the Chainsaw Majini.  
    The character that fights the Chainsaw Majini needs to aim at his head with the 
    handgun (or any other weapon) and fire off two shots (differs depending on 
    weapon) then run in and fire off a few more shots shortly before hitting him 
    with a melee attack.  Right after hitting him, quick turn and run a few steps 
    away then turn and repeat (shoot him in the head to stun him again).  With good 
    aim and a good partner that will keep the other Majini busy, you'll be able to 
    finish him shortly.  If you use some of the maximum aggression methods labeled 
    further below, then he will fall extremely fast by doing this.
    
    (Alternate)
    
    2) One character can equip the rifle and stand at the bottom of the stairs or 
    really far away (other side of the screen) while Sheva moves up the stairs to 
    trigger the cutscene.  After the cutscene, zoom in and aim for the Chainsaw 
    Majini's head with the rifle while the Chainsaw Majini chases the other player 
    then shoot the Majini in the head.  Each successful shot to the head will stun 
    the Majini, allowing the other player to spam the Chainsaw Majini with shotgun 
    fire to the head shortly before melee attacking it.  You could actually keep 
    this up with Sheva serving as bait to distract the Chainsaw Majini away from 
    the rifle player while that player shoots the Chainsaw Majini in the head from 
    a distance.  It's good for both players to watch out for each other when the 
    Majini start to appear.  A rifle player could easily shoot them in the head for 
    instant kills.
    
    3) One character can stand at the bottom of the stairs while the other moves up 
    the stairs.  After the cutscene, aim up at the transformer on the metal pole 
    then shoot it right when the Chainsaw Majini is at the bottom of the stairs to 
    electrify him.  You can keep running back and forth to the transformer for the 
    rest of the battle and shoot it when the Chainsaw Majini is nearby to send 
    another blast of electricity out of it.  You could easily mix this method in 
    with any other method, just keep the power box in mind.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------,
    | Both Sheva and Chris can stun the Majini by hitting it in the head,         |
    | shoulders or legs to eventually stun him to where both characters can get a |
    | button prompt for a melee attack.  Be sure that both characters hit the     |
    | Chainsaw Majini with a melee attack when nearby.  If you're playing on      |
    | single player then have Sheva set to "Cover" mode and run behind the        |
    | Chainsaw Majini after Chris' melee attack to have Sheva follow up with one  |
    | of her own.  Keep in mind that the absolute weakest portion of the Chainsaw |
    | Majini is head - a few shots from any weapon will stun him quickly when hit |
    | in the head.                                                                |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> RIFLE STRATEGY
    
    Shooting the Chainsaw Majini in the head with the rifle will always stun him if 
    he is he moving normally.  The rifle is the absolute best weapon for Chris or 
    Sheva to use during this fight while engaged in a co-op game.  Your AI partner 
    will usually provide distraction for the other Majini.  Be sure to keep your 
    distance from the Chainsaw Majini and don't ever shoot when he is close to 
    Chris unless you are definitely going to hit him, if not, then the shell 
    ejection animation during the missed shot might just sign your death warrant, 
    my friend.  Make sure there are no enemies around whenever Chris needs to 
    reload.
    
    While in single player mode, this can still be one of the absolute best ways to 
    finish off the Chainsaw Majini quickly.  You see, shoot him in the head to stun 
    him then run up to him and hit him with the melee attack then run past him 
    while Sheva is in "Cover" mode and she will follow up with a melee attack of 
    her own.  The main player can toss a grenade afterward to restun the Chainsaw 
    Majini - look toward the ground and toss it right in front of your character 
    since the Chainsaw Majini will most likely be very close by.
    
    The Chainsaw Majini stays stunned for quite a while after shooting him in head 
    so you could run up to him and blast him in the head a few times with the 
    handgun or once with the rifle before hitting him with a melee attack!
    
    --> LURE STRATEGY
    
    A player can serve as bait to lure the Chainsaw Majini away from the other 
    while the character with the rifle concentrates on shooting the Chainsaw Majini 
    in the head with his rifle. Use the Machine Gun and Handgun to fire at the 
    Majini and keep it chasing Sheva - try to aim for its head.  Don't ever reload 
    your Machine Gun while an enemy (especially the Chainsaw Majini) is nearby.
    
    Whenever the Chainsaw Majini is shot in the head with the rifle, quickly run up 
    to the Chainsaw Majini and hit him with constant gunfire from any weapon then 
    quickly perform a melee attack right before he recovers.  Switch between 
    weapons in tough situations when your character doesn't have time to reload.
    
    --> CO-OP STRATEGY
    
    A player can easily stand back and use the rifle to perform a quick headshot to 
    stun the Chainsaw Majini while the other serves as bait then the lure player 
    can rush into the Majini while it is stunned and get close and blast the 
    Chainsaw Majini in the head or body with a weapon until the weapon is fully 
    empty (don't reload) then perform a melee attack.  The player with the rifle 
    should stay far away and view the battle through the sniper scope then shoot 
    the Chainsaw Majini in the head again when he recovers.  The other player can 
    reload right after a melee attack or, better yet, perform a quick inventory 
    reload by combining the ammo with the machine gun during the melee attack 
    animation.  The player with the rifle can also rush in and perform the 
    character's own melee attack after the other player's but you'll have to 
    quickly gain some distance again.
    
    A lure player should try to keep an eye on the rifle player's backside and 
    quickly blast any Majini that try to sneak up behind him since he'll be 
    performing precision aiming while the Majini appear around the building area. A 
    rifle player should remain focused on stunning the Chainsaw Majini with a 
    headshot.  It helps to move around a bit if you think some Majini might be 
    approaching your character from behind; all you really have to do is run 
    forward and bit when Majini start to appear behind the character then you'll 
    have time to perform a quick headshot.  It's really best if the rifle player 
    reloads by combining the ammo with the rifle via the inventory menu during the 
    clip ejection animation in between shots.
    
    --> SHOOT THE BARRELS
    
    Lure the Chainsaw Majini toward one of the four red barrels found in between 
    the buildings and shoot the red barrel to cause an explosion that will stun him 
    if he is close.  If he is not close enough then the blast will simply stagger 
    him for a few seconds.  Be sure to stay far enough away from the red barrel so 
    your character doesn't get caught up in the blast.  The red explosive barrels 
    have a much greater blast radius then you might expect so be careful if this 
    your first time to experiment with them.
    
    .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
    | If your partner happens to be standing next to a red barrel right when the  |
    | the Chainsaw Majini is about to hit that character with its chainsaw then   |
    | quickly aim toward the barrel and shoot it.  It might damage your character |
    | or it might not.  Your character might throw up his/her arms in response to |
    | the blast rendering them invincible for a few seconds or the blast might    |
    | hit that character and take away some health.  Either way, it is better     |
    | than instant death.                                                         |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> A MOST GRUESOME GAME OF TAG
    
    Both characters will have to stay on the move throughout this entire battle.  
    You'll need to constantly look out for Majini that enter the area and you'll 
    really need to listen for the roar of the chainsaw.  The Chainsaw Majini takes 
    quite a while to prepare his fatal chainsaw death blow, but when you're stuck 
    in a reloading animation, that fatal blow animation time could never go by any 
    faster!  It kind of sounds like this: (A REVVING CHAINSAW BLADE MUFFLES OUT ALL 
    OTHER SOUNDS) TAG! GRINDING NOOOOOOOOOIIIIIIIIISSSSSSES- YOU'RE IT! (BODY 
    COLLAPSES IN FAILURE FOR BOTH PLAYERS TO SEE).  His attack where he charges his 
    swing longer (and laughs) is not fatal but it will drain your character down 
    dying status if it connects.
    
    The main path that you'll want to take during this fight is to move through the 
    alley in the back of the BG Production building then kick through (or if you 
    destroyed it) run through the doorway and then step through the building again 
    to reenter the area in front of it.  You can keep circling this entire area in 
    this way to stay away from the Chainsaw Majini.  You can also take the battle 
    upstairs to the second floor of the BG Production building where some objects 
    lie in the middle of the room; the objects can serve as a barrier while you 
    circle around this floor. Don't every try to meet up with Chainsaw Majini on 
    the staircase.  It's also possible to take this fight back toward the beginning 
    of this stage if you so desire.
    
    You really don't have to worry about getting hit by his chainsaw whenever your 
    character dashes next to him but he will most likely try to take a swing at 
    your character, so be quick!  He has a long recovery time after each 
    unsuccessful slice so that time can be used to blast him.
    
    Keep these tips in mind:
    
    - An Incendiary Grenade will stun the Chainsaw Majini afterwards if he is 
      caught in the flames (he staggers)
    - A Hand Grenade explosion will cause him to crouch down.
    - Directly after a melee attack, depending on the landscape, your character can
      toss a hand grenade directly at the ground while facing the Chainsaw Majini 
      as the Chainsaw Majini recovers and the grenade will go off and restun him. 
      This is a trap if you can keep this up - melee, grenade, melee, grenade, etc.
    - If your partner is about to get hit with the chainsaw and there is a red 
      barrel nearby the partner, shoot the red barrel with your gun.  Hey, at least
      it will save them from instant death.
    
    .---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------.
    | Be very careful while healing your partner while your partner is close to   |
    | the Chainsaw Majini.  A single heal at the wrong time will make the         |
    | characters stand together just long enough for the Chainsaw Majini to rev   |
    | up his blade and hit both characters.  Try to quickly stun the Majini with  |
    | headshots if your partner is near him and in dying status or extremely low  |
    | in health then heal your partner quickly while the Chainsaw Majini is       |
    | stunned.                                                                    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> MAXIMUM AGGRESSION METHOD
    
    - RIFLE PLAYER
    
    A player can take the Chainsaw Majini on solely with a rifle and have the 
    Chainsaw Majini dead in a few minutes if both the rifle player and the other 
    player work together.  It's very risky since one missed headshot from close 
    range might just equal the rifle player's death but if you're aim is good then 
    there won't be any problems.  Have the player without the rifle wait at the 
    bottom of the stairs then arm the rifle and move up the stairs to trigger the 
    fight.
    
    When the battle begins, aim for the Chainsaw Majini's head with the rifle scope 
    and blast him directly in the head to stun him.  Run up to the Chainsaw Majini 
    enough to where the melee command button prompt for hitting will appear then 
    fire off at least two rifle blasts directly at any portion of his body.  Cancel 
    the final blast into a melee attack then quickly pull up the inventory menu and 
    reload by combining the ammo with the rifle.  Quick turn away then run down the 
    stairs just a bit then quick turn around and blast him in the head again.  
    Rinse and repeat this sequence and the Chainsaw Majini will fall very quickly. 
    It is possible to get in three full rifle blasts before ending the sequence of 
    shots with the melee attack but you have to perform the head stun shot very 
    close.
    
    The entire sequence is a complete trap for as long as you can keep it up.  
    Sheva should stay at the bottom of the stairs and fight off the Majini that hop 
    into the area below.  Keep them away from the stairs so Chris can focus on his 
    aiming.
    
    - SHOTGUN PLAYER
    
    Shotgun players can be just as aggressive with the shotgun while close.  Simply 
    stun the Chainsaw Majini with two handgun shots or one well aimed shotgun blast 
    from close range then run up to him and fill him full of shotgun blasts then 
    melee attack him.  Quickly reload through inventory then quick turn and run 
    away a bit then arm the handgun or shotgun and stun him again.
    
    The rifle player can help out by stunning the Chainsaw Majini with a rifle shot 
    to head while he is at the bottom of the stairs.  Be sure to watch for the 
    Majini that jump into the area from below however.
    
    - COMBINING THE TWO AGGRESSION METHODS
    
    If two players work together and combine both aggression methods then the 
    Chainsaw Majini will die extremely quickly.  The main bad part about combining 
    both aggression methods is that the Majini below the stairs will eventually 
    move up the stairs and start attacking.  You might be able to take down the 
    Chainsaw Majini before they make it up the stairs though.
    
    For both character methods, a character should never melee attack the Chainsaw 
    Majini early or it will end the prolonged stun.  Always survey the situation 
    below the stairs when quick turning with either character.
    
    --> IF YOUR PARTNER HITS THE CHAINSAW MAJINI WITH A MELEE ATTACK EARLY
    
    If you're going for the gunshot + melee cancel method that I mentioned above 
    and your partner rushes in and performs a melee, you can still get off one 
    final shot along with a melee cancel.  Run up to the Chainsaw Majini as he 
    staggers then perform a quick blast with either the rifle or a few shots from 
    the machine gun or handgun then cancel the final blast into a melee 
    immediately.  With the shotgun, you can get off about a good 3-4 shots before 
    he recovers and still have a chance to melee attack him.
    
    .------------------------------------- TIP -----------------------------------.
    | Any of the above methods can be speeded up greatly by tossing hand grenades |
    | at the Chainsaw Majini while he is stunned to intensify the damage done.    |
    | Remember that a single Incendiary Grenade will instantly stun him as he     |
    | burns in the fire.                                                          |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> CHAINSAW MAJINI EXPLOITS
    
    - If the transformer is on the ground and electrified, the Chainsaw Majini 
    might get stuck behind it to where he will continually run into it while trying 
    to get to your character.  If this occurs, simple stand in place and shoot the 
    electric transformer every now and then to keep it electrified while you 
    chuckle at his stupidity.
    
    - Lure the Chainsaw Majini onto the broken down bus by moving up either ramp 
    along the side of the bus then drop from the driver's side of the bus.  While 
    the Chainsaw Majini drops from the bus, shoot him.  You can keep luring him 
    onto the bus to make him drop again.  This is some very valuable info for knife 
    runs since he can be slashed while he drops or steps up onto the bus.
    
    - Lure the Chainsaw Majini back to the first building where Chris and Sheva can 
    perform the partner action that will hoist Sheva up to the building.  The neat 
    thing about doing this is that the Majini will usually come after Sheva at this 
    point by climbing the ladder, so all she has to do is stand at the top and 
    slash them back down with the knife.  The Chris player can focus on the 
    Chainsaw Majini at this point.  Keep in mind that both characters are not 
    invincible during their ready poses for the partner action setup by they are 
    invincible once the hoisting command has begun.  This will not work well in 
    single player mode since the AI partner will automatically fall down the ladder 
    to "help" the player.  If you're performing a knife run through co-op play, try 
    this and get back to me on how well it went.
    
    - Lure the Chainsaw Majini all the way back to the Slaughterhouse at the 
    beginning of the stage.  Make him follow your character toward the window then 
    hop through the window.  The Chainsaw Majini will refuse to climb through the 
    window and you can shoot him while he is on the other side.  He will take the 
    long way around and choose to move through the blue door outside of the 
    Slaughterhouse.  Simply hop back through the window when he gets close.  You 
    can keep this loop up and he will he will always choose to move through the 
    blue door.  It's good to destroy the wooden door in the Slaughterhouse while 
    doing this so you don't have to kick it open on your way back - the Chainsaw 
    Majini will destroy it himself if you don't however.  This is also valuable 
    info for knife runs since he can be slash from the other side of the window.
    
    - When your character hops through the window of the Slaughterhouse, the 
    chainsaw Majini will always run toward the blue door and his AI is bound and 
    determined to open that door, so you can follow him and blast him along the 
    way.  He opens every door by hitting it with his chainsaw and he has some hefty 
    recovery time from doing this and you can get in a few good shots while he does 
    this.  He will only turn after he has opened the door, so be ready to run 
    again.  This is incredibly helpful for knife runs since he can be slashed quite 
    a bit before he turns after opening a door!  Be forewarned that your character 
    should quick turn and run away early since the corridor with the blue door is 
    very narrow and the Chainsaw Majini will likely be in the way where your 
    character will not be able to run beside him.
    
    - The Chainsaw Majini's chainsaw blade attack that opens a door CANNOT hit your 
    character much like the Executioner's gate-breaking swing in the Public 
    Assembly, so you can literally stand on the other side of door and blast him 
    the second he opens it as the chainsaw blade passes right through your 
    character while the door is opened.
    
    Pick up the **GUARD'S KEY** from the Chainsaw Majini body once he falls.  Some 
    of the other Majini might still be in the area; listen for the battle music to 
    tell if they are or not.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST
    [ ] Guard's Key - Defeat the Chainsaw Majini and he will drop this.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    .---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------.
    | More commonly on difficulties such as Veteran or Professional, but          |
    | sometimes even randomly on normal mode, the Chainsaw Majini might get back  |
    | up after his "death" and begin swinging wildly while moving toward your     |
    | characters.  He has little life left when he does this, but he is a walking |
    | death machine that will easily kill off any character that get in his way   |
    | by sending them into dying status and finishing them off almost instantly   |
    | afterwards.                                                                 |
    |                                                                             |
    | If he does this, use the rifle, handgun or machine gun from long range to   |
    | quickly spam fire on him and kill him off again.  You don't really have to  |
    | kill him; a character could easily pick up the key from his fallen body     |
    | unlock the door and both players can leave the area through the assist      |
    | command while he rages.                                                     |
    |                                                                             |
    | He can be hit from the moment that he starts to rise, so a character can    |
    | begin to damage him right then.  If this is your second playthrough then    |
    | placing a proximity bomb in his path will cause him to get stunned once he  |
    | moves over it and allow the characters to run up to him and easily finish   |
    | him off.                                                                    |
    |                                                                             |
    | NOTE: The Chainsaw Majini CANNOT die while rising before going into Berserk |
    | mode.  He will ONLY die after fully standing, so basically if you have      |
    | already shot him twice with a magnum while he rises, then he is already     |
    | dead even though he continues to rise but he will only die when he fully    |
    | stands.  There is no reason to continually spam him with bullets and waste  |
    | them.                                                                       |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
    | Once the Chainsaw Majini is finished, the Majini left behind do not have    |
    | to be defeated.  You could simply grab the key, then use it on the gate up  |
    | the stairs and then exit through the back gate.                             |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   E N D  B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    Once the Chainsaw Majini is finished, move up the stairs to the east then run 
    around the corner at the top.  Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- to the right along 
    the way to the gate.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - in front of the locked gate, to the right
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Interact with the gate near the barrel once the Guard's Key has been obtained 
    from the Chainsaw Majini's body and the gate will be unlocked.  Kick through 
    the gate then rush toward the --ITEM BOX-- ahead.  Open the chest and pick up 
    the ++RUBY (SQUARE)++, ++SAPPHIRE (SQUARE)++, ++EMERALD (PEAR)++, ++TOPAZ 
    (PEAR)++ and ++3,000 GOLD++ from the item chest.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Train Station - Chapter 2-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Square), Sapphire (Square), Emerald (Pear)
    |_________________| Topaz (Pear), 3000 Gold [all treasures = 1,000 gold each]
                        DETAILS:  Inside the chest beyond the gate that requires 
                        the Guard's Key.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] 3,000 Gold - Inside the item box.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Step in front of the gate to the side and press the assist button to open the 
    gate and move onto the next area.
    
                                                                            [CH215]
    Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                 T R A I N  Y A R D
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    This area is extremely short.  Turn to the left then enter the small building 
    to the north.  Shoot the crow nestled in the back of the building and it might 
    drop some extra gold.  Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ from off to the left while 
    inside the building.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - Off to the left after stepping into the small building.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    There are quite a few crows flying in the northeast.  The smell of death is in 
    the area.  Remember that the characters can shoot at the crows for extra gold 
    or just to say that you shot something in this chapter segment.  Rush to the 
    gate to the north and both players should use the assist button to slide it 
    open.
    
    .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------.
    | While standing in front of the open gate, notice all the red explosive      |
    | barrels and breakable stands in the open area up ahead.  A player can       |
    | actually shoot the red explosive barrels from the gate.  Is it useful? No.  |
    | Why the hell do it then?  Because it's something else interesting to do in  |
    | this area besides kill crows, that's why.                                   |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Enter the next area and a cutscene will trigger.  This cutscene requires a 
    button command from both players in order to survive the action that takes 
    place during it, so don't put down the controller.
    
    In single player mode, you'll have to press the action commands for both 
    characters but in co-op mode, each player will be responsible for that player's 
    own character command inputs.  The screen will display "Chris" when it is 
    Chris' turn while a Sheva player watches the action from that player's screen.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    -> COMMAND INPUT 1 (Chris)
    
    Sequence: A Majini suddenly leaps into the air from behind a tree while on a 
              bike and flies toward the characters with a chain ready to hit them 
              but Chris turns to push Sheva out of the way.
    
    Type:     Single Button
    
    Command:  Dodge
    
    -> COMMAND INPUT 2 (Sheva)
    
    Sequence: As the Majini on the motorcycle drags Chris away while he is caught 
              on the chain, Sheva aims her guns carefully and fires at the chain to
              break it and free Chris.
    
    Type:     Single Button
    
    Command:  Fire
    
    -> COMMAND INPUT 1 (Both)
    
    Sequence: Two Majini on motorcycles drive straight toward the characters but as 
              the characters prepare to dodge.
    
    Type:     Two buttons
    
    Command:  Dodge
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    - - -                                                                     - - -
                ___ _                 _              ____        ____        [CH22]
               / __\ |__   __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __  |___ \      |___ \ 
              / /  | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__|   __) | ___   __) |
             / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | ||  __/ |     / __/ |___| / __/ 
             \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_|    |_____|     |_____|
                               |_|                                         
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         --> Chapter 2-2 Ranking Table <--
           .-----------------------------------------------------------.
           | RANKS          |    S     |     A    |     B    |    C    |
           |===========================================================|
           | ACCURACY       |   70%+   | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
           |-----------------------------------------------------------|
           | ENEMIES ROUTED |    50+   |    35    |    20    |   <19   |
           |-----------------------------------------------------------|
           | DEATHS         |     0    |     1    |     2    |    3+   |
           |-----------------------------------------------------------|
           | CLEAR TIME     | <22'00"  |  27'00"  |  32'00"  |  32'01"+|
           '-----------------------------------------------------------'
           < = less than or equal to                    + = greater than
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH221]
    Chapter 2-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                              T R A I N  S T A T I O N
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Recommended Weapons:
    
    - Sniper Rifle (for distant Majini especially in the Mining Area)
    - Machine Gun or Handgun (for normal Majini combat)
    - Shotgun (for crowds and boss enemy)
    
    Be sure to examine the --TYPE 2 PLAGAS FILE-- on the table.  It is rather 
    interesting for those familiar with Resident Evil 4.  Turn around and pick up 
    the ++GREEN HERB++ from off the cabinet then take the ++HANDGUN BULLETS (+10)++ 
    from the back right lower shelf.  Open the north door and step out into the 
    area with the train carts.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Type 2 Plagas File - On the table in front of the characters as the chapter
        begins.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - Turn around at the starting and pick this up from the cabinet.
    [ ] Handgun Bullets (+5) - Lying on the back right bottom shelf.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Walk around the side of the train cart to the north and move in between the 
    train carts.  There is a C4 tripwire at the other end of the train cart.  Three 
    Adjules will step around the side of the left train cart and attack.  Shoot the 
    C4 explosive right when the Adjules try to pass underneath it to instantly kill 
    some of them.  Take out the shotgun to finish off the survivors. The Adjules 
    move up under the train carts, so back away from the train cart if they move 
    under one and allow them to move back out before attempting to shoot.
    
    Move around the side of the left cart.  There is another C4 tripwire up ahead. 
    Once a character moves close to the next C4 trap, three Adjules will attack 
    from behind, so perform a quick turn then fight them.  Another Adjule will 
    eventually appear from the north to join in with the other three.  You'll also 
    hear some Majini yell out from some unknown location.  Look up.  They are on 
    the train carts above and are armed with crossbows.  Don't worry about them at 
    the moment though; take care of the Adjules first.
    
    ,------------------------------ GLITCH/FUN STUFF -----------------------------,
    | While standing next to the steel beams off to the right after stepping away |
    | from the area in between the two train carts, move toward the stack of      |
    | tires that are on top of the steel beams and face the tires at an angle so  |
    | that the "Climb up" command appears.  Climb up onto the steel beams then,   |
    | if done correctly, your character will be able to move through the          |
    | background off to the left while standing on the steel beams.  Your         |
    | character will have to return to the train station area to get out of the   |
    | background.                                                                 |
    |                                                                             |
    | Here's a video that shows this glitch:                                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fhjLVuwhJVs                                  |
    |                                                                             |
    | The exact location to activate the glitch can be seen more clearly at the   |
    | end of the video.                                                           | 
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    There are a total of three Majini up on the train carts armed with crossbows. 
    You can either climb on top of the wood pieces at the north end of the middle 
    train cart and climb up to the train cart to take them on or a character with 
    rifle can climb on top of the stack of metal pieces to the northeast and get a 
    clear shot at all of them.
    
    Move all the way around the east side of the carts then pick up the ++MACHINE 
    GUN AMMO (+30)++ lying in the middle portion of the blockade and grab the 
    ++JEWEL BEETLE++ treasure attached to the wooden fence to the right of the 
    blockade.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Train Station - Chapter 2-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Jewel Beetle [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Walk around the side of the third train cart in  
                        the east and you'll find this attached to the wooden fence 
                        to the right of the wooden blockade on the other side.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - In the middle of the wooden blockade around the 
        side of the third train cart.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move back around the side of the train cart then step up onto the wooden pieces 
    at the north end of the middle cart.  Grab the ++JEWEL BEETLE++ from the side 
    of the metal pieces off to the right when the characters reach the top of the 
    wooden piece stack then climb up onto the top of the middle train cart.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Train Station - Chapter 2-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Jewel Beetle [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  While climbing the stack of wooden pieces to get 
                        on top of the middle train cart, turn to the right and grab
                        this off the west side of the north metal piece stack.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    While on the middle train cart, hop over to the train cart on the right side 
    (west side).  Arm a sniper rifle or you can simply look up and spot a --BSAA 
    EMBLEM (9/30)-- on the middle portion of the top part of the tower in the west. 
    Be sure to pick up the ++400 GOLD++ at the far south end of the current train 
    cart also.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #09
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Train Station - Chapter 2-2
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: Climb to the top of the middle train cart then hop over
      \________/   to the right (west) train cart.  Look off to the west and find 
                   the closest tower.  The BSAA emblem is on the middle portion of 
                   the top section of the tower.  Use a sniper rifle or a handgun 
                   to hit it.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] 400 Gold - At the south end of the top portion of the west train cart.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Hop over to the far east cart then move over to the ramp on the east side.  
    Shoot the C4 tripwire placed along the metal pieces up ahead the continue 
    forward.  Turn to the left and step over to the northeast dropoff with the red 
    and white striped line.  DO NOT DROP JUST YET!
    
    Your character will fall and land on a rail cart then the rail cart will roll 
    through the tunnel ahead... the tunnel that is filled with two C4 tripwires. 
    Stand just a bit back from the red and white striped line then arm a sniper 
    rifle and look down into the tunnel then shoot the first C4 explosive. It's 
    possible to hit the first with a handgun or machine gun also.  You can shoot 
    the second C4 explosive by running back to the mid portion of the ramp and 
    looking down into the tunnel.  Look for the actual explosive portion that is 
    strapped to the right wall and fire at it to set it off.  Look for the wire 
    below if needed then move around the ramp and try to find the explosive on the 
    right wall that is connected to it.
    
    The first character that falls down will land in the cart below and roll down 
    the tunnel, so be prepared to target and shoot the second C4 explosive if it 
    wasn't hit earlier.  Hop off the rail cart then run back to the west end of the 
    rail track.  Collect the ++400 GOLD++ from off the wooden cart on the southeast 
    side.  Rush back to the elevator that the cart rolled over to and use the 
    partner assist command to take the elevator down.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] 400 Gold - On the wooden cart at the west end of the rail track where one 
        character must ride a cart down the tunnel.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH222]
    Chapter 2-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                  T H E  M I N E S
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Take the ++GREEN HERB++ from off the top of the wooden box up ahead.  The GPS 
    radar map (minimap) is not available in this area.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - To the right of the lantern on top of a wooden box.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    In order to see the path in front of your characters in this cave area, one 
    character must pick up the lantern on the cave floor ahead then the other 
    character must lead the way and protect the lantern carrier from enemies.  In 
    single player, it is best for the player to order the AI partner to pick up the 
    lantern through the partner action (assist) button.
    
    In single player, the AI partner will automatically aim the lantern in whatever 
    direction your weapon is aimed, so exploring is pretty easy; the AI will also 
    run if your character runs.  Press the assist button a second time to make an 
    AI partner drop the lantern.  Keep in mind that the lantern can be dropped by 
    equipping any weapon if you're the one holding it.  A character can walk and 
    run with the lantern and also pick up items.
    
    .--------------------------------------------------------------------.
    | Lantern controls                                                   |
    |                                                                    |
    | Assist Button = Partner Picks up/puts down lantern (single player) |
    | Equip Weapon = Player puts down lantern.                           |
    '--------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    After a character picks up the lantern, begin your journey into the dark tunnel 
    ahead.  Try to stay together since the cave is pitch black without any light to 
    guide the way.
    
    .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------.
    | Shoot the bats in the tunnel to kill them for possible gold pickups.  They  |
    | will also appear under the Records menus as kills.  Tossing a flash grenade |
    | will kill them instantly if they are in the area.                           |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    In the middle of the first curved turn in the cave there is a ++RUBY (PEAR)++ 
    treasure that can be shot down from the ceiling.  This item is absolutely 
    invisible on the cave ceiling so read the description below to find it.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Move down the cave tunnel from the start of the 
                        dark tunnel portion of the Mines and find the group of 
                        three sandbags as the tunnel curves to the left.  Keep 
                        moving ahead and find a group of two sandbags that will be 
                        off to the left as the cave tunnel turns to the right.  
                        BEFORE stepping past the two sandbags, step away from them 
                        a bit and then aim upward toward the cave ceiling behind it 
                        so that your character is aiming at the cave ceiling in 
                        between two planks.  Watch for your character's laser 
                        sighting to change to a circular dot while aiming at the 
                        cave ceiling then shoot the invisible object and it will 
                        fall. Pick it up to claim your reward.  This treasure does 
                        not glimmer and it is invisible while attached to the 
                        ceiling.
    
                        Check out this youtube video by Big Kahoona 22 for a very 
                        precise path and location for the Ruby (Pear):
    
                        http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yKo789EAK-E
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Take a right at the cave split and pick up the ++RED HERB++ at the dead end.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Red Herb - Take a right at the first cave split and this will be at the 
        end.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Return to the split in the cave and go left this time.  Walk into the standing 
    water and prepare to shoot a Majini that attacks up ahead.  The lead character 
    can actually arm the knife and slash the Majini since it will always run toward 
    your character.  Keep in mind that any Majini fought in this area have a high 
    tendency to form a Cephalo from their head as they die.  Use a flash grenade or 
    shoot at the head to finish it off if this happens.  Shooting a Majini in the 
    leg and then rushing behind it for an instant kill melee attack will keep the 
    Majini from forming a Cephalo.
    
    A Majini armed with a mining pick is further ahead.  Look up real quick before 
    the Majini attacks and find the glowing red item on the wooden plank above then 
    shoot it and then collect this ++RUBY (PEAR)++ treasure.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Shortly after moving out of the standing water,  
                        and right as the Majini with the mining pick appears ahead,
                        aim upwards and shoot this off the wooden plank attached to
                        the ceiling.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Two Majini will attack at the split up ahead, one from the left and one from 
    the right.  The Majini from the right will be closer, so finish him off first. 
    Break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- and the two --WOODEN CRATES-- off to the right 
    at the split.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Turn right at the second split to see this.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Turn right at the second split to see this.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Turn right at the second split to see this behind the 
        barrels.
    --> Definite Item: Flash Grenade
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Turn right at the second split to see this behind the 
        barrels.
    --> Definite Item: Flash Grenade
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Turn around and move across the standing water in the next tunnel.  You'll 
    eventually come to a bridge.  Stand in the center of the bridge then look off 
    to the right and shoot the --BSAA MEDAL (10/30)-- while looking up at the 
    waterfall.  Look toward the other end of the bridge then aim upwards and shoot 
    the ++RUBY (PEAR)++ down the wall then collect it.  Two Majini will attack from 
    the tunnel on the other side when the characters step near it.  A third Majini 
    will join the other two eventually.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #10
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: Once the characters reach the bridge in the dark cave, 
      \________/   step to the middle of the bridge then turn right.  Look up 
                   toward the cave wall with the waterfall to notice the emblem 
                   stuck to the cave wall.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  While standing near the middle of the bridge in 
                        the dark cave, look toward the opposite side then look up 
                        to find this treasure attached to the wall above the next 
                        tunnel.  Shoot it down then collect it.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    You'll arrive at another path split shortly.  Two more Majini will attack.  
    Move down the right path first of all then break the two --WOODEN CRATES-- and 
    the --WOODEN BARREL--.  The wooden crate on the right contains a snake, so 
    shoot the crate with a handgun or machine gun then shoot the snake to avoid 
    taking damage.  A character can also slash the crate real fast then slash the 
    snake inside, just make sure that your character is close enough to the crate. 
    The snake might leave behind an egg.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near some boxes down the right path after stepping off the 
        bridge.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate (left) - On a wooden box down the right path after stepping 
        off the bridge.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate (right) - On a wooden box down the right path after stepping 
        off the bridge.
    --> Enemy: Snake
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Return to the left path then move along it.  If you look to the left, you'll 
    notice some holes in the wall and there is a crate on the other side.  We'll 
    get to those crates in a second.  Continue ahead then break the --WOODEN 
    BARREL-- and collect the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Down the left path at the split after crossing the bridge.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on a wooden box next to the wooden barrel.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move over to the side to where the paths meet then prepare to take on the 
    Majini with the mining pick further ahead.  Break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- 
    that the Majini was standing in front of.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Behind the Majini with the mining pick shortly after the 
        paths behind the bridge meet.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Behind the Majini with the mining pick shortly after the 
        paths behind the bridge meet.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Follow the next tunnel and you'll come to a large rock formation in the middle 
    of the cave area ahead.  Turn to the left and follow the slightly hidden path 
    to the left.  Shoot the --WOOODEN CRATE-- on the table and kill the snake 
    inside then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- and open the chest then collect the 
    ++DIAMOND (OVAL)++ from the nearby chest.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Diamond (Oval) [4,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  When both characters reach the rock formation 
                        near the end of the dark cave, turn left and follow the 
                        slightly hidden path then open the chest near the wooden 
                        crate at the end.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - When you reach the large rock formation near the end of the 
        dark cave, turn to the left and move down the path to find this on a table 
        at the end.
    --> Enemy: Snake
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Next to the wooden crate mentioned above.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Return to the cave area outside the current tunnel then walk toward the light 
    in the tunnel up ahead.  The character carrying the lantern can put it down now 
    by switching the current weapon or by equipping the knife.  The AI partner will 
    automatically put down the lantern.  You can either have Sheva rotate the 
    handle to the side or have Chris rotate it in order to open the gate up ahead. 
    Spin the thumbstick in a circular motion to rotate the handle.  It is really 
    best for the actual player to spin this handle, since you'll have to fight 
    enemies on this side in a moment.  Release the handle once the partner moves up 
    under the gate.
    
    > > > > > > > > > >   P A R T N E R  1  G A M E P L A Y   < < < < < < < < < < <
    The character that stays behind should release the handle after the other 
    player moves under the gate.  This player is going to have to deal with three 
    Majini as they attack from the dark cave behind the player.  Fight them off to 
    buy time for the partner to lift the gate via the handle at the other end.  The 
    moment the gate is lifted, haul ass under the gate since your partner will be 
    patiently spinning the thumbstick online while you fight the Majini.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    > > > > > > > > > >   P A R T N E R  2  G A M E P L A Y   < < < < < < < < < < <
    The character that moves under the gate will need to run toward the handle in 
    the cave up ahead then quickly spin the handle to open the gate for the other 
    player.  Use the "Come on" command to signal that the gate is lifted since the 
    partner will be busy with three Majini behind the gate.  Release the handle 
    when the player moves up under the gate and the Majini will remain trapped on 
    the other side.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    .------------------------------------ TIP 1 ----------------------------------.
    | While the gate is raised for Partner 1, tapping the assist button with      |
    | Partner 1 will issue the "Go" command for that character.  Tapping the      |
    | assist command for Partner 2 once that character raises the gate from the   |
    | other side will issue the "Come On" command.                                |
    |------------------------------------ TIP 2 ----------------------------------|
    | Both characters can stand on the opposite side of the gate and knife slash  |
    | any Majini trapped behind it then collect the dropped items by picking them |
    | up through the gate (if they are nearby).                                   |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Several Majini will appear during a cutscene once the characters step into the 
    tunnel.  Two of the Majini on the floors above carry dynamite, which can make 
    this part frustrating if you don't react quickly and take them out fast.  The 
    dynamite will kill off the Majini on the first floor, but they'll always toss 
    it near your location and there are very few safe places to go to take cover 
    from the dynamite other than a few tunnels.
    
    One character should rush back into the tunnel very quickly and take out a 
    sniper rifle and quickly aim toward the left tunnel on the third floor above 
    then shoot the Majini with the dynamite.  Look up on top of the middle platform 
    with the connecting bridge and find the second Majini with the dynamite then 
    shoot him with the rifle.  There are Majini armed with crossbows on each of the 
    two side wooden platforms above the third floor, but they aren't as much of a 
    threat as the dynamite tossers since their crossbow bolts tend to miss if the 
    characters stay moving.
    
    Once the Majini with the dynamite have been disposed of, pull out the shotgun 
    to deal with the Majini horde on the first floor.  They will begin to fall from 
    the floors above and group around eventually.  This is an excellent opportunity 
    to set up some tag team attacks from an arm stun with the other player or even 
    the AI partner.  You can easily bounce more than one Majini to set them up for 
    a tag team melee.
    
    There is a breakable --WOODEN CRATE-- on the wooden blocks to the side.  Enter 
    the tunnel off to the left and collect the ++FLASH GRENADE++ near the rock 
    rubble inside.  Climb the ladder to the second floor and break the two --WOODEN 
    BARRELS-- on the left side.
    
    Stand on the wooden walkway on the left side of the second floor then look 
    toward the wheel above the middle platform.  Find the shiny red piece on the 
    second circular metal piece to the right in the middle of the wheel then shoot 
    it to make the ++RUBY (SQUARE)++ fall onto the middle platform for your 
    character to collect.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Square) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Once the characters reach the big open cave area
                        after the dark cave, climb to the second floor then stand
                        on the wooden walkway on the left side of the second floor
                        and aim up toward the wheel above the middle platform then
                        shoot this down from the center of the right circular metal
                        piece in the center of the side of the wheel.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On top of the wooden blocks when entering the big cave area.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the left side of the second floor with another.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the left side of the second floor with another.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Flash Grenade - On the ground near the rubble in the dead end tunnel to the
        left after entering the big cave area.  It's under the pile of skulls.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Climb the ladder on the right side of the second floor to reach the third floor 
    then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- in front of the characters and collect the 
    nearby ++GREEN HERB++.  In the middle of the third floor, vault over the 
    railing of the middle platform then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- on it.  Run to 
    the opposite side of the third floor and break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the 
    stack of steel beams at the other end.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Right in front of the top of the ladder that leads to the 
        third floor.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Vault over the railing at the top center portion of the 
        third floor and this is on the platform behind the railing.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On a stack of steel beams on the far right side of the third 
        floor.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - Near the barrel in front of the top of the ladder on the third 
        floor.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Facing the two entrances on the third floor, enter the tunnel on the left.  Run 
    down the tunnel.  A Majini will eventually fall in front of the characters and 
    try to toss dynamite, so blast him before he starts.  Right after defeating 
    him, look up on the wall to the side of the alcove that he jumped from.  This 
    wall is above the ceiling to the tunnel ahead.  Aim up and shoot the ++RUBY 
    (SQUARE)++ down from the wall above then collect it.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Square) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After moving to the third floor in the big open
                        cave area after the dark cave, enter the tunnel on the 
                        right side then fight off the Majini with dynamite that 
                        falls from the overhead alcove.  Aim upward towards the 
                        wall directly ahead after finishing him then look up to see
                        this on the wall above the tunnel ahead.  Shoot it down 
                        then collect it.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Continue on ahead then take the path off to the left.  A deadly combination of 
    long range Majini will be blocking the exit up ahead.  If you have a hand 
    grenade then toss it at them and quickly step behind the nearby wooden wall.  
    You can also aim for the dynamite that the right Majini carries and blow them 
    all up with one shot if you're aiming is good.  Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- 
    that was in the back of them after the fight.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Behind the three Majini that are met near the end of the 
        cave.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH223]
    Chapter 2-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                M I N I N G  A R E A
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Chris and Sheva will start outside the mine elevator.  Move down the remainder 
    of the tunnel ahead then pick up the ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ from near the boulders 
    off to the right and grab the ++GREEN HERB++ from the ground near the pipes.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - On the ground near some boulders after exiting the 
        tunnel.
    [ ] Green Herb - On the ground near some pipes after exiting the tunnel.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move up the stairs of the nearby building to trigger a cutscene.
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    After the cutscene, Majini will appear outside the building to the west.  One 
    of them will be using a stationary gatling gun.  Check the left locker in the 
    set of lockers on the south side of the room and collect the ++DRAGONUV SVD 
    (RIF)++
    
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    H I D D E N  W E A P O N
    Weapon:  Dragunov SVD (RIF)
    Location: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2
    Details: After the first cutscene in this area, open the left locker in the set 
    of lockers on the south side of the room to find this inside.
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    
    You can take cover behind the nearby window to the west.  Walk toward the 
    window and press the action button to duck behind the metal wall below the 
    building.  One character should take cover behind the window and equip a rifle; 
    take shots at the Majini behind the gatling gun during his gunfire breaks.  The 
    other character should watch the partner's back since a few Majini will enter 
    the building from the first floor.  I highly recommend using the S75 rifle 
    since the aiming is more precise at the moment.  The Dragunov has an extremely 
    good rate of fire compared to the S75, but the character will hold the S75 
    steadier for near perfect headshots.
    
    Once the first Majini manning the gatling gun is taken down, two more Majini 
    will try to run toward it, one right after the other, so stay put and kill them 
    all.  There are Majini with crossbows on the side trailer and the side of the 
    mountain in the distance as well.  Shoot them all.  Don't worry as much about 
    the Majini that are armed with melee weapons; these Majini will run toward the 
    current building and try to move inside the building through the door on the 
    first floor.
    
    Stay behind once the Majini have stopped their attack then zoom in on the very 
    ledge of the mountain ahead.  Look closely and shoot the Majini with the 
    crossbow on the mountain and the Majini with the dynamite.  The Majini with the 
    dynamite can be quite annoying while moving up the mountain, so go ahead and 
    limit their number by one right now.
    
    There is a ++GREEN HERB++ near the railing of the stairs and some ++HANDGUN 
    BULLETS++ on cabinet near the top of the stairs.  Be sure to check out the 
    --MESSAGE-- on the counter.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Message - On the desk.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - Near the railing of the stairs.
    [ ] Handgun Bullets - On a cabinet near the top of the stairs.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move down to the first floor via the staircase then exit the building through 
    the door on the north side.  After exiting the building, arm the S75 rifle and 
    survey the entire mountain area ahead; if something moves, shoot it until it 
    doesn't move again or until Sheva comments on your well-aimed shot!
    
    Move to the west.  Climb up on top of the trailer and pick up the ++HAND 
    GRENADE++.  Fall back off the trailer then move around the other end of the 
    trailer and climb the ladder on the side of the raised path to the southwest. 
    Open the chest off to the left and collect the ++DIAMOND (BRILLIANT)++ from 
    inside.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Hand Grenade - In the back of the trailer outside the building.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Diamond (Brilliant) [4,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Once both characters exit the building after 
                        picking off the Majini on the mountain with the use of a 
                        sniper rifle, move around the left side of the trailer  
                        ahead then climb the ladder along the raised area then
                        open the chest off to the left to collect this.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Move to the west along the northwest side along the current ledge then collect 
    the ++RED HERB++ from near the railing.  Climb back down to the main mountain 
    trail and follow the trail to the west.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Red Herb - On the raised area with the chest, near the railing.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    You can get up on the trailer with the gatling gun and fire off a few rounds if 
    you want.  It doesn't hurt to get the feel of the controls of a stationary 
    weapon right now.  There is no use for it at the moment though since it faces 
    the wrong way.  So sad that Chris can't tear a mortar weapon off its hinges 
    like Jack Carver from Far Cry.  I have a feeling that Mr. Redfield could if he 
    really tried though.
    
    If you took my advice and shot the Majini on the mountain side then you won't 
    have to deal with any once you reach the ladder!  If you didn't then one with a 
    crossbow will be above the ladder and another with dynamite will be tossing 
    down explosives at the characters.
    
    Check the area and collect the ++HAND GRENADE++ from around the side of the 
    metal container, the ++RIFLE AMMO++ from in front of the outhouse then look 
    directly up and to the right of the ladder and shoot the sparkling ++DIAMOND 
    (PEAR)++ from off the side of the mountain.  Enter the side shack and grab the 
    ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Diamond (Pear) [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Once both characters exit the building after 
                        picking off the Majini on the mountain with the use of a 
                        sniper rifle, when you reach the first tall ladder, look up
                        on the side of the mountain and shoot this sparkling
                        treasure on the mountain wall to the right of the top
                        portion of the ladder.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Hand Grenade - Around the side if of the metal container along the path 
        while approaching the tall ladder.
    [ ] Rifle Ammo - In front of the outhouse door near the tall ladder.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - In the shack beside the tall ladder.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
    | Before climbing the ladder, find the outhouse to the side.  Approach it for |
    | a "?" command.  Use the action button to initiate the hidden command (your  |
    | character will knock on the door).  The assist button may also be pressed   |
    | to get your AI partner to knock.  A Majini will open the door and step out  |
    | of the outhouse.  This Majini may bust through the door whenever a          |
    | character tries to take the rifle ammo outside of it as well.               |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Climb the tall ladder.  Turn to the left and look off toward the northeast.  
    While staring off the side of the mountain, find the first rooftop on the 
    building to the right of the one the characters exited from to spot a --BSAA 
    EMBLEM (11/30)-- on top.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #11
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: Once both characters exit the building after picking 
      \________/   off the Majini on the mountain with the use of a sniper rifle,
                   climb the tall ladder along the side of the mountain.  Turn left
                   at the top of the mountain path then run to the left and look
                   toward the northeast buildings.  This emblem is on the lower
                   rooftop of the building to the right of the building that the
                   characters exited from.  It can be hit with a sniper rifle or a
                   well-aimed shot from any weapon.  Come on and use the machine
                   gun my readers and show off those aiming skillz!
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Follow the current ledge to the north and drop from the ladder.  While standing 
    on the first lower ledge, look off to the north and find the shimmering 
    ++DIAMOND (SQUARE)++ on the side of the mountain wall near the short ladder up 
    ahead. Shoot it right now to knock it down and the Sheva player will be able to 
    collect it quickly on her way up the mountain.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Diamond (Square) [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  This diamond is stuck on the wall to the left of 
                        the short ladder that Sheva can be hoisted up to.  Look on 
                        the mountain wall then shoot it to make it fall.  I highly 
                        advise shooting this treasure from the ledge that the 
                        characters fall to after dropping from the high ledge 
                        before the cutscene since the Sheva player will not really
                        have time to aim for it with the dynamite Majini in the 
                        area after the cutscene.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Drop down and move up the mountain trail to the north.  A cutscene will play 
    eventually.  There is a broken ladder where a partner action command can be 
    used below it to toss Sheva to the ledge above.  This will help her to get up 
    above quicker than Chris.  Both players should keep in mind that the best way 
    to take down a Majini with dynamite is to quickly shoot it before it tosses the 
    dynamite or run toward it a bit as it tosses dynamite then shoot it from mid 
    range.  The dynamite can be shot to make the Majini explode instantly, but 
    watch out about doing this from too close or your character will get hit by the 
    explosion.
    
    > > > > > > > > > > > >   S H E V A   G A M E P L A Y   < < < < < < < < < < < <
    Sheva better damn well move quickly up that next ladder after Chris tosses her 
    up the broken ladder since Majini with dynamite will be tossing explosives at 
    her and Chris this entire time.  If Sheva is hit with dynamite on the ledge 
    right above the broken ladder it might be enough to damage her so that she goes 
    into dying status and Chris will have a hard time trying to get to her, so 
    climb the ladder quick - the climbing animation will make Sheva invincible.
    
    A Sheva player should ignore any Majini down the path to the right and move up 
    the path to her left.  Sheva needs to make her way to the top and defeat any 
    Majini armed with dynamite that she sees.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    > > > > > > > > > > > >   C H R I S   G A M E P L A Y   < < < < < < < < < < < <
    A Chris player should immediately run up the mountain trail to the north and 
    take down the Majini with the dynamite at the curve.  Run up the mountain trail 
    and shoot any Majini that Sheva leaves behind.  If any Majini start to throw 
    dynamite from further up the trail then ignore the rest of the Majini and move 
    up to the trail above to take them down.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Both character NEED to focus on any Majini with dynamite that drop or run into 
    the immediate area.  There are tons of dynamite Majini at this part, so watch 
    for them and shoot them when they appear.  Don't ever get too close to one 
    while shooting it or it will damage the characters with its explosive death due 
    to the dynamite.  This is a good place to set up tag team attacks, but don't 
    get too cocky there or a dynamite Majini might ruin your fun!
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | Like with a cocktail, it is possible to aim at the dynamite that a Majini   |
    | holds and shoot the dynamite to set it off and make the Majini explode. The |
    | dynamite does not have to be lit in order to do this.  A handgun can be     |
    | used to shoot the dynamite or a player may elect to shoot the dynamite with |
    | a rifle for more a precise shot.                                            |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
    
    Trophy/Achievement: Fireworks
    
    Description: Shoot an enemy Molotov cocktail, dynamite stick, or hand grenade.
    
    Details: If this trophy/achievement was not gotten by shooting the Majini's 
    cocktail in Shany Town, then try to shoot the dynamite in a Majini's hand while 
    it still holds the dynaite.  It would be best to use the rifle to do this, but 
    a handgun can be used.  At a distance, a player can usually get pinpoint aim 
    with the rifle for shooting the dynamite while a Majini holds it.
    
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
    
    Step over to the left side (west) side of the metal container on the ledge 
    ahead then both players should use the assist button prompt to push it out of 
    the way.  Drop down to the ledge to the north below.
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Take the ++HAND GRENADE++, collect the ++GREEN HERB++ and ++SHOTGUN SHELLS 
    (+5)++ from the table off to the left and break the two --WOODEN BARRELS--.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right of the table below the ledge with the metal 
        crate.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right of the table below the ledge with the metal 
        crate.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Hand Grenade - Beside the mountain wall below the ledge with the metal 
        crate.
    [ ] Green Herb - On the table below the ledge with the metal crate.
    [ ] Shotgun Shells - On the table beside the green herb.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | Before activating the cutscene that leads into the boss fight below, both   |
    | characters can stand on the side of the ledge and shoot all the wooden      |
    | barrels below.  This will allow quicker access to the items during the      |
    | boss fight.                                                                 |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    A cutscene will trigger shortly after the characters drop from the north side 
    of the ledge.
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    
                                     POPOKARIMU
                                     ----------
    
                                     HP: 24,000
    
    Weak Points: - Reddish back end of tail
    
    Recommended  - Proximity Bomb (to stun Popokarimu)
    Weapon(s):   - Shotgun (to blast the back end of his tail from close range)
                 - Machine Gun or Handgun (to blast the back end of his tail from 
                   long range)
                 - Rifle (to blast the reddish portion of his tail while he flies)
                 - Flash Grenade (to instantly stun him when he flies)
    
    Front Attacks
    
    1) Arm Swipe - Popokarimu swings its right arm forward.
    
    2) Lunge - Popokarimu backs up a bit then stops and races forward then swings 
       its left arm forward.  This can be dodged with a button prompt that appears.
       Either the action button or run button will appear.  Press both!
    
    3) Shriek - Popokarimu folds out its wings then shrieks.  This will stun 
       whichever character is in front of it as long as the shriek last but it will
       not damage a character.  This move will also put enough sound pressure on a 
       proximity bomb to make it explode if one is in front of Popokarimu at that 
       time.
    
    4) Ground Smash - Popokarimu leaps into the air then attempts to fall on a 
       character.  It will take quite a while to recover from this attack if it 
       misses.
    
    Back Attacks:
    
    5) Tail Swipe - While a character is behind him, Popokarimu swings its 
       scorpion-like tail at the character.
    
    6) Sticky Slime - Popokarimu lifts its tail behind it then fires out a sticky 
       greenish slime that will trap any character that it hits.  A character must 
       struggle to break free or have a partner cut them out of the trap with a 
       partner assist knife attack.
    
    Flying Attacks
    
    7) Tail Strike - Popokarimu shrieks then quickly flies toward a character and 
       tries to hit the character with its tail as it dips downward while flying. 
       A button prompt dodge command will appear during this if your character is 
       in the way.  Press both the action and the run button to avoid it.
    
    Popokarimu will start the battle while he is in the air.  He will descend 
    toward both character and land.  He has some very hard armor over the majority 
    of his body but the back end of his tail has soft reddish skin that's just 
    begging for a few close range shotgun blasts!
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | While Popokarimu descends at the beginning of the battle, toss a flash      |
    | grenade at the ground underneath him to instantly knock him out of the air  |
    | and stun him.  A flash grenade will instantly ground him and stun him any   |
    | time that he flies in the air.  A hand grenade's explosion can also knock   |
    | the creature out of the air if it is tossed under him.                      |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> AVOIDING HIS ATTACKS
    
    A vast majority of Popokarimu's attacks can be avoided by constantly backing up 
    or stepping to the side.  Back up to avoid his arm swing and tail swipe then 
    step to the side to avoid his lunge or sticky slime attack.  You'll get a 
    button prompt command shortly before he races forward during his lunge attack. 
    The button will be either the action or run button, so press both of them to 
    make certain that you dodge it with a roll.  From the front, it will perform 
    its arm swing, lunge and ground pound attacks and when it has its back to your 
    character it will perform its tail swing and sticky slime trap.
    
    --> WHEN POPOKARIMU FLIES
    
    Popokarimu will sometimes flap its wings and take to the air.  It will only 
    perform one lunging attack over and over while it is flying above so it is even 
    more predictable at that time.  The flying lunge attack will make a button 
    prompt command appear shortly before it hits your character, so press both the 
    action and run button at the same time to avoid its attack.
    
    --> STEPPING INTO A SHACK
    
    By entering one of the three nearby shacks, a character can escape from 
    Popokarimu for a short while, but he will eventually break down your shelter 
    with one of his physical attacks.  Only enter a building to collect the items 
    inside or quickly heal since he will break down the building very shortly after 
    you enter it.  Sometimes he hangs around the doorway for a bit however.
    
    --> COLLECTING THE AREA ITEMS
    
    Be sure to run around the area and collect many of the items in the barrels and 
    the shacks. You need to grab the proximity bombs since they will come in handy. 
    Two of them are in the west shack, two more are in the barrels to the south of 
    the west shack, one more is in the right barrel behind the west shack, and the 
    final bomb is inside the north shack for a total of six proximity bombs in the 
    area.
    
    --> STUNNING POPOKARIMU
    
    There are three ways to stun the creature with the weapons that the character 
    have available to them right now:
    
    A) Grab one of the proximity bombs in the area then lay it down in its path 
       with the L1 button while the bomb is equipped.  Simply stand and allow 
       Popokarimu to step over the bomb.  The explosion from the bomb will knock it
       over and stun it for a few seconds.  It should be noted that Popokarimu's 
       shriek has the power to make a proximity bomb explode if it is laid out on 
       the ground in front of him when he performs his shriek.
    
    B) Both characters can surround Popokarimu and the character in the back of him
       can arm a damaging weapon such as a shotgun and blast it in the back of its 
       tail.  After Popokarimu has received enough damage it will fall over and be 
       stunned for a few seconds.
    
    C) When he flies in the air, take out a flash grenade and toss it underneath 
       him and Popokarimu will fall to the ground then roll over on his side.
    
    --> WHILE POPOKARIMU IS STUNNED
    
    Once the boss has been knocked over, arm your most powerful weapon (shotgun 
    most likely) then run over to the side with the exposed bottom portion of the 
    tail.  Both characters should let loose on that weak point with nonstop 
    gunfire.  Its first stun can easily be its last with two aggressive players or 
    one extremely aggressive shotgun user that reloads through the inventory 
    between gunshot animations with an Ithaca shotgun.
    
    .------------------------------- WARNING/EXTRA -------------------------------.
    | Popokarimu can knock a character off the side of the mountain if the        |
    | characters get too close to the edge.  The character that falls will hang   |
    | onto the side of the ledge and a button tap command will appear.  Tap the   |
    | button in order to have your character pull back up onto the ledge.         |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the west side beside a shack with two proximity bombs 
        inside.
    --> Definite Item: Proximity Mine
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the west side beside a shack with two proximity bombs 
        inside.
    --> Definite Item: Proximity Bomb
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Further along the west side beside the shack with two 
        proximity bombs inside.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Further along the west side beside the shack with two 
        proximity bombs inside.
    --> Proximity Bomb
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the north side of the trail (center back portion).
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the north side of the trail (center back portion).
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the north shack.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the north shack.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the north shack.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the east shack.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the east shack.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the east shack.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Proximity Bomb - Inside the west shack.
    [ ] Proximity Bomb - Inside the west shack.
    [ ] Proximity Bomb - Inside the north shack.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo - Inside the north shack.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo - Inside the north shack.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo - Inside the east shack.
    [ ] Flash Grenade - Inside the east shack.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   E N D  B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    - - -                                                                     - - -
                ___ _                 _              ____        _____       [CH23]
               / __\ |__   __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __  |___ \      |___ / 
              / /  | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__|   __) | ___   |_ \ 
             / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | ||  __/ |     / __/ |___| ___) |
             \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_|    |_____|     |____/ 
                               |_|                                         
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         --> Chapter 2-3 Ranking Table <--
           .-----------------------------------------------------------.
           | RANKS          |    S     |     A    |     B    |    C    |
           |===========================================================|
           | ACCURACY       |   70%+   | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
           |-----------------------------------------------------------|
           | ENEMIES ROUTED |    40+   |    30    |    20    |   <19   |
           |-----------------------------------------------------------|
           | DEATHS         |     0    |     1    |     2    |    3+   |
           |-----------------------------------------------------------|
           | CLEAR TIME     | <09'00"  |  12'00"  |  15'00"  |  15'01"+|
           '-----------------------------------------------------------'
           < = less than or equal to                    + = greater than
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH231]
    Chapter 2-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                    S A V A N N A
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    This chapter is a full-fledge shooter.  Both Chris and Sheva will have to 
    defend the jeep that is headed to the Marshlands along the way.  Players will 
    have to do battle with Motorcycle Majini that toss weapons and cocktails and 
    then a few trucks will appear that will attempt to ram the jeep.
    
    Gun Controls
    
    Fire button = fire mounted weapon
    Left analog = turn mounted weapon
    NOTE: A glowing red dot on the screen will showcase your current aiming spot.
    
    Chris = mounted machine gun (fast/full view/not as powerful/instant fire)
    Sheva = mounted gatling gun (slow/limited view/powerful/slow startup due to 
            revolving chamber)
    
    Sheva has a slightly limited view compared to Chris, a slower overall turning 
    speed, and her gun has a slow startup but her gatling gun is more powerful than 
    Chris' machine gun.  To avoid the long chamber revolving animation with the 
    gatling gun, tap the fire button when no enemies are present to keep it 
    revolving.
    
    Chris has a greater view thanks to his higher placement on the jeep, a faster 
    overall turning speed, and an instant fire from his gun, but his gun is not as 
    powerful as the gatling gun.
    
    Keep in mind that both player's guns can overheat if they are continuously 
    fired, so always take breaks.  The gun will build up heat as presented on the 
    circular gauge around the weapon icon; when the gauge begins to fill with red 
    then it is overheating.  When a gun fully overheats, your character will not be 
    able to fire it for a few seconds.  With Sheva's gatling gun having a slow 
    startup, a player will want to let go of the button and then tap it sparingly 
    to avoid having to go through the full startup animation each time the gun is 
    about to overheat.  As long as the chamber is not firing then it will cool 
    down; it doesn't matter if it is spinning.
    
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
    
    Trophy/Achievement: Drive By
    
    Description: Stop an armored truck by taking out the driver.
    
    Details: Aim for the door of any armored truck that passes by the jeep and 
    shoot off the door with either character's mounted gun then shoot and kill the 
    driver inside the truck.  The truck will crash after the drive has been killed 
    and this trophy/achievement will be earned.  Restart the stage if you miss it 
    and try again.  Even if the truck is flaming, the driver can still be shot all 
    up to the point when the truck explodes and stops.
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
    
    --> ENEMY GROUP 1
    
    The first group of enemies consist of several Motorcycle Majini.  There's 
    really not too much of a strategy for this group other than shoot them all.  If 
    they ever throw a weapon toward the jeep then shoot the weapon out of the air 
    to avoid taking damage.
    
    After the first group is finished, a button tapping command will appear as the 
    driver makes a sudden sharp turn, so be sure to tap the on-screen button to 
    avoid taking damage.  Both players must tap the button.
    
    --> ENEMY GROUP 2
    
    From this point onward, both players should work together to take down separate 
    teams of enemies.  Chris players should focus on Motorcycle Majini thanks to 
    his greater view of the area below and Sheva players should focus on the trucks 
    that appear since her weapon is more powerful.
    
    NOTE: In a single player game, the AI partner will usually follow the 
    strategies listed above.
    
    .---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------.
    | Once a truck begins to flame, don't continue to fire at it while it is      |
    | close to the jeep.  Having it explode while next to the jeep will damage    |
    | the jeep.  Wait until it moves away then finish it off with gunfire.        |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    - Wave 1
    Captain Stone (Josh) will contact both Chris and Sheva over the radio as a 
    truck drives up from the right side of the back of the jeep.  Sheva should 
    focus on the truck to the right while Chris turns his attention toward the 
    Motorcycle Majini that appear on the left side.  Chris can shoot them faster 
    and he has a wider view of them as they appear from the side.
    
    - Wave 2
    Sheva should focus on shooting the Majini in the back of the truck then she 
    should shoot at the front half of the truck when it comes into view.  After the 
    truck is at least flaming, both players should turn to the immediate left and 
    finish off any Motorcycle Majini that appear.  They will start to appear from 
    the left side as they slow down and drive next to the jeep so concentrate fire 
    on them as the jeep begins to move by them.
    
    Another scene will showcase yet another sharp turn where both players will have 
    to tap a button to sustain they're grip on the vehicle.
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    --> ENEMY GROUP 3
    
    - Wave 1
    A truck will drive up from the left side, so Sheva should focus her aim to the 
    left and begin to fire at the truck.  Chris should keep his eye on the right 
    side since some Motorcycle Majini will begin to appear as the jeep catches up 
    to them.
    
    -Wave 2
    Motorcycle Majini armed with cocktails will drive into view from the right 
    side.  Both Chris and Sheva should focus on these Majini since they are the 
    only threat for the moment and are quite numerous.  Try to shoot them all 
    before they toss a cocktail at the jeep.
    
    -Wave 3
    Majini will slow down then come into view on both sides of the jeep after the 
    second wave is finished.  One player can take the left and one can take the 
    right for this wave, but really planning it out as such is really not needed 
    since they drive together in the middle of the road very shortly after 
    appearing.
    
    Another sharp turn cutscene will play so be prepared to press the two buttons 
    that appear on the screen.  The players have to press either two shoulder 
    buttons or two face buttons for this button prompt command.
    
    --> ENEMY GROUP 4
    
    - Wave 1
    A truck will appear from the left and another truck will appear from the right 
    almost simultaneously, so each player should pick a truck to focus on.  Try to 
    take down the trucks as quickly as possible by shooting the front portion or 
    possibly the driver inside of the truck (shoot off the door).  Immediately 
    after finishing off a truck, both players should turn their attention toward 
    the middle road as Motorcycle Majini begin to drive into view.  A few 
    straggling Majini may appear from the back of the road.  Blast them all to end 
    this wave.
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    - Wave 2
    The truck will stop and then suddenly turn as the viewpoint of a roadblock with 
    a truck and several Majini are showcased to both players.  Chris players should 
    focus fire on the Majini while a Sheva player shoots the red barrels 
    surrounding the truck in the back.  There are three sets of red barrels 
    altogether.
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    --> ENEMY GROUP 5
    
    - Wave 1
    The jeep will drive over a bridge.  Once the bridge is passed both players 
    should focus their aim to the right.  A truck will drive up from the right side 
    and try to ram the jeep off the side of the cliff to the left.  Both players 
    should focus on taking down the Majini in the back and then focus on shooting 
    the front end of the truck.  Once the truck is destroyed a cutscene will play 
    eventually.
    
    - Wave 2
    Motorcycle Majini will drive up from the right side, so both players should 
    focus fire to the right.  The scene will eventually end during the middle of 
    the action as a cutscene activates.
    
    .--------------------------------- EXTRA INFO --------------------------------.
    | The jeep's life bar will fully recharge before the next battle, so any      |
    | damage that it has been received before this portion of the chapter ends    |
    | will not carry over to the next battle.                                     |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    
                                                                            [CH232]
    Chapter 2-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                             T H E  P O R T  ( N I G H T )
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    
                                        NDESU
                                        -----
    
                               HP: 8,000 (Small Plagas)
                              HP: 26,000 (Large Plagas)
    
    Weak Points: - Head (makes him move back from the jeep to showcase plaga)
                 - Multiple Small Plaga (make him showcase large plagas)
                 - Large Plagas (ultimate weak point)
    
    NOTE: In this battle, especially on higher difficulties, a Chris player should 
    focus aim on the Majini armed with a cocktails that appears in the doorway to 
    the left and the two Majini armed with crossbows that appear to the right (one 
    on the high platform and one below).  There is a single red barrel that is near 
    both crossbow Majini that can be shot to take them out instantly.  Save this 
    for when Ndesu is right up against the jeep or toward the end of the battle.
    
    NOTE 2: The right analog can zoom the camera in and out by holding up and down 
    respectively while shooting with either character.  The right analog can be 
    used for zooming with any control type.
    
    Knowing Ndesu's attacks and learning how to avoid them is the absolute most 
    important part of this battle.
    
    Close attacks:
    
    1) Foot Stomp - Ndesu raises his right foot into the air and tries to stomp the
       truck.
    
       Avoidance: Shoot his head to cancel the attack.
    
    2) Right Hook - Ndesu raises his right arm to the side and tries to punch both 
       characters.
    
       Avoidance: Press the on-screen button inputs.
    
    3) Overhead Punch - Ndesu leans back and raises both arms then tries to smash 
       the jeep  This takes some extreme damage.
    
       Avoidance: Aim upward then fire at his head right as he prepares to smash 
       the vehicle.  A few precise shots to his head will stagger him and cancel 
       the attack.  It's best to aim up and to the right of his head, this way, the 
       shots will hit his head right before he smashes the vehicle.
    
    Distant Attacks:
    
    4) Rock Toss - A cutscene will showcase Ndesu tearing up some of the ground as 
       he lifts a big boulder.  He will lift it above his head then toss it toward 
       the characters.  The boulder will roll toward the jeep.
    
       Avoidance: Fire at the boulder while he holds it over his head then follow 
       it with fire as it rolls along the ground to break it just before it reaches
       the jeep.  The characters can also shoot a nearby red barrel to make him 
       drop the boulder, but I recommend saving the barrel for when he grabs a 
       wooden pole.
    
    5) Ground Pound - Ndesu lifts both arms into the air and pounds the ground, 
       creating a slight earthquake.
    
       Avoidance: Press the on-screen button inputs.
    
    6) Ram - Ndesu leans his top half downward and charges a ram then he runs 
       toward the jeep head first.
    
       Avoidance: Shoot him directly in his head to cancel this ram.
    
    7) Pole Grab - Ndesu grabs a nearby wooden telephone pole from out of the 
       ground then walks toward the jeep with it.  This is not an attack but it 
       leads into other close range attacks and the pole grab can be canceled.
    
       Avoidance: If a red barrel is near Ndesu, fire at it and he will drop the 
       pole instantly when the blast hits him.  The only time a character cannot 
       cancel this attack is when Ndesu pulls up a pole from the foreground of the 
       left side of the screen.  Shooting the left barrel at that time will only 
       waste a barrel.
    
    Pole Attacks:
    
    8) Pole Swing - Ndesu holds the pole to his right side then swings it toward 
       the characters.
    
       Avoidance: Press the on-screen button inputs.
    
    9) Pole Smash - Ndesu lift both arms into the air while holding the pole then 
       tries to smash the jeep with the pole.
    
       Avoidance: Aim upward as he prepares to smash the vehicle then fire at his 
       head to cancel the attack; just like with the overhead punch, precision fire 
       toward his head will cancel the attack.  It's best to aim up and slightly to 
       the right of his head, this way, the shots will hit his head right before he 
       smashes the vehicle.
    
    --> DRIVE HIM AWAY FROM THE JEEP
    
    Ndesu will move toward the jeep at the beginning of the battle and remain there 
    until he is driven away.  The only way to make him back off is for both players 
    to continuously fire directly at his head.  Both players need to stop firing 
    and focus on dodging his attacks whenever he readies one.  Blast him enough in 
    the head and he will back off.
    
    --> NDESU'S PLAGA
    
    Ndesu will showcase his weak points as two plaga move out of his skin - one on 
    the left side of his chest and one on his right arm.  Fire at them to damage 
    them and ultimately destroy them.  Destroy the arm plagas first since it is 
    further away from his head.  This will help when he moves close since you will 
    have to quickly aim to the right (his left) to blast his foot or quickly aim at 
    his head to cancel the foot stomp attack; the players will only have to 
    minimally adjust aiming with only the chest plagas left.
    
    DO NOT fire at the red barrels when he backs off.  The red barrels should only 
    be blasted to make him drop a weapon or to damage his plagas weak points when 
    he showcases them.  It's always best to blast them to make him drop his weapons 
    for the most part.
    
    While he is at a distance, keep aiming and firing at his plaga.  A Chris player 
    should aim toward the left and shoot the Majini armed with cocktails in the 
    doorway and then aim to the right and shoot the two Majini with crossbows (top 
    platform and ground).  The red barrel near them can be shot to take them both 
    down, but you want to save this for later in the battle really.
    
    --> NDESU STEPS IN AGAIN
    
    Ndesu will eventually move back toward the jeep.  The characters will need to 
    switch aiming between his head and plaga at this point.  Blasts to his head 
    will make him back off quicker while blasting his plaga will eventually make 
    him showcase his ultimate weak point and back off in the process.
    
    --> THE MAJOR WEAK POINT
    
    Once the two plaga are destroyed, Ndesu's ultimate weak point will be showcased 
    as he crouches down and a big plagas moves out of his back.  Fire at the weak 
    point to damage it as much as you can before it goes back into his back.
    
    --> FOUR PLAGA
    
    Once Ndesu is knocked back from the jeep again after his big weak point has 
    been showcased once, four plaga will move out of his body.  Destroy all four of 
    these plaga to make him showcase his big plagas once again.  Fire at the big 
    plagas weak point and he will fall eventually.  On Professional, the players 
    will sometimes have to repeat shooting his four plaga once again.
    
    A cutscene will play afterward and the chapter will end once Ndesu is defeated!
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   E N D  B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    - - -                                                                     - - -
                  ___ _                 _              _____       _         [CH31]
                 / __\ |__   __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __  |___ /      / |
                / /  | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__|   |_ \  ___ | |
               / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | ||  __/ |     ___) ||___|| |
               \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_|    |____/      |_|
                                 |_|                                     
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         --> Chapter 3-1 Ranking Table <--
            .-----------------------------------------------------------.
            | RANKS          |    S     |     A    |     B    |    C    |
            |===========================================================|
            | ACCURACY       |   70%+   | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | ENEMIES ROUTED |    30+   |    20    |    10    |   <9    |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | DEATHS         |     0    |     1    |     2    |    3+   |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | CLEAR TIME     | <18'00"  |  22'00"  |  26'00"  |  26'01"+|
            '-----------------------------------------------------------'
            < = less than or equal to                    + = greater than
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH311]
    Chapter 3-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                 M A R S H L A N D S
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Recommended Weapons:
    
    - Sniper Rifle (for BSAA medals and distant Majini)
    - H&K MP5 (for tag team melee setup; for shield carriers [see tip below])
    - Hand Grenades (for crocodiles; for crowds)
    - Shotgun (for crowds)
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | Be sure to bring the H&K MP5 machine gun with you to this chapter since the |
    | characters will run into enemies carrying shields and the MP5's armor       |
    | piercing attribute will allow it to blast through a shield, even at the     |
    | default level.                                                              |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Both characters will start on a wooden platform beside the boat.  Walk up the 
    stairs then pick up the **BEAST SLATE** key item from the ground.  Look over to 
    the left and find the goat skull handing on a pole behind a shield.  Break the 
    goat skull and collect the ++RUBY (PEAR)++.  Break the two --VASES-- on the 
    left side of the area as well.  Approach the purple flowers on the right side 
    of the area then take the ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ treasure that is stuck on the 
    fence above them.  Examine the BSAA soldier corpse to read the --SCHEDULE 
    REPORT--.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] BSAA soldier corpse - Pinned to the ground with spears.
    [ ] Schedule Report - Readable while examining the body of the BSAA soldier 
        corpse.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - To the left beside another vase.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - To the left beside another vase.
    --> Random Item
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST
    [ ] Beast Slate - In the middle portion of the ground.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Break the goat skull hanging on the wooden pole
                        beside the shield on the left side of the area with the 
                        Beast Slate and this treasure will fall to the ground.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Find the two purple flowers on the right side of
                        the area with the Beast Slate and collect this from the 
                        fence above the flowers.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Return to the boat but don't get on just yet.  Take out a sniper rifle and look 
    toward the north and you'll just barely be able to see a --BSAA EMBLEM 
    (12/30)-- on the center of the pole out in the water.  You have to have a 
    sniper rifle to see this one and hit it from this distance.  You'll only see a 
    slight glimmer.  Read the description below for more details.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #12
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: In the area where the characters obtain the Beast Slate
      \________/   at the beginning of the Marshlands, arm a sniper rifle while
                   standing behind the north railing of the nearby wooden dock 
                   where the boat is then look to the north.  Find the pole out in
                   the water up ahead with two overhead telephone wires connected 
                   to it and look in the center of the pole to see a slight 
                   glimmer.  The slight glimmer is the BSAA emblem.  A player can 
                   only shoot it from this distance in single player mode.  In a 
                   co-op game, one character can drive the boat out to the pole 
                   while the other character shoots the emblem from up close.
    
                   If you want to get it easily, press "Start" on a second player 
                   controller and then have one character drive the other out to 
                   the pole while on board the boat.  The character on the front 
                   can easily shoot it from the front of the boat with a handgun 
                   while the boat is facing the north end of the pole.  Just quit
                   the game afterwards if you don't want to continue playing two-
                   player and the medal will save on the main save file for 
                   Resident Evil 5.
    
                   Another way to clearly see this is to bring a PSG-1 rifle with
                   your character with a level 2 upgraded scope.  Simply aim then
                   look to the north pole with the cables attached to it while on
                   the dock and it will appear a bit bigger in the scope.  It's 
                   still small though and will require some pinpoint aiming even 
                   with an upgraded scope.  The PSG-1 rifle is not obtained or 
                   unlocked in the Buy menu until Chapter 5-3 however.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Walk over to the boat and use the assist button to get on.
    
    Boat Controls:
    .-------------------------------------------------------.
    | Fire        = Accelerate                              |
    | Aim         = Brake/Reverse                           |
    | Fire + Run  = Turbo                                   |
    | Left analog = Steer                                   |
    | Assist      = Swap places (in co-op mode)/Get on boat |
    | Action      = Get off boat (near dock)                |
    '-------------------------------------------------------'
    
    .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------.
    | If the driver of the boat accelerates too fast and crashes then you'll      |
    | receive some extra dialogue from your AI partner at times.                  |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    This portion of the chapter is fully open to exploration, so you can choose to 
    go anywhere.  The ultimate objective is to find all the plates, like the one 
    that the characters just collected.  There are a total of four altogether.
    
    One of the first places that the characters should go is toward the blue 
    circular marker in the west portion of the map.  Dock there then leave the boat 
    and collect the ++SLATE MAP++ from the wooden deck.  This will add the 
    locations of the other three plates to your GPS (mini) map as red X's displayed 
    on the map.  The door to the side with the circular carving requires all four 
    plates in order to open it.  Placing a plate in the circular indention will 
    always give the characters a checkpoint.  Get back on the boat.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Circular Indention - circular indention on the door.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Slate Map - Lying on the wooden deck near the locked door. *
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    * This will disappear if not obtained before collecting the final slate piece.
    
    Where you go from here is completely up to you.  I will start off with some 
    optional areas first of all.
    
    --> THE CHICKEN ISLAND
    
    Drive out to the island in the middle of the lake and get off the boat.  The 
    chickens in this area will randomly lay eggs and you can easily get a Brown, 
    White and Gold Egg from here in order to almost get the Egg Hunt 
    trophy/achievement.  You'll still need to get the rotten egg from a random 
    enemy drop however.
    
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
    
    Trophy/Achievement: Egg Hunt
    
    Description: Find all 4 types of eggs.
    
    Details: A player can easily obtain the White, Brown and Gold egg from the 
    chicken island in the middle of the lake.  Simply wait around until the 
    chickens lay eggs.  While playing single player, usually the AI character will 
    be the first to notice an egg that a chicken lays, so if your AI partner 
    suddenly starts to move in a certain direction, then there is most likely an 
    egg there.
    
    Use the "Restart" feature in the pause menu if the chickens refuse to lay a 
    certain egg.  Keep trying to get all three egg types.  This is your absolute 
    best chance at collecting a gold egg.
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
    
    Find the two purple flowers near the near the thick wooden pole off to the left 
    then collect the ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ that is hanging on the pole.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Find the two purple flowers on the left side of 
                        the chicken island in the middle of the map then collect 
                        this from the side of the thick wooden pole above them.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Stand right near the abandoned boat to the side of the dock then look up under 
    the building up ahead to see a --BSAA EMBLEM (13/30)-- up underneath it.  
    You'll need to look past the stairs.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #13
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: Step toward the abandoned boat on the chicken island in
      \________/   the middle of the map then look north to see this emblem under 
                   the building up ahead. You'll need to look past the stairs of 
                   the building to see this so you might have to adjust your 
                   viewpoint a bit if something is blocking it.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Climb the ladder of the platform near the building and break the --VASE-- on 
    top then vault over the fence on the left side of the area and break the 
    --POT-- on the wooden shelf in the back.  There are two ++EGG (WHITE)++ pickups 
    on the wooden shelf to the right of the building entrance.  Enter the building 
    up ahead then break the two --VASES-- and open the chest in the middle of them 
    then collect the ++CHALICE (SILVER)++ treasure.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Chalice (Silver) [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Inside the chest in the building on the chicken 
                        island in the middle of the map.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Boat - The boat near the dock can be interacted with.
    [ ] Fireplace - Beside the tall wooden platform.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - On top of the wooden platform with the ladder on it.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Pot - On a wooden shelf behind the fence to the left of the building.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Inside the building.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Inside the building.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Egg (White) - Lying on a wooden shelf to the right of the building 
        entrance.
    [ ] Egg (White) - Lying on a wooden shelf to the right of the building 
        entrance.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Get back on the boat and drive all the way out to the sunken ship on the map.  
    It is shown on the mini-map as a line in the northwest portion of the map.  Get 
    off the boat at the dock near the sunken ship.  Walk up onto the boat then look 
    off in the water to the left and collect the ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ from the sunken 
    side of the ship.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  This is in the water on the left side of the 
                        sunken boat that you get off on in the northwest portion of
                        the map.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    There is a --VASE-- near the pole in the middle of the ship.  Open the metal 
    case on the opposite side of the ship after moving up the narrow wooden ramp 
    and then collect the ++ROCKET LAUNCHER++ from inside.
    
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    H I D D E N  W E A P O N
    Weapon:  Rocket Launcher (RL)
    Location: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
    Details: Dock the boat at the sunken ship in the northwest portion of the map 
    and this will be inside the metal care on the far right end of the boat.  Keep 
    in mind that you HAVE to move up to the small wooden ramp in order to get the 
    "Open" command.
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - By the pole in the middle of the boat.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Get back on the boat and leave the area.  Head to the far northwest corner of 
    the map.  Get off the boat at the wooden platform area in the northeast.  
    You'll likely see the --BSAA EMBLEM (14/30)-- on the wooden beam up under the 
    hut ahead.  Look toward the ceiling.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #14
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: Go to the far northwest corner of the map then step off
      \________/   the boat and move up the wooden walkway and you should be able
                   to see this on a wooden beam near the ceiling of the overhead 
                   straw rooftop.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Break the --VASE-- up under the hut then turn to the right and move up the rest 
    of the wooden walkway ahead.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Under the hut.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Before reaching the ladder to the high platform look to the right side of the 
    current platform to see that the characters can drop to the middle portion of 
    shallow water that the platforms stretch around.
    
    .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------.
    | The fish (Nile Perch) in the center portion of water can be shot as they    |
    | jump out of the water and they leave behind extra gold.  A player can also  |
    | look closely for ripples in the water to spot their location and then fire  |
    | at the circles of water as the fish moves underneath the water; your        |
    | character is likely hit the fish as it swims by.  There are quite a number  |
    | of fight in the water!  In single player, the AI partner has got some       |
    | pinpoint aim for shooting fish with a handgun; it's quite a sight to        |
    | behold.                                                                     |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Fall down into the water then collect the ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ which is to the 
    left of the left red ladder attached to the side of the platform.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Drive out to the far northwest portion of the map
                        then get off at the wooden platform in that area.  Move
                        along the platforms then fall into the middle section of
                        water.  This is to the left of the left red ladder that is
                        attached to the side of the wooden platform above the
                        water.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Climb the ladder on the platform then open the chest at the very end of the 
    platform and snatch the ++CHALICE (SILVER)++ treasure from inside.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Chalice (Silver) [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Drive out to the far northwest portion of the map
                        then get off at the wooden platform in that area.  Move
                        along the platforms then climb the ladder.  Open the chest 
                        at the top to obtain this treasure.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --> OBTAINING THE RAPTOR SLATE
    
    Drive all the way to the east and get off the boat.  You're going to have to 
    step into the waist deep water ahead.  Oh, did I mention that it is filled with 
    crocodiles?  Well, I just did, didn't I?  Damn.
    
    The crocodiles should be avoided for the most part.  Don't try to fight them 
    for now.  They don't leave behind any type of item, they take quite a few shots 
    and they will instantly kill a player once they are in close range most of the 
    time.  You'll first notice one by the music that will play then its eyes and 
    nose will slowly rise out of the water.  This is your cue to haul ass in a side 
    direction or back way then run to its side.  It will usually miss if it tries 
    to attack when a character runs within close range of it, but don't always 
    depend on it missing.  It's possible to take a crocodile down with a weapon 
    that has a good rate of fire, but again, there is no reason to.  The sidestep 
    feature while turning the camera is ever so useful at this part for Control 
    type C or D users.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | Equip a grenade or some type of item other than a gun while moving through  |
    | the water in order to move faster while running.                            |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    No matter which side of the marsh the characters move around, crocodiles will 
    attack.  It's best to take the left side however, so you can pick up the 
    ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ that is attached to the north side of the tree on that side. 
    Crocodiles seem to appear less on the left side as well.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  In the lake with the crocodiles, run to the left
                        (north end) to find this on the north side of the tree in 
                        the water.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Once you reach the far east end, you'll run across a boat out in the water that 
    points toward an open fenced section below some buildings.  Don't charge into 
    the fenced area since a crocodile will appear in the water right at the 
    entrance.  A character can lure the crocodile out of the open fenced area by 
    backing up and then quickly running by him as he moves out of the fenced area 
    or a character could wait for him to swim forward then toss a hand grenade at 
    the crocodile to most likely instantly kill him. You're really going to have to 
    watch it while fighting him however since other crocodiles might sneaking up 
    from behind.  I HIGHLY advise killing him with a hand grenade since you're 
    going to have move by him again upon leaving the area above.
    
    There is a ++RUBY (PEAR)++lying on the right side of the fenced area where you 
    can first enter.  Be careful about grabbing it however since Lake Placid's 
    wrath will be creeping up near your character somewhere nearby most likely.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  In the lake with the crocodiles, run to the far 
                        east fenced area and lure the crocodile out from the
                        entrance then quickly grab this from the right side of the
                        wooden fence while stepping inside.  You should be able to
                        see it glimmer.  Keep in mind that a character can also 
                        toss a hand grenade at the crocodile while it is in the 
                        water to kill it off.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Rush to the ladder in the back left corner and climb it quickly.
    
    Step around the side of the building up ahead.  Go ahead and vault through 
    window for a quicker entrance.  A sudden yell will give way to a new enemy!
    
    NEW ENEMY: WETLAND MAJINI
    
    These Majini are basically just like normal Town Majini accept they have a new 
    weapon assortment and are more aggressive.  They usually carry spears and some 
    of them will eventually carry shields.  Fight them like normal Majini but 
    beware of they're range and jump attacks.  Melee attack prompts will still 
    appear for your characters when the Wetland Majini are hit in the same parts of 
    the body as normal Town Majini (head, arm, leg) and they can also be tag 
    teamed.  Once these Majini are grounded, they have a high tendency to get right 
    back up while they are still in good health.  Only a low health Wetland Majini 
    will usually stay grounded and allow the characters to perform a ground melee 
    on it.
    
    Pick up the ++RED HERB++ and ++EGG (WHITE)++ from off the nearby wooden shelf 
    and break the nearby --VASE-- after the battle.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Lying beside the shelf with the red herb and egg on it.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Red Herb - On the wooden shelf in the first building.
    [ ] Egg (White) - On the wooden shelf in the first building.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Step on over to the smaller south building.  A single Majini will attack from 
    the side window.  Break the --VASE-- near the chest then open the chest and 
    collect the **RAPTOR SLATE**.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Near the chest in the south building.
    --> Random Item
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST
    [ ] Raptor Slate - Inside the chest in the south building.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Now, the characters need to return to the boat.  Sadly there is no checkpoint, 
    so the characters better be damn careful on their way back to the boat.  If a 
    character dies by a crocodile bite then both players will have to do all of 
    this all over again from the start of the boat.  If the characters didn't kill 
    off the crocodile below the building area, be sure that the characters allow 
    that crocodile to move far enough away from the open fence so each player can 
    move by him without him snapping at the characters.  The first crocodile is 
    really the most dangerous part of backtracking if he wasn't finished off 
    earlier.  The characters will receive a checkpoint upon stepping near the boat.
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Just think, you can stand at the bridge and taunt all the water creatures once 
    you're home free, much like that swimmer did to the oil streak blob in "The 
    Raft" episode of Creepshow 2.  "I beat you. I BEAT YOU- Gah!"  That won't 
    happen to our Redfield protagonist though since he'll just Haymaker the blob 
    back into the water and simply taunt it again.
    
    --> OBTAINING THE SHAMAN SLATE
    
    Drive out the northeast section and get off the boat.  This area has a lot of 
    hidden collectibles and items to grab.
    
    Move up the stairs then walk toward the display of shield and spears up ahead. 
    Use the knife to break the two --VASES-- and the goat skull up above the 
    display.  An ++EMERALD (PEAR)++ will fall on the pedestal once the goat skull 
    is broken.  Break the small --POT-- on the wooden shelf to the right.  Check 
    out the --HAND TO HAND COMBAT-- memo for details on button prompt melee 
    attacks.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Emerald (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  In the far northeast portion of the map, break
                        the goat skull above the shield and spear display to have 
                        this drop on the wooden pedestal below it.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Hand to Hand Combat Memo - Below the shelf with the pot.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - In front of the shield and spear display.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - In front of the shield and spear display.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Pot - On the wooden shelf to the right of the shield and spear display.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Further ahead, break the --VASE-- to the right of the fireplace.  Step toward 
    the building up ahead and look on the left wooden pole in front of the entrance 
    then break the goat skull at the top and collect the ++RUBY (PEAR)++ that falls 
    from it.  Enter the building further ahead then break the --VASE-- inside.  Hop 
    over the fence and break the small --POT-- on the wooden shelf to the left of 
    the first building.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  In the far northeast portion of the map, break
                        the goat skull that hangs on the top of the left pole in 
                        front of the entrance to the first building.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    Fireplace - Beside the building up ahead.
    ---------------------------------------------------------- BREKABLE OBJECT LIST
    Vase - To the right of the first fireplace.
    --> Random Item
    Vase - Inside the first building next to a shield.
    --> Random Item
    Pot - Behind the fence and on a shelf to the left of the first building.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The second building has a chicken inside that might lay some random eggs and 
    also there is a --VASE-- inside.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Fireplace - Beside the entrance to the second building.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Inside the second building.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    All is quiet whenever the characters  enter the area up ahead with the two high 
    platforms; well, that is, until the characters start to break the --VASE-- on 
    the left side and the --VASE-- on the right side of the area!
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - On the left side of the area with the two high platforms.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - On the right side of the area with the two high platforms.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Sheva will point out the two high platforms to the player.  Get below the high 
    platform on the left side then boost Sheva up to it through the partner assist 
    command and she will collect the --IDOL (SILVER)-- treasure from the chest 
    above.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Idol (Silver) [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  In the far northeast portion of the map, boost
                        Sheva up to the left high platform at the end of the area 
                        then she will collect this treasure from the chest above.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Boost Sheva up to the next high platform and she will take the **SHAMAN SLATE** 
    from the chest above.  A cutscene will play after Sheva takes the slate.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST
    [ ] Shaman Slate - Boost Sheva up to the right platform and she will retrieve 
        this from the chest above.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The whole village heard Sheva the moment she laid her pretty little fingers on 
    that slate, so prepare to do battle with several Wetland Majini.  This is an 
    excellent time for tag team melees even in single player.  Try to shoot one of 
    them in the arm then perform a back melee attack to bounce it toward your AI 
    partner and your partner might get tricked into helping your main character.
    
    Even more so on co-op mode, this area can make for some splendid tag team 
    action with a friend.  The area reminds me of the tag team paradise that 
    several friends and I made of Shanty Town in the RE5 demo!
    
    Majini with spears will appear at first.  This is your first time dealing with 
    them most likely, so be sure to watch for their midrange spear attacks.  They 
    also have a jumping stab attack that can be escaped through a button prompt 
    dodge.  Majini with shields will be among the final wave of enemies.  These 
    need to be shot with either a shotgun (to break their shields), an H&K MP5 
    machine gun (to go through their shields), or you can simply aim at their legs 
    with a handgun or machine gun and fire at them then perform a melee attack to 
    them.
    
    Keep in mind that a front melee attack will break their shields, but as always, 
    a back melee from an leg stun is an instant kill.  The frontal melee from a leg 
    stun will hit multiple enemies with a slight bit of invincibility during the 
    animation while the back melee attack will give your character a prolonged 
    invincibility during the animation.  Your choice!  A hand grenade is highly 
    effective at this part since the Majini like to bunch up in a crowd.
    
    NEW ENEMY: Duvalia
    
    One of the Majini will evolve into a new parasitic hard shell enemy know as a 
    Duvalia.  This enemy has a grab attack from close range that will instantly 
    cause a character to go into dying status if it hits and it has a ram attack 
    that will knock a character down from close range.  This creature's hard shell 
    is impenetrable with any weapon accept for a weapon that fires an explosive 
    blast.  With a weapon such as the shotgun, aim at its legs then fire at them. A 
    character must get it down on its knees in order to damage it through gunfire.
    
    Don't ever depend on a gunshot to stun a Duvalia before it gets to your 
    character, since a single gunshot will not always do the job and it might 
    simply leave the character open; you don't want to get caught in the middle of 
    gunshot animation while the creature is right up on the character.  Once it 
    falls, it will open its hard shell mouth to reveal its circular weak point 
    inside of its mouth.  Step toward its mouth and aim directly at the center weak 
    point then blast it with a shotgun to kill it off quickly.  If you have a flash 
    grenade, since this is a parasitic enemy, the flash grenade will instantly kill 
    it when tossed its way!
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Return to the boat and set out for the next slate after the battle is done.  
    There is a nearby ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ stuck on a tree out on the northeast 
    portion of the marsh.  Read the description below to obtain it.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After obtaining the Shaman Slate in the northeast
                        portion of the map, look to the south and find the tall 
                        tree with a few dark flowers on its branches that sticks 
                        out of the water near a row of spiked poles.  Drive toward 
                        the tree and you'll see this treasure shining on the north 
                        portion of the tree.  In order to retrieve it, drive toward
                        it and allow your partner to grab it while that character 
                        stands on the front of the boat. In single player, the AI 
                        will automatically grab it while next to it.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --> OBTAINING THE WARRIOR SLATE
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | It is best to get this slate last since taking it will cause Majini to      |
    | appear along high platforms throughout the marsh area.  They will toss down |
    | explosive bombs at your characters from a distance and the bombs will float |
    | along the water surface like mines for a few seconds.                       |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    The warrior slate is down a river path on the southwest portion of the map.  
    Drive along the river until the characters pass by a watchtower on the right 
    side.  Move past the watchtower then turn around in the middle of the river and 
    face the east while the watchtower is in view.  There is a ++MACHINE GUN AMMO 
    (+30)++ pickup near the far left set of spiked poles that extend out of the 
    water and a ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ pickup near the far right set of spiked 
    poles that extend out of the water.  Drive toward them with the boat and allow 
    your partner to collect them.
    
    Turn around and look toward the overhead bridge. On the center of the right 
    fence there is some ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++.  If the characters drive past the 
    overhead bridge up ahead then turn around while on the opposite side and face 
    the east, you'll be able to see some ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ treasure along one of 
    the right spiked poles.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+5) - Along the river path in the southwest, drive past the 
        watchtower then turn around.  This will be lying on top of one of the 
        spiked poles along the right set of spiked poles to the east.
    [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - Along the river path in the southwest, drive past
        the watchtower then turn around.  This will be lying on top of one of 
        the spiked poles along the left set of spiked poles to the east.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Before passing under the overhead bridge in the area 
        mentioned above, look on the right side of the fence and this will be on 
        the middle portion.
    [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - Drive past the overhead bridge in the same area as the 
        pickups listed above then turn and face east and look to the right to see 
        this along one of the right spiked poles that stick out of the water.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Turn back around and drive to the west.  The characters will come to a building 
    area surrounded by wooden fencing.  If the characters drive around the left 
    side of the area that they will face and drive toward the wooden fence on that 
    side, the character on the front can obtain a ++GREEN HERB++ that is lying in 
    the water to the left of the fence.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - Drive past the overhead bridge in the same area as the 
        pickups listed above then drive toward the area to the west and move around
        the left side to see a wooden fence.  This green herb is in the water to 
        the left of that fence.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move all the way around the north side and make a left.  Follow the path ahead 
    and look off to the right to see a small tree with purple flowers surrounding 
    it.  There is a ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ attached to the middle of the tree, so allow 
    the AI partner to collect it by driving next to it.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After moving down the river in the southwest, 
                        you'll come to a building area surrounded by a fence.  
                        Head to the north around the fence and make a left.  This 
                        treasure will be on the small tree surrounded by purple 
                        flowers off to the right.  Drive your partner over to it to
                        pick it up.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Follow the water trail all the way around the side until the characters arrive 
    at a dock.  Get off the boat and leave it behind.
    
    Vault through window of the first building up the ramp then break the small 
    --POT-- on the shelf inside.  Exit the building by stepping out the east 
    entrance then move down the ramp directly ahead.  To the right is a --POT-- 
    along with a ++GREEN HERB++ and directly ahead is a chest with a --VASE-- to 
    the right of it.  Open the nearby chest and take the --IDOL (SILVER)-- from 
    inside.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Idol (Silver) [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After docking at the southwest portion of the 
                        map, this will be inside of a chest in front of the first
                        building.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Pot - On a shelf in the first building.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Pot - To the right after moving down the ramp in front of the first 
        building.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - On the right side of the chest outside the first building.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - Beside the pot below the ramp outside the first building.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Once the characters step toward the two buildings to the north, several Wetland 
    Majini will jump out of the water during a slight cutscene.  They are armed 
    with spears and shields, so bring out the shotgun or H&K MP5 machine gun for 
    the shield carriers.  Keep in mind that leg stuns into melee attacks will knock 
    away the shields as well.
    
    Enter the building on the northeast side and break the --VASE-- inside then 
    enter the other building to the left of it and break the --VASE-- inside of it 
    as well then check the nearby chest and grab the **WARRIOR SLATE** from inside.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Inside the northeast building.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Inside the northwest building
    --> Random Item
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST
    [ ] Warrior Slate - Open the chest inside the northwest building.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Well that was easy huh?  Give your AI partner a sniper rifle before both 
    characters get back on the boat and set her to attack mode (Go), so she will 
    equip it.  I have an odd feeling here.  It's too quiet.
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Drive around the side of the building area then attempt to exit the area.  
    Spikes will surface next to the watchtower in the east then Wetland Majini will 
    appear on the high walkways above and toss explosive bombs at the characters. 
    If the AI partner is armed with a rifle, that character will take them down 
    very quickly with the AI's precise aiming.  Don't drive too fast, so as not to 
    mess up your partner's aiming, but don't stand still either.  Be careful while 
    driving past the overhead bridge since the wooden walls underneath it can hide 
    explosives that the Majini have tossed into the water.
    
    There are four Majini on the walkway with the bridge and a single Majini on the 
    watchtower near the spikes.  The player that chooses to stand on the front of 
    the boat must shoot all five Majini in order for the spikes to lower and allow 
    passage to the river path ahead.
    
    Race down the river ahead.  Use turbo to move faster.  You see those Majini out 
    in the river up ahead that are armed with explosive arrows?  Pretend that your 
    boat is the bowling ball and they are merely pins on your bowling lane. Let's 
    see how many Chris and Sheva can knock down with the boat on the way out of 
    this river path.
    
    .---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------.
    | Majini armed with explosives will be out on the high platforms in the marsh |
    | now, so if you haven't collected all the slates after obtaining the warrior |
    | slate, then you will have to avoid them or allow your partner to shoot them |
    | they toss bombs out into the water, so the driver should maneuver through   |
    | them carefully.                                                             |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> ALL SLATES ARE OBTAINED
    
    Once all four of the slates (beast, raptor, shaman, and warrior) have been 
    obtained, drive toward the locked door in the west center portion of the map 
    (marked on your mini-map with the blue circle) and place them all inside of the 
    door to unlock it.  Use the partner assist action prompt to open the door and 
    move on to the next area.
    
                                                                            [CH312]
    Chapter 3-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                    V I L L A G E
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Drop off the right side of the wooden walkway and land in the water below.  
    Quick turn after falling then move to the left and look below the wooden 
    platform that your character just fell down from to see a --BSAA EMBLEM 
    (15/30)--.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #15
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Village - Chapter 3-1
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: Right at the beginning of this area, drop off the right
      \________/   side of the platform then make a quick turn while in the water
                   and move to the left so that your character moves to the section
                   of the wooden platform that isn't boarded up and you will see 
                   this emblem as it stands on the ground below the wooden platform
                   that your character dropped from.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | Stand right near the BSAA emblem and equip a rifle then look toward the     |
    | east.  Find the Wetland Majini with explosive arrows on the high tower in   |
    | the back of the area and shoot him early.                                   |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Follow the ditch to the west.  Once both characters pass the curve portion of 
    the river, a Majini with a bow will shoot explosive arrows down at them from a 
    watchtower to the north if he hasn't already been defeated beforehand.  Equip a 
    sniper rifle and shoot him or just use a handgun or machine gun from a 
    distance.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | The crows in this area can be shot for extra gold.  Two of them will be     |
    | perched on a branch at the start of the curve then two more of them will be |
    | perched on the branch near the middle of the river.  Don't worry too much   |
    | about the crows if they fly into the air above since they'll most likely    |
    | land along the side of the area once shot down rather than in the water.    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Move up the stairs at the opposite end of the ditch.  Both characters will 
    enter a village.
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    From the top of the entrance of the village, your characters will have a choice 
    of two separate paths.
    
    --> RIGHT PATH
    
    .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------.
    | There are crows feasting on a dead BSAA soldier body past the holes in the  |
    | ground, so blast them for some extra gold.  They fly off pretty quickly     |
    | when your characters step down the path, so shoot them from a distance. Use |
    | a rifle and aim at the one in front on the right then try to work the other |
    | behind it in the same shot to keep the others from flying off. Keep in mind |
    | that a character can also toss a flash grenade toward them to kill all of   |
    | them at one time.  Sometimes there are three crows and sometimes there are  |
    | only two.                                                                   |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Notice the ++S&W M29 (MAG)++ next to the dead BSAA soldier body in the open 
    building below the right hill.  If the characters move toward this gun right 
    now, a cutscene will play where they get trapped as spikes move up out of the 
    holes in the ground.  Majini will appear on the overhead walkway of the 
    building and begin to fire down explosive arrows at the characters.  There are 
    only four of them, so it isn't that bad of a fight.  I highly recommend 
    activating this trap, so you can get the magnum gun early because your 
    characters will need it in a bit.
    
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    H I D D E N  W E A P O N
    Weapon:  S&W M29 (MAG)
    Location: Village - Chapter 3-1
    Details: This is lying beside a dead BSAA soldier body below a high walkway 
    down the right path after first entering the village.  Stepping toward it 
    without previously fighting the Giant Majini in the village will result in a 
    trap being set where both characters will have to fight off four Majini with 
    explosive arrows on the walkway above.
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    
    .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------.
    | If one character rushes ahead of the other one and springs the trap then    |
    | other character will be free to move while the character that rushed ahead  |
    | is trapped in the area below thee building.  The partner that is not        |
    | trapped can take that chance to climb the ladder along the side of the      |
    | building and fight off the Majini with explosive arrows from the second     |
    | floor.                                                                      |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | When attempting to retrieve the S&W M29 magnum from the dead BSAA soldier's |
    | body, climb up the ladder on the left side of the building then turn right  |
    | and drop from the either side of the area without railing that overlooks    |
    | the area with the magnum so that the characters land on the holes where the |
    | spikes move out of.  Grab the magnum afterward and the trap will not        |
    | spring nor will the Majini with explosive arrows appear on the walkway.     |
    |                                                                             |
    | The trick here is that the trap will not spring unless a character enter    |
    | the area below the building walkway by stepping over the holes where the    |
    | spikes trap the character.  If the characters do not step over the holes to |
    | enter the area below the walkway then the trap will not spring.             |
    |                                                                             |
    | In single player mode, the AI partner will not follow your character up the |
    | ladder, that the character will circle around the building and take the     |
    | middle set of stairs up to your character.  Issue the "Come on" command and |
    | wait for the partner before dropping or the partner will spring the trap by |
    | stepping over the holes to follow your character.  Neither character can    |
    | move over the holes to ENTER the area without setting the trap but the      |
    | characters can move over the holes to LEAVE the area without the setting    |
    | the trap.                                                                   |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> LEFT PATH
    
    Majini are going to begin attacking once the characters step deeper into the 
    village, but I'm going to go ahead and label the immediate area collectibles 
    for you anyway.
    
    Move down the left path and break the --VASE-- outside the first hut to the 
    left then step inside the hut and break the two --VASES-- off to the right.  In 
    the back of the hut there is a ++GREEN HERB++ and a ++RED HERB++ on the long 
    table.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Down the left path, near the entrance of the first hut.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Inside the first hut down the left path.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Inside the first hut down the left path.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - On the long table in the back of the left hut.
    [ ] Red Herb - On the long table in the back of the left hut.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    NEW ENEMY: Giant Majini
    
    As I said, Majini will begin to attack once both characters step further into 
    the village area.  They'll face a new enemy, well, actually duplicates of the 
    new enemy.  The big Majini with the large mask are known as Giant Majini.  
    Their masks are indestructible making their face and anything their mask covers 
    impervious to harm, so the characters will have to hit them somewhere on their 
    mid body or legs in order to damage them.
    
    If a character has the S&W M29 magnum then that character has just enough shots 
    to finish off both of them if the characters add in some melee attacks; they 
    can be double teamed (two melee attacks per stun).  Each shot that hits their 
    leg will cause them to lean over, so rush in for a melee attack prompt at that 
    time.  The second character that hits the Giant Majini will perform their 
    special tag team melee, so if Chris hits second then he'll perform his 
    Haymaker.
    
    With an AI partner run up to the stunned Giant Majini and hit it with a melee 
    attack then quickly issue the "Go" command to make your partner run ahead of 
    your main character and follow up with that character's tag team melee.  A 
    player can also set the AI partner to cover mode ("Come on") then run by the 
    Giant Majini after hitting it with a melee to fool the AI partner into hitting 
    it.  It's harder to do this when they block a shotgun blast since they will 
    recover faster from the melee.
    
    They can be fought in much the same way with the shotgun if that is your only 
    option.  It will take quite a few more shots depending on how upgraded the 
    shotgun is.
    
    Their attacks are quite deadly and have some good range.  Be sure to step to a 
    side or run behind them whenever they suddenly raise their head and make sounds 
    since they will jump forward and perform a few horizontal swings to the area in 
    front of them.  They also have an overhead swing with their weapon.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | Both characters can run inside the west building during the Majini fight,   |
    | quickly climb the ladder inside then knock it down with the button prompt   |
    | command while standing next to it.  When the Majini enter the first floor,  |
    | the characters can approach the torches on the second floor for a "Kick"    |
    | command.  Kick the torches down to the first floor to make them burst into  |
    | flames and burn the Majini below.  The torches can also be shot down.  They |
    | burn a group of enemies much like incendiary grenades.                      |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Village - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Blue Enigma [3,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Defeat both Giant Majini in the village to 
                        receive this as an item drop from each of them (two total).
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Approach the building on the left side of the village and break the --VASE-- in 
    front of the doorway.  Step inside and break the --VASE-- and small --POT-- 
    then take the ++RED HERB++, ++MAGNUM AMMO (+6)++ and ++HANGUN AMMO (+10)++.  
    Climb the ladder and break the two --VASES-- on the second floor.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Center Pedestal - Pedestal in the center of the village.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Outside the building entrance on the west side of the village.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Near a table inside the west building.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Pot - On the table inside the west building.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - On the second floor of the west building.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - On the second floor of the west building.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Red Herb - On the table in the west building.
    [ ] Magnum Ammo (+6) - On the table in the west building.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the table in the west building.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Step through the opening in between the walls beside the left building.  There 
    is ++50 GOLD++ above the holes ahead, but spikes will move out of the holes 
    shortly after passing over them, so be quick as your character grabs it.  With 
    an AI partner, the partner has a tendency to get hit by the trap while 
    following behind your lead character, so it is really best to let your AI 
    partner stand near it and grab it so they will quickly move away afterwards.
    
    You can also exploit the invincibility frame animation of picking up an item to 
    get the gold also.  Simply stand above the gold then listen for the trap to 
    activate and then quickly grab the item and the spikes will go right through 
    your character and that character won't take any damage and you'll get the 
    item.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase (left) - In the back portion of the walled area on the northwest side 
        of the village.
    --> Magnum Ammo (+6)
    [ ] Vase - In the back portion of the walled area on the northwest side of the 
        village.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] 50 Gold - Lying on top of the closest set of holes to the entrance of the 
        walled area along the northwest side of the village.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    On the right side of the village, break the two --VASES-- on the north side of 
    the building where the magnum was found then break the --VASE-- near the wall 
    outside of the building.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Bridge - The lowered bridge to the north before raising it.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Along the north side below the right building.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the north side below the right building.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Outside the right building near a wall to the north.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The bridge in the center of the village is lowered at the moment, so both 
    characters will have to find a way to raise it.  Move to the northeast and find 
    the path to the north of the right building.  Break the two --VASES-- along the 
    small path.  Move along the curved path then climb to the raised portion above 
    the small ladder.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Locked Door - The locked door to the right of the handle (before being 
        unlocked).
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Along the small path to the north of the right building.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the small path to the north of the right building.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The double doors directly ahead are locked and there is a handle to the left of 
    the door.  Collect the ++JEWEL BEETLE++ treasure stuck to the right wall in 
    front of the locked doors.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Village - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Jewel Beetle [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Reach the locked set of double doors beside the 
                        handle to the east of the north bridge.  This treasure is 
                        stuck to the wall to the right of the locked set of doors.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    One character needs to stay behind and rotate the handle so that the other 
    character can get across the bridge to unlock the door to the side.  The player 
    that uses the handle will have to rotate the left thumbstick the way it is 
    presented on the screen.  In single player, I recommend allowing the AI partner 
    to rotate the handle by issuing the "Command Partner" command while near the 
    handle.
    
    The character that elects to run across the bridge should move back down the 
    small path then approach the bridge in the west.  The player that moves across 
    the bridge should remember that the partner has to stand and hold the handle in 
    place, so move across the bridge quickly then open the set of double doors on 
    the other side.
    
    .----------------------------------- WARNING ---------------------------------.
    | If you issue a command to your AI partner while that character is holding   |
    | the handle and your character is on the bridge then the AI character will   |
    | let go of the handle and let your character fall to the spikes below.  It's |
    | quite hilarious to try at least once and I'd imagine it would be fun to     |
    | "accidentally" release the handle on some annoying gamer online from time   |
    | to time; you know, just to mess with them a bit.                            |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    The two small --POTS-- on the table with the skeleton contain one snake in each 
    pot, so slash each one quickly from close range then slash again to kill the 
    snake inside.  Rush over to the left grassy alcove across from the stairs and 
    break the single --VASE--.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Pot - On the table in the building on the other side of the bridge.
    --> Enemy: Snake
    [ ] Pot - On the table in the building on the other side of the bridge.
    --> Enemy: Snake
    [ ] Vase - In the grassy alcove along the right side of the building past the 
        bridge.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move up the nearby set of stairs then open the door by lifting the bar on the 
    door and this will allow your partner to join up with your character.  Step 
    into the open room further ahead then collect the ++GREEN HERB++, ++RIFLE AMMO 
    (+5)++ and the ++400 GOLD++ from the long table.  Break the --VASE-- across 
    from the table.  Be sure to examine the --VILLAGE YOUTH'S DIARY-- file.  There 
    is another --VASE-- on the walkway that overlooks the bridge below, across from 
    the current room.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Village Youth's Diary - On the second floor table in the building on the 
        other side of the bridge.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - On the second floor of the building on the other side of the ladder,
        across from a long table in the middle room.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - On the walkway overlooking the bridge on the other side.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - On the second floor table in the building on the others side 
        of the bridge.
    [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - On the second floor table in the building on the other 
        side of the bridge.
    [ ] 400 Gold - On the second floor table in the building on the other side of 
        the bridge.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The ramp to the west will lead to a cave tunnel.  Break the --VASE-- to the 
    right outside of the tunnel then collect the ++CEREMONIAL MASK++ treasure from 
    the chest at the end of the cave tunnel.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Village - Chapter 3-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ceremonial Mask [4,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Move down the path to the west once your 
                        characters reach the second floor of the building on the
                        other side of the bridge in the village and this will be at
                        the end of the cave tunnel inside of a chest.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Lying outside of the cave with the chest containing the Ceremonial 
        Mask treasure.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move back out of the cave tunnel then leap across the gap in the bridge using 
    the "Jump" command that appears while standing next to the side.  Break the two 
    --VASES-- under the rooftop ahead.  Step onto the cart to the right then use 
    the "Ride" partner action to move onto the next area and end this chapter.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Past the gap on the way to the cart at the end of the area.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Past the gap on the way to the cart at the end of the area.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    - - -                                                                     - - -
               ___ _                 _              _____       ____         [CH32]
              / __\ |__   __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __  |___ /      |___ \ 
             / /  | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__|   |_ \  ___   __) |
            / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | ||  __/ |     ___) ||___| / __/ 
            \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_|    |____/      |_____|
                              |_|                                         
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         --> Chapter 3-2 Ranking Table <--
            .-----------------------------------------------------------.
            | RANKS          |    S     |     A    |     B    |    C    |
            |===========================================================|
            | ACCURACY       |   70%+   | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | ENEMIES ROUTED |    50+   |    35    |    20    |   <19   |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | DEATHS         |     0    |     1    |     2    |    3+   |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | CLEAR TIME     | <19'00"  |  23'00"  |  27'00"  |  27'01"+|
            '-----------------------------------------------------------'
            < = less than or equal to                    + = greater than
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH321]
    Chapter 3-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                           E X E C U T I O N  G R O U N D
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Recommended Weapons:
    
    - Machine Gun/Handgun (for single Majini)
    - Shotgun (for crowds of Majini)
    - Rifle (for pesky explosive arrow Majini in the distance)
    - Magnum (for Chainsaw Majini/Big Man Majini; a shotgun or rifle with a high 
      attack power can compensate for this)
    - Incendiary Grenades (quick stun for Chainsaw Majini)
    - Proximity Bombs (quick stun for Chainsaw Majini)
    - Stun Rod (low ammo consuming kill for the Chainsaw Majini)
    - Hand Grenades (Take down several enemies at once at the dock)
    
    Both characters start outside the lift that they entered in the last chapter. 
    Break open the --VASE- around the corner then break the two small --POTS-- 
    further ahead.  Walk toward the outside walkway for a gruesome cutscene.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Around the corner from the starting point.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Pot - (left) On a wooden shelf around the corner from the starting point.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Pot - (right) On a wooden shelf around the corner from the starting point.
    --> Definite Item: Rifle Ammo (+5)
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    A sniper rifle can be used at this part to take down a few of the Wetland 
    Majini around the wooden platforms to the east.  They will be alerted to the 
    character's location in a bit anyway, so it doesn't really matter when the 
    characters start shooting.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | Take out the sniper rifle right now and immediately find the Majini with    |
    | the explosive arrows in the lookout tower to the northeast and shoot him.   |
    | Look down on the middle platform and watch for the second and third Majini  |
    | with the explosive arrows to appear then shoot them with the sniper rifle.  |
    | Long range annoyances for the first battle are now solved!                  |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    .-------------------------------- CO-OP TIP ----------------------------------.
    | In co-op mode, one player can play sniper right here and stay on walkway    |
    | above while the first character fights off the Majini from the bottom       |
    | walkway.                                                                    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Step around the left side of the outside walkway and break the nearby --VASE--
    then drop to the wooden walkway below.  Break the two --VASES-- at the end of 
    the first walkway to the right.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKALBE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - To the left on the outside walkway after the crocodile cutscene.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - After dropping off the high walkway, this will be down the first 
        right walkway along with another.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - After dropping off the high walkway, this will be down the first 
        right walkway along with another.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Several Majini will soon leap over to your side of the walkway and attack.  You 
    could easily place proximity bombs right on the walkway portion where they leap 
    and taunt them from a distance if you'd like; even though that is a slight 
    waste I do that from time to time.
    
    In all seriousness, you can shoot the Majini as they jump or try to leap across 
    the gap and allow them fall into the water below for a quick kill.  The 
    characters can also shoot them when they are near the water and sometimes they 
    will instantly fall into the water.  The only bad part about having them fall 
    in the water is that the characters will not be able to collect random item 
    drops from them.
    
    .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------.
    | Any Majini (dead or alive) that get knocked off the side of the walkway     |
    | and land in the water below will get eaten by crocodiles.                   |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    It's possible to set up some tag team melees if you want.  Try not to let too 
    many of them crowd up around your characters here.  Take out the shotgun if 
    they ever start to bunch up and knock them down with shotgun blasts.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | If you move down to the northwest area with barrels before the bridge is    |
    | raised, a few Majini will race out of the tunnel past the bridge and        |
    | attack.  If the characters wait until the bridge is raised then they won't  |
    | appear.                                                                     |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Follow the current side of the wooden walkway to the east then break the two 
    --VASES-- near the end.  Majini will race across the bridge to the south.  Run 
    back and shoot them as they try to jump across the gap for some easy kills.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - On the east end of the first lower wooden walkway.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - On the east end of the first lower wooden walkway.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Once the characters hop across the gap and move toward the bridge on the other 
    side, a Majini will pull the lever to the south and raise the bridge to the 
    east.  Immediately take out a sniper rifle right now and shoot the Majini with 
    the explosive arrows along the south walkway to get rid of one annoyance.
    
    The characters can still knock the Majini off the platforms for some quick 
    kills and the characters can also stand above the ladder and shoot or knife 
    them as they climb.  Drop down to the wooden platform in the center of the area 
    after the battle.
    
    Investigate the crank along the middle platform.  Your lead character will 
    issue out a command for the partner to rotate the crank on single player while 
    your main character is on the raft in the east or one player can rotate it 
    while the other player stands on the raft.  Move up the ladder on the south 
    side then hop across the gap on the wooden platforms.  The door off to the 
    right is locked on the other side.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Lowered Bridge - Lowered bridge in the east in front of the middle 
        platform.
    [ ] Crank - The crank that can be rotated on the middle platform.
    [ ] Locked door - The locked door across the bridge that can be lowered via the 
        crank.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Move over to the raft in the east and hop on top of it.  The other character 
    will begin to rotate the crank to drag the raft across the water.  The player 
    that elects to move across the water on the raft will have to avoid crocodiles 
    as they jump up out of the water and attack.  The button prompt for dodging 
    them is both shoulder buttons on normal mode (R1 + L1/RT + LT).  Be quick since 
    you only have a few seconds to input the command once one of them appears!  
    There altogether four button prompt sequences on single player.
    
    .--------------------------------- WARNING -----------------------------------.
    | On Veteran mode the command for dodging the crocodiles' bites will randomly |
    | switch between R1 + L1/RT + LT and [] + X/X + A.                            |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    When your character steps off on the other side, step toward the button with 
    the tiger skin over it to get a "Kick" command.  Kick the button to lower the 
    bridge in the east.  Unbar the door further to the side then hop back across 
    the west gap and meet up with your partner then fall down the side of the 
    ladder ahead.
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Move across the bridge and into the tunnel ahead.  When your character climbs 
    up to the first raised area, equip the knife then look directly up and destroy 
    the torch above.  A ++RUBY (PEAR)++ will fall out of the torch.  Move further 
    along the tunnel then climb up to the next raised area.  Once again, equip the 
    knife and break the overhead torch to make a ++SAPPHIRE (SQUARE)++ fall.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Execution Grounds - Chapter 3-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After climbing up the first raised area in the 
                        cave tunnel past the wooden bridge in the east, equip the
                        knife and break the overhead torch to make this fall from 
                        it.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Execution Grounds - Chapter 3-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Sapphire (Square) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After climbing up the second raised area in the 
                        cave tunnel past the wooden bridge in the east, equip the 
                        knife and break the overhead torch to make this fall from
                        it.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Move to the end of the tunnel and the characters will come upon an area with 
    tents and tall grass.  A slight cutscene will trigger shortly.  Walk into the 
    tall grass on the left side and collect the ++60 GOLD++ hidden in the middle.  
    There is ++90 GOLD++ on the south end of the right patch of tall grass.  Watch 
    for the snake that will try to jump out and bite your characters at the north 
    end of that patch of grass.  A character can easily collect the gold without 
    having to worry about the snake.  Stand near the entrance to the first tent up 
    ahead then aim in the north portion of the grass and you should be able to 
    shoot the hidden snake.  The snake might drop an egg.
    
    .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------.
    | Shoot at the vultures that fly overhead in this area and you might get some |
    | extra gold from their bodies.  It's not worth it but hey... it's something  |
    | else to shoot in this area besides a few snakes and an emblem.              |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] 60 gold - In the middle of the left patch of tall grass.
    [ ] 90 gold - At the south end of the right patch of tall grass.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Enter the first tent up ahead and be sure to examine the --TYPE 3 PLAGAS FIELD 
    TEST-- file on the bed.  Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- to the right and the 
    --WOODEN BARREL-- further ahead to the left in the back of the tent.  Look at 
    the space in between the tents and shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (16/30)-- from the 
    back side of the tents.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Type 3 Plagas Field Test file - On the bed in the first tent.
    [ ] IV Machine Above Bed - Fallen IV machine above the bed in the first tent.
    [ ] Bowl - The bowl on the small table in the first tent.
    [ ] Bowl - The bowl on the small table near the bed inside the second tent.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right in the back of the tents.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the left in the back of the tents.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #16
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Execution Grounds - Chapter 3-2
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: In the area with the Tricell tents, step around the
      \________/   back of either one then move to the center and look in between
                   the tents to see this emblem lying against some sandbags on the
                   far side.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Enter the second tent and pick up the ++FIRST AID SPRAY++ from the small table 
    with the bowl inside.  Outside the tents, pick up the ++INCENDIARY GRENADE++ 
    lying on the stack of wooden blocks.  Collect the ++JEWEL BEETLE ++ treasure 
    from the furthest barrel to the north next to the oil pool and burning pipe in 
    the middle of the area.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Execution Grounds - Chapter 3-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Jewel Beetle [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  This is lying on the north barrel that lies in a 
                        shallow pool of oil below the pipe with flames shooting out
                        of it in the middle of the camp with Tricell tents.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] First Aid Spray - On the small table with the bowl in the second tent.
    [ ] Incendiary Grenade - On top of the stack of wooden blocks near the entrance 
        to the second tent.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    There is a snake near the wooden block inside the big patch of tall grass off 
    to the left further ahead.  Find the snake while stepping beside the grass then 
    shoot him and he might drop an egg.  Collect the ++70 GOLD++ from near the 
    wooden blocks while standing in the grass.  Step inside the shack to the north 
    and break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- inside.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the shack to the north in the camp area.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the shack to the north in the camp area.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] 70 Gold - Near the wooden blocks in the patch of grass near the shack.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move down the path to the east up ahead.  The characters will have some slight 
    dialogue between them as they both step toward the entrance to the oil field 
    ahead.  Stand next to the burning tires by the double doors then look up on the 
    mountain wall to the southwest and shoot down the ++RUBY (SQUARE)++ that is 
    shining along the mountainside.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Execution Grounds - Chapter 3-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Square) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After the characters move through the camp with 
                        the Tricell tents, they will arrive at the double door 
                        entrance that leads to the oil field refinery.  Stand in 
                        front of the burning set of tires then look on the mountain 
                        wall to the southwest.  This red gem will be shining along 
                        the mountain wall, so shoot it down then collect it.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Use the assist button while standing in front of the double doors to move on to 
    the next area.
    
                                                                            [CH322]
    Chapter 3-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                         O I L  F I E L D  -  R E F I N E R Y
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    The east set of stairs is sealed off by pipes that shoot flames on each side of 
    the middle stair railing.  Look off to the right before dropping from the 
    railing ahead to see a valve handle.  There are two valve handles on each side 
    and they are used to turn off the flames spewing from the pies in the east.
    
    Drop down from the opening in the railing ahead after the cutscene.  Both 
    characters need to reach the middle high platform in order to reach the other 
    two platforms with valve handles.
    
    Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- off to the left after falling.  Fight off the 
    Majini that attack below; one of them has dynamite.  There are no more barrels 
    around the immediate areas, so you don't have to explore this bottom portion 
    that much.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Off to the left after dropping from the first area.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Either move up the stairs off to the left (where you first drop from) or climb 
    up the ladder directly ahead and around the corner the corner to the left.  If 
    the stair path is chosen then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- in the middle of the 
    stairs.  Another --WOODEN BARREL_-- is near the railing to the right at the top 
    of the stairs.  There are three Majini with crossbows on the top walkways.  One 
    of them is on the very top middle platform that the characters are going to and 
    the other two are to the south - on a set of stairs and near the valve handle 
    to the south.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the middle of the west set of stairs that lead up to the
        middle platform.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Off to the right near the railing after climbing the stairs
        in the west.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Climb to the very top of the middle platform by moving up the ladder then break 
    both of the --WOODEN BARRELS-- above.  Before turning the valve handle, walk 
    around to the opposite side of the middle structure and grab the ++JEWEL 
    BEETLE++ that is on the opposite side on a metal bar along the opposite side.  
    Turn the valve handle at the top with either character.  This will turn off the 
    flames that shoot out of the pipe on the left staircase and allow access to the 
    path that leads to the south valve handle.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Refinery - Chapter 3-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Jewel Beetle [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Once the characters move up the first set of 
                        stairs to the left at the beginning of the area and climb 
                        the ladder at the top they will be on the platform (tower) 
                        in the center of the area, move around the opposite side of 
                        the structure with the red valve handle on it and this 
                        treasure will be attached to one of the metal bars on the 
                        back of the structure.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the very top of the middle platform.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the very top of the middle platform.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Three Majini will attack from the north as the flames are turned off.  There is 
    one Majini on the platform to the northwest armed with a crossbow also.  Take 
    out the rifle and aim then kill him off before dropping from the top of the 
    middle platform.  One of the three Majini that attack below will stand back and 
    toss dynamite, so kill the dynamite Majini off first and be ready to move if he 
    tosses a stick near your characters.
    
    Break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- up the north set of stairs near the far 
    railing.  Climb up the ladder to the west.  Pull the switch at the top of the 
    high area to make a zipline move toward the platform.  Each character can ride 
    the zipline over to the area with the valve handle to the south.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the north railing up the north set of stairs.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the north railing up the north set of stairs.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Right when the first character lands on the south platform, the viewpoint will 
    showcase a Chainsaw Majini as it drops down the west platform.  It's headed for 
    the south platform with the red valve handle that the first character lands on. 
    The character can either fight him on the platform with the valve handle or 
    fall down the east side and fight him in the bottom area.  Either way, break 
    the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- near the railing while deciding.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel (right) - On the south platform with the red valve handle.
    --> Definite Item: Proximity Bomb
    [ ] Wooden Barrel (left) - On the south platform with the red valve handle.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The Chainsaw Majini really isn't much of threat by himself.  You just need to 
    have a good weapon that will stun him.  Any weapon will work in stunning him 
    and if you broke the barrels to the side then you have a proximity bomb now 
    that can be laid down in his path to stun him.  If you have some incendiary 
    grenade then toss one at him for an instant stun.
    
    Otherwise, aim for his head with a weapon and shoot him until he is stunned. 
    Stand above the stunned Chainsaw Majini and pump shotgun blast directly into 
    his head then quickly perform a melee attack as he begins to recover.  If the 
    AI partner is set to attack mode ("Go" command) then that character seems to 
    aim for his head to stun him quite a bit, or at least, help out more in trying 
    to stun him.
    
    .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
    | One good way to save ammo and still keep the pressure on the Chainsaw       |
    | Majini is to stun him with headshots then quickly run up to him and hit him |
    | with the stun rod or knife slash him until he is about to recover then      |
    | perform a quick melee attack. Rinse and repeat to defeat him without having | 
    | to worry much about ammo.  It's possible to get in around 7 knife slashes   |
    | before he can fully recover. Cancel the last stun rod attack or slash into  |
    | the melee attack.                                                           |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    .---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------.
    | While playing on Veteran difficulty, or this might have a small chance of   |
    | happening on Normal difficulty, the Chainsaw Majinis that attack near the   |
    | valve handles on both sides of the area may revive and go into their        |
    | berserk mode, so bring along a proximity bomb to lay in their path or a     |
    | magnum or high-powered shotgun to finish them off from a distance if they   |
    | do this.  Listen for the battle music to continue to play after they drop   |
    | their treasure as a warning sign that they are about to get up after being  |
    | knocked down once.                                                          |
    |                                                                             |
    | They can be damaged the moment that they start to rise. A character can     |
    | simply stand over one and spam him with gunfire to defeat him right as he   |
    | enters Berserk mode.  Berserker said "stay down", damn you!                 |
    |                                                                             |
    | NOTE: The Chainsaw Majini CANNOT die while rising before going into Berserk |
    | mode.  He will ONLY die after fully standing, so basically if you have      |
    | already shot him twice with a magnum while he rises, then he is already     |
    | dead even though he continues to rise but he will only die when he fully    |
    | stands.  There is no reason to continually spam him with bullets and waste  |
    | them.                                                                       |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Whichever way is chosen, simply go for head stuns and punish him until he is 
    about to recover then perform a melee attack.  Remember that the second 
    character can follow up with a melee attack for extra damage.  While playing 
    single player, run by the Chainsaw Majini while Sheva is in cover mode or 
    immediately issued a "Go" command right after hitting him with a melee attack. 
    Pick up the ++VENOM FANG++ treasure that he drops after defeating him.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Refinery - Chapter 3-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Venom Fang [3,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Dropped by the first Chainsaw Majini after 
                        defeating him.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Turn the valve handle on the south platform to turn off the flame spewing out 
    of the right pipe on the east staircase.  Fall back down the platform and 
    return to the middle platform.  Move up the south staircase connected to the 
    middle platform.  Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- near the railing at the top.  
    Pull the lever at the top of the south platform to bring the zipline from the 
    north platform over to the current platform.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the railing by the stairs on the south platform with 
        the lever.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Ride the zipline across to the north platform with the valve handle.  Break the 
    --WOODEN BARREL-- near the door ahead then rotate the valve handle off to the 
    right to turn off the flames that spew out of the left pipe up the east set of 
    stairs.  Allow your partner to get across the zipline afterward.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------- BREEAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the door beside the north valve handle.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Once the door to the north is unbarred another Chainsaw Majini will attack 
    after he drops during the cutscene.  Be sure to move down the stairs and fight 
    him below since the current platform is really too small to fight him on and 
    there is no reason to return here after the valve handle has been rotated.  He 
    will drop a ++VENOM FANG++ once defeated.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP 1 -----------------------------------.
    | The cutscene where the second Chainsaw Majini drops can be skipped and this |
    | will allow extra time to move without him being right in front of your      |
    | characters after the cutscene.                                              |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    .----------------------------------- TIP 2 -----------------------------------.
    | If the north valve handle is rotated last, when the Chainsaw Majini appears |
    | it is possible to run toward the east set of stairs then run by the Majini  |
    | group that attacks and leave this area without the need to fight the        |
    | second Chainsaw Majini.                                                     |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Refinery - Chapter 3-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Venom Fang [3,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Dropped by the second Chainsaw Majini after 
                        defeating him.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Now that the flames are gone, move up the east set of stairs after the battle. 
    A group of Majini will attack from around the left corner at the top of the 
    walkway.  Fight them off and drop to the lower area around the corner.  Break 
    the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- below then both characters should use the partner 
    assist action to open the door.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near a dumpster outside the exit door in the east.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near a dumpster outside the exit door in the east.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH323]
    Chapter 3-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                  O I L  F I E L D  -  C O N T R O L  F A C I L I T Y
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    During this area, both players must cover Josh while he performs various tasks.
    
    --> COVER JOSH WHILE HE DISABLES THE ELEVATOR LOCK
    
    Majini will break through the window on the south side of the room and climb 
    over the fence on the southeast side.  Break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- near 
    the southeast fence, the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- on the south side of the 
    elevator shaft, the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- on the southwest side of the room 
    for some extra items.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the fence on the southwest side of the room.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the fence on the southwest side of the room.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel (left) - Near the south side of the outside of the elevator 
        shaft.
    --> Definite Item: Hand Grenade
    [ ] Wooden Barrel (right) - Near the south side of the outside of the elevator 
        shaft.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the wall on the southeast side of the room.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the wall on the southeast side of the room.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The Majini that attack in the first wave are fairly weak.  They bunch up in the 
    area quite a bit though. Make sure to keep them away from Josh as he continues 
    to disable the elevator lock.
    
    .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
    | During this battle you might notice two barrels behind the west fence.      |
    : Don't shoot them from right here.  Wait until just a bit later and both     |
    | characters will be able to get on that side.                                |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    .--------------------------- INTERACTING WITH JOSH ---------------------------.
    | Throughout this entire section Josh can interact with the Majini that are   |
    | knocked toward him and the character's current status if he is not busy     |
    | with the controls.  If Majini get near him then he will step away from the  |
    | controls and fight them off and that is when he will interact depending on  |
    | the actions and status of your characters.  Below are some ways to get him  |
    | to interact with the character while he is NOT busy at a control panel:     |
    |                                                                             |
    | 1) If your character knocks a Majini toward Josh with an arm stun melee     | 
    | (Hook, Kick, etc.) then Josh will bounce the staggering Majini back toward  |
    | the character allowing your character to perform a tag team melee.          |
    |                                                                             |
    | 2) If a character approaches Josh while in dying status, Josh will actually |
    | resuscitate that fallen character.  Tap the assist button to make sure he   |
    | resuscitates your character.                                                |
    |                                                                             |
    | 3) Your character can actually respond to his attacks, if he bounces a      |
    | Majini back from an arm stun melee or if he performs a critical headshot    |
    | with his handgun at any point during this chapter segment, press the assist |
    | button and your character will respond to his actions.                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | 4) If a Majini grabs Josh it can be knocked off with a partner assist       |
    | melee.  Josh might follow up the melee with a melee of his own if the       |
    | Majini survives your character's partner assist melee.                      |
    |                                                                             |
    | 5) Josh can be healed with any healing item while standing next to him and  |
    | using a healing item.                                                       |
    |                                                                             |
    | 6) If the assist button is tapped while your character is grabbed by a      |
    | Majini when near Josh then he may turn and shoot the Majini off your        |
    | character.                                                                  |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Eventually Josh will mention that the Majini seem to have let up but don't let 
    your guard down.  This man knows the way that Resident Evil games work ever 
    since Resident Evil 4, because shortly after he mentions that, Majini will bust 
    through the north window and begin to enter from the north side.  Josh, you 
    freaking jinx!  The Majini will still climb over the fence on the west side of 
    the room as well.
    
    Two Big Man Majini will attack along with the final wave of Majini and each of 
    them will drop a ++JEWEL BANGLE++ once defeated.  Use the usual shotgun and 
    melee to deal with them or fire at them with handgun several times to set up 
    for a melee attack.  Double team them with the two characters with a tag team 
    melee if possible.
    
    .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
    | Stand near the north window and bust it open.  When the Majini begin to     |
    | arrive on the other side of that window, toss a hand grenade into the room  |
    | to finish all of them off instantly.                                        |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Control Facility - Chapter 3-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle (x2) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Dropped by the two Big Man Majini that attack 
                        along with the final wave of Majini on the first floor as 
                        Josh tries to activate the elevator.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Eventually Josh will get the elevator working then he will get inside and tell 
    Chris and Sheva to get in as well.  The characters can stand outside the 
    elevator and finish off the remaining Majini or join up with Josh inside.  Both 
    players should press the assist button inside the elevator to take it to the 
    next floor.
    
    .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
    | Stand outside the elevator while Josh is inside of it and he will           |
    | eventually yell out sarcastic remarks to the characters about getting       |
    | inside.                                                                     |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> FOLLOW JOSH
    
    Follow the railing directly ahead as it curves around the second floor of the 
    room.  Majini will be along the upper walkway and other side of the second 
    floor.  Josh will help out a lot more this time.  He will use his handgun to 
    shoot the Majini in his way and maybe even melee attack them.
    
    Follow Josh up the ladder then break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- off to the 
    right on the high platform.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel (left) - After climbing the ladder to the high walkway, this 
        is to the right along with another barrel.
    --> Definite Item: Proximity Bomb
    [ ] Wooden Barrel (right) - After climbing the ladder to the high walkway, this
        is to the right along with another barrel.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Fall to the west walkway below after stepping across the high platform.  A 
    Majini with a crossbow is on the west walkway as the characters move toward it. 
    Majini armed with crossbows appear on the nearby high walkways when the 
    characters drop to the lower east walkway.  One will appear from the high 
    walkway that both characters just dropped from and two more will be on the 
    north walkway.  The machine gun or handgun will work just fine with defeating 
    them.
    
    Climb up to the north walkway then drop to the lower portion of the walkway 
    ahead.  Two --WOODEN BARRELS-- will be near the right railing after falling. 
    There is a --WOODEN BARREL-- directly ahead near the east wall.  Josh will 
    begin to tinker with the panel near the locked door.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the right railing after dropping from the west end of 
        the north walkway.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the right railing after dropping from the west end of 
        the north walkway.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - At the end of the lower north walkway, east side.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    --> COVER JOSH WHILE HE UNLOCKS THE DOOR
    
    A cutscene will play as Majini and a Chainsaw Majini move out the elevator.  
    Rush back up the ladder in order to climb back up to the high walkway that the 
    characters just dropped from.  Both characters have got to keep the Majini and 
    the Chainsaw Majini away from Josh for a few seconds while he unlocks the door 
    below.
    
    Keep in mind that the Chainsaw Majini will go after Josh and kill him (ending 
    the game) if the characters move too far away from the Josh.  With how narrow 
    the walkways are, this will be the perfect area to set up a proximity bombs in 
    order to stun the Chainsaw Majini.  The Chainsaw Majini does not have to be 
    defeated, but if he is then he will drop a ++GOLD RING++ treasure.  To fight 
    off the Chainsaw Majini rather easily, stun him by shooting him in the head 
    with gunfire then run up and hit him several times with the stun rod before 
    canceling into a melee attack.
    
    .--------------------------------- WARNING -----------------------------------.
    | On Veteran mode, or possibly on Normal mode, the Chainsaw Majini that       |
    | attacks in this area might revive and enter berserk mode, so be standing by |
    | him with a high-powered weapon or place a proximity bomb in his path to     |
    | finish him off if he does this.  Remember that he can be shot while he is   |
    | getting up and still sustain damage at that time.                           |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | Either character can stand right near a ladder as the normal Majini drop    |
    | from a higher walkway and pin them against the ladder with knife or stun    |
    | rod attacks.  A player can also stand at the top of the ladder and knock    |
    | them back down it with either weapon as well.                               |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Control Room - Chapter 3-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Gold Ring [5,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Dropped by the Chainsaw Majini.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Get back to Josh after the battle or run back to him when he unlocks the door 
    then open the door to trigger a cutscene.
    
    Move down the stairs up ahead after the cutscene.  Hop through either window 
    along the outside portion of the building and break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- 
    that could be seen behind the fence when both characters were helping Josh 
    earlier.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Hop through either of the windows after moving down the 
        stairs shortly before exiting the area and this will on the other side 
        across from a fence.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Hop through either of the windows after moving down the 
        stairs shortly before exiting the area and this will on the other side 
        across from a fence.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Hop back through either window and move up the nearby stairs then both 
    characters need to press the assist button near the door to exit this area.
    
                                                                            [CH324]
    Chapter 3-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                           O I L  F I E L D  -  D O C K
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------.
    | I would highly advise you to have at least 3 hand grenades saved for the    |
    | enemy waves here if you want to get by them easily and kill the majority of |
    | them quickly.  Exit the subchapter then load it again through the           |
    | "Continue" option then buy the hand grenades if needed.                     |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    There are two --WOODEN BARRELS-- near the set of dumpsters to the right.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the set of dumpsters at the beginning of this area.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the set of dumpsters at the beginning of this area.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    .--------------------------------- TIP ---------------------------------------.
    | The partner AI can get a bit annoying here since the partner insists on     |
    | looking off the railing and not following your character if you move to the |
    | north.  Run just a bit to the south and the partner will begin to follow    |
    | your character once again.  This is useful if your main character inventory |
    | is full and your partner's isn't.                                           |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Irving's boat can be seen in the water to the east while standing next to the 
    railing up ahead.  Open the door to the left.  The door to the small building 
    up ahead is locked, so move down the stairs.  Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- below 
    the next set of stairs then find the next --WOODEN BARREL-- below the set of 
    stairs even further.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Locked Door - The locked door of the building to the north.
    [ ] Locked Door - The locked door of the building to the northwest.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the left corner below the first set of stairs to the 
        north.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the left corner below the second set of stairs to the 
        north.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The characters really need to break the barrels listed above now, since they 
    won't have much of a chance later.  There is nothing to do at the wooden dock 
    with the boats and the second nearby building is locked just like the first.
    
    Run to the south side of the dock after breaking the two barrels on the north 
    side.  There is a single --WOODEN BARREL-- on the lower walkway along the left 
    side, so drop down to the walkway to find it in a corner.  Find the two 
    --WOODEN BARRELS-- underneath the blue storage area with the rooftop along the 
    right side.  Don't move too far or a cutscene will activate.  There is a single 
    --WOODEN BARREL-- below the next storage area, but a character will have to 
    break it after the cutscene that triggers further ahead has played.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the lower walkway to the south.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Under the rooftop of the first storage area.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Under the rooftop of the first storage area.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Under the rooftop of the second storage area.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Well, at least he isn't as annoying as Salazar, right?
    
    The characters now have to make a timed run over to Josh, who is on the north 
    side of the dock preparing a boat.  The characters have a total of 2 minutes to 
    reach him.
    
    There are a few pickups a player should be aware of here.  First of all, run 
    toward the far west and step along the side of the walkway then open the metal 
    case lying on the walkway and collect the ++3,000 GOLD++ from inside.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Dock - Chapter 3-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: 3,000 gold
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After the cutscene with Irving while out on the 
                        docks, turn to the west and move down steps and you'll find
                        this in a metal case at the end of the walkway near the 
                        water.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    The second item of note is a BSAA emblem.  Enter the nearby left building by 
    opening the door then shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (17/30)-- while it hangs near the 
    corner of the right wall.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #17
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Oil Refinery - Dock - Chapter 3-2
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS: After the cutscene with Irving while out on the docks,
      \________/   turn to the left after the cutscene and open the door to the 
                   nearby building then step inside. This medal is on the right 
                   wall near the back corner.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Now, all the characters have to do is jog across to the north side of the dock, 
    right?  Is it ever that easy?  Along the way, both characters will be attacked 
    by four enemy waves.  There are also a few Majini that will toss dynamite from 
    up above while the characters are on the south side; there are two along the 
    south tower (on top and on the stairs) and two on the west set of gas tanks.  
    The dynamite Majini aren't that much of a problem though since the characters 
    will be on the move the entire time.  Players can basically ignore them.  If 
    the characters brought along at least three hand grenades then the players 
    won't have any problems with the waves of enemies here.
    
    --> Wave 1 (Town Majini)
    
    The first wave of enemies will begin to arrive right after the cutscene with 
    Irving.  They come from the east side and are composed of normal Town Majini 
    with weapons and shouldn't be much of a problem.  Toss a hand grenade at them 
    when they gather to take them all down with one explosion.  This is one of the 
    harder waves to take down with a single hand grenade since they tend to scatter 
    while moving toward your characters.
    
    --> Wave 2 (Town Majini/ two with crossbows)
    
    Wave 2 will run out from the left corner when the characters move toward the 
    door on the north side of the dock.  Two of them have crossbows.  Toss a hand 
    grenade at them as they begin to gather in front of the door.
    
    The door has been padlocked, so quickly shoot the lock or kick the door three 
    times to knock it open.  If your character tosses a hand grenade at the second 
    wave then that may very well have destroyed the lock as well.
    
    --> Wave 3 (Four Adjules and one Big Man Majini)
    
    The third wave will run out of the building to the north after stepping through 
    the door.  Four Adjules will step out and one Big Man Majini.  Toss a hand 
    grenade right as the Adjules step outside of the building.  For Big Man, you 
    need to use a Magnum if you want to defeat him.  Just shoot him and don't worry 
    that much about melee.  Time is of the essence!  He will leave behind a ++GOLD 
    RING++ if your characters can defeat him.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Dock - Chapter 3-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Gold Ring [5,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Defeat the Big Man Majini among the third wave of
                        enemies and he will drop this treasure.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    There is also a --WOODEN BARREL-- inside of the building that the third enemy 
    wave exits from.  I'd just shoot it from a distance if I were you to at least 
    say that I destroyed it.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside of the first building along the east side.  The 
        third enemy wave will exit from this building after the Irving cutscene 
        allowing the characters to step inside of it.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    BEFORE THE CHARACTERS MOVE DOWN THE STAIRS ALONG THE NORTH SIDE...
    
    The characters need to shoot each of the C4 explosives that have been placed 
    along the first staircase.  There are a total of two and if the characters 
    tossed a hand grenade then the explosion might have set off one of them.  Josh 
    will be waiting for the characters along the side of the second building below.
    
    --> Wave 4 (Town Majini)
    
    The fourth wave is pretty bunched up near the area where your characters meet 
    up with Josh, so you might have to back off a bit when a hand grenade is tossed 
    at them. Josh will help out for this fight a bit but really only manages to 
    help spread the Majini apart, making it harder for your characters to defeat 
    all of the Majini.  A few Majini will already be on the dock then a few more 
    will exit from the nearby building.
    
    There is nothing inside of the nearby building, so don't worry about stepping 
    inside.  Run toward the boats along the wooden portion of the dock to trigger a 
    cutscene that will end this chapter!
    
    .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
    | If the timer runs out all the way, a cutscene of the oil refinery blowing   |
    | up will play as the "You are Dead" screen appears.  Nothing special really  |
    | but many gamers will likely not die here to notice it.                      |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    - - -                                                                     - - -
                ___ _                 _              _____       _____       [CH33]
               / __\ |__   __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __  |___ /      |___ / 
              / /  | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__|   |_ \  ___   |_ \ 
             / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | ||  __/ |     ___) ||___| ___) |
             \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_|    |____/      |____/ 
                               |_|                                         
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         --> Chapter 3-3 Ranking Table <--
            .-----------------------------------------------------------.
            | RANKS          |    S     |     A    |     B    |    C    |
            |===========================================================|
            | ACCURACY       |   70%+   | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | ENEMIES ROUTED |    30+   |    20    |    10    |   <9    |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | DEATHS         |     0    |     1    |     2    |    3+   |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | CLEAR TIME     | <19'00"  |  23'00"  |  27'00"  |  22'01"+|
            '-----------------------------------------------------------'
            < = less than or equal to                    + = greater than
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH331]
    Chapter 3-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
               O I L  F I E L D  -  D R I L L I N G  F A C I L I T I E S
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Recommended Weapons:
    
    - Sniper Rifle (highly recommended; one for each character for distant enemies)
    - Machine Gun (for hitting explosive barrels quickly)
    - Handgun (if you if are very accurate, bring this over the machine gun, but I 
      would recommend the machine gun more if you already have a rifle)
    - Shotgun (for close range enemies; not needed near as much as the other two 
      weapons)
    
    The Majini in the speedboats from the cutscene will be on the tail of the your 
    boat as Josh speeds down the river.  It's really best for both players to equip 
    sniper rifles at this part.  Each player should take one of the two boats then 
    fire at the Majini on that boat.  There are three Majini on the right boat and 
    two Majini on the left boat.
    
    A sniper rifle will make quick work of the Majini on both boats.  If you didn't 
    bring a rifle then use a handgun or maybe a machine gun.  Once both of the 
    boats are far in the distance then don't worry about them.
    
    Turn around and face the other direction.  This next part will have your boat 
    speed by several sections of the river where Majini will shoot at the boat from 
    a distance.  Luckily, most of the Majini have staked out in areas with an 
    explosive barrel to get behind for cover... that was sarcasm there.  Basically, 
    whenever you see the color red up ahead, you shoot that color and then stand 
    back and watch the pretty explosions and Majini bits that fly through the air.
    
    Watch for the overhead bridge that is coming up.  Aim for the explosive barrel 
    in the center of the bridge then fire at it to defeat both Majini with 
    crossbows on top.  A Majini will be on a tower further ahead to the right - 
    shoot the large explosive canister next to him.  The boat will drive by a 
    Majini on the dock to the left (with an explosive barrel next to him and a 
    Majini on the boat to the right.
    
    Shoot either of the two explosive canisters before the boat moves through the 
    doorway ahead and you'll defeat the Majini on the high walkway above.  The boat 
    will drive through the doorway and then it will stop as Josh orders both 
    characters to open the gate up ahead.
    
    Shoot the Kipepeos in the area then blast the explosive barrels on the 
    northeast and southeast high walkways to defeat the two Majini armed with 
    crossbows up high.  A few Majini will move down the stairs and approach the 
    boat.  Look to the east and you'll notice a slight glimmer below the top 
    portion of the top walkway where both Majini were standing overhead before 
    passing up under the doorway.  Take out a rifle and shoot this --BSAA EMBLEM 
    (18/30)-- from the boat or a character can move closer and shoot it.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #18
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Oil Field - Drilling Facilities - Chapter 3-3
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS:  Before the boat moves up under the doorway with the 
      \________/   two Majini with crossbows overhead, this emblem is attached to 
                   the bottom portion of the walkway below them.  If you miss, then
                   you can easily shoot the bottom portion of this emblem when the 
                   boat stops.  Simply look to the east then look below the walkway
                   where the Majini were at to see the bottom glowing portion of
                   this emblem.  You can get off the boat and shoot it from the
                   walkways further ahead for an easier shot.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Get off the boat then move around the corner to the right and break the 
    --WOODEN BARREL-- at the end.  Move around the left corner and break the 
    --WOODEN BARREL-- along the way then approach the gap in the back center.  Hop 
    across the gap in the walkway then grab the ++HANDGUN BULLETS (+15)++ along the 
    walkway on the other side.  Move toward the lever ahead and break the --WOODEN 
    BARREL-- in the alcove to the right of it then pull the lever.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - When the boat stops, get off and this will be around the 
        right corner.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - When the boat stops, get off and this will be around the 
        left corner on your way up to the gap in the walkway.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the alcove to the right of the lever.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+15) - After hopping over the gap in the walkway, this will 
        be lying near the railing after moving down both ramps.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Once the lever has been pulled, a few Majini and two Kipepeos will attack from 
    the east.  Two Majini armed with dynamite will toss down explosives from the 
    high walkway in the east.  If there happens to be an explosive canister still 
    up on the walkway then shoot it to take down at least one of them.  Use a 
    sniper rifle to shoot the other.  The Kipepeos will fall easy to rifle or a 
    shotgun, handgun or machine gun or a single flash grenade!  Make your way back 
    to the boat on the other side.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | To get a head start on the next driving sequence, stand near the side of    |
    | the door closest to the boat and aim past the door to the west.  Get the    |
    | explosive barrels in the distance in your site with a sniper rifle then     |
    | shoot the explosive barrels to easily defeat the lurking Majini with        |
    | crossbows that stand near them.  The Majini never anticipated you'd read    |
    | Berserker's guide and know about them way ahead of time.                    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Get on the boat when you're ready.  Make sure you read the tip above.
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    The boat will speed past Majini armed with crossbows on an overhead walkway off 
    to the left.  Find the explosive barrel near them and shoot it.  You'll have to 
    press the button that appears in order to duck up under the low pipe further 
    ahead or your character will suffer quite a bit of damage.  Quickly shoot one 
    of the explosive barrels on the bridge up above then shoot the Majini on the 
    pipe ahead.  The characters will have to duck up under the low pipe ahead so 
    prepare to press the button that appears on the screen to duck again.
    
    .--------------------------------- WARNING -----------------------------------.
    | If your character gets caught looking through the scope of a rifle when a   |
    | a pipe is in front of that character, the button prompt for ducking the     |
    | pipe will not appear, so you might get hit. Stop aiming whenever a pipe is  |
    | coming into view to avoid this problem.                                     |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    After the boat moves up under the overhead bridge, shoot the explosive canister 
    on the back right and back left further ahead to take down the Majini with 
    crossbows on the high walkways.  You'll pass by several Majini with crossbows 
    along boats and wooden walkways.  Try to take down as many as you can while the 
    boat moves past them.  BE SURE to focus aim on the left side since there are 
    two Majini on that side that carry dynamite and they will toss it toward the 
    boat as it moves by.  The characters can get a slight head start on finishing 
    off some of the Majini along the side area as the boat prepares to stop.
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Step off the boat then break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- on the nearby walkway 
    and pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+15)++ in the corner of the railing near them. 
    There is a ++GREEN HERB++ in a corner to the left also.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the walkway to the right when the boat stops.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the walkway to the right when the boat stops.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+15) - On the walkway to the right when the boat stops.
    [ ] Green Herb - On the left side of the walkway after the boat stops.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Turn and look to the west.  You see those mounted gatling guns up above that 
    are just waiting for a Majini to run behind and operate?  Well, once your 
    characters move further along the walkway to the east Majini will run behind 
    each of them and begin to fire down at your characters as if I just jinxed you.
    
    Move to the east.  The characters will have to take cover behind the wall 
    around the corner since Majini will start to fire with the mounted gatling guns 
    to the west.  Press the action button when the button prompt appears on either 
    side of the wall to take cover then equip a rifle and wait for the machine gun 
    to stop firing; lean out then shoot the head of the Majini that operates each 
    gatling gun.  Take cover and reload in between shots.  Remember that you can 
    reload simply by tapping the run button while taking cover.
    
    You'll also need to shoot a few Majini with crossbows and one with dynamite 
    that will be firing/tossing explosives at your characters from up above.  There 
    is a lever on both sides of the door, so the characters can take either the 
    north or south side to get to either one.  A character will have to stand at 
    each one and both will have to flip the lever at the same time.
    
    Let's take the long path to the east, so the characters can grab plenty of 
    items along the way.  Move up the ramp to the east then, before moving up the 
    next ramp to hop across the gap in the middle, find the side without railing 
    then drop down to the hidden east wooden walkway.  Follow the walkway to the 
    east then jump across the gap ahead.  Move to the shack in the distance then 
    pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+15)++, ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+50)++, ++SHOTGUN 
    SHELLS (+10)++ and ++FIRST AID SPRAY++ from the table inside.  Break the 
    --WOODEN BARREL-- across from the table.  Exit the shack then open the metal 
    case outside of it and grab the ++M3 (SG)++ from the case.  There is also 
    another --WOODEN BARREL-- at the end of the wooden walkway to the east.
    
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    H I D D E N  W E A P O N
    Weapon:  M3 (SG)
    Location: Oil Field -  Drilling Facilities - Chapter 3-3
    Details: After stepping off the boat for the second time, you'll need to drop 
    from the side of the walkway without railing to the east after moving up the 
    first ramp.  The wooden walkway that you drop to will take you to a shack off 
    to the right.  This is inside the metal case on the table next to that shack.
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the shack to the east after dropping to the wooden 
        walkway.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - At the far end of the wooden walkway to the east.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+15) - On the table inside the shack to the east after 
        dropping to the wooden walkway.
    [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+50) - On the table inside the shack to the east after 
        dropping to the wooden walkway.
    [ ] Shotgun Shells (+10) - On the table inside the shack to the east after 
        dropping to the wooden walkway.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move back the way the characters came from and find the piece of the wooden 
    walkway that faces a walkway on the other side.  Walk toward it to get a jump 
    command.  Leap toward the wooden walkway on the other side.  Move beside the 
    boat off to the right then collect the sparkling ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++ from off 
    the right side of the walkway then break the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- to the 
    left.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Drilling Facilities - Chapter 3-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Sapphire (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  This is on the left side of the wooden walkway
                        that can be gotten to by leaping off the north east side of
                        the area after moving down the second ramp.  This will be 
                        near the end of the walkway, to the right.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - At the very end of the left wooden walkway in the east.
    --> Definite Item: Magnum Ammo (+6)
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Turn around and turn to the right while leaving.  Hop over the gap in the 
    walkway while making your way back to the west.  Climb up on top of the other 
    side of the walkway ahead.  Move down the ramp then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- 
    off to the left and take the ++RED HERB++.  The nearby wall can be used for 
    cover just in case you jumped over the gap when the Majini manned the gatling 
    guns up above.  This type of cover wall that the characters have to duck behind 
    always makes me feel a bit safer for some reason.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the left after moving down the ramp on the opposite 
        side of the walkway across from the boat.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Red Herb - To the left after moving down the ramp on the opposite side of 
        the walkway across from the boat.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- along the walkway further ahead before turning the 
    corner.  Move up the ramp and take the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+15)++ and ++MACHINE GUN 
    AMMO (+50)++ from near the back of the sandbags.  You can take cover behind the 
    sandbags but there isn't any need to really.  There are some oil canisters 
    behind the sandbags but they really have no use unless you elected to leave the 
    Majini with dynamite alive up until now.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Just past the cover wall on the north walkway.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+15) - On the stack of tires behind the sandbags near the
        right lever.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+15) - On the sandbags near the right lever.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Don't worry about the levers now, let's continue to steal all the precious 
    Majini goodies around the area.  Move back down the ramp then climb the ladder 
    to the left.  Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- off to the right then move across and 
    follow the walkway to the left.  The gatling guns along this top walkway can be 
    used by holding L1 near them, and they will come in handy in just a moment.  
    Fire at Josh in the boat below if you want to try them out.  Break the nearby 
    --WOODEN BARREL-- outside of the middle room at the top then open the door and 
    step inside the office.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Off to the right after climbing the ladder near the 
        sandbags on the north side of the area.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Outside the north door of the middle room on the top 
        walkway.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    In the office room, break the --WOODEN BARREL-- then open the drawer off the 
    cabinet and take the ++EMERALD (MARQUISE)++ from inside.  Exit from the other 
    end of the room then collect the ++GREEN HERB++ on the outside walkway and 
    break the --WOODEN BARREL-- further ahead.  There is a transformer that can be 
    shot down above the sandbags below but it has little significance now.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Drilling Facilities - Chapter 3-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Emerald (Marquise) [3,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Step inside the office room along the very top 
                        walkway once the boat stops for the second time and open 
                        the drawer to obtain this treasure.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the office room in the middle of the top walkway.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the south end of the high walkway, outside the office 
        room.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - Near the wooden barrel on the south end of the high walkway 
        outside of the office room.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Drop down off the side of the high walkway where the transformer is at.  Break 
    the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- to the right then collect the ++SHOTGUN SHELLS 
    (+10)++ off the metal drum.  There is also a --WOODEN BARREL-- behind the metal 
    canister down the ramp to the right.  The characters can take cover behind the 
    nearby sandbags just like the group on the other side.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Right near the left lever.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside a metal canister on the south side of the area.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Shotgun Shells (+10) - Lying on top of a metal drum near the sandbags on 
        the south side of the area.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Now that the characters have totally ransacked the area while Josh waits 
    patiently below, let's get to the major task at hand.  Each character needs to 
    stand at a lever on both sides of the area then the characters have to activate 
    the levers at the same time.  On single player mode, use the partner assist 
    command prompt near one lever then move over to the other lever and activate 
    it.  Also, if you pull on one lever then the other character will activate the 
    second automatically while your main character waits.
    
    You know very well that something is going to happen once the levers have been 
    pulled, so let us climb one of the nearby ladders and race back up to the 
    gatling gun to prepare.  Ah, a whole swarm of Kipepeos want to be used as 
    target practice!  You can stand near one gatling gun and get your AI partner to 
    use it by pressing the partner assist button near it if you're playing single 
    player.
    
    The Kipepeos will fall like flies as long as the mounted gatling gun is used to 
    defeat them.  There is a single Majini with a crossbow that will step into view 
    behind the wooden wall to the north below.  This is the same wall that the 
    characters can take cover behind, so shoot him as he peeps out from the long 
    opening along the wall.  Be sure to watch the overheating gauge in the lower 
    right corner as the gun is used and stop firing for a few seconds if it is 
    about to overheat.
    
    On your way back to the boat, two more Kipepeos and some Majini will attack. 
    The two Majini on the back walkways will be armed with dynamite.  A few more 
    Majini and Kipepeos may appear below also.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | When the Majini and Kipepeos appear below, the characters can simply return |
    | to the gatling guns and fire at them to avoid wasting ammo from their       |
    | arsenal.                                                                    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Once the players are ready, return to the boat and Josh will drive through the 
    open gate ahead and a cutscene will trigger.  The cutscene that plays will give 
    way to a boss fight.
    
                                                                            [CH332]
    Chapter 3-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                P A T R O L  B O A T
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    
                                        IRVING
                                        ------
    
                                 HP: 8,500 (Tentacles)
                                HP: 12,000 (Main Body)
                              HP: 13,000 (Irving's Body)
    
    Weak Points: - Top glowing portion of head (visible while he moves beside or 
                   behind the boat)
                 - Middle portion of tentacles (visible when his tentacles move out
                   of the water while beside or behind the boat.  While behind, 
                   they will only appear when his main weak point is showcased.)
                 - Irving's body (visible after the top portion of the head takes 
                   enough damage.  The mouth will open and Irving's body will be 
                   exposed.  This is his main weak point.)
    
    Attacks:
    
    --> While swimming on either side of the boat or behind the boat (with or 
        without human body exposed)
    
    1) Submerged Dashing Bite: Irving swims toward the boat then quickly emerges 
       with his mouth open and snaps at the side of the boat near him.  A button 
       prompt dodge command will appear as the jaws close together in order to 
       dodge the attack with a roll.
    
    2) Tentacle Stab: A tentacle plows into the floor of the boat from above.  A 
       button prompt dodge command will appear right before the tentacle smashes 
       onto the boat.
    
    --> While behind the boat (behind only without human body exposed)
    
    3) Dashing Bite: While above the water's surface and behind the boat, Irving 
       slowly swims toward the boat then snaps at the top side of the boat in front
       of him with his jaws.  A button prompt dodge command will appear right 
       before the jaws close together in order to dodge the attack with a roll.  
       The only real difference here is that he is in plain view while he dashes 
       toward the boat.
    
    --> While submerged
    
    4) Tentacle Grab: While completely underwater, a tentacle moves up out of the 
       water and falls down toward a character to grab that character.  A button 
       prompt command will appear in order to dodge this attack.  If a character is
       grabbed, that character will have to shake the left thumbstick to break free
       or the partner can free the character through normal gunfire or turret fire.
    
    --> THE FOUR TURRETS
    
    There are four turrets spread around the boat on all four corners.  They can 
    all be used by pressing and holding the L1 button near them.  In single player 
    mode, the partner assist button can be pressed near a turret to make the 
    partner use the turret.  The partner will stay at the turret until another 
    command is issued.
    
    Here's the breakdown of the turrets on the boat:
    
    Northeast turret: rocket launcher
    Northwest turret: rocket launcher
    Southeast turret: gatling gun
    Southwest turret: gatling gun
    
    In single player, it is really best for the main player to try out each type of 
    gun see how well your aiming is.  The rocket launcher has to be aimed more 
    precisely and a player has to keep in mind that the boat is moving, so 
    sometimes the player will have to aim a bit in front of the targeted point in 
    order to hit it.  The AI partner doesn't have much of problem aiming with 
    either turret type.  Either way, like a raging Snow_Infernus caught up in one 
    of his Lost Planet online battles, find that weak point (think of it as a heat 
    source) on the head and blast it with the gatling gun (machine gun), rocket 
    launcher, plasma rif... oh wait.
    
    --> WHEN HE MOVES BESIDE THE BOAT
    
    While the creature is swimming on either side of the boat, it will have the 
    glowing portion of its head exposed in plain view.  Use this time to fire at 
    the glowing portion of the head with a turret or normal gunfire.  Normal 
    gunfire may not seem like much, but it can be more accurate.  For those of you 
    on you second playthrough, normal gunfire may indeed be better than either 
    turret with a highly upgraded weapon.
    
    While using the rocket launcher turret, you will have to adjust your aiming 
    based on whether the creature is moving fast or not.  Aim in front of the weak 
    spot just a bit if it is moving fast and aim almost directly at the weak spot 
    if it isn't moving too quickly.  One precise shot to the glowing portion with 
    the rocket launcher will damage it quite a bit and make it reveal its main weak 
    point faster.
    
    The creature will eventually submerge and four tentacles will move out of the 
    water on his current side.  Aim for the center portion of each tentacle and 
    blast it to destroy the tentacle.  One rocket aimed at the midportion will 
    destroy each one and just a bit of gatling gun fire will easily cut off a 
    tentacle as well.  Even normal gunfire will destroy them easily on normal mode. 
    The tentacles will constantly reform if they are not destroyed fast enough.
    
    A button prompt command will appear on the screen eventually as each character 
    stands in place.  That is your cue to know that he is about to perform a 
    tentacle stab to that character, so quickly press the on-screen button to have 
    your character roll to the side to avoid it - either the action or run button. 
    On normal mode, both buttons can be pressed at the same time for a guaranteed 
    avoidance whenever a button prompt appears.  You can avoid the prompts 
    altogether by constantly moving but you'll need to stand still to hit the 
    tentacles however.
    
    Destroying the tentacles will cause the boss to attack less and it will also 
    make it emerge from the water faster.  Once it emerges, it might race toward 
    the boat then quickly try to bite the characters.  A button prompt command will 
    appear, so press the button displayed on the screen to roll out of the way of 
    the creature's jaws.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | It is usually best to walk toward the middle portion of whichever side the  |
    | the creature is on whenever it is about to perform its bite attack; this    |
    | way, the button prompt will appear on the screen for sure.  If you stand to |
    | the side then the button prompt might only appear for a few seconds as your |
    | character enters the hit detection portion of the beast's jaws, giving you  |
    | less time to react.                                                         |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    The creature will usually rush toward the boat and ram it if it doesn't perform 
    a bite.  This will only jar the boat a bit and shake the characters.  No damage 
    will be sustained.
    
    --> WHEN HE MOVES BEHIND THE BOAT
    
    The creature might move behind the boat.  When it does this, the same rules 
    still apply as to when it was moving beside the boat but the characters will 
    have to run to the south set of turrets and fire at him.  The top portion of 
    his head will be revealed from a different angle and it is actually much easier 
    to hit with rockets this time since the characters will have a full frontal 
    view.
    
    It will eventually race toward the boat while still on the water's surface and 
    attempt to bite the characters.  Use the button prompt dodge command to avoid 
    this attack.
    
    --> WHEN HE IS NOWHERE TO BE FOUND
    
    After he has left the back of the boat, tentacles might appear and they will 
    slap the surface of the boat in an attempt to grab your characters.  All the 
    characters really have to do is simply move out of the path of a tentacle, but 
    a button prompt will appear before a tentacle makes contact with a character if 
    one happens to be in the way.
    
    The tentacles will grab any character that one manages to make contact with.  
    The grabbed character will need to shake the left thumbstick in order to break 
    free from the grapple.  It is possible to free your partner from the grab with 
    gunfire, but you won't have time to rush to a turret unless you're already 
    controlling one, so most of the time it would be best to fire at the tentacle 
    with normal gunfire.
    
    --> WHEN HE LATCHES ONTO THE BACK OF THE BOAT
    
    After the top glowing portion of the creature's head receives enough damage, 
    the creature will latch his two main tentacles on to the back of the boat.  The 
    creature's mouth will open to showcase Irving's body, which is attached to the 
    inside portion of the mouth.  Irving's normal body is the beast's main weak 
    point.  Focus most of your gunfire on his normal body and he will fall 
    eventually.
    
    Two tentacles will move out of the water on each of his sides.  The tentacles 
    will curve straight upward and wiggle in the air for a bit just like before.  
    These can be shot in the middle and broken in half just like the tentacles from 
    earlier.  Don't focus aim solely on Irving's human body since the creature's 
    tentacles will be constantly trying to stab your characters and you'll 
    constantly receive button prompt commands if that is the case, which will limit 
    your firing time at each turret or while standing and firing.   Try to take 
    down the tentacles at a steady rate before switching fire back at Irving's 
    body.  Each character should destroy the tentacles closest to each side that 
    they are currently at.
    
    He will eventually move back under the water.  While he is submerged, he will 
    be preparing to rush toward the boat for a quick lunging bite, so move toward 
    the center and prepare to press the button that appears in order to dodge the 
    attack.  He will go back to exposing his human body after the bite then 
    alternate between the two again for the remainder of the battle.
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   E N D  B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    - - -                                                                     - - -
                 ___ _                 _              _  _         _         [CH41]
                / __\ |__   __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __  | || |       / |
               / /  | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| | || |_  ___ | |
              / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | ||  __/ |    |__   _||___|| |
              \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_|       |_|       |_|
                                |_|                                      
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         --> Chapter 4-1 Ranking Table <--
            .-----------------------------------------------------------.
            | RANKS          |    S     |     A    |     B    |    C    |
            |===========================================================|
            | ACCURACY       |   70%+   | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | ENEMIES ROUTED |    50+   |    35    |    20    |   <19   |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | DEATHS         |     0    |     1    |     2    |    3+   |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | CLEAR TIME     | <21'00"  |  28'00"  |  33'00"  |  33'01"+|
            '-----------------------------------------------------------'
            < = less than or equal to                    + = greater than
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH411]
    Chapter 4-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                      C A V E S
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Recommended Weapons:
    
    - Machine Gun or Handgun (for normal Wetland Majini)
    - H&K MP5 (for Wetland Majini with shields)
    - Shotgun (for close combat with crowds and bigger enemies)
    - Rifle (for distant enemies with explosive arrows and BSAA emblems)
    - Magnum (for Giant Majini [shotgun can suffice])
    - Flash Grenades (for Bui kichwa parasitic enemies; bring a full supply)
    - Proximity Bombs (for big enemy in the Labyrinth)
    
    Be sure to move down the walkway to the west to admire the view of the tunnel 
    filled with water.  Such lovely lighting!
    
    The two characters will begin a conversation about Excella and Tricell as they 
    move up the wooden walkway ahead.  Break the two --POTS-- near the lantern in 
    the small building.  Move out the north end and break the --VASE-- along the 
    way.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Speedboat - In the water near the wooden walkway at the starting area.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Pot - On the shelf near the lantern in the small building.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Pot - On the shelf near the lantern in the small building.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Outside the north exit of the small building.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Step past the fire surrounded by rocks to the east and move into the cave 
    tunnel up ahead.  A hole in the ceiling of the tunnel allows light to shine 
    through the middle portion as the character continue to the area up ahead.  
    More light pours into the tunnel from further to the east.  After stepping past 
    the first few bones along the path ahead, a new enemy will surface from the 
    ground to spoil the mood during a slight cutscene.
    
    NEW ENEMY: Bui kichwa
    
    The spider parasites that appear are referred to as Bui kichwa.  These spider-
    like enemies can be taken down easily with a few shots from the handgun or 
    machine gun.  They are completely weak against a sudden burst of light however. 
    If a character tosses a flash grenade then all Bui kichwa in the area will 
    instantly fall.
    
    These enemies attack by latching onto a character.  Once latched on, the player 
    must shake the left thumbstick to break free.  The character can still walk 
    while the Bui kichwa is attached, but the player cannot act in any way.  It is 
    best for a partner to perform a partner assist melee attack from nearby to 
    slash the Bui kichwa off the character.
    
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
    
    Trophy/Achievement: Go Into the Light
    
    Description: Defeat 2 enemies with one flash grenade.
    
    Details: If the characters brought a flash grenade with them then simply toss a 
    flash grenade at any group of two or more Bui kichwa enemies in this area to 
    gain this trophy/achievement with ease.  It's best to save the flash grenade 
    for the massive group of Bui kichwa that burrow out of the tunnel floor across 
    the other side of the rock bridge.
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
    
    Use the handgun or the machine gun to fight off the first few Bui kichwa.  Only 
    four Bui kichwa will attack in the first wave.  Move further down the tunnel as 
    it curves to the north and another wave of Bui kichwa will attack from around 
    the corner near the wooden ladder.
    
    Ignore the ladder for right now and move to the northeast along the current 
    path.  Step by the rock formation and break the --VASE-- inside the alcove up 
    ahead.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Inside the far northeast alcove past the wooden ladder.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    While still in the same area, turn toward the water that runs down the side of 
    the wall to the left after breaking the vase then move toward it and climb to 
    the hidden alcove above.  Open the chest and collect the ++TOPAZ (TRILLIANT)++ 
    from inside.  Turn around after grabbing the treasure from the chest then step 
    toward the edge of the dropoff and look on the ceiling to the south to see a 
    blue ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++ attached to the ceiling.  Shoot it down then collect 
    it after dropping back down.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Caves - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Topaz (Trilliant) [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Step past the wooden ladder in the area where the
                        Bui kichwa are first met then find the vase in the alcove 
                        in the northeast.  Turn to the left and face the wall with 
                        the water moving down it for a "Climb" command.  Climb to
                        the alcove above then collect this treasure from the chest.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Caves - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Sapphire (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After collecting the Topaz (Trilliant) from the 
                        chest, turn around and step to the edge of the dropoff then
                        look up toward the ceiling to see this stuck on the 
                        ceiling.  Shoot it down then collect it after dropping 
                        down from the ledge.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    While moving out of the alcove, four Bui kichwa will burrow out of the ground.  
    Shoot them then climb the wooden ladder.  Another Bui kichwa will burrow out of 
    the ground along the top bridge.  Break the two --VASES-- along the bridge 
    railings.  Look off to the south rock wall.  To the right of the waterfall and 
    down a bit, you'll be able to see a --BSAA EMBLEM (19/30)-- stuck along the 
    wall near some flowing water that flows down the cave wall below
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #19
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Caves - Chapter 4-1
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS:  While on the bridge in the cave after climbing the
      \________/   wooden ladder, look off toward south railing and look to the 
                   right of the waterfall to find this emblem stuck to the wall
                   below.  It has some water flowing down along the wall near it.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Near the railing of the bridge in the middle area filled with 
        sunlight.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Near the railing of the bridge in the middle area filled with 
        sunlight.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move along the bridge to the east then step inside the cave tunnel.  Use your 
    knife to break the torch off to the right along the way and an ++EMERALD 
    (PEAR)++ will drop from it.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Caves - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Emerald (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  While moving into the tunnel past the middle 
                        bridge, break the torch in the metal piece off to the right
                        and this will fall from it.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    If a character has a flash grenade then arm it now.  Move down the tunnel and 
    allow the massive group of Bui kichwa to gather around your character then toss 
    the flash grenade to finish off all of the little pests.  Another wave of them 
    will appear further down the tunnel but they are not as numerous.  Another 
    flash grenade could help out but it's not as needed for this final wave. Break 
    the torch in the middle of the cave tunnel and collect the ++SAPPHIRE 
    (SQUARE)++ from it.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Caves - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Sapphire (Square) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  In the middle of the tunnel past the bridge, 
                        break the torch on the cave floor to the left.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    At the very end of the tunnel is the exit door to the next area.  Before 
    opening it break the goat skull on the floor to the right for a ++RUBY 
    (PEAR)++, the goat skull on the floor to the left for a ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++, 
    and finally the standing torch to make a ++TOPAZ (PEAR)++ fall from it.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Caves - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Break the goat skull on the right portion of the 
                        cave floor in front of the exit door at the end of the cave
                        tunnel.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Caves - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Sapphire (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Break the goat skull on the left portion of the 
                        cave floor in front of the exit door at the end of the cave
                        tunnel.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Caves - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Topaz (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Break the standing torch to the left of the exit
                        door at the end of the cave tunnel.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Wow, that's a bunch of treasure, huh?  Oh, we're merely hitting the surface for 
    what lies ahead for Nate and Lara... I mean, Chris and Sheva.  Both players 
    should use the partner assist button to exit the area while standing in front 
    of the door like usual.
    
                                                                            [CH412]
    Chapter 4-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                             A N C I E N T  V I L L A G E
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    After the cutscene that showcases the area, the characters will start out on a 
    walkway that overlooks the ancient village below.  Notice all the bats that 
    flutter by in the distance; our extermination team can't shoot them if you're 
    wondering.  Follow the walkway to the north as the characters engage in 
    conversation.  Drop from the gap in the walkway up ahead.
    
    Turn to the right and break the two nearby --VASES--.  Look up while facing the 
    doorway ahead and shoot the ++TOPAZ (SQUARE)++ that is stuck on the wall above 
    the doorway.  Slash the skulls on the sides of the stairs past the door if you 
    want then drop from the end of the stairs.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Topaz (Square) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Above the first open doorway, which is off to the
                        right after dropping from the overhead walkway that over-
                        looks the village.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - After the first dropoff, this will be near the doorway to the right.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - After the first dropoff, this will be near the doorway to the right.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Break the --VASE-- while moving around the corner to the west.  Notice the 
    spider on the wall above the vase.  Kill it with a knife slash and it will 
    appear in your records as another kill.  In the room ahead, step past the 
    creepy body bags then both characters should use the partner assist button 
    prompt while standing near the coffin to open it up and collect ++GOLD 
    PICKUPS++ inside.  Another spider is on the left wall.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: 100 Gold, 100 Gold, 150 Gold, 200 Gold, 150 Gold,
    |_________________| 100 Gold, 100 Gold
                        DETAILS: After dropping from the stairs, these pickups will
                        be inside of a coffin around the west corner.  Both 
                        characters need to use the partner assist command to open 
                        the coffin.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] White Body Bags - After dropping from the stairs, these are hanging around 
        the west corner.  This is the pair on the left.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - To the right after dropping from the broken stairway.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Pass through the south doorway.  Use your knife to break the torch on the 
    fallen pillar then collect the ++EMERALD (PEAR)++ inside.  Knife that spider on 
    the wall behind the torch also; these might possibly be a new form of infant 
    web spinners after all.  After the incidents at the Spencer Estate and Rockfort 
    Island - oh, and let's not forget about Alexia's little pet that she sent after 
    Chris in the Antarctic - you can't be too careful.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Emerald (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Break the torch through the north doorway after
                        opening the first coffin.  The torch is lying on a fallen 
                        pillar.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Continue to the east and step through the doorway.  Break the two --VASES-- off 
    to the left.  A cutscene will trigger while stepping across the bridge.
    
    .------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ----------------------------------.
    | In co-op mode, the character that leads the way while stepping across the   |
    | bridge will get trapped on the other side.  In single player mode, the AI   |
    | partner will always get stuck on the other side of the bridge.              |
    |                                                                             |
    | The cutscene that plays will differ based on which character is trapped on  |
    | the other side.                                                             |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    I'll refer to the character that gets trapped on the other side of the bridge 
    as Partner 2.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - To the left before stepping across the bridge.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - To the left before stepping across the bridge.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    > > > > > > > > > >   P A R T N E R  1  G A M E P L A Y   < < < < < < < < < < <
    Partner 1 needs to fall off the side of the bridge and move to the north.  
    Wetland Majini will soon attack this player.  If you are in single player mode, 
    issue the Go command and your AI partner will help you out more aggressively at 
    this part.  Partner 1 can really take out these Majini without the assistance 
    of cover fire, but cover fire can help out a bit at the beginning of the battle 
    for the Majini with explosive arrows beyond the stairs up ahead.
    
    A Majini with a shield will move down the east path up ahead and a Majini with 
    explosive arrows will shoot at the player from the background in that same 
    direction.  Remember that a character can simply fire at the feet of a shielded 
    Majini and run behind it for an instant kill melee command.
    
    Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ from off the nearby fallen pillar.  A few more 
    Majini will move down the east set of stairs and attack.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - On a fallen pillar in the area where the Majini group attacks.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Join up with Partner 2 by moving up the stairs to the east after the battle.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    > > > > > > > > > >   P A R T N E R  2  G A M E P L A Y   < < < < < < < < < < <
    Partner 2 should provide cover fire for the character below while standing on 
    the north ledge that overlooks the area below.  Some Majini armed with 
    explosive arrows will drop down from the side of the walls in the east, so arm 
    a rifle and defeat the while Partner 1 handles the situation below.   It's good 
    to stand at the top and watch Partner 1's battle through a sniper rifle scope 
    and help out when needed once the Majini with explosive arrows are defeated.  
    Partner 2 should face the east as Partner 1 runs up under the overhead walkway 
    since a few more Majini will move down the stairs after him.
    
    Partner 2 doesn't have to stay on the top walkway at all.  This partner could 
    easily move to the east and go down the staircase to regroup with Partner 1.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Along the way up the east set of stairs, Partner 1 should use a knife to break 
    the torch in the middle section of the stairs then pick up the ++TOPAZ (PEAR)++ 
    from it.  Break the --VASE-- near the set of stairs in the northeast.  
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Topaz (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  While moving up the east set of stairs after the
                        bridge is broken, break the torch in the middle section of
                        those stairs and pick this up from it.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Near the top of the east set of stairs.
    --> Definite Item: Red Herb
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Majini with shields and another Majini will move out of the first room on the 
    southwest side of the second floor as a player steps near that door.  A hand 
    grenade might be helpful for this group or a character could use the MP5 
    machine gun for the shielded Majini.  Enter the first room on the southwest 
    side after defeating the Majini then have both characters open the coffin 
    inside.  Collect the ++SAPPHIRE (SQUARE)++, ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++ and ++GOLD 
    PICKUPS++ from inside.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Sapphire (Square) [1,000 gold], Sapphire (Pear)
    |_________________| [1,000 gold], 100 gold, 150 gold, 100 gold, 150 gold, 100 
                        gold, 100 gold
                        DETAILS:  When both characters meet up after fighting off
                        the Majini after the bridge is broken, these items will be
                        inside of a coffin in the southwest room on the second 
                        floor along the opposite side of the bridge.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Run over to the next room right beside the current room and break the --VASE-- 
    inside then pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ from inside the open coffin to the 
    right.  Break the torch on the floor to find a ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++ inside.  
    Examine the mummified corpse to the side.  He won't be needing that ++RUBY 
    (PEAR)++ anymore, so snatch it from his hands.  No one will ever notice.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Sapphire (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  In the room beside the southwest room on the 
                        second floor on the opposite side of the bridge, break the
                        torch on the floor next to the mummified corpse then 
                        collect this from it.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  In the room beside the southwest room on the 
                        second floor on the opposite side of the bridge, examine 
                        the mummified corpse inside then pry this from his dead 
                        fingers afterwards.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Mummified Corpse - Examine the mummified corpse to the side of the doorway 
        after entering the room beside the southwest room on the opposite side of 
        the bridge on the second floor.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Inside the room to the side of the southwest room on the second 
        floor past the bridge.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - In an open coffin to the right, inside the room to the side of 
        the southwest room on the second floor past the bridge.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move around the side of the walkway to the northeast.  There are two --VASES-- 
    along the walkway in front of the coffin up ahead.  Have both characters open 
    the coffin up ahead with the partner assist command and collect ++NOTHING!?++. 
    The floor below the characters will slide open and they will fall into a pit 
    below.  Be sure to press the button as the button prompt appears on the screen 
    or one of the characters will suffer damage from the fall.
    
    --> COMMAND INPUT
    
    Sequence: The characters fall through the trapdoor.
    
    Type:     Single Button Press
    
    Command:  Land
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Along the walkway in front of the coffin with the trapdoor in front 
        of it.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the walkway in front of the coffin with the trapdoor in front 
        of it.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    .------------------------------------- TIP -----------------------------------.
    | If a character runs toward the closed door in the north then the door will  |
    | instantly open.  Both characters can take the battle into the big room      |
    | to the north.                                                               |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    A group of Bui kichwa will burrow out of the floor down the hall ahead.  Toss a 
    flash grenade or fight them off with a handgun or machine gun.  This part can 
    get pretty confusing if both characters stand in the middle of the area since 
    Majini and Bui kichwa will come from all sides, so quickly choose a hallway 
    then run to the end of it to keep from getting attacked from all sides.
    
    The Majini drop from the holes in the ceiling and the Bui kichwa continuously 
    burrow out of the ground.  Use a flash grenade if any enemy type ever gets out 
    of control.  Eventually a Majini with a torch will attack.  This type of Majini 
    can blow fire in front of him, so always knock him away if he ever pauses while 
    in close range.  He wears a mask, that has to be broken in order to perform a 
    head stun, so shoot him in the legs then run behind him and perform an instant 
    kill melee on him.
    
    The door to the north will open toward the end of the battle.  Stay behind and 
    defeat all the enemies since there are some treasures that need to be  
    collected from the chests at each end.  Open the west chest for an ++EMERALD 
    (TRILLIANT)++, the south chest for a ++RUBY (TRILLIANT)++ and the east chest 
    for a ++SAPPHIRE (TRILLIANT)++.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Emerald (Trilliant) [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After the characters fall through the trapdoor 
                        and fight off all the Majini and Bui kichwa below, run all
                        the way down the west hallway and collect this from the 
                        chest at the end.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Trilliant) [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After the characters fall through the trapdoor 
                        and fight off all the Majini and Bui kichwa below, run all
                        the way down the south hallway and collect this from the 
                        chest at the end.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Sapphire (Trilliant) [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After the characters fall through the trapdoor 
                        and fight off all the Majini and Bui kichwa below, run all
                        the way down the east hallway and collect this from the 
                        chest at the end.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Step out the north door after opening all the chests.  Stand along the walkway 
    and arm a rifle.  Look directly ahead and look up a bit.  Do you notice 
    anything out of the ordinary, like that --BSAA MEDAL (20/30)-- above the tall 
    door directly ahead?  A player will need rifle to hit this one most likely.  If 
    you can hit it with a machine gun then you have impressed me somewhat!  Still, 
    there is one much further away then this later, young grasshopper.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #20
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS:  After both characters exit from the north door of the 
      \________/   area with hallways that they fall to from the trapdoor, arm a
                   rifle and stand along the walkway just outside the door.  Look
                   far up above the door to the north and you'll see this on a 
                   ledge on the other side.  This can be hit from below if your 
                   characters step off the walkway early.
    
                   This BSAA emblem can also be seen from the high walkway at the 
                   beginning of the Ancient Village area.  Arm a rifle then look to 
                   the northeast. Look below the circular glowing object in the 
                   distance and this emblem can be seen on the ledge below it.  It 
                   is rather far away so shooting from the beginning walkway 
                   requires some very precise aiming with the rifle.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    If you look on the floor below, three Majini armed with shields and two Majini 
    armed with explosive arrows are waiting for the characters.  Try to shoot both 
    of the Majini with the explosive arrows to rid the characters of that nuisance 
    then fall down below and prepare to battle the Majini with shields.  Once 
    again, remember that you can aim toward a leg with a machine gun then tap the 
    trigger for a stun and perform an instant kill melee from behind each one 
    without having to worry about wasting much ammo!
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    There are altogether 15 --VASES-- on the floor up ahead.  Don't worry about the 
    vases right now.  When your characters rush toward the area to the north, large 
    flaming wooden spheres with spikes will roll out of the east and west holes 
    along the wall in the background.  Stand in the center area with the crank and 
    they cannot hit the characters.  Both players need to use the partner assist 
    command while standing near a handle along the center area to rotate the crank 
    in the middle area.
    
    Once the crank is rotated the door to the north will open during a cutscene but 
    the door will slowly start to close again.  A player must quickly run toward 
    the door and dodge through the flaming spheres and make it up under the door 
    before it closes.  The player will step on a floor pressure pad afterward and 
    the door will remain open.
    
    .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
    | If a character makes it to the closing door and can't make it under the     |
    | door an extra "Jump In" action command may appear while near the closing    |
    | door.  Press the action button at that time, to make your character dive    |
    | under the door.                                                             |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    .------------------------------------ TIPS -----------------------------------.
    | 1) Both characters can rotate the crank before the flaming spheres move out |
    |    of the back walls and this will make it to where a character can get an  |
    |    early start and won't have to rush through as many flaming spheres.      |
    |                                                                             |
    | 2) The cutscene when the door opens can be skipped to gain a few extra      |
    |    seconds for dashing toward the door.                                     |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The flaming spheres will disappear after the pressure pad behind the door has 
    been stepped on by a character, so feel free to break all the vases and collect 
    all the items in the area.  Move down the stairs past the pressure pad and use 
    the partner assist action to open the set of double doors below.
    
                                                                            [CH413]
    Chapter 4-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                 L A B Y R I N T H
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    When the characters move around the east corner and step on the pressure pad, a 
    cutscene will activate.  This cutscene has button prompt button commands that 
    need to be entered in order to survive.  Here's a list of the commands you'll 
    see as the characters run to avoid falling statues and leap across gaps:
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    -> COMMAND INPUT 1 (Both)
    
    Sequence: Chris and Sheva quickly dash down the corridor as the pillars fall.
    
    Type:     Rapid button tap
    
    Command:  Run
    
    -> COMMAND INPUT 2 (Both)
    
    Sequence: Chris and Sheva leap over the pit that opens in the floor.
    
    Type:     Single Button
    
    Command:  Jump
    
    -> COMMAND INPUT 3 (Both)
    
    Sequence: Chris and Sheva quickly dash down the corridor as the pillars fall.
    
    Type:     Rapid button tap
    
    Command:  Run
    
    -> COMMAND INPUT 4 (Both)
    
    Sequence: Chris and Sheva leap over the pit that opens in the floor.
    
    Type:     Single Button
    
    Command:  Jump
    
    -> COMMAND INPUT 5 (Both)
    
    Sequence: Chris and Sheva quickly dash down the corridor as the pillars fall.
    
    Type:     Rapid button tap (Much more extended than the rest of the taps)
    
    Command:  Run
    
    -> COMMAND INPUT 6 (Both)
    
    Sequence: Chris and Sheva leap over the pit that opens in the floor.
    
    Type:     Single Button
    
    Command:  Jump
    
    -> COMMAND INPUT 7 (Main player [single play] or random player [co-op])
    
    Sequence: While both characters are standing on the other side of the final 
              pit, the ledge along the side falls out from underneath a character 
              and that character has to grab onto the side.
    
    Type:     Two Button Press
    
    Command:  Grab
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The dashing button prompt is always the run button and the jump command inputs 
    will be either the action button or the assist button.
    
    .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------.
    | In single player mode, the character that grabs onto the side of the ledge  |
    | near the end of the sequence will always be the player.  During co-op play, |
    | the character that grabs onto the side will randomly be either character.   |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Fall to the room ahead.  Both players need to use the assist button to pull on 
    both chains with handles in the area below.  This will lower the north 
    staircase to the labyrinth ahead.
    
    Move down the stairs to enter the labyrinth area.  Don't mode down the second 
    set of stairs just yet.  Break the --VASE-- off to the left after moving down 
    the first set of stairs.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Off to the left when the characters first step into the labyrinth
        area.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    If you look off the left (west) side of the beginning area, a red statue with 
    two chain handles attached to it is on the floor below.  Throughout this area, 
    both characters will have to pull chain handles in order to make stairs rise 
    and move up to form walkways and other staircases, but that red statue right 
    there holds the final two chains that need to be pulled.  Don't you just hate 
    it when a game places your ultimate destination right in front of you 
    beforehand and blocks it off slightly?
    
    I'll go ahead and let you in on the BSAA emblem for this area.  Look off to the 
    west then look up toward the high ledge on the west wall to see a --BSAA EMBLEM 
    (21/30)-- attached to a wall on the high ledge up above.  You'll need a rifle 
    to hit it from this far away, but later in this area, I'll call your attention 
    to it again when it can easily be hit with a normal weapon.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #21
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS:  Right when the characters enter the labyrinth, after
      \________/   opening the door to it, move down the first set of stairs.  A
                   vase will be to your left.  Aim and look up toward the high wall
                   in the west to see this emblem attached to a wall on a high
                   ledge above.  The sniper rifle is really the only weapon that
                   can hit this when you first enter, but later on in this area, it
                   can easily be hit with any weapon.  After pulling the chains on
                   the green status, follow the walkway that forms in front of it
                   then turn and face the green statue and look directly up.  This
                   is the closest viewpoint that is available for hitting it.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Turn to the right and move along the east path.  The path in the back leads to 
    a dead end and there are no items or breakable objects waiting for the 
    characters down that path; the characters can get a full view of the BSAA 
    emblem for the area at the end of the path but it's still really far away.  Use 
    the jump command to hop over to the walkway on the left.  Follow the wooden 
    stairs upward.  Once the characters reach the midportion of the stairs, take 
    out a gun and aim up toward the ceiling to see a ++TOPAZ (SQUARE)++ treasure 
    attached to the ceiling near the hole in the wall. Shoot it down then collect 
    it.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Topaz (Square) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After entering the labyrinth (going down the 
                        stairs past the entrance door), turn to the right and hop 
                        across the gap to reach the walkway with wooden stairs to 
                        the north. Follow the staircase to the middle then stop.  
                        Look up on the ceiling near the top of the stairs then 
                        shoot this treasure down from the ceiling portion near the
                        hole in the ceiling.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Move up the stairs and turn to the right then break the two --VASES-- further 
    back toward the wall.  Return to the staircase at the beginning of the 
    labyrinth.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - In the area where the Topaz (Square) treasure is found, this is at
        the end of the dead end to the right of the top of the staircase.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - In the area where the Topaz (Square) treasure is found, this is at
        the end of the dead end to the right of the top of the staircase.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move down the stairs directly ahead to the north.  Stand in the center floor 
    piece.  The area to the northwest is your destination but there is a statue 
    there that requires both characters to be on opposite sides of some rock debris 
    in order to activate it.  If you're playing solo, then you'll have to enter 
    from both sides but if two people are playing then both players should enter 
    the northwest area from opposite ends - the path to the north (then turn left) 
    and the path to the west (then turn right).
    
    Follow the path directly ahead to the north.  Turn to the left after stepping 
    into the grassy area and find the --VASE-- behind the tall grass off to the 
    left then break it.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - After moving to the center of the labyrinth, run to the north and 
        step into the grassy area to the left.  This vase is hidden behind some 
        tall grass off to the south in the grassy area.
    --> Definite Item: First Aid Spray
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------.
    | The bats that fly above the grassy section of the labyrinth can be shot     |
    | down.  They appear on your kill record in the "Records" menu.               |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Run toward the chain with the handle on it that is hanging from the front of 
    the blue statue in the northwest.  On co-op mode both characters should stand 
    on opposite sides and pull the chain handle.  On single player, examine the 
    handle and your partner will stand at this chain handle and tell your character 
    to pull the other one.  Simply run back along the outside walkway then head 
    around the northwest side and pull the other handle.
    
    Along the way to the handle, turn to the left before entering the grassy area 
    and open the metal case on the block to the left then take the ++GRENADE 
    LAUNCHER++ from the case.  The grenade launcher comes equipped with a full set 
    of 12 explosive rounds, which is perfect for normal enemy crowds and for a much 
    bigger enemy later in this area!
    
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    H I D D E N  W E A P O N
    Weapon:  Grenade Launcher
    Location: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1
    Details: After moving down the stairs and stepping to the center of the 
    labyrinth, this is down the path to the west.  Turn left once you reach the 
    west wall then open the metal case on the block and this will be inside.
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    
    Along the way to the chain on the west side, there is a treasure on the side of 
    the broken second floor walkway overhead.  Look directly up once you reach the 
    midportion of the west side and you'll see a green ++EMERALD (SQUARE)++ 
    attached to the side of the broken overhead walkway.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Emerald (Square) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  While in the northwest section of the first floor
                        with the blue statue, the character that moves around the 
                        west side should look up once that character reaches the 
                        mid portion, in between the statue and the west entrance, 
                        and this will be attached to the side of the broken 
                        overhead walkway above.  Look for a green circular object 
                        that glimmers along the side of the damaged overhead 
                        walkway.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    The other player is waiting on you, so get your ass to that other chain on the 
    blue status and pull it!  When the statue slides back into the wall, pick up 
    the ++SAPPHIRE (SQUARE)++ where it used to lie.  The south end of the area will 
    be sealed off once the two handles are pulled as a staircase moves up out of 
    the floor.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Sapphire (Square) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Once the blue statue slides into the wall after
                        both chains along its side have been pulled, this will be
                        on the floor where it was previously at.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Run over to the east (right) end of the current area and follow the path back 
    to the middle of the labyrinth.  Turn right this time and you'll be greeted 
    with a staircase that leads to the second floor of the labyrinth.  Move up this 
    west set of stairs and a green statue will lie in view at the very top.  Don't 
    pull the chains at this moment though.  Turn to the left while facing the 
    statue then hop across the gap in the walkway to the left and open the chest 
    then pick up the ++IDOL (GOLD)++ from inside.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Idol (Gold) [3,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Before pulling the chains on the green statue on
                        the west side, turn to the left then hop across the gap 
                        further along the left side then open the chest on the
                        other end to collect this treasure from inside.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Hop back across.  Now both characters should pull the chain handles on the 
    green statue.  The green statue will slide back into the wall behind it and 
    leave behind an ++EMERALD (SQUARE)++.  Did you see what happened there?  The 
    stairs behind the characters rose up to a form a walkway, the stairs along the 
    far east side rose up and the stairs in the north rose up as well.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Emerald (Square) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Once the green statue slides into the wall after
                        both chains along its side have been pulled, this will be
                        on the floor where it was previously at.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Turn around and move along the newly formed east walkway.  If you are trying to 
    shoot the BSAA Emblem in this area with a normal gun instead of a rifle then, 
    while standing on the middle of this walkway, turn and face the green statue 
    then look directly up.  This is the closest the characters can get to it in 
    order to shoot it with a normal weapon.
    
    Follow the walkway in front of the green statue then turn to the right and 
    follow that south walkway.  Arm a rifle now since some Majini will attack from 
    off to the east in just a moment.  Once the characters move to the midportion 
    of the south walkway, Wetland Majini will appear from the high east walkway.
    
    Stand along the portion of the wall with the hole for a little cover then aim 
    up toward the high east walkway with the rifle and shoot the Majini with the 
    explosive arrows then aim toward the east stairs with a rifle and shoot the 
    other Majini with explosive arrows.  It's really best to stay on the current 
    walkway and allow the Majini to move around the corner and attack your 
    character instead of moving around the far corner and meeting up with them; 
    this way when the second wave of Majini arrive, your characters won't be out 
    the open when the next Majini with explosive arrows appears.
    
    Once the Majini group together along the walkway, take out the grenade launcher 
    and fire at them.  This weapon's explosive rounds will cause an explosion that 
    will knock down and badly damage a group of Majini.  Don't be afraid to use 
    some of its ammo here; you'll want to keep around six explosive rounds for the 
    big enemy that will appear in this area later though.  Eventually another 
    (smaller) wave of Wetland Majini will arrive. Take out the rifle once again and 
    find the Majini with the explosive arrows up on the lower east walkway then 
    shoot him.  The second wave isn't all that bad, so you really don't need the 
    grenade launcher for them.  Use the H&K MP5 for the Majini with the shield.
    
    You probably haven't picked up on it yet thanks to the changed stairs and 
    blocked off entrance but the characters are actually back at the beginning of 
    the labyrinth on the side that they started from.  There is a difference this 
    time though; the path to the far east is no longer a dead end!  Move along the 
    path to the east and go down the stairs off to the left that lead to the middle 
    of the labyrinth.  Turn right and follow the north set of stairs upward.
    
    The characters will be face to face with a yellow statue.  Both characters 
    should pull the two chain handles along the sides of the yellow stature just 
    like the other statues.  The yellow statue will move back into the wall and 
    reveal a ++TOPAZ (SQUARE)++ below it.  The staircase to the east will now lower 
    and reveal a walkway leading to the east area below.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Topaz (Square) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Once the yellow statue slides into the wall after
                        both chains along its side have been pulled, this will be
                        on the floor where it was previously at.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Turn to the right and look around the side of the stair railing to see a path 
    with a chest at the end.  Run along the path then open the chest at the end to 
    find two sets of ++FLASH ROUNDS (+3)++ inside.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Flash Rounds (+3)- Inside of the chest around the east side of the 
        staircase railing in front the yellow statue.
    [ ] Flash Rounds (+3)- Inside of the chest around the east side of the 
        staircase railing in front the yellow statue.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The purple statue along the northeast side of the nearby walkway is bit more 
    tricky to activate than the others.  There are actually two purple statues.  
    One of them is on the second floor and the other is on the bottom floor below 
    the first.  You can get one character to stay up on the current floor then have 
    the other character move down to the bottom floor, but the character that moves 
    down to the bottom floor will get ambushed by enemies.
    
    The top floor character can play sniper at that time and shoot the enemies from 
    up above.  I find it best for both characters to move down to the bottom floor 
    to take on the enemy wave below, just in case one enters dying status.  In 
    single player mode, if the main player examines the top floor chain then the AI 
    partner will stay near it until your main character issues the "Come on" 
    command.
    
    Either way, move back down the stairs in front of the yellow statue then make a 
    left at the center portion and move along the newly formed walkway to the left. 
    Turn and step into the south area first of all.  Break the three --VASES-- to 
    the south.  One of them holds a proximity bomb, which will definitely come in 
    handy after the final statue is activated.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - In the south area of the bottom floor which is accessible after both 
        characters pull the chains on the yellow statue.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - In the south area of the bottom floor which is accessible after both 
        characters pull the chains on the yellow statue.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase (right) - In the south area of the bottom floor which is accessible 
        after both characters pull the chains on the yellow statue.
    --> Definite Item: Proximity Bomb
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Step into the north area with the lower purple statue.  When the main character 
    examines the chain handle in single player, the partner will automatically run 
    back toward the chain handle on the second floor.  The enemy wave will not 
    appear until the partner is halfway up the stairs while moving toward the 
    second floor.  Both characters should really fight this wave of enemies 
    together once they appear from the top walkways however.  In co-op play, the 
    enemies sometimes appear on the top floor to attack the top player if one stays 
    behind.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | To keep both players together, examine the bottom floor statue so that the  |
    | character grabs a hold of the chain handle then wait for the AI partner to  |
    | move up the stairs and listen for the battle music to start.  At that time, |
    | press the action button to release the character's grip then quickly issue  |
    | a "Come on" command to get the AI partner to rejoin your character for the  |
    | fight below.                                                                |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Bui kichwa will be the first set of enemies to appear as they burrow out of the 
    ground.  Arm the grenade launcher with flash rounds and shoot a flash round to 
    get rid of the majority of them.  Wetland Majini armed with spears, claws and 
    torches will attack along with more Bui kichwa throughout the battle.  Don't be 
    afraid to pull out the grenade launcher with explosive rounds if needed to do 
    major damage to a whole crowd.  You'll mainly want to use the shotgun here when 
    the enemies start to mount up and the usual shot to a vital area + melee works 
    like always.
    
    Once the battle is over, one player should pull the chain handle on the bottom 
    statue and the other player should pull the chain handle on the top statue.  In 
    single player, pull the bottom handle and the AI partner will pull the handle 
    on the top floor.  Pick up the ++RUBY (PEAR)++ from the floor in front of the 
    bottom statue after the two statues slide back into the wall then run upstairs 
    and grab the ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++ from the floor in front of the top statue.  
    The AI partner will not grab either one.  Pulling on the chains will cause the 
    south staircase to move into the floor and make a walkway, which can be used to 
    gain entry to the southwest area.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Once the bottom purple statue slides into the 
                        wall after the chains on both purple statues have been 
                        pulled, this will be on the floor where the bottom purple 
                        statue was previously at.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Sapphire (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Once the top purple statue slides into the wall 
                        after the chains on both purple statues have been pulled, 
                        this will be on the floor where the top purple statue was 
                        previously at.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Since there is a hole in the west wall of the southeast area, both characters 
    can enter that area and move through the hole on the west wall to gain quick 
    entry to the southwest portion of the labyrinth.  Either way, now that the 
    staircase in the south portion has sunk beneath the floor, use that walkway to 
    gain entry to the southwest area.
    
    Pull the chains on the red statue in the southwest area.  The south and north 
    staircases will rise up to form a full stairway to the exit door on the third 
    floor above!
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Pick up the ++RUBY (OVAL)++ after the red statue slides back into the wall.  
    Turn around and walk away from the statue and a cutscene will play.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Oval) [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Once the red statue slides into the wall after
                        both chains along its side have been pulled, this will be
                        on the floor where it was previously at.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    
                                     POPOKARIMU
                                     ----------
    
                                     HP: 12,000
    
    Weak Points: - Reddish back end of tail
    
    Recommended  - Proximity Bomb (to stun Popokarimu)
    Weapon(s):   - Grenade Launcher w/Explosive Rounds (to stun and damage 
                   Popokarimu)
                 - Machine Gun or Handgun (to blast the back end of his tail from 
                   long range)
                 - Shotgun (to blast the back end of his tail from close range)
    
    Front Attacks
    
    1) Arm Swipe - Popokarimu swings its right arm forward.
    
    2) Lunge - Popokarimu backs up a bit then stops and races forward then swings 
       its left arm forward.  This can be dodged with a button prompt that appears.
       Either the action button or run button will appear.  Press both!
    
    3) Shriek - Popokarimu folds out its wings then shrieks.  This will stun 
       whichever character is in front of it as long as the shriek last but it will
       not damage a character.  This move will also put enough sound pressure on a 
       proximity bomb to make it explode if one is in front Popokarimu at that 
       time.
    
    4) Ground Smash - Popokarimu leaps into the air then attempts to fall on a 
       character.  It will take quite a while to recover from this attack if it 
       misses.
    
    Back Attacks:
    
    5) Tail Swipe - While a character is behind him, Popokarimu swings its 
       scorpion-like tail at the character.
    
    6) Sticky Slime - Popokarimu lifts its tail behind it then fires out a sticky 
       greenish slime that will trap any character that it hits.  A character must 
       struggle to break free or have a partner cut them out of the trap with a 
       partner assist knife attack.
    
    You didn't think your characters could just walk out of here freely did you? 
    Hah.  A Popokarimu much like that pesky bat creature that the characters fought 
    at the end of chapter 2-2 will be in front of the characters after the 
    cutscene.  This Popokarimu fight is completely optional unlike that bastard 
    fought in chapter 2-2.  He carries all the same moves as the other one except 
    he can't take flight during the actual battle.
    
    --> THE OLE' RUN OVER THE PROXIMITY BOMB ROUTINE
    
    One way to fight this Popokarimu is to use proximity bombs like in the last 
    battle, or a character can use the grenade launcher for some extremely good 
    results.  There was a proximity bomb in the right vase in the southeast area of 
    the bottom floor if a character bothered to break them.  A character can place 
    the bomb then lead the Popokarimu toward it.  The blast will knock the boss 
    over just like before then both characters can run over to his weak end on the 
    back of his tail and blast at it with powerful weapons.
    
    --> INTRODUCE HIM TO THE GRENADE LAUNCHER
    
    Popokarimu can be taken down insanely fast with the use of explosive rounds 
    with the grenade launcher.  Shoot him anywhere on his body, but wait for him to 
    recover from each stagger before he is hit with each explosive round.  After 
    three explosive rounds have hit him, Popokarimu will fall.  The character with 
    the grenade launcher can rush to his tail end at that time and dish out some 
    heavy punishment with constant explosive rounds to the tail and actually kill 
    him right then.
    
    Flash rounds can also be used to stun him, so the few flash rounds that the 
    characters picked up earlier can be used at the beginning of the battle as 
    well.  Don't constantly fire the flash rounds however, give him a break in 
    between staggers to make sure that he falls over after three flash rounds or 
    else the player might waste some.
    
    --> SURROUND HIM
    
    Both characters can also get on opposite sides of the Popokarimu and the 
    character in the back can damage the creature from the back end of its tail.  
    This will eventually make it fall over to where both characters can rush in and 
    damage it by hitting the back portion of its tail.
    
    --> STILL THE SAME OLE'...
    
    This Popokarimu has half amount of life as in the last battle with the one in 
    Chapter 2-2, which isn't much, so he isn't that hard to take down at all.  At 
    default M3 shotgun level, the following will kill him on normal mode:
    
    One proximity bomb to knock him over -> shotgun blast (to tail) -> shotgun 
    blast -> shotgun blast -> shotgun blast -> shotgun blast -> reload through 
    inventory during fifth blast -> shotgun blast
    
    To avoid inventory reloading, simply upgrade the capacity of the M3.
    
    The Popokarimu will drop a ++SOUL GEM++ treasure.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Soul Gem [10,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Defeat the Popokarimu in the Labyrinth.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --> RUNNING FROM POPOKARIMU
    
    If the players choose to run from the boss, then both characters should run 
    toward the staircase to the east.  Move up the middle set of stairs.  A 
    cutscene will showcase the Popokarimu as it chases the characters once they 
    reach the middle portion of the stairs.  At the very top, another cutscene will 
    play and both players will need to tap the run button rapidly once the 
    characters start to run in order to survive the cutscene as the Popokarimu runs 
    forward and plows into the tunnel while in pursuit of both characters.
    
    -> COMMAND INPUT 1
    
    Sequence: Chris and Sheva quickly dash into the corridor at the top of the 
              stairs as Popokarimu jumps toward the corridor.
    
    Type:     Rapid button tap
    
    Command:  Dodge
    
    The Popokarimu will get crushed up under two statues as it tries to enter the 
    tunnel while following the characters.  It's worth seeing this cutscene at 
    least once and there is no checkpoint afterward so all a players has to do is 
    restart through the pause menu if that person wants to fight him and gain his 
    dropped item.
    
    Either way, be sure to taunt his dead body when he finally falls (it's a habit 
    of mine) then move up the staircase that leads to the third floor in the north 
    portion of the labyrinth.  Both players must use the partner assist button to 
    open the exit door down the tunnel at the top of the stairs.
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   E N D  B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    - - -                                                                     - - -
                ___ _                 _              _  _         ____       [CH42]
               / __\ |__   __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __  | || |       |___ \ 
              / /  | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| | || |_  ___   __) |
             / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | ||  __/ |    |__   _||___| / __/ 
             \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_|       |_|       |_____|
                               |_|                                          
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         --> Chapter 4-2 Ranking Table <--
            .-----------------------------------------------------------.
            | RANKS          |    S     |     A    |     B    |    C    |
            |===========================================================|
            | ACCURACY       |   70%+   | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | ENEMIES ROUTED |    35+   |    20    |    10    |   <9    |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | DEATHS         |     0    |     1    |     2    |    3+   |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | CLEAR TIME     | <16'00"  |  20'00"  |  24'00"  |  24'01"+|
            '-----------------------------------------------------------'
            < = less than or equal to                    + = greater than
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH421]
    Chapter 4-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                 W O R S H I P  A R E A
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    The characters will start right outside the door that they opened in the last 
    chapter.  Move up the first set of stairs ahead then turn around and look up on 
    the wall, above the entrance door to see a ++TOPAZ (PEAR)++ on the high wall.  
    Shoot it down then collect the treasure.  Break the nearby --VASES-- in the 
    area to the west of the first set of stairs.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Topaz (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  At the beginning of the chapter, move up the 
                        first set of stairs then perform a quick turn and look up
                        on the high wall above the entrance door to the Worship 
                        Area then shoot this down from that wall.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    -------------------------------------------------------- BREAKAKBLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - On the west wall at the top of the first set of stairs.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - On the west wall at the top of the first set of stairs.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
    | Before moving up the next set of stairs up ahead, look along the overhead   |
    | arch that extends across the walkway above to find several bats perched     |
    | overhead.  Toss a flash grenade below them to kill them all and then pick   |
    | up the gold that they might carry.                                          |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Move up the next set of stairs and step toward the middle of the Worship Area. 
    Whether you play the role of exterminator with the bats in this area is up to 
    you and your partner... or "pahrtna'".
    
    Walk toward the door with the three circular slots up ahead.  This area 
    requires the characters to find emblems that can be placed onto the door.  The 
    emblems are hidden in the rooms on the east and west side of the Worship area. 
    The players are completely free as to deciding the route they take and which 
    emblem to go after first.  I'll start with the west side.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Door with Three Slots - Examine the door with the three slots in the middle 
        of the Worship Area.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    As the characters move toward either side, a cutscene will play that will 
    showcase a device that fires out a focused blast of sunlight that will produce 
    a laser.  The laser will shoot across each of the narrow side paths and then 
    stop briefly.  Your characters will have a few seconds to run to a destination 
    in between the laser fire.  The trails of fire behind the laser cannot hit your 
    character; only the actual laser will damage a character. The characters can 
    take shelter in doorways or along side alcoves.  Keep in mind that a few of the 
    alcoves contain items, which I'll direct you to.
    
    .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------.
    | The light pillar lasers are controlled by Majini from the back side of      |
    | each of them.  The Majini can be shot once your characters get right next   |
    | to the light pillars.  The light pillar laser on the west side has a small  |
    | hole in the wall of the south side where the Majini that controls that      |
    | laser can barely be seen with a rifle that has a high magnification scope.  |
    | If you look through the very small opening in the wall to the left of the   |
    | door with the emblem slots, a player can just BARELY make out his head as   |
    | it bobs between the left side of the small opening in front of the flames   |
    | behind the light pillar device.                                             |
    |                                                                             |
    | Another way to accomplish this task for the northwest light pillar is to    |
    | arm a rocket launcher and look toward the light pillar.  Find the side of   |
    | the wall in front of the pillar that has a small opening on it.  Fire the   |
    | rocket so that it hits the lit-up portion of the wall behind the torch near |
    | that opening and the explosion will hit the Majini behind the wall.  A      |
    | grenade launcher with explosive rounds can be used to hit the Majini behind |
    | the northwest pillar as well.                                               |
    |                                                                             |
    | The northeast pillar can be deactivated with a rocket launcher.  Aim toward |
    | the pillar then find the torch on the east side then aim at the lit up wall |
    | behind the torch and fire the rocket to hit the Majini that is controlling  |
    | the light pillar and deactivate that light pillar.  This can only be done   |
    | with a rocket launcher until a character moves up the wooden walkway close  |
    | to the pillar.                                                              |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    The lasers will take great damage from either player if one of the beams 
    manages to hit either character.  In single player mode, the AI partner will 
    usually watch out for the lasers, but the partner sometimes gets caught by the 
    laser fire, so you might have to heal your partner every now and then.
    
    --> OBTAINING THE SEA EMBLEM (west)
    
    Don't worry too much about the Majini that appears on the west side after the 
    cutscene.  He always stands in the middle of the path and gets killed off by 
    the laser.  Yes, these beams can be used to your advantage to take down 
    enemies!  Ignore the doorway to the south for now and time a run down the south 
    portion of the west path.  The characters can take cover in the nearby alcove 
    or the doorways along the way.  Break the two --VASES-- in the south alcove.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase (left) - In the far south alcove along the west path.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase (right) - In the far south alcove along the west path.
    --> Definite Item: Proximity Bomb
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Step through the doorway of the southwest area.  A few Wetland Majini will 
    attack as your characters step onto the bridge ahead.  Take out a rifle 
    immediately and try to shoot the three Majini with explosive arrows on the back 
    walkway with the burning structure in behind them; you can actually begin 
    shooting them as soon as the characters enter the area.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | A proximity bomb can be placed be placed below the high ledge (broken       |
    | portion of wall with the torch in the back of it to the north.  A torch     |
    | Majini will be the first of many Majini that will attack after taking the   |
    | Sea Emblem and this will kill him right from the beginning after he leaps   |
    | down from the high ledge.  Don't place it directly below the ledge.  Place  |
    | it a little ways to the south along the walkway.                            |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Break the two --VASES-- at the end of the right walkway past the bridge to the 
    west.  Move up the stairs along the left portion of the main walkway then take 
    the **SEA EMBLEM** from the circular slot in the middle of the skull head below 
    the burning overhead structure.  Break the nearby --VASE-- off to the right.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Along the right walkway after stepping over the bridge in the 
        southwest area.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the right walkway after stepping over the bridge in the 
        southwest area.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - To the right of the structure that contains the Sea Emblem.
    --> Random Item
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST
    [ ] Sea Emblem - Attached to the slot below the overhead burning structure in 
        the southwest area.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    A group of Majini and a Giant Majini will step onto the walkway below when the 
    characters begin to leave.  Arm the shotgun or magnum and blast the Giant 
    Majini.  Be sure to take advantage of melee attacks with both characters 
    (double team) when he is stunned.  Use the "Go" command to make your partner 
    step forward for the second hit after your player attacks with a melee.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Blue Enigma [3,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After obtaining the Sea Emblem, defeat the Giant 
                        Majini and he will drop this.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP 1 -----------------------------------.
    | Before stepping through the doorway back out to the path with the laser,    |
    | your character scan use the cover command to take cover behind the left     |
    | side of each doorway and you'll be able to watch the laser a bit better as  |
    | it moves along the path.                                                    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP 2 -----------------------------------.
    | Placing an emblem in the door back in the south middle portion will         |
    | activate a checkpoint per emblem placed.                                    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP 3 -----------------------------------.
    | The Giant Majini and other Majini can be lead back to the path with the     |
    | laser outside of the area with the Sea Emblem and the laser will destroy    |
    | the Wetland Majini and cause the Giant Majini to block.  The character can  |
    | run up and hit the Giant Majini with a melee attack shortly after it blocks |
    | the laser much like they can after a shotgun blast.                         |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> OBTAINING THE SKY EMBLEM (northwest)
    
    Leave the area and take the west path to the north while avoiding the laser by 
    stepping into the side alcoves.  Step into the first right alcove along the 
    path with the laser and break the --VASE--.  Run directly ahead then step 
    toward the area with the stairs off to the left but DON'T step on the walkway 
    further to the left; stay on the stairs since another laser will be moving down 
    that walkway.  After the laser on the right side passes by again quickly run to 
    the far north and break the two --VASES-- underneath where the laser shoots.  
    Both characters are completely safe while standing underneath the laser.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - In a right alcove on the way toward the northwest laser.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - At the end of the path directly underneath the right overhead laser.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - At the end of the path directly underneath the right overhead laser.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Time a run as the laser passes and step back behind the wall near the west 
    stairs.  Take cover behind the far left side of the wall along the stairs in 
    order to watch the second laser more carefully.  Quickly time a run and step 
    into the second alcove with the torch along the left wall.  Break the torch and 
    grab the ++TOPAZ (SQUARE)++ from inside.  Two more alcoves down (fourth 
    alcove), there are two spiders on the wall inside the alcove that can be 
    killed.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Topaz (Square) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Move along the west path toward the north laser 
                        then quickly move onto the stairs and take cover behind the
                        section of wall before stepping onto the next walkway.  
                        Break the torch in the second alcove against the left wall 
                        and this treasure will be inside.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Take cover in another alcove along the way to the north to avoid the laser 
    again then run to the stairs up ahead and collect the ++GREEN HERB++ from the 
    top of the staircase.  Take cover behind the left pillar at the top so that the 
    view point of the northwest area is in view.  Watch the Majini with shields as 
    they move along the walkway to the west and allow them to get killed off by the 
    lasers.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - At the top of the stairs to the north.  This is beside the 
    left cover point in the doorway.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The north walkway that your characters are beside actually has two lasers that 
    run along it.  One of them starts in the west and the other starts in the east. 
    The two of them appear at each end then quickly zip to the opposite end.  Time 
    a run so that your characters can run all the way to the west after the lasers 
    move past the current opening.
    
    Run to the walkway in the northwest then break the two --VASES-- along the 
    right walkway after escaping the lasers.  An assist jump action will need to be 
    used to obtain this next emblem and only Sheva can fetch it.  Use the assist 
    jump command so that Chris tosses Sheva over the west gap.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | From the northwest walkway, find the damaged portion of the north wall then |
    | look up behind the lever and shoot the Majini stationed behind the light    |
    | pillar laser in order to deactivate it.  He can be shot with just about any |
    | weapon from the northwest walkway.                                          |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - In the northwest area along the right walkway after escaping the two
        lasers along the north walkway.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - In the northwest area along the right walkway after escaping the two
        lasers along the north walkway.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    > > > > > > > > > > > > > S H E V A   G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < <
    Sheva will land on the opposite side and a few Wetland Majini will move down 
    the stairs and attack.  A Giant Majini is at the very top of the stairs and it 
    might come after Sheva or Chris, so both of the characters really need to be 
    prepared to deal with it.  The Sheva player can always escape the area by 
    dropping down the east end of the area above.
    
    Collect the ++GREEN HERB++ in the center of the stairs,  then pick up the **SKY 
    EMBLEM** attached to the slot below the burning overhead structure.  Drop down 
    the east ledge to regroup with Chris.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - In the middle of the stairs that only Sheva can get access to 
        in the northwest.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST
    [ ] Sky Emblem - In the slot below the burning structure in the northwest.  
        Sheva has to get access to the area via an assist jump command.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    > > > > > > > > > > > > > C H R I S   G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < <
    Chris can provide some slight cover fire for Sheva, but not much.  Most of this 
    portion is up to the Sheva player.  Chris needs to watch for the Giant Majini 
    if it decides to drop down the walkway to his right.  Have the magnum or 
    shotgun ready for him.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    .------------------------------------- TIP -----------------------------------.
    | In co-op play, a Sheva player can quickly run by all the Wetland Majini on  |
    | the opposite side then grab the Sky Emblem and fall from the other end.     |
    | Both players can stand away from the area where the Giant Majini and other  |
    | Majini will fall then one player can toss a hand grenade to defeat the      |
    | whole crowd of Wetland Majini and stun the Giant Majini.  Feel free to      |
    | double team the Giant Majini afterward with a melee attack from each        |
    | character, or toss more hand grenades.                                      |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Blue Enigma [3,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Defeat the Giant Majini in the northwest area 
                        when both characters go to retrieve the Sky Emblem.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --> OBTAINING THE EARTH EMBLEM (east)
    
    Once the characters regroup, return to the path with the two lasers zipping to 
    the west and the east along it.  After a laser movement, quickly run to the 
    east and take shelter in the area with the stairs. Wait for the lasers to move 
    by again then make a mad dash to the east and move up under the overhead 
    bridge.  Haul ass until you reach the broken wall up ahead.  Once the 
    characters step past the broken wall in the east, they are safe from the lasers 
    on the north walkway.
    
    Break the nearby --VASE-- while catching your breath.  Step along the small 
    wooden walkway to the east and break the --VASE-- along the way.  Around the 
    left corner, break the torch on the ground and take the ++EMERALD (PEAR)++ from 
    it.
    
    .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------.
    | From the north end of the wooden walkway, the Majini stationed by the east  |
    | light pillar laser can be seen.  Aim up at him with any weapon and shoot    |
    | him to deactivate the east light pillar laser.                              |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Emerald (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Break the torch along the floor while walking to 
                        the end of the wooden walkway in the far north along the 
                        east path.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - Near the broken wall at the far north end of the east path.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Along the small wooden walkway at the far north end of the east 
        path.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    If the characters took down both light pillar lasers by shooting the Majini 
    behind them, step toward the middle of the north walkway and look at the 
    ceiling of the bridge near the middle.  Shoot down the ++RUBY (PEAR)++ from the 
    bottom portion of the bridge then collect it.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Along the north walkway near the middle, look up 
                        at the bottom portion of the overhead bridge while passing 
                        underneath it then shoot this down from the ceiling.  It's 
                        best to deactivate both light pillar lasers before 
                        attempting to find this.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Run back to the east and face the path to the left (southeast).  Time a run and 
    move to the first right alcove along the southeast walkway.  Time another run 
    then move on further to the south and step into the left alcove ahead.  Time 
    yet another run then move to the south and step onto the walkway to the left 
    (east).  Break the two --VASES-- to the left along this walkway.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Vase - In the south portion of the east walkway, you'll find this on the 
        east side while moving toward the Earth Emblem.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - In the south portion of the east walkway, you'll find this on the 
        east side while moving toward the Earth Emblem.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    You'll basically get the drop on some Majini by entering from the second floor. 
    They will be to the east and below the nearby stairs.  Several of them will 
    attack.  Try to take down the ones with the explosive arrows first of all and 
    you'll want to focus attention on the one with torches as well.  One of the 
    Majini with explosive arrows is up on a high ledge on the south wall, though he 
    likely won't be much of a problem unless the characters try to run toward the 
    emblem up ahead right away.
    
    After the battle, step up to the top of the second set of stairs in this area 
    and look on the south wall.  Along the damaged portion, find a brick along the 
    wall with a ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++ hanging out of it then shoot it and collect it.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Sapphire (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  In the east area where the Earth Emblem is 
                        obtained, move to the top of the top floor staircase then 
                        look along the damaged wall to the south.  Find a brick on 
                        the wall with this treasure attached to it then shoot it to
                        make it fall.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Run to the far east burning structure and take the **EARTH EMBLEM** from the 
    slot below it then grab the ++GREEN HERB++ on the ground to the left.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - On the ground to the left of the structure where you get the 
        Earth Emblem.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST
    [ ] Earth Emblem - Attached to a slot below a burning structure in the far east
        of the Worship Area.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Leave the area by moving down the set of stairs next to the stairs that lead to 
    the second floor.  Move along the path and you'll come to the outside path with 
    another possible laser (if the Majini is still behind the nearby light pillar). 
    Time a run if the light pillar is there, so that your characters run to the 
    south as the laser moves down the path ahead then quickly step onto the third 
    alcove along the left wall.  Break the torch on the floor in that alcove then 
    pick up the ++SAPPHIRE (SQUARE)++ from inside.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Sapphire (Square) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  While moving to the south along the bottom east 
                        walkway, this will be in the third alcove on the west wall. 
                        Break the torch on the floor to obtain it.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Follow the walkway the rest of the way to the south and step behind the west 
    wall to the side if needed.  Return to the door in the middle south area and 
    place all three emblems on the door.
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Move up the stairs that lead to the north behind the door.  Before using the 
    partner assist prompt to open the doors to the next area, stand away from the 
    doors and look up toward the wall above it then shoot down the ++DIAMOND 
    (TRILLIANT)++ from the wall up above the doors.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Diamond (Trilliant) [4,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After using the three emblems to open the door, 
                        run to the far north and approach the exit doors then look 
                        up above the doors to see this stuck on the wall above the 
                        doors. Shoot it down then collect it.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Open the doors ahead to exit the area.
    
                                                                            [CH422]
    Chapter 4-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                    P Y R A M I D
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Kill the spider and the snake on the floor in this first area for some possible 
    gold and an egg.  Even the spider on the west wall might drop some gold.  The 
    vermin in this area are loaded.
    
    Move down the stairs to the north.  There should be another spider toward the 
    end of the stairs.  Examine the door in the north and it will slide open.  Once 
    the characters enter the room ahead, the door will seal off.
    
    --> MIRROR PUZZLE ROOM 1
    
    The characters will now be in a room with several stone mirrors that reflect a 
    beam throughout the middle portion of the room.  Coming into contact with the 
    beam in any way will kill a character.
    
    .-------------------------------- CO-OP TIP ----------------------------------.
    | Notice how the AI partner gets up on the platform in each of the puzzle     |
    | rooms in single player mode.  This is so the main player will not risk      |
    | hitting the partner with a sun beam.  In co-op play, one player should get  |
    | on top of the platform and allow the other player to solve the puzzle. This |
    | way, the player that solves the puzzle will not run the risk of hitting the |
    | partner with one of the lasers while solving the mirror puzzle in each      |
    | room.                                                                       |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    In order to move a stone mirror, stand in the back of it, where the handle is 
    located then hold the aiming button to make your character grip the handle.  
    The mirror can be turned to the right or left.  To avoid accidentally turning 
    the mirror the wrong way and exposing your character to the light beam, let go 
    of the aiming button quickly if your character begins to turn the mirror the 
    wrong way and this will keep your character from coming into contact with the 
    beam.
    
    The stone mirrors in this area must be turned so that the beams focuses light 
    on the far northwest stone mirror.  The stone mirror in the northwest is 
    actually attached to an elevator that is powered by the beam's energy.
    
    Your AI partner will stand on the north platform with stairs and watch as your 
    character solves the puzzle.  A player can stand on the platform with stairs 
    and step to the edge for an "Investigate" prompt that will switch to a 
    viewpoint of the entire area once activated.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] View of Room - Stand at the south end of the north platform for an 
        "Investigate" prompt that will allow a player to view the entire room.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The diagrams below are based on the default setup for the mirrors as if a 
    player is facing them from the entrance.  Below is the solution for the first 
    mirror puzzle:
    
    .-----------------------.
    | *   = light pillar    |
    | 1-5 = stone mirrors   |
    | o   = elevator mirror |
    '-----------------------'
    
      o
    
      4 ------------------------------------------------------------ 3
      |                                                              |
      |                               *                              |
      |                               |                              |
      |                               1 ---------------------------- 2
      |
      |
    
    - Rotate Mirror 4 to the left one time.
    
    
      o
      |
      4 ------------------------------------------------------------ 3
                                                                     |
                                      *                              |
                                      |                              |
                                      1 ---------------------------- 2
    
    - SUMMARY FOR THE FIRST PUZZLE ROOM:
    .------------------------------------------.
    | 1) Rotate Mirror 4 to the left one time. |
    '------------------------------------------'
    
    Get on the elevator after platform where the glowing mirror is located after 
    moving mirror 4 to get a "Down" assist command.  Press the button to take the 
    elevator down to the next mirror puzzle room.  Your AI partner will join up 
    with your character if you're playing in single player.
    
    --> MIRROR PUZZLE ROOM 2
    
    Pick up the ++RUBY (PEAR)++ from the left side of the east platform with 
    stairs.  This is the same platform that the AI partner will stand on.  The AI 
    partner will most likely beat your main character to it.  I know I wanted to 
    nearly tie a rope around my AI Sheva when she kept collecting the damn thing 
    ahead of time while I was trying to record it for my readers.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Pyramid - Chapter 4-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  This is lying on the left side of the east 
                        platform in the second mirror puzzle room.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    In this room, the characters will be able to knock down the pillars that block 
    the area in between some of the mirrors.  The diagram below is from the 
    viewpoint while standing on the west side of the room and looking toward the 
    stair platform in the east.
    
    .-----------------------.
    | *   = light pillar    |
    | 1-5 = stone mirrors   |
    | o   = elevator mirror |
    '-----------------------'
      
      
      5                                                              4
    
    
                                                                    ||
    
                                                                     
      3                               2
    
      * --------------||              1                              o
    
    
    - Knock down the pillar in between the light pillar and Mirror 1.  Stand on the 
    east side while knocking it down to continue to the next step faster.  
    Obviously, you don't want to stand on the end where the beam will hit your 
    character so stand to the side of the pillar away from the beam.
    
    
      5                                                              4
    
    
                                                                    ||
    
    
      3                               2 ----------------------------------
                                      |
      * ----------------------------- 1                              o
    
    - Turn Mirror 2 to the right one time.
    
    --5                                                              4
      |
      |
      |                                                             ||
      |
      |
      3 ----------------------------- 2
                                      |
      * ----------------------------- 1                              o
    
    - Turn Mirror 5 to the left one time.
    
      5 ------------------------------------------------------------ 4
      |                                                              |
      |                                                              |
      |                                                             ||
      |
      |
      3 ----------------------------- 2
                                      |
      * ----------------------------- 1                              o
    
    - Knock down the pillar in between Mirror 4 and the elevator mirror.
    
      5 ------------------------------------------------------------ 4
      |                                                              |
      |                                                              |
      |                                                              |
      |                                                              |
      |                                                              |
      3 ----------------------------- 2                              |
                                      |                              |
      * ----------------------------- 1                              o
    
    
    - SUMMARY FOR THE SECOND PUZZLE ROOM:
    .-----------------------------------------------------------------------.
    | 1) Knock down the pillar in between the light pillar and Mirror 1.    |
    | 2) Turn Mirror 2 to the right one time.                               |
    | 3) Turn Mirror 5 to the left one time.                                |
    | 4) Knock down the pillar in between Mirror 4 and the elevator mirror. |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Get on the elevator and use the partner assist prompt to take it down to the 
    next mirror puzzle room.
    
    --> MIRROR PUZZLE ROOM 3
    
    Go ahead and enter the north room in the next mirror puzzle room.  Two Bui 
    kichwa will burrow out of the floor and attack so have a handgun or machine gun 
    ready.  The impaled corpse up ahead can be examined and the spears can be 
    knocked off of him with a knife or gunfire.  Stand at the coffin that he is 
    suspended over then turn and look up toward the wall above the doorway and then 
    shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (22/30)-- above the doorway.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #22
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Pyramid - Chapter 4-2
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS:  While inside the third mirror puzzle room, enter the 
      \________/   north room with the impaled corpse above the coffin.  Walk 
                   toward the impaled corpse then perform a quick turn.  Aim and 
                   look up above the doorway to see this emblem in the middle 
                   portion of the high wall above the door.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Impaled Corpse - Impaled by spears above the north coffin.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Exit the north room.  If you want to kill off some extra enemies for possible 
    random items then arm a flash grenade and open the chest in the middle of the 
    room.  Nothing is inside!?  Well, at least the chest didn't snap at your 
    character like a mimic, right?
    
    After opening the chest, a swarm of Bui kichwa will race out of both side rooms 
    to the east and the west.  The doors will quickly close after the enemies crawl 
    out of the rooms.  Toss a flash grenade or shoot a flash round with the grenade 
    launcher to defeat them all at once with little effort.  Otherwise, prepare to 
    use quite a bit of handgun or machine gun ammo as they attack.
    
    The diagram below assumes that your character is standing on the west side of 
    the room and facing the platform with stairs to the east.
    
    .-----------------------.
    | *   = light pillar    |
    | 1-5 = stone mirrors   |
    | o   = elevator mirror |
    '-----------------------'
    
      |
      |
      5 ------------------------------------------------------------ 4
                                                                     |
                                                                     |
      Skull                  Chest                     3             |          o
                                                                     |
                                                                     |
      2                                                1             *
    
    
    To avoid having to travel a great distance around the room, turn the following:
    
    - Turn Mirror 1 to the right one time.
    - Turn Mirror 2 to the right one time.
    - Turn Mirror 5 to the right one time.
    
      5 ------------------------------------------------------------ 4
      |                                                              |
      |                                                              |
      Skull ---------------- Chest ------------------- 3             |          o
      |                                                |             |
      |                                                |             |
      2 ---------------------------------------------- 1             *
    
    Focusing the beam on the skull statue will make the two side rooms on the east 
    and west sides of the room open.  Enter the west room first.  Collect the 
    ++BEETLE (GOLD)++ from the pedestal in front of the burning corpse inside.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Pyramid - Chapter 4-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Beetle (Gold) [3,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After focusing the light beam on the skull statue
                        in the third mirror puzzle room, both the west and east 
                        rooms will unlock.  Step into the west room and this will 
                        be lying on the pedestal in front of the burning corpse.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Burning Corpse - The burning corpse in the west room.  This can be examined
        after picking up the Beetle (Gold) treasure.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Step out of the west room after collecting the Beetle (Gold) inside then enter 
    the east room.  Don't start breaking any of the 9 --VASES-- or 5 --POTS-- just 
    yet since some of them contain snakes.  You don't really want to use your knife 
    here since you might accidentally break too many and get bitten before your 
    character can slash the snake.
    
    Here's a diagram and list of the left side and right side of breakable objects:
    (* take special note of pot 4 which container multiple snakes)
    
               Idol (Gold)
    V4    P3     _______    V5 V6
      V2   V3   |_______|      P4 V7
      P2  V1    |_______|     V8  V9
    P1          |_______|      P5
    
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    Vase (V1) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull.
    --> Enemy: Snake
    Vase (V2) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull.
    --> Random Item
    Vase (V3) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull.
    --> Random Item
    Vase (V4) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull.
    --> Random Item
    Vase (V5) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull.
    --> Random Item
    Vase (V6) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull.
    --> Random Item
    Vase (V7) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull.
    --> Random Item
    Vase (V8) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull.
    --> Random Item
    Vase (V9) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull.
    --> Random Item
    Pot (P1) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull.
    --> Random Item
    Pot (P2) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull.
    --> Enemy: Snake
    Pot (P3) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull.
    --> Random Item
    Pot (P4) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull.
    --> Enemy: 3 Snakes
    Pot (P5) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Collect the ++IDOL (GOLD)++ from the pedestal at the top of the small set of 
    stairs.  Look on the sidewall to the right and left of the stairs and break the 
    right goat skull to make a ++RUBY (PEAR)++ fall from it then break the left 
    goat skull to make an ++EMERALD (PEAR)++ fall from it.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Pyramid - Chapter 4-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Idol (Gold) [3,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After focusing the light beam on the skull statue
                        in the third mirror puzzle room, both the west and east 
                        rooms will unlock.  Step into the east room and collect
                        this from the pedestal at the top of the stairs.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Pyramid - Chapter 4-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After focusing the light beam on the skull statue
                        in the third mirror puzzle room, both the west and east 
                        rooms will unlock.  Step into the east room and break the 
                        goat skull on the back wall to the right of the stairs.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Pyramid - Chapter 4-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Emerald (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After focusing the light beam on the skull statue
                        in the third mirror puzzle room, both the west and east 
                        rooms will unlock.  Step into the east room and break the 
                        goat skull on the back wall to the left of the stairs.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Walk back out into the middle room with mirrors.  Now, the mirrors must be 
    rotated so that the light beam hits the stone mirror on elevator down the north 
    hallway.  Here is the setup the way it stands now.  Remember that this is from 
    the viewpoint of the west side while facing the east platform with stairs.
    
      5 ------------------------------------------------------------ 4
      |                                                              |
      |                                                              |
      Skull ---------------- Chest ------------------- 3             |          o
      |                                                |             |
      |                                                |             |
      2 ---------------------------------------------- 1             *
    
    One would automatically assume that we would simply turn mirror 3 to the left 
    so that it moves the light onto the elevator, but that would trap the character 
    in the middle of the beams like so:
    
      5 ------------------------------------------------------------ 4
      |                                                              |
      |                                                              |
      Skull                  Chest        CHRIS -> :(  3 ----------- | -------- o
      |                                                |             |
      |                                                |             |
      2 ---------------------------------------------- 1             *
    
    So, to remedy that, do the following:
    
    - Turn Mirror 1 to the left one time.
    
      5 ------------------------------------------------------------ 4
      |                                                              |
      |                                                              |
      Skull                  Chest                     3             |          o
      |                                                              |
      |                                                              |
      2 ---------------------------------------------- 1             *
                                                       |
                                                       |
    
    - Turn Mirror 3 to the left one time.
    - Turn Mirror 1 to the right one time.
    
      5 ------------------------------------------------------------ 4
      |                                                              |
      |                                                              |
      Skull                  Chest                     3 ----------- | -------- o
      |                                                |             |
      |                                                |             |
      2 ---------------------------------------------- 1 :D <- CHRIS *
    
    Turning Mirror 1 away and then turning it back will make it so that your 
    character is outside the beam while Mirror 3 shines toward the elevator mirror 
    once the beam is reflected.
    
    - SUMMARY FOR THIRD PUZZLE ROOM:
    .----------------------------------------------------------------.
    | 1) Turn Mirror 1 to the right one time.                        |
    | 2) Turn Mirror 2 to the right one time.                        |
    | 3) Turn Mirror 5 to the right one time. (opens treasure rooms) |
    | 4) Turn Mirror 1 to the left one time.                         |
    | 5) Turn Mirror 3 to the left one time.                         |
    | 6) Turn Mirror 1 to the right one time.                        |
    '----------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Run down either side of the north path and be sure to avoid the laser.  Step on 
    the elevator at the end and use the partner assist prompt to take it down.
    
                                                                            [CH423]
    Chapter 4-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                         U N D E R G R O U N D  G A R D E N
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Damn, I sure wish all chapters were this easy to explain.  Below is your full 
    walkthrough for this chapter segment:
    
    Walk forward toward the flowers in the distance until a cutscene triggers that 
    will end this chapter.  The cutscene refuses to trigger if you lay down the 
    controller, so pick it up and press the left analog in the up position to move 
    forward after the characters start in this area.  Simply DO NOT turn off the 
    system and both characters will make it through this tough chapter segment just 
    fine, I assure you.
    
    - - -                                                                     - - -
                  ___ _                 _              ____        _         [CH51]
                 / __\ |__   __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __  | ___|      / |
                / /  | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| |___ \  ___ | |
               / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | ||  __/ |     ___) ||___|| |
               \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_|    |____/      |_|
                                 |_|                                     
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         --> Chapter 5-1 Ranking Table <--
            .-----------------------------------------------------------.
            | RANKS          |    S     |     A    |     B    |    C    |
            |===========================================================|
            | ACCURACY       |   70%+   | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | ENEMIES ROUTED |     7+   |     5    |     4    |   <3    |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | DEATHS         |     0    |     1    |     2    |    3+   |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | CLEAR TIME     | <12'00"  |  16'00"  |  20'00"  |  20'01"+|
            '-----------------------------------------------------------'
            < = less than or equal to                    + = greater than
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH511]
    Chapter 5-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                         U N D E R G R O U N D  G A R D E N
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Recommended Weapons:
    
    - Handgun or Machine Gun (for shooting innocent caged animals and insect 
      enemies during a boss fight)
    - Shotgun (for quick knockback on single "new enemies")
    - Grenade Launcher w/Acid Rounds [maybe Explosive] (for "new enemy")
    - Hand Grenades (alternative weapon for "new enemy" bring these with G.Lancher)
    - Proximity Bombs (for setting traps for "new enemy")
    
    The characters will start in front of the metal trunk with the Umbrella logo on 
    it on the southeast side of the garden.  Move over to the northeast side of the 
    garden by stepping along the east path.  Stand near the water pump device at 
    the end and look up under the bridge and you'll have a side view of a --BSAA 
    EMBLEM (23/30)-- that is lying on the pump that extends from the water pump 
    device.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #23
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Underground Garden - Chapter 5-1
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS:  When the characters first start out in the garden,
      \________/   move along the east path and head to the northeast.  Stop at the
                   water pump then look under the bridge to the north that leads
                   out of the garden to see this medal lying on top of the pump
                   that extends under the bridge.  You'll be able to get a side 
                   view of it.  It can be easily hit with any firearm.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Metal Trunk - The metal trunk with the Umbrella logo on the southeast side 
        of the garden.  This is the one that the characters start in front of.
    [ ] Metal Trunk - The second metal trunk with the Umbrella logo on the 
        southeast side of the garden.  This one is on the way to the metal machine.
    [ ] Water Pump - To the right of the bridge that leads out of the garden.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Return to the south portion of the garden and look toward the tunnel where the 
    characters first started then look up on the cave wall above.  Shoot down the 
    red ++RUBY (SQUARE)++ from the cave wall above then collect it.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Underground Garden - Chapter 5-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Square) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  When the characters start out in the garden, turn
                        around and look up above the south tunnel that they entered
                        this area from during the last chapter.  Aim up toward the
                        cave wall high above the tunnel then shoot this red ruby 
                        down from the rock wall above.  Stop and watch for it to 
                        shimmer.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Run along the path on the west side of the garden that leads to the northwest. 
    At the very end, step along the area to the right, in front of the water 
    purifiers at the end of the path, then pick up the ++JEWEL BEETLE++ lying on 
    the set of stone blocks near the water.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Underground Garden - Chapter 5-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Jewel Beetle [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Lying on a stone block along a row of blocks near
                        the water and to the right of the front portion of the 
                        water purifiers at the northwest end of the west path.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Water Purifiers - The water purifiers at the end of the west path along the
        northwest end of the garden.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move up either stairway that leads to the center portion of the garden and step 
    up to the area portion with the red flowers.  Walk to the north and stand above 
    the stairs.  Look far above on the cave wall where the sunlight pours in from 
    up above and watch for a shimmer to pinpoint its location then shoot down the 
    ++EMERALD (PEAR)++ form the high cave ceiling.  You might have to move back a 
    bit in order to see this.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Underground Garden - Chapter 5-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Emerald (Pear) [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Look up on the high north wall above the bridge 
                        to see this shimmering up above.  You'll need to stand at 
                        the top of the north set of stairs above the north bridge 
                        and look directly up toward the wall where sunlight shines 
                        in order to see it.  It's much further away than the other 
                        treasure on the high rock wall in the garden area.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Flowers - Any portion of the flowers in the center area can be examined so 
        long as your character is directly facing them.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Run down the stairs to the north and move across the bridge.  Be sure to 
    examine the --CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISOR'S LOG/ADMINISTRATOR'S LOG-- file on the 
    left side of crates at the end of the bridge.  At the end of the tunnel ahead, 
    there is --FROM CHIEF RESEARCHER BRANDON'S JOURNAL - NO. 1-- file on the first 
    right metal crate.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Construction Supervisor's Log/Administrator's Log - On the left set of 
        crates after passing over the north bridge.
    [ ] From Chief Researcher Brandon's Journal - No.1 - Lying on the first right 
        metal crate down the tunnel past the north bridge.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Use the partner assist command in front of the door to enter the next area.
    
                                                                            [CH512]
    Chapter 5-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                      P R O G E N I T O R  V I R U S  H O U S E
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Have you ever had the feeling that you're being watched?  Well, there is 
    something up ahead.  Can you see it?  If you stand and look at it for too long, 
    a sudden rush of Resident Evil memories may suddenly come back to you.
    
    .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------.
    | There is a creature on the north ceiling down the hall up ahead from where  |
    | where the characters start this segment at. If it is pointed at with a      |
    | laser pointer or if your characters try to hit it in any way then it will   |
    | run off as a cutscene plays.  It will automatically leave if the characters |
    | get too close.                                                              |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Open the door to the west computer room and break the two --TALL CRATES-- off 
    to the right.  Collect the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ from the metal crate off 
    to the right, the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ from one of the right drawers on the 
    west wall and the ++INCENDIARY GRENADE++ from one of the left drawers on the 
    west wall.  From the left side of the room, you can examine the --FROM CHIEF 
    RESEARCHER BRANDON'S JOURNAL - NO. 2-- file then power on the computer using 
    the action command and examine the --RESEARCH CENTER DIRECTOR BRANDON'S 
    JOURNAL--.  There is also a --TELEGRAM FROM JAMES MARCUS-- in a drawer on the 
    right side of the west wall.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] From Chief Director Brandon's Journal - No. 2 - Lying on the desk near the 
        computer on the left side of the west computer room.
    [ ] Research Center Director's Brandon's Journal - Power on the computer in the
        west computer room then examine it again.
    [ ] Telegram from James Marcus - Lying inside of a drawer on the right side of 
        the west portion of the computer room.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the right as the characters step into the west computer 
        room.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the right as the characters step into the west computer 
        room.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - On top of the metal crate near the tall crates.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Inside one of the drawers on the right side of the 
        west wall.
    [ ] Incendiary Grenade - Inside one of the drawers on the left side of the west
        wall.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Exit the room and step back out into the hall.  The creature on the ceiling 
    down the hall will leave during a slight cutscene once a character steps near 
    it.  We'll deal with him later.  Check out the --INVOICE COPY-- on the right 
    set of shelves.  Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ around the corner then open the 
    door to the north ahead.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Invoice Copy - On the right set of shelves while moving down the hall past 
        the west computer room.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - On top of the crate around the east corner by the north door 
        at the end of the hall.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Power on the terminal with the Tricell logo on it directly ahead then examine 
    the --TRICELL RESEARCHER MIGUEL'S JOURNAL - NO. 1-- file.  Collect the 
    ++SHOTGUN SHELLS (+5)++ along the desk on the right side of the room.  Power on 
    the terminal near the shotgun shell pickup and examine --AN E-MAIL TO AN 
    ACQUAINTANCE--.  Leave the room through the door on the opposite side.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Tricell Researcher Miguel's Journal - No. 1 - Power on the computer 
        directly ahead after entering the north computer room to view this.
    [ ] Flowers in Tubes (south) - Each set has a different description.
    [ ] Flowers in Tubes (north) - Each set has a different description.
    [ ] An E-mail to an acquaintance - Power on the computer on the right side of 
        the room to view this.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Shotgun Shells (+5) - Lying along the desk on the right side of the north 
        computer room.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Ah, three claw marks on the wall with a good bit of blood all around them.  
    Hmm, yet another claw mark at the turn to the left.  And as we move down the 
    hall to the north what do we find?  Ah, more blood!  Continue further down the 
    hall and turn to the left again.  More claw marks, more blood!
    
    Enough talk about bloodshed and claw marks however.  Break the --TALL CRATE-- 
    before turning to the right then approach the door with the valve handle.  
    Interact with it then rotate the valve handle by using the left thumbstick then 
    open the door.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - Before reaching the door with the valve handle on it, this 
        will be lying on the floor before the last turn to the right.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Wow.  And I thought I was messy.  When something woke up this morning it must 
    have hated everything.
    
    The characters will step into what appears to be a holding area for something 
    with a lot of built up rage.  Pull the lever on the north wall of this room.  A 
    slight cutscene will play.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Bloody Remains - On the floor right near the doorway.
    [ ] Bloody Remains - On the floor further back on the north side of the room.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    I think I know that that thing is now, don't you?  You'll have to break the 
    glass windows up ahead in order to exit the holding area.  Step into the north 
    area and the characters will enter a holding area with tons of cages full of 
    experimental animals.
    
    .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------.
    | All of the caged animals killed in this room will help increase your kill   |
    | ranking at the end of this chapter.  One shot from any weapon will kill any |
    | of them.                                                                    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Cages with Animals - All of the cages with animals inside can be examined.
    [ ] Empty Cages - All of the cages without animals inside can be examined also.
    
    * The cages on the north side have a slightly different description than the 
      cages on the south side.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    All of the animals in the area can be left alone or shot.  I would shoot that 
    dog (Adjule) in the north center cage if I were you; it's not going to attack 
    or anything but I always shoot it because I have this thing for shooting Kijuju 
    dogs upon sight after dealing with Adjules in earlier chapters.  I have a 
    feeling that the rats are big enough to hit this time, so shoot them if you 
    still need a rat kill to add to your kill records.  The goat is exclusive to 
    this one area, so shoot one to add it to your kill records.  Collect the 
    ++GREEN HERB++ from the northwest corner of the room.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - In the far northwest corner of the room with caged animals.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Walk around the northwest corner of the room with caged animals and- HOLY 
    FREAKING GOD, NOT YOU AGAIN?!  I guess the valve handle on the door should have 
    told me that some remnants of Resident Evil 2 reside here.
    
    NEW ENEMY: Licker Beta
    
    Anyway, a Licker Beta will bust through the glass window off to the left.  Why 
    do you bastards enjoy shattering glass so much, huh?  The Lickers lost the 
    battle with the last Redfield and they sure as hell won't stand up to the new 
    and improved uber version of Claire's brother.
    
    Only two Licker Betas will attack from the side room.  Take out a shotgun and 
    aim down at them then shoot to knock them over.  Keep in mind that a shotgun 
    blast isn't always enough to knock over a Licker Beta.  They still hop right 
    back up the same as they do in any Resident Evil, so don't ever assume them to 
    be down for the count.  After knocking one of them down with the shotgun, it is 
    best to wait until it is fully recovered and about to move again before 
    shooting it again; this will help to make sure that your character knocks it 
    down with each blast.  If a blast doesn't knock it down then you'll have a 
    tendency to get hit in between gunshot animations.
    
    The Licker Betas have a special kill that can be achieved on each one of them 
    once a character moves toward them while they are down on their backside; you 
    have to watch for them to scream and kick their legs in the air.  Once they 
    perform that action, run up to the downed Licker Beta to get a "Stab" command.  
    Perform this extra melee attack to finish them off for good.  They will only be 
    stunned like this when they are near death.
    
    .------------------------------ NORMAL MODE TIP ------------------------------.
    | Shoot a Licker Beta with an acid round from the grenade launcher and it     |
    | will immediately fall over to where it can be stabbed in order to finish it |
    | off.  An acid round's area effect of acid spread will knock down            |
    | surrounding Licker Betas in the same way, making acid rounds very helpful   |
    | for grounding and spreading damage among multiple Licker Betas.             |
    |                                                                             |
    | Licker Betas are much weaker to acid rounds on normal mode.  On Veteran     |
    | mode, acid rounds will not always be enough to knock them down with one     |
    | shot.                                                                       |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
    
    Trophy/Achievement: Heart Stopper
    
    Description: Defeat a certain enemy by stabbing it in the heart.
    
    Details: Stun a Licker Beta by shooting it and knocking it over then when it 
    falls on its back and screams then begins to kick it's legs, approach it for a 
    "Stab" command.  Perform the button prompt stab on the Licker Beta to get this 
    trophy.  One of the best ways to knock over and make it kick its legs instantly 
    is to equip a grenade launcher with acid rounds then run up and stab it.
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
    
    These Licker Betas are some of the most dangerous enemies in the game.  They 
    have two types of grabs.  Both of them are mid distance.  Whenever they shoot 
    out their blade tongue, they can stab a character in place and hold the 
    character and whenever they raise a right hand then suddenly jump they can pin 
    a character to the floor.  To escape the tongue stab, your character can 
    sidestep it and to escape the lunge, your character will have to press the 
    action and run button at the same time for a counter attack once the button 
    prompt appears before the lunge.  The killing lunge has a slight button prompt 
    counter attack command where the targeted character can melee the licker back 
    down to the ground.
    
    Both grabs can be escaped if a partner performs a partner assist melee action 
    to break the victim free.  If a grab connects and a partner does not help then 
    the tongue grab can be escaped by shaking the left thumbstick but the lunge 
    grab will instantly kill any character that is not saved moments after the grab 
    has been initiated.
    
    One of the Licker Betas will drop a ++LION HEART++ treasure.  Lickers will drop 
    this from time to time.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Progenitor Virus House - Chapter 5-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Lion heart [2,500 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  One of the Licker Betas in the first set of 
                        Licker Betas will drop this treasure.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Move on into the holding area where the Licker Betas were at.  Ah, here we go, 
    another valve handle!  Turn the valve hand to unlock the door then step into 
    the hallway ahead.
    
    Break the --TALL CRATE-- in the left corner up ahead then run down the hall to 
    the side.  Open the door to the right before the next turn and collect the 
    ++RED HERB++ from below the counter in the Monitor room.  Open the safe off to 
    the right below the counter and grab the ++3,000 GOLD++ inside.  The ++AK-74 
    (MG)++ lies inside of the metal case to the side of the safe.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Progenitor Virus House - Chapter 5-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: 3,000 gold
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Open the safe off to the right after entering the
                        monitor room down the hall from the area with the first two
                        Licker Betas.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    H I D D E N  W E A P O N
    Weapon:  AK-74 (MG)
    Location: Progenitor Virus House - Chapter 5-1
    Details: Open the metal case inside the Monitor room down the hall from the 
    area where the first two Licker Betas are encountered.
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] The Row of Monitors - The entire row of monitors in the Monitor room can be
        examined.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - After opening the door with the valve handle after fighting 
        the first two Licker Betas, this will be in the left corner of the hall 
        ahead.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Red Herb - Below the counter in the Monitor room down the hall after 
        meeting the first two Licker Betas.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Exit the Monitor room and step back into the outside hall.  Continue further 
    down the hall to the south.
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Could you say that a little louder Chris and Sheva, so that it echoes 
    throughout the whole Progenitor House?  Oh, thank god there weren't more of 
    them!  Yeah, we wouldn't last in a fight with a whole horde!  Whatever would we 
    do in that predicament, I wonder? Oy.
    
    Pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ from off the floor in front of the stairs 
    then move up the stairs.  Break the --TALL CRATE-- off to the left at the top 
    of the stairs.  The lever down the hall to the right doesn't have much 
    significance.  It turns on the light in a room behind the wall to the side.  
    You can have a peek inside the room through the set of square holes at the top 
    of the wall.  You might just see something move by if you look closely after 
    flipping the lever to turn on the light.
    
    .--------------------------------- TIP/EXTRA ---------------------------------.
    | With some good aiming skills, a player can actually aim toward the small    |
    | openings of the room on the other side of the wall and shoot the Lickers in |
    | the holding on the other side.  Whether this is useful or not really        |
    | depends upon a player's patience.                                           |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Both characters need to use the partner assist button prompt ahead to press 
    both green buttons together to open the door to the next hall.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - At the top of the stairs down the hall from the Monitor room.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - In front of the stairs down the hall from the Monitor 
        room.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Turn to the left.  Dear god...
    
    Each of the holding areas contains a group of Licker Betas.  The holding area 
    on the left contains five Licker Betas and the holding area on the right 
    contains three Licker Betas.  The only thing that separates the character from 
    them is three glass panels on each side... and we all know that Lickers have 
    this obsession with breaking all nearby glass.  You know its coming, don't you?
    
    DO NOT:
    
    - Break the glass
    - Fire a weapon
    - Run
    - Issue a Partner Command (Go, Come on, Wait, Thanks)
    - Taunt
    - Kick through a door
    
    If the characters remain silent without performing any of the actions listed 
    above then the Lickers will stay in their holding cells for the moment.  
    Strangely, the characters can communicate through requests and partner 
    responses without alerting the Lickers yet a partner command or taunt will 
    alert the Lickers.
    
    Gently open the door on the other side of the room with a single tap of the 
    action button.  Kick it open and you'll pay dearly.  Four glass panels separate 
    the five Licker Betas from the characters in the room behind the door.  You see 
    the ventilation duct up ahead?  Two more Licker Betas will exit from that air 
    duct if the characters alert the others right now.
    
    Sadly, the door ahead requires a swift kick from both characters in order to 
    open it, so both players should walk toward it and press the assist button to 
    kick it open.  Cries of a sudden urgency to break every glass panel in the room 
    will sound from behind the characters as they kick the door then the Licker 
    Betas will exit the holding cells and attack.  Two Licker Betas will exit the 
    ventilation shaft off to the side for a grand total of ten Licker Betas.  Oh 
    dear.  YOU'VE DONE IT NOAW!1
    
    There are many ways the characters can approach this battle:
    
    - Lay out Proximity Bombs one at a time along the narrow hall and allow the 
      Licker Betas to move over them (RECOMMENDED).
    - Stand at one end of the hall and toss a hand grenade at the Licker Betas as 
      they begin to group together.  Try to get the hand grenade underneath them as
      they form a group and it will instantly kill them all.  This method can be 
      bad since it can knock a few Lickers toward the characters.
    - Take out a grenade launcher with acid rounds and fire at the Licker Beta 
      group.  Acid will stun a group and set them all up for a stab - DON'T rush in 
      for a single stab upon a group however or that character will get surrounded 
      afterward.  Acid rounds still work very well at damaging them however.  Acid 
      rounds are really only effective on normal mode however.
    - Take out a grenade launcher with explosive rounds and fire at the Licker 
      Betas when they group together.  This is worse than using grenades really 
      since it tends to scatter them, but it's good for knocking down a whole 
      crowd.
    - Haul ass to the elevator at the end and pray that it opens quickly while your
      character and partner hold off the approaching Licker Betas with gunfire from
      any weapon.
    
    The characters need to race down the hall ahead and use the action button 
    prompt near the elevator to call it down.  There are a total of three --TALL 
    CRATES-- outside the elevator that can be broken.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - Outside the elevator down the hall from the holding area with 
        Licker Betas.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Outside the elevator down the hall from the holding area with 
        Licker Betas.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Outside the elevator down the hall from the holding area with 
        Licker Betas.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    If the rest of the Licker Betas were taken down then six more Licker Betas will 
    appear from down the hall to the west.  If the rest of the Licker Betas are 
    still behind the characters then there are now sixteen of the little bastards 
    in the area.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Progenitor Virus House - Chapter 5-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Lion heart (x3) [2,500 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Three of the Licker Betas will drop this 
                        treasure.  Stay behind and fight all sixteen of them 
                        outside the elevator.  Proximity Mines and hand grenades 
                        are highly recommended.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
    
    Trophy/Achievement: Egg Hunt
    
    Description: Find all 4 types of eggs.
    
    Details: One of the Licker Betas in the group sometimes drops a rotten egg 
    (1/10 chance for me), which is the hardest type of egg to find in story mode, 
    so fight them off and see if one of them drops a rotten egg and this will most 
    likely complete your collection for the trophy/achievement.  If it doesn't then 
    go back to the Chicken Island in chapter 3-1 to collect any missing eggs.  A 
    gold egg is rather common there.
    
    Also, while we're on the subject of rotten eggs, the enemies in the next few 
    chapters have a tendency to drop a rotten egg rarely, so if you can't get one 
    here then you might be able to get it in the following chapters.  Chapter 6-1 
    is a really good chapter for rotten egg drops with the number of Majini 
    present.
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
    
    Step inside the elevator and use the assist command to take it down to the next 
    area.
    
                                                                            [CH513]
    Chapter 5-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                      E X P E R I M E N T A L  F A C I L I T Y
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Collect the ++HAND GRENADE++, two ++HANDGUN AMMO (+20)++ pickups, ++MACHINE GUN 
    AMMO (+120)++ and the ++SHOTGUN SHELLS (+15)++ from the ammo rack directly in 
    front of the elevator.  Walk toward the large room up ahead and a cutscene will 
    play.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Hand Grenade - On the ammo rack.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+20) - On the ammo rack.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+20) - On the ammo rack.
    [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+120) - On the ammo rack.
    [ ] Shotgun Shells (+15) - On the ammo rack
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
    | You can easily keep hording ammo from the weapon rack to add to your main   |
    | inventory in between chapters by collecting it then choosing "Quit" from    |
    | the pause menu.  Once the game is quit, the ammo will be saved on your      |
    | current inventory and can then be added to your main inventory when you     |
    | restart from the continue point.  Since the save is right next to the ammo  |
    | rack, you can completely stock up on all the ammo listed above.             |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    
                                         U-8
                                         ---
    
                                     HP: 24,000
    
    .--------------------------------- WARNING -----------------------------------.
    | Toward the very end of the cutscene that introduces U-8 be ready to press   |
    | two buttons to escape the beasts attack during the cutscene or both         |
    | characters will die.                                                        |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    --> COMMAND INPUT
    
    Sequence: U-8 swings at Chris and Sheva with its right pincher arm.
    
    Type:     Two buttons
    
    Command:  Dodge
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Recommended  - Machine Gun or Handgun (to hit the weak point on its arms/defeat
    Weapon(s):     the flying insects)
                 - Hand Grenade (to damage its main weak point in its mouth)
                 - Shotgun (to damage its mouth without hand grenades)
    
    Weak Points: - Red section of both gripping arms (shooting them will make him 
                   fall)
                 - Open mouth (main weak point - button prompt command appears 
                   while standing next to it with a hand grenade in inventory)
                 - Damaged portion of carapace (once a grenade has been tossed into
                   its mouth)
    
    Attacks: 
    
    1) Pincher Strike - U-8 holds one its pincher arms back and rakes it across the 
    platform in front of it.  The best way to avoid this move is to back off from 
    the area directly in front of the creature.
    
    2) Blade Snip - U-8 leans backward a bit as his bottom half rises then he snips 
    forward with his two bottom blade arms.  This can either be escaped by pressing 
    the button prompt command that appears on the screen or by moving far enough 
    away from the creature.  The run button is always the button input command that 
    appears.
    
    3) Stunning Fall - Whenever U-8 is stunned by hitting his gripping arms, his 
    head can crush a character and take damage if a character is under his head 
    portion, so always remain away from his head while attempting to stun him.
    
    4) Head Ram - U-8 moves back and latches onto the wall behind it shortly before 
    it lunges forward onto the section of the platform in front of it.  Much like 
    the pincher strike, its best to move away from the boss' front half.  It's easy 
    to see this move coming since he gives ample warning with the way he gets into 
    place along the wall, so simply run to a side.
    
    5) Insect Release - U-8 climbs onto the wall far above then releases several 
    small insects that will move toward the platform and attack the characters.  
    The insects can be easily taken down with a shot from any weapon.  They have a 
    tendency to leave behind ammo and hand grenades once defeated.  A cutscene will 
    take place the first time U-8 performs this move then the rest of the times 
    after that, he will simply move onto the high wall during normal gameplay.
    
    6) Platform Shake - U-8 drives his front pinchers into the platform and shakes 
    it.  This will jar the characters and stagger them for a few seconds.  There is 
    no way to escape the staggering.  Since you cannot escape it, why not take 
    advantage of this time when he will not attack and quickly open up the 
    inventory menu then reload your guns by combining the ammo with the weapon!
    
    7) Grab and Crush - U-8 will lean back one of its pincher arms and attempt to 
    grab one of the characters in a slight cutscene.  If the on-screen button 
    prompt command is not pressed then the character that is grabbed will die 
    automatically.  The action button is always the button input command that 
    appears.  He will automatically do this move right after a second grenade is 
    tossed into his mouth.  If the characters are far enough away from the boss 
    then an input command will not appear since they are too far away and U-8 
    cannot grab them.
    
    8) Hide - U-8 climbs down toward the walls below and disappears for a few 
    seconds.  He fears that next hand grenade to the kisser.
    
    9) Insect Stab - A flying insect that U-8 releases will fly right into a 
    character with its blade nose.  This will instantly kill the insect enemy but 
    the character will receive a bit of damage.
    
    --> HIS ATTACKS
    
    U-8 will be attached to the wall throughout the battle and will move along the 
    sides of the platform that the characters are on.  His main attacks are his 
    pincher swipe, blade snip and head ram.  All of these can be dodged by moving 
    far away from him.  The blade snip can also be dodged by pressing the run 
    button when the button input command appears on the screen.  Later in the 
    battle, he will shake the platform but this will only stagger the characters.
    
    He will eventually begin to perform an instant kill grab move.  This move's 
    warning sign is showcased through a slight cutscene shortly before a button 
    prompt dodge command appears.  Press the action button and the characters will 
    duck under his pincher.  If the characters are far enough away from U-8 then 
    the cutscene will still play but U-8 will not be able to grab a character, so 
    the button prompt will not appear.  After a hand grenade is tossed into his 
    mouth for the second time, quick turn and run away from him afterward to avoid 
    this grab the first time he does this.
    
    --> A BOSS THAT DOESN'T KNOW WHEN TO KEEP HIS MOUTH CLOSED
    
    U-8 will only attack when his mouth is open, so while it is closed, there is no 
    need to worry about an attack.  His mouth is his main weak point and hitting 
    him in the mouth with any type of gunfire will slowly damage him.  Hitting him 
    in any portion of his damaged head once portions of carapace fall off will 
    damage him as well.
    
    --> AIM FOR THE GRIPPING ARMS
    
    In order to expose his major weak point to where the characters can hit him for 
    major damage, both characters need to aim for the red center portion of his 
    long arms that he uses to move along the wall of the room.  He grips the side 
    walls with both of these arms.  They can easily be damaged rather well with a 
    simple machine gun or handgun.  You can also use bigger artillery such as a 
    shotgun or rifle but these two weapons are not really needed for this task.  
    Keep in mind that you do not have to be right up next to him in order to damage 
    his arms.  One can simply move far away from him and shoot his arms with a 
    rifle or handgun and machine gun then rush into him while he is stunned 
    afterwards.
    
    --> ONCE HIS MOUTH IS FULLY EXPOSED
    
    After his gripping arms have sustained enough damage, U-8 will fall onto the 
    side of the platform and expose his mouth.  A character with a hand grenade can 
    rush up to him at this point and receive a "Toss in" command.  Press the action 
    button at that time and a cutscene will play where that character will toss a 
    hand grenade directly into U-8's mouth.  The hand grenade will damage the front 
    portion of his carapace and after that explosion, and then the damaged area can 
    be hit at any time to damage him whether he opens his mouth or not.  If you do 
    not have any hand grenades then check around the platform to find two.
    
    He can also be damaged in the mouth with normal gunfire.  Simply run up to his 
    mouth while he is stunned and blast him with continuous blast from a powerful 
    weapon such as the shotgun.  All the damage adds up whether a hand grenade is 
    tossed into his mouth or he receives gunfire to his mouth.  Once the shell is 
    fully damaged, the characters will have to blast U-8 in the mouth with gunfire 
    such as a shotgun to finish it off if U-8 doesn't fall after the third hand 
    grenade toss.
    
    .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------.
    | It is very possible to kill U-8 without a single grenade.  A character can  |
    | rush up to his mouth while he is stunned and fire for a set amount of time  |
    | before he rises again and if this is continued then it will die without the |
    | need to damage its carapace.  This will really take longer however, but     |
    | it's still interesting to try.                                              |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> INSECT RELEASE
    
    Eventually a slight cutscene will play as U-8 climbs up to the top of the wall. 
    He will release a group of insects that will attack the characters.  The 
    insects can be easily defeated with any type of gunfire.  It's really best to 
    use a machine gun since the insects can be hard to get precise aiming on with 
    any other type of weapon.  They attack by stabbing with their blade nose.  If 
    they attack then they will instantly die after the attack.  These enemies will 
    drop ammo and hand grenades once they are defeated.  The characters can get 
    quite an assortment of ammunition from these creatures.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | If you like to use invincibility frames to your advantage then stand near   |
    | near either the shotgun ammo or the hand grenade pickup on the far ends of  |
    | the platform then, right as U-8 attacks, pick up the item and his attack    |
    | will go right through your character if the item grab is timed well.        |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - Lying on the northeast side of the center portion of the 
        platform.
    [ ] Green Herb - Lying on the northwest side of the center portion of the 
        platform.
    [ ] Hand Grenade - Lying on the southwest side of the center portion of the 
        platform.
    [ ] Hand Grenade - On the north end of the platform.
    [ ] Shotgun Shells (+5) - On the west end of the platform.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   E N D  B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    - - -                                                                     - - -
                 ___ _                 _              ____        ____       [CH52]
                / __\ |__   __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __  | ___|      |___ \ 
               / /  | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| |___ \  ___   __) |
              / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | ||  __/ |     ___) ||___| / __/ 
              \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_|    |____/      |_____|
                                |_|                                     
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         --> Chapter 5-2 Ranking Table <--
            .-----------------------------------------------------------.
            | RANKS          |    S     |     A    |     B    |    C    |
            |===========================================================|
            | ACCURACY       |   70%+   | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | ENEMIES ROUTED |    40+   |    25    |    15    |   <14   |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | DEATHS         |     0    |     1    |     2    |    3+   |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | CLEAR TIME     | <22'00"  |  26'00"  |  30'00"  |  30'01"+|
            '-----------------------------------------------------------'
            < = less than or equal to                    + = greater than
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH521]
    Chapter 5-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                      E X P E R I M E N T A L  F A C I L I T Y
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Recommended Weapons/Items:
    
    - Handgun (for Base Majini)
    - Rifle (for distant Base Majini - HIGHLY RECOMMENDED)
    - Shotgun (for close encounters, crowds and a Reaper)
    - Magnum (for Reaper [a good shotgun can suffice])
    - Grenade Launcher w/Acid Rounds, Proximity Bombs, Hand Grenades (for Licker 
      Betas)
    - Grenade Launcher w/Acid Rounds or Flash Rounds (for quick stun on Reaper)
    - Bulletproof Vest (for Base Majini weapon fire)
    
    The characters will start on the same platform where they fought U-8 in the 
    last chapter.  The destination is up ahead, but turn around and walk around to 
    the south end of the middle portion of the platform.  Examine the monitor with 
    Jill's info displayed on it to view the --TEST SUBJECT DATA-- file.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Test Subject Date file - Make a quick turn after starting then examine the 
        back monitor on the middle portion of the platform to view this.  Wait 
        until the characters finish speaking.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Run across the catwalk bridge on the north side.  The south bridge will only 
    lead the characters back to the door that they entered this area from in the 
    last chapter and there is nothing special in that room.  Open the door in the 
    north by having both players use the partner assist command in front of it to 
    enter the next area.
    
                                                                            [CH522]
    Chapter 5-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                              P O W E R  S T A T I O N
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Move along the tunnel to the north.  In the room ahead, break the four --TALL 
    CRATES-- off to the right.  Crates such as this will now be in more of a 
    cluster for these later chapters at times.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the right in the first room at the end of the first tunnel.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the right in the first room at the end of the first tunnel.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the right in the first room at the end of the first tunnel.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the right in the first room at the end of the first tunnel.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Open the door ahead then move down the stairs off to the right.  A slight 
    cutscene will play.  Wow.  Majini's got a gun!  So run away.  Run away from the 
    pain!
    
    NEW ENEMY: Base Majini
    
    Oh, that was terrible.  Anyway, these new type of Majini now come armed with 
    guns and some of the Base Majini later in this chapter will carry stun rods and 
    heavy armor.  Battles will now consist of taking cover to avoid gunfire.  The 
    rifle has become an almost absolute necessity for his new form of Majini since 
    many of them will take cover and only move out a bit to fire at the characters.
    
    .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------.
    | Some Base Majini groups such as this one will randomly come equipped with   |
    | metal armor.  For instance, a player might play a chapter segment one time  | 
    | and not have to deal with any armored enemies, but if the player restarts   |
    | that same chapter then the Majini that didn't have armor before might have  |
    | some on their body.                                                         |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    The Majini will notice the characters in a bit as they move down the stairs, so 
    you might as well take advantage of this free shot opportunity.  Take out the 
    rifle and aim for the head of the Base Majini on the right side past the 
    doorway up ahead and wait for the one in the other back to bob in the back of 
    his head then shoot to hit them both.  You might not kill the one in the back 
    but you'll damage him a bit.
    
    The Majini will begin to take cover behind the door and that is your cue to 
    take cover as well.  Run behind the crates up ahead then use the action button 
    prompt to take cover behind the crates when the action button "Take Cover" 
    command appears.  Fire at the Majini with a handgun or rifle.
    
    .------------------------------ SINGLE PLAYER TIP ----------------------------.
    | While your main character is taking cover behind an object, issue the "Go"  |
    | command to have the AI partner move ahead.  The partner can provide         |
    | distraction for the Majini allowing your character to more easily shoot the |
    | Majini.  The partner will also scout ahead for items.  Issue the "Come on"  |
    | command to make your AI partner return to your character.                   |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Once the first three are defeated, run toward the doorway where they were then 
    quickly take cover behind the door.  Two Majini will open the door to the north 
    and step into the room ahead.  One of them has a stun rod, so quickly dispose 
    of him with gunfire before he moves too close to the doorway.  Shoot the second 
    Majini whenever he pops up from cover in the back of the crates ahead.
    
    
                      |_|_|   (Crates)
          Cover area -->  |_|
    
    
                   _|   |_  (Doorway)
     Cover Area -->       <-- Cover Area
    
    
                      |_|_| (Crates)
         Cover Area -->
    
    Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ from off the covered crate in the next room then 
    break the --TALL CRATE-- around the side of the metal crates before opening the 
    next door.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - On the opposite side of the second row of crates in the room 
        where the Base Majini are first encountered.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - On the covered crate among the second row of crates in the 
        room where the Base Majini are first encountered.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Off to the immediate left in the next room you'll find a row of the three 
    --TALL CRATES--.  Move around the side of the room up ahead.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - After stepping through the door once the first wave of Base 
        Majini are dealt with, this will be off to the left.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - After stepping through the door once the first wave of Base 
        Majini are dealt with, this will be off to the left.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - After stepping through the door once the first wave of Base 
        Majini are dealt with, this will be off to the left.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    You can take cover behind the left side of the wall near the corner before 
    moving into the room to the west.  Do so, then shoot the first Majini behind 
    the first set of barrels.  Once he is disposed of, wait for a break in gunfire 
    then move behind the set of crates that we was taking cover near and take cover 
    behind them then rise up and fire at the other Majini in the back of the room.
    
                           _
                          |_| <-- Cover Area
                        _
       _               |_| <-- Cover Area  _
      |_|                                 |_| <-- Cover Area
      |_| <-- Cover Area                  |_|
      |_|                _
      |_|               |_| <-- Cover Area       | <-- Cover Area
                                                 |   |
                                                 |   | (Entrance corridor)
                                                 |   |
    
    A few more Majini will enter the room one after the other.  Some of them carry 
    stun rods and will rush directly toward the characters so shoot them and defeat 
    them quickly before they make it to your cover area.  You can run back behind 
    the first wall and have plenty of cover area to deal with them and perform 
    melee attacks.  Use the rifle to shoot the Majini further in the back of the 
    area.
    
    There is a ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ pickup on a metal crate to the left after 
    stepping around the wall and a --WOODEN CRATE-- right next to it that can be 
    broken.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Next to the Machine Gun ammo pickup in the second area with 
        Base Majini.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - Off to the left after stepping around the side of 
        the wall in the second area with Base Majini.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Find the doorway in the back left portion of the area then step inside the side 
    room once all the Base Majini are finished.  A Majini with a stun run will move 
    down the damaged set of stairs whenever a character walks toward the two --TALL 
    CRATES-- and ++RED HERB++ down the left corridor, so prepare to deal with him 
    when he is heard.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - In the area with the second encounter of Base Majini, move 
        through the left doorway in the back of the room.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - In the area with the second encounter of Base Majini, move 
        through the left doorway in the back of the room.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Red Herb - To the right of the two tall crates mentioned above.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Both characters need to use the partner assist command on the buttons along the 
    opposite sides of the door in the big room to open it.
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Break the two --TALL CRATES-- in the corridor ahead before following it to the 
    right.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - In the corridor past the room with the second encounter of 
        Base Majini.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - In the corridor past the room with the second encounter of 
        Base Majini.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    A character can take cover behind the wall off to the left up ahead before 
    stepping into the room ahead.  There is a Majini behind some metal crates in 
    the next room and one will move down the stairs and come after the characters 
    with his stun rod.  If the characters step back into the corridor, the Majini 
    with the stun rod will eventually enter the corridor as well so the characters 
    can easily take him down with a handgun and melee attacks.
    
    A player can shoot him in the leg and perform an instant kill melee from behind 
    to stop him from becoming a Cephalo (its scripted) or... go for a tag team!  
    Yes, even in single player mode. (Shot to arm for a stun, "Go" command, Hook, 
    Knee [from Sheva AI], Haymaker that bad boy with tons of uber Redfield flare)
    
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
    
    Trophy/Achievement: The Works
    
    Description: Chain the maximum number of combos together in one go.
    
    Details: In single player mode, lure the Majini with the stun rod into the 
    narrow corridor.  Let him move into the middle portion and keep shouting 
    continuous "Come on" commands to keep your AI partner from shooting.  When he 
    gets close, quickly shout a single "Go" command and the AI partner will rush 
    behind him then shoot the Majini in the arm for an arm stun.  Melee him toward 
    the AI partner and the AI partner will melee him back to your character and 
    your character will receive the special tag team command.
    
    This has worked just about every time I have tried it in single player mode and 
    there is a checkpoint right at the beginning of this hallway, so quickly 
    restart your game through the pause menu if you miss.  I always have my AI 
    partner equipped with a rifle as that character's stronger weapon to keep that 
    character from attacking very quick while that character is in attack ("Go") 
    mode.
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
    
                        ___________
                        _|_|_|_|_|           _
                       |                   _|_|
                       |                  |_| <-- Cover Area
                       |                  |_|
                       |                  |_|
                       |                         | <-- Cover Area
                       |___________              |   |
                        _|_|_|_|_|               |   | (Entrance corridor)
                                                 |   |
    
    Move behind the wall once again or quickly step behind the metal crates in the 
    next room.  Arm a rifle and look up toward the metal planks forming a cover 
    area up above then wait for the two Majini behind them to pop up then take them 
    down with a headshot each.  Break the two --TALL CRATES-- off to the left side 
    of the room and the two --TALL CRATES-- on the right side near the metal 
    crates.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the left in the room where Majini take cover behind a set 
        of high metal planks.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the left in the room where Majini take cover behind a set 
        of high metal planks.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the right in the room where Majini take cover behind a set 
        of high metal planks.  This is behind some metal crates.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the right in the room where Majini take cover behind a set 
        of high metal planks.  This is behind some metal crates.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------.
    | Instead of rushing for a cover wall up above the stairs, a character can    |
    | slowly creep up the stairs on each side and shoot at each of the two Majini |
    | in front of the metal crates on the floor above.  This will definitely make |
    | the make the next part much easier, but this method may not always work.    |
    | Afterwards a character can shoot the explosive canisters from behind the    |
    | two cover walls with little threat from the middle area.                    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    .------------------------------- MAJOR TIP -----------------------------------.
    | If you move up the right set of stairs and stand about in the middle then   |
    | look through a sniper scope, you will be able to see one of the explosive   |
    | canisters on the far side of the top area.  Shoot the explosive canister    |
    | and you'll defeat a good majority of the Majini on the other side, even     |
    | some of the ones with stun rods.  You have to stand near the center of the  |
    | stairs (not near a railing) in the center from the top and bottom of the    |
    | staircase to see the explosive canister.                                    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Run up either set of stairs then QUICKLY take cover behind one of the sidewalls 
    directly in front of either staircase.  Two Majini will be firing machine guns 
    from the front of the set of two crates up ahead.  Don't worry about them at 
    the moment since you're properly concealed behind the wall.  Look to the 
    opposite railing next to their location and you'll see a group of Majini with 
    stun rods running down the catwalk.  Once they step near the corner with the 
    explosive canister, quickly step out and fire at the explosive canister in that 
    corner.  Sometimes is easier not to use the "Take Cover" command, but simply 
    take cover manually in order to get a more precise aim without a constant 
    change in viewpoint from stepping around the side of the wall.  Now, focus fire 
    on the two Majini with machine guns.
    
    Once the Majini with machine guns behind the boxes are finished, quickly run to 
    the opposite side of the wall in front of the opposite side staircase.  If you 
    look toward the railing across from the middle boxes, another set of Majini 
    will run down that catwalk.  Quickly step out and fire at the explosive 
    canister in the corner near them as they step around by it.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | The Majini with stun rods will not come after a character until a character |
    | steps behind either of the cover areas in front of the two staircases and   |
    | they will always conveniently run out from the opposite side where the      |
    | player will have a perfect view of the explosive barrel on that side.  Keep |
    | this in mind to easily take down these two annoying enemy waves quickly by  |
    | shooting the red explosive barrel as they move by it while standing on      |
    | either side.                                                                |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Now all the characters have to worry about are the Majini armed with machine 
    guns in the very back of the area.  Heaven shines down upon thee friend, 
    because they are standing in front of explosive canister, so simply run toward 
    the middle set of crates by the railing up ahead then take cover and quickly 
    pop up in between the break in their gunfire and shoot the explosive canister 
    behind them. b
    
    
                                           _| <-- Cover Area
                |
                |                   _
                |                  |_| <-- Cover area
                |                  |_|
                |
                                           _
                                            | <-- Cover Area
    
    Break the --TALL CRATE-- on the left side of the second floor area by the 
    railing then follow either catwalk to the back of the area.  Enter the elevator 
    then both players should use the partner assist command to take it up.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - On the left side of the second floor area of the third room 
        with Base Majini.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH523]
    Chapter 5-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                E X P E R I M E N T A L  F A C I L I T Y  P A S S A G E
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Ah, there are three claw slashes on the left wall complete with intense 
    violence and extreme gore on the floor up ahead.  Break the --TALL CRATE-- in 
    the right corner up ahead then take the ++GREEN HERB++ from off the floor.  
    Step around the corner and there is another --TALL CRATE-- to the right.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - In the left corner down the starting corridor.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall - Around the corner to the left, then turn right and it's in the 
        nearby corner.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - In the right corner down the starting corridor.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The upcoming corner before the hall up ahead can be used as cover.  DON'T run 
    into the hallway ahead.  The Licker Betas in the corridor ahead are unaware of 
    your progress if the characters stay silent; that means no taunting, partner 
    commands, firing (yet) or running.
    
                ___    ___
               |   |__|   |
               |          |
               |    __    |
               |   |  |   |
    ___________| <-- Cover Area
                   |  |   |
    _______________|  |   |
    
    The characters can either fight or run at this part.  It is also possible to 
    walk by the Licker Betas in co-op play (see tip).  If the characters defeat the 
    Licker Betas then they will receive two ++LION HEART++ treasures as drops from 
    two of the Lickers.
    
    ,----------------------------------- CO-OP TIP -------------------------------,
    | In co-op mode, two players can stand and wait for a Licker to climb up onto |
    | a ceiling or wall then simply walk right past it without alarming the       |
    | Licker.  The Licker is only attracted to loud noises, so as long as neither |
    | player makes sound near one, then they will not be alerted. Even when one   |
    | hops out of the vent, they are still not alerted yet.  Once the battle      |
    | music starts, it is time to run or fight however, since that is the signal  |
    | that they have been alerted!                                                |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Since the Licker Betas are so spread out, the best way to defeat them is to run 
    down the corridor and allow them to group up.  Run up and down the corridor 
    (right by them) until they are all in a group then shoot them with acid rounds 
    from the grenade launcher or place a single proximity bomb on the floor and 
    allow them to crawl over it while grouped to take them all down with one bomb. 
    They will likely not attack if you run right by them and don't stop.  The 
    characters can also stand and toss hand grenades at a group.  It's best to 
    shoot them off the ceiling with a handgun if they decide to crawl along the 
    ceiling while chasing the characters since the blast will only knock them off 
    the ceiling instead of making them explode.  Very far off shots with a rifle 
    can be useful against distant Licker Beta but make sure that they're tongue 
    impale will not hit a character.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | On lower difficulties such as Amateur or maybe Normal, a rifle can help out |
    | here.  Since the characters start at a distance, one character can stand at |
    | the starting end of the hall and shoot at each Licker Beta individually     |
    | then keep blasting it with rifle gunfire.  This will alert the others but a |
    | character might be able to defeat at least two before the Licker Betas can  |
    | reach the side that the characters are on.                                  |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Experimental Facility Passage - Chapter 5-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Lion heart (x2) [2,500 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Two of the Licker Betas in the passage that 
                        leads east will drop this treasure if the characters choose 
                        to fight the Lickers.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Continue down the corridor to the east and make a right then follow the next 
    corridor.  Two Licker Betas will bust through separate vents on the left wall 
    then crawl along the wall.  When the characters progress further, one more 
    Licker Beta will move through a vent from behind then two more will leap 
    through another vent further down the hall.  Once again, fight or run.  If the 
    characters fight all of them off here then three ++LION HEART++ treasures will 
    be dropped from the Licker Betas.
    
    The characters can make all five of the Licker Betas group together by 
    constantly running back and forth by them then take them down with hand 
    grenades or a few proximity bombs (by laying them in their path) just like the 
    last group.  Acid rounds will work effectively as well on normal mode, but not 
    really on Veteran.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Experimental Facility Passage - Chapter 5-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Lion heart (x3) [2,500 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Three of the Licker Betas in the passage that 
                        leads west will drop this treasure if the characters choose 
                        to fight the Lickers.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Open the door at the end with the partner assist button to exit this area.
    
                                                                            [CH524]
    Chapter 5-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                      M I S S I L E  A R E A  1 S T  F L O O R
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Don't you just love entering a new area that is almost completely silent and 
    devoid of life where you know that all hell is going to break loose when a 
    certain point is reached or a certain action is done?  I wonder if that will 
    happen here?  Let's hope not.
    
    To the left of the characters is a conveyor belt with explosive cylinders that 
    move toward a disposal furnace at the end of it.  These can be shot and used to 
    your advantage just like other explosive barrels once the characters progress 
    further.
    
    While we are standing here, look off the railing to the south and find the high 
    overhead walkway with the single explosive canister on it.  Keep that walkway 
    and explosive canister in mind.  Move along the current walkway to the right 
    and head west.
    
    .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
    | Before falling down the ladder at the west end of the high walkway, look    |
    | to the left below to see two Majini.  If both of these Majini are defeated  |
    | within a few second apart from each other, then the battle below can be     |
    | completely avoided.  This will take some careful timing however in single   |
    | player.                                                                     |
    |                                                                             |
    | While standing near the ladder, face to the east then take out a hand       |
    | grenade and toss it down at the Majini with the metal mask right below the  |
    | ladder.  Toss it so that it hits him and makes him explode in the direct    |
    | hit range.  QUICKLY, while the hand grenade bounces, take out the rifle and |
    | aim at the Majini on the bottom floor along the far east side then shoot    |
    | him in the head before he fully finishes yelling.  This will cancel the     |
    | battle where the Base Majini attack below.  Remember that you can restart   |
    | and try again from the top walkway.                                         |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Break the two --TALL CRATES-- at the end of the walkway then hop off the side 
    where the ladder is.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - At the far right end of the first top floor walkway.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - At the far right end of the first top floor walkway.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    A cutscene will play that will show tons of Majini run out from their hiding 
    spots.  If you read the tip above and killed at least one Majini on the current 
    side then that kill will help out a bunch.  Stand behind one of the metal walls 
    on the characters' current side to have cover against the Majini gunfire on the 
    south side then shoot the approaching Majini.  A character can run up and 
    perform a melee but it is a bit risky.  Remember that a character is invincible 
    during the melee animation, just not directly afterward.
    
    There is a ++RED HERB++ on the metal crate to the right after falling and a 
    --TALL CRATE-- near that metal crate.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - Near the metal crate, to the right after falling from the 
        ladder from the first high walkway.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Red Herb - On top of the metal crate, to the right after falling from the 
        ladder from the first high walkway.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Take out the rifle here.  It's best to use a rifle and not a handgun.  Take 
    cover behind one of the metal wall pieces along the side of the conveyor belt.
    
    Surely you've noticed all the annoying flash grenades here that have likely 
    blinded your vision at least once.  A Majini on the raised platform in the 
    south is tossing flash grenades from the other side of the conveyor belt and 
    there is one clever little bastard in the west that is tossing them from a high 
    walkway with an explosive canister on it.  If you remember earlier, I pointed 
    out that walkway with the explosive canister on it to you.  Take out a handgun 
    and shoot the explosive canister on the overhead walkway to the east to remedy 
    one flash grenade problem.
    
    .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------.
    | A button prompt command will appear at each end of a metal wall, so that    |
    | your characters can take cover behind each end.  If a player stands in the  |
    | middle of a metal wall then that player will not get a button prompt        |
    | command.                                                                    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    The characters will be forced to shoot at the Majini on the other side while 
    metal crates move down the middle conveyor belt.  These metal crates can cause 
    some missed shot opportunities for both sides, so keep them in mind.
    
    Alright Raiden, it's time to play sniper.  Take cover behind a nearby metal 
    wall then look toward the raised platform in the south near the west wall.  
    Score a headshot on the Majini that tosses flash grenades from that platform. 
    For the rest of the Majini on the other side, simply wait for their gunfire to 
    end then step out and shoot.  They're really not a problem after the characters 
    take down the flash grenade throwers.  Any Majini on the other side might move 
    across the high walkway in the east, so they can move to your current side but 
    not likely most of the time.
    
    
        |      ||           |
        |      ||           |
        |     ^ Cover Area  |
        |_ _    |           |
        |_|_|   |           |
        |   <-- Cover Area  |
        |       |           |
        |      ||     <-- CONVEYOR BELT
        |      ||           |
        |     ^ Cover Area  |
        |       |           |
        |      ||           |
        |      ||           |
              ^ Cover Area
    
    Move along the side of the conveyor belt while taking cover every now and then. 
    The Majini from the cutscene are all over the west side, so you'll need to 
    scope them out then take each one down.  One of them stands at the top of a 
    high walkway in the southwest.  He has a stun rod and if you look closely he 
    has hand grenades strapped to his chest.  He tosses pipe bombs from up high and 
    can actually knock the characters out of cover with one.  Take out the rifle 
    and fire at a hand grenade on his chest strap to make him explode.
    
    Keep these hand grenade Base Majini in mind since they will appear every now 
    and then with a group.  You don't ever want to fire at them when they are close 
    or the explosion (if the grenade strap is hit) will damage your character.  
    They can be used to your advantage to defeat other enemies much like an 
    explosive object however, but keep in mind that the blast radius is rather 
    close range instead of mid range.
    
    Pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ on top of the metal crate that the 
    characters can take cover behind then pick up the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ 
    further up ahead from the top of the bottom crate with another crate stacked on 
    top of it.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On top of the metal crate that a character can get 
        behind for cover.
    [ ] Machine Gun ammo (+30) - On top of metal crate that has another crate on 
        top of it shortly before climbing the ladder on the north side of the 
        conveyor belt.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Climb up the ladder then drop to the south side.  Move ahead then turn to the 
    left and run toward the three --TALL CRATES-- against the east wall then break 
    them for some items.  The battle music should still be playing since there is 
    one more Majini left in front of your main destination.  Look past the railing 
    to the northeast to see a Majini guarding your destination door above.  Shoot 
    him now or wait until the characters get closer to him in a few moments.  He 
    will toss pipe bombs at the characters.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - After moving over the first conveyor belt, this will be among
        two others off to the east.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - After moving over the first conveyor belt, this will be among
        two others off to the east.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - After moving over the first conveyor belt, this will be among
        two others off to the east.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The other side offers a few metal crates to take cover behind if, for some 
    reason, the Majini are still alive and have shot your characters all the way up 
    till this point. Now you can take cover with your little health and fire back 
    at them!  A character can take cover behind each side of them.  Let's go ahead 
    and list them below for kicks.
    
          Cover Area -->_    |          |
                       |_|   |          |
          Cover Area -->     |          |
                             |          |
            _<-- Cover Area  | CONVEYOR |
           |_|               |   BELT   |
             <-- Cover Area  |          |
                             |          |
                             |          |
    
    There is a single --TALL CRATE-- to the left of the raised platform up the 
    stairs.  Move up the stairs then drop down to the middle conveyor belt by 
    stepping off the right side of the platform.  Moving into the fire on the west 
    side of the conveyor belt is instant death for a character, so don't allow the 
    metal crates to push your character back into it.
    
    Run along the conveyor belt and dodge through the oncoming metal crates while 
    your characters head to the east. Step up onto the platform at the end then use 
    the lever off to the right to turn off the conveyor belt; there's really no 
    reason to do this but let's do it anyway to be thorough.
    
    Move up the stairs.  There might be a Majini at the top of the stairs if the 
    character haven't bothered to defeat him just yet - he tosses pipe bombs from 
    the top stairway.  Use the partner assist action to kick down the door at the 
    top of the stairs.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - On the south side of the raised platform with the stairs on 
        the south side of the first conveyor belt.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Break the --TALL CRATE-- off to the left then take the ++GREEN HERB++ and 
    ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ from the top of the metal crate beside the tall crate.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the left after stepping through the doorway that both 
        characters have to knock down the door to.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - On top of a metal crate to the left after stepping through the
        doorway that both characters have to knock down the door to.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On top of a metal crate to the left after stepping 
        through the doorway that both characters have to knock down the door to.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The characters are now going to have to jump down onto the conveyor belt with 
    explosive canisters that move toward a furnace at their end.  There is a little 
    problem that the characters should take care of first however.  When a 
    character steps toward the conveyor belt dropoff, a Majini will rush out onto 
    the first high walkway to the south up above.  Take out a rifle shoot him 
    before he tosses a pipe bomb.
    
    .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------.
    | If you take out the rifle and stand near the edge of the dropoff then look  |
    | to the south, you'll be able to see the bottom half of the Majini with hand |
    | grenades on the second walkway.  Shoot him to remedy this problem right now |
    | like the first.                                                             |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Make sure that an explosive canister is not incoming at the moment then drop 
    off the side of the platform and run to the south along the platform.  Once the 
    characters reach the third overhead walkway, aim up with the handgun and shoot 
    the explosive barrel next to the Majini that tosses hand grenades to make quick 
    work of him.  Many of the upcoming Majini can be disposed of from a distance 
    with a rifle or by simply shooting an explosive canister near them from your 
    current side.
    
    .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------.
    | Stand in the very center of the two conveyor belts to keep your character   |
    | from moving backwards while your character advances forward.                |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Further ahead, two Majini with metal shields and another Majini will race down 
    the conveyor belt toward the characters.  Make the Majini step near an 
    explosive canister then simply shoot it to finish them off with one shot.  If 
    you have to, then run by them and turn around then wait for an explosive 
    canister to move toward them.  They're pretty slow.  A character can always aim 
    for their legs and shoot then run behind them for an instant kill melee 
    command.
    
    Two Majini are on the very back high walkway in the south.  As you may have 
    guessed, they will toss pipe bombs down at the characters when the characters 
    get near them.  This duo can be quite dangerous since they are up high enough 
    to toss their pipe bombs a good distance and then the pipe bombs will roll 
    toward the characters and set off any explosive canister in the way of the 
    explosion.
    
    Arm the rifle then fire at the two Majini on the high walkway in the south when 
    all other Majini along the conveyor belt have been finished off, or at least 
    stop appearing for a moment.  Fire at the grenade strap for the one with the 
    metal helmet.  More Majini with stun rods and metal shields will drop from the 
    platform in the south and race out onto the conveyor belt, so prepare to use 
    more explosive canisters to your advantage once again to get rid of them.
    
    Two final Majini with metal shields and a near fully armored Majini will step 
    off the walkway once the characters make it to the very end.  The only part 
    that isn't armored on the Majini with heavy armor is his arms.  Try to shoot an 
    explosive canister near them when they step on the conveyor belt to easily get 
    rid of them as well.  The heavily armored Majini can also be defeated with a 
    magnum to any portion of the body since it will shoot right through his armor 
    with its piercing properties.  Keep in mind that a magnum shot will not pierce 
    through a metal shield however.  Run back down to the north end of the conveyor 
    belt if needed and allow the Majini to line up with an explosive canister.
    
    Step onto the platform to the left at the very end.  The lever off to the right 
    can be pulled to stop the conveyor belt that the characters just got off of.  
    Move down the nearby staircase then break the two --TALL CRATES-- off to the 
    right (while facing the bottom of the stairs).
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - Near the staircase the characters move down after moving 
        across the conveyor belt with explosive canisters.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Near the staircase the characters move down after moving 
        across the conveyor belt with explosive canisters.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Look inside the nearby open dumpster to see a --BSAA EMBLEM (24/30)-- inside.  
    Even though it is a little awkward to aim at, it can be hit with a handgun from 
    up close.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #24
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Missile Area 1st Floor - Chapter 5-2
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS:  After moving across the conveyor belt with explosive
      \________/   canisters and going down the stairs along the side of the 
                   platform at the end, there is an open dumpster to the left of 
                   the bottom of the stairs.  Walk over to this dumpster and look 
                   inside to see this emblem.  It can be hit with a gun by standing
                   near it then aiming at the top of it and firing.
    
                   For a Sheva player, this BSAA medal will be harder to hit 
                   because she isn't as tall as Chris, so a player might want to 
                   take out a hand grenade and toss it inside of the dumpster to 
                   hit the BSAA medal while playing as Sheva.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    If you walk over to the conveyor belt, you might see something that might cause 
    an RE fanboy to squeal with excitement.  The bodies that lie along the conveyor 
    belt moan and move about like some familiar ghoul we all know and love.  They 
    can be shot but they cannot be killed!  I wonder... nah, they're not the Z-
    word; they are known as "discarded test subjects".
    
    Move over to the nearby table then take the ++INCENDIARY GRENADE++ from it and 
    examine the --REGARDING THE MUTANT ORGANISM FOUND IN THE FACILITIES-- file.  
    Take the ++SIG 556 (MG)++ from the metal case.  This gun will come in handy in 
    a moment.
    
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    H I D D E N  W E A P O N
    Weapon: SIG 556 (MG)
    Location: Missile Area 1st Floor - Chapter 5-2
    Details: After moving across the conveyor belt with explosive canisters and 
    going down the stairs along the side of the platform at the end, open the metal 
    case on the table near the railing off to the right.
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Regarding the Mutant Organism Found in the Facilities file - On top of the 
        table to the right below the stairs after moving across the conveyor belt 
        with explosive canisters.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Incendiary Grenade - On top of the table to the right below the stairs 
        after moving across the conveyor belt with explosive canisters.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Walk up the stairs to the west.  The lever has no power to it at the moment, so 
    flipping it is useless.  A character can step down onto the conveyor belt to 
    the left but a metal crate blocks the way around the east side of top of the 
    railing.  The characters can't simply vault over the railing because there is 
    most likely some hidden plexiglass that separates the top portion from the 
    other side.  Our characters are too smart to even attempt it because one of 
    them knows Wesker all too well.
    
    Find the stairs to the north then walk up them.  Another staircase will come 
    into view as the characters go further north, so take these stairs to the east. 
    The characters will be met with pulsating slimy eggs that hang from the ceiling 
    at the end of the walkway past the stairs.  I wonder what secret surprise these 
    contain?  Eh, it's nothing a little Haymaker to the face won't cure I'm sure.
    
    Pick up the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ on the metal crate near the railing 
    along the other side.  Move along the walkway on the opposite side the run up 
    the stairs.  Chris will comment on the missiles along the top walkway.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Egg on Wall - The single egg that is strapped to the wall can be examined.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - On the second crate to the left after arriving at 
        the area with the pulsating eggs that hang from the ceiling.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Run to the far north and break the two --WOODEN CRATES--, two --TALL CRATES-- 
    then pick up the ++RED HERB++.  Run back to the center section of the area, in 
    the shaft structure, then both characters should use the assist button to pull 
    both of the levers.  Pulling the levers will power on the lever that triggers 
    the conveyor belt back to the south.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Up the stairs and to the north from the area with the 
        pulsating eggs.  This is on a shelf.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Up the stairs and to the north from the area with the 
        pulsating eggs.  This is on a shelf.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Up the stairs and to the north from the area with the 
        pulsating eggs.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Up the stairs and to the north from the area with the
        pulsating eggs.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Red Herb - Up the stairs and to the north from the area with the
        pulsating eggs.  This on a shelf.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Now all we have to do is go back through the area with creepy pulsating eggs 
    and... the second the characters step out of the shaft, the sound of something 
    breaking out of a hard shell along with a scream followed by the clambering of 
    little legs can be heard in the distance.  The music will suddenly get moody 
    much like a REmake Aqua Ring sort of tone.  Well, let's go back to the area 
    with the pulsating eggs and see what all the commotion is about.
    
    .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------.
    | If you arm the rifle and inch toward the edge of the shaft then quickly     |
    | look through the scope while facing the southeast the moment the sound is   |
    | heard you can see the pulsating egg open as a creature falls out.           |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Once the characters reach the egg area, look up to see that one of the eggs on 
    the ceiling appears to have hatched.  Arm that a grenade launcher with acid 
    rounds or flash rounds or equip the SIG 556 machine gun right now and it sure 
    wouldn't hurt to have some machine gun ammo with it as well.  When the 
    characters try to move back toward the stairs in the west a new enemy will fall 
    from the ceiling above.  It that a Brain Deimos?  A Chimera?  No, it is a...
    
    NEW ENEMY: Reaper
    
    Attacks:
    
    Grab and Impale: The Reaper reaches forward with all of its appendages to grab 
    a character.  If it manages to grab a character then it will stab the character 
    from the sides for an instant kill. (NOTE: it must have all appendages in order 
    to perform this move, including its head)
    
    Slice: The Reaper slices forward with one its top appendages.
    
    Stab: Shortly before it recovers from a major weak point stun, the Reaper stabs 
    forward with its bottom appendages.
    
    Gas Vapor: While walking, the Reaper sprays out a vapor that slightly blocks 
    the victim's vision of the Reaper's actions.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | To avoid being right in the Reaper's face when it falls, inch forward while |
    | on the walkway where it drops until it eventually falls and you'll be far   |
    | away from it when it lands.                                                 |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Well, even though I said some Haymaker might cure this problem, you certainly 
    don't want to get close to this bad boy.  This enemy is known as a Reaper and 
    it can really be problem if you don't know how to deal with it.  It has an 
    instant kill grab from close range, so don't ever get close to these things 
    unless they are stunned or missing an appendage.
    
    There are a few ways to hit this creature.  The most obvious is the glowing 
    white circular area on its stomach that opens up periodically while it moves 
    and the second is the glowing white sections that stick out of its back that 
    are visible whenever it dashes toward a character.  While playing online, two 
    players can surround a Reaper and one can hit it in its back portion to stun 
    it.
    
    When hit in the circular area on its stomach, the creature will kneel down and 
    showcase one of the circular sections of its back.  Blast that back section and 
    it will lean over again and expose its other back section.  Hit the second back 
    section and its body will lean backward so that it showcases its chest weak 
    point.  At that time, blast it in the weak point.  The SIG 556 will do just 
    fine for hitting all weak points.  You could also bring out the shotgun for its 
    major weak point also.  It can still hit your characters with its blade arms 
    while its major weakness is exposed but it can't grab them at that time.
    
    Once it recovers you'd better haul ass away from it again and allow it to 
    showcase one its weak points then blast it.  Shooting it in a back weak point 
    from the get go will make it to where a character will only have to shoot one 
    more back section as it leans over then it will showcase its major weak point 
    after one crouch.
    
    A Reaper's appendages can be totally dismantled.  It's arm appendages can all 
    be shot off and its head can be shot off also.  These all reform in a few 
    seconds but this will damage it.  The most useful part about cutting off its 
    appendages is that it cannot perform its instant kill grab without all of its 
    appendages.  Even when it is missing a head appendage, it cannot perform its 
    instant kill grab.  A machine gun works extremely well at tearing it apart.
    
    This enemy is very dangerous even when you know how to deal with it.  It takes 
    practice, precise aiming, and plenty of room to back up in order to take one 
    down effectively.  The machine gun is really the absolute best weapon to hit it 
    with when it showcases its weak points since you'll dish out multiple shots 
    that will ensure you hit each weak point that it showcases.  The shotgun works 
    well also and the shotgun will damage it faster.  If you have good enough aim 
    with a magnum, this enemy can be take down by blasting each weak point as it 
    showcases them and by the time it shows its major weak point, the creature will 
    be close to death or might actually die before showing its main weak point.
    
    A player can also damage a Reaper through a proximity bomb and hand grenade 
    explosion.  These explosions will make a Reaper roll on the ground once the 
    explosion goes off near it.  This will damage it, but the explosion will NOT 
    stun the Reaper, so it will be headed right back toward a character directly 
    after rolling.
    
    One way to avoid the frustration of hitting his weak points is to equip a 
    grenade launcher with acid or flash rounds then shoot the Reaper twice with 
    either ammo. No matter where the Reaper is hit, it will bend over from the 
    first shot then bend backward to reveal its chest weak point for the second 
    shot.  It can easily be finished off with powerful weapon to the chest weak 
    point at that time with little hassle.
    
    It will leave behind a ++POWER STONE++ after being defeated.  *snickers*  Ah, 
    you gotta' love the classic Capcom game references in some of their titles.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | A player can lead the Reaper all the way back to the lever near the         |
    | conveyor belt then pull the lever and lead the Reaper onto the conveyor     |
    | belt.  Move past the railing along the side and move around it.  The Reaper |
    | will usually not move fast enough to keep up with the players and it will   |
    | get killed by the furnace at the end of the conveyor belt.  The players     |
    | will not be able to collect its treasure by doing this however and it is    |
    | really more trouble than its worth if you ask me.  It's kind of funny       |
    | though!  Add in some taunts while it struggles to make it more hilarious.   |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Missile Area 1st Floor - Chapter 5-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Power stone [5,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  The Reaper that is fought on the way back from 
                        pulling the two levers will drop this once defeated.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    .--------------------------------- EXTRA -------------------------------------.
    | The Reaper that is fought is not the same Reaper that hatches from the egg  |
    | in the egg area.  If you look up toward the ceiling where the creature      |
    | drops from, an egg can be seen in an alcove on the ceiling.  Once the       |
    | Reaper falls, a slimy liquid will pour down from that same egg, which is    |
    | open after the battle.                                                      |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Get back to the area with the lever in the south.  Pull the lever to activate 
    the nearby conveyor belt.  Step onto the conveyor belt to the side while it 
    moves.  The characters are supposed to move to the east and go around the 
    railing, but with enough determination and speed, a character can actually run 
    to the west on the first conveyor belt and make it to the opening in the 
    railing just before the metal crates move past it.
    
    Otherwise, move to the east and step around the railing.  The "discarded test 
    subjects" along the conveyor belt will actually lash out at times and grab the 
    characters.  The grabbed player will have to shake the left thumbstick to break 
    free or a partner will have to knock the test subject off the grabbed character 
    with a partner action command.  In single player, be sure to press the assist 
    button after being grabbed to make the AI partner knock the test subject off 
    your character.  It is possible to weave in between the test subjects and avoid 
    their grab but they will most likely lash out and grab a few times.
    
    Check near the test subjects along far left and middle conveyor belts and 
    you'll find two ++DEAD BRIDE'S NECKLACE++ treasures.  If you don't find two by 
    the time your character reaches the end of the conveyor belt then rush back to 
    the east and wait for more test subjects to come your way from the left and 
    middle conveyor belts then check them for this treasure.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Missile Area 1st Floor - Chapter 5-2
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Dead bride's necklace (x2) [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Two of these can be found on the south (left and 
                        middle) side of the conveyor belt near the fallen test 
                        subjects.  If your character reaches the end of the 
                        conveyor belt and you haven't grabbed two of them yet then 
                        rush back to the east and wait for more test subjects to 
                        move out from the doors ahead then step by the test 
                        subjects on the left side and try again.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Run to the far west side of the conveyor belt then, when a metal crate moves by 
    the opening in the railing, step onto the right conveyor belt and then run to 
    the far west on that conveyor belt and step up to the platform on the right 
    side of it.  Break the two --WOODEN CRATES-- on top of the nearby metal crates. 
    Move up the nearby set of stairs.  The conveyor belt with the test subjects on 
    it below can be shut off by using the lever at the top of the stairs.  Both 
    players should use the assist button to open the door ahead and move onto the 
    next area.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On top of a metal crate after racing across the conveyor 
        belt with test subjects and stepping up to the platform at the end.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - On top of a metal crate after racing across the conveyor 
        belt with test subjects and stepping up to the platform at the end.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH525]
    Chapter 5-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                  U R O B O R O S  R E S E A R C H  F A C I L I T Y
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Run down the hall ahead then drop off the ledge at the end.  Break the four 
    --TALL CRATES-- off to the right then collect the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ from 
    the back corner.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate (right) - To the right after dropping from the hallway.
    --> Handgun Ammo (+30)
    [ ] Tall Crate (middle right) - To the right after dropping from the hallway.
    --> Flame Rounds (+5)
    [ ] Tall Crate (middle left) - To the right after dropping from the hallway.
    --> Rifle Ammo (+5)
    [ ] Tall Crate (left) - To the right after dropping from the hallway.
    --> Incendiary Grenade
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+30) - In the far left corner after dropping from the 
        hallway.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Both players should use the partner assist action to press the buttons on the 
    opposites sides of the door to step inside the next room.  A cutscene will 
    activate shortly.
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    
                                   UROBOROS MKONO
                                   --------------
    
                    HP: 9,000 (3,000 HP for each tentacle weak point)
    
    Recommended  - Grenade Launcher w/Flame Rounds (for quick stuns and severe 
    Weapon(s):     damage to a weak point)
                 - Incendiary Grenades (for a quick stun)
                 - Flamethrower (available in the area - burns for a prolonged 
                   stun)
                 - Shotgun (to hit Uroboros' weak points)
                 - Handgun or Machine gun (for blasting a canister quickly)
    
    
    Weak Points: - Orange glowing center of each arm (destroys arms and damages 
                   Uroboros)
                 - Orange glowing portion of three appendages (main weak points 
                   [emerges when flamed badly])
    
    Attacks: 
    
    
    1) Right Arm Swing - Uroboros swings his right arm across the area in front of 
       him.  This attack is mid and close range.
    
    2) Turning Swing - While a character is behind him, Uroboros will swing at the 
       character with his arm while turning.  This attack is very rare, much like 
       the Executioner Majini's turning swing.
    
    3) Grab and Absorb - Uroboros reaches forward and grabs with both arms.  The 
       partner must save the grabbed character with a partner assist melee or 
       the grabbed player must shake the left thumbstick to escape.  The boss will 
       eventually let go after a while.  He stretches his arms out almost as far as
       he swings his arm for the other attack.
    
    4) Arm Extend Grab - From long range, Uroboros will lash out its right arm 
       directly forward to grab.   This attack can be performed when the boss 
       has only its right arm and it can be escaped by shaking the thumbstick or 
       through a partner assist melee.
    
    5) Direct Contact - Any type of direct contact with this boss for a slightly 
       extended period of about 5 seconds will result in your character getting hit
       and covered in a black leech-like substance.  The character will hold 
       his/her body as if in caution status until the substance eventually 
       disappears.  The substance drains your character's health much like a poison
       for the first seconds that it remains on the character.  The substance will 
       not force a weak character into Dying status.
    
    6) Dissolve - Uroboros can teleport from one area to another by simply 
       dissolving into the floor and reforming at some other part of the room.  He 
       does this a lot more than the first Uroboros.  He uses this to retreat when 
       he is being damaged real heavily or when he loses an arm.  He performs this 
       move randomly at times also, as if Chris suddenly gave him a smug look.
    
    7) Floor Arm Extend - Uroboros places his right arm on the ground then detaches
       the arm as it moves toward a character.  The arm will quickly reform.  This 
       move can be dodged by pressing the on-screen button prompt command that 
       appears.  If the attack connects then the arm will surround the character 
       and a black leech-like substance will remain on the character's body for a 
       few seconds.  The substance slowly drains life while it remains; the 
       substance will not force a weak character into Dying status.
    
    8) Counter Slap - In retaliation from getting burned with the flamethrower, 
       Uroboros will duck down then eventually swing its left arm forward.  This is
       an easy move to see coming since he will duck down while being burned and 
       that should be your cue to back up or get slapped with his wide left arm.
    
    Oh, ho, ho... if you think this Uroboros fight is going to be like the last 
    battle then you're completely mistaken.  This boss might actually be the reason 
    why you are reading this walkthrough.
    
    --> A FAMILIAR FOE
    
    This Uroboros has much the same attacks as the first Uroboros that was fought 
    back in chapter 1-2.  He only has a few new tricks up his sleeve.  His main new 
    attack that you'll notice is a floor arm extend that he will perform with his 
    right arm.  He will place his arm on the floor and send it toward a character 
    then it will detach and try to grab the character.  A button prompt command 
    will appear in order to dodge this attack before it hits a character or the 
    character could run to a side to avoid it.
    
    He also has a new counter attack that he will perform while being burned.  He 
    will crouch down and charge a slap then swipe the area in front of him with an 
    arm.  It is best to begin to move back whenever you see him duck after being 
    flamed.  He performs this move constantly while using the flamethrower to burn 
    him since the flamethrower takes so long to stun him.
    
    The main thing that you will notice with this Uroboros in contrast to the first 
    Uroboros is that this Uroboros is much more aggressive.  He wants to hurt the 
    characters bad.  This man must have been locked away with N'sync's "Bye, Bye, 
    Bye!" tune set to full blast for far too long before he was injected with the 
    Uroboros virus.
    
    --> DOES HE HAVE A WEAKNESS?
    
    The hardest part in dealing with this boss is realizing how to actually damage 
    him.  Much like the first Uroboros fight, the center glowing portion of his 
    arms can be damaged to knock them off.  Believe it or not this actually damages 
    the boss since I have killed him by simply knocking off an arm.  If you try to 
    knock off his arms then a shotgun or powerful machine gun is highly 
    recommended.
    
    The boss has to burned through a variety of ways in order to make it showcase 
    its weak points.  It's main weak points are exposed when it falls over; three 
    appendages with orange glowing ends move out of the top portion of its body 
    while it is stunned.  The orange portion of the each of the three glowing 
    appendages can be hit with gunfire at that time to damage the boss badly.
    
    The main problem in damaging his weak point is how quickly he hides them after 
    they are exposed.  He will usually draw them back inside of him in about 5 
    seconds after they are showcased, not giving the characters much time to react, 
    so you always want to be ready to fill the top portion of his appendages full 
    of lead or flames when he exposes his weak points.  The only way to make him 
    expose his weak points for an extended period is to flame him with the 
    flamethrower; any other type of stun is only a minimal stun.
    
    The following paragraphs discuss methods on how to burn him to make him expose 
    his weak points.
    
    --> 3 EXPLOSVE CANISTERS
    
    There are three explosive canisters that can be used to the characters' 
    advantage during this battle:
    
    - Lying against a middle pillar across from the north walkway.
    - Down the center grated walkway along the middle pillar.
    - On the south wall to the right of a closed door.
    
    Approach each one and press the action button when the "Knock Over" command 
    displays just like in the first Uroboros battle.  The Uroboros will get the 
    canister stuck up in its body and will drag the canister along with it.  Aim 
    for the canister and shoot it to instantly stun the boss and make it showcase 
    its weak points.
    
    He can hit a character while the character knocks over a canister, so make sure 
    that he is at a distance before the startup animation for knocking one over.  
    The canister explosion will only stun Uroboros for a short amount of time, so 
    get in your hits with gunfire on his weak points very quickly!
    
    --> THE FLAMETHROWER
    
    A Flamethrower sits in a charging cradle on the center of the east wall.  It 
    will start charging with fuel at the beginning of the battle and will be 
    completely fueled once the battle has progressed for exactly 30 seconds.  
    Collect and equip the flamethrower by standing near it and pressing the action 
    button to pick it up.  The flamethrower can be dropped at any time by equipping 
    any other weapon, event the knife.  It can be picked back up by pressing the 
    action button over it.  To make the AI partner pick up the flamethrower, press 
    the assist button while standing near it in its charging cradle or while 
    standing over it once it has been dropped.  The AI partner must be nearby of 
    course.  Press the assist button again to make the AI partner drop the 
    flamethrower.
    
    The flamethrower's remaining fuel is showcased on the bottom right hand portion 
    of the screen much like any weapon.  It always starts at 100 fuel after a full 
    charge.  Once all fuel is gone, it must be returned to the charging cradle on 
    the east wall so it may recharge again after another 30 seconds.  It can also 
    be returned to its charging cradle early.
    
    Step near Uroboros and flame his body.  This will cause his body to catch on 
    fire and it will slowly begin to eat away at his body and make him fall and 
    expose his weak points.  The weak points can be burned with the flamethrower or 
    they can be shot with any type of weapon.
    
    Flaming him with the flamethrower is a very slow way to stun him BUT it will 
    make it to where his glowing weak point appendages are exposed for a longer 
    period of time while he is stunned.  There is an even tradeoff here in that 
    regard.
    
    Exclusive to a flamethrower burning, the character will also have to watch out 
    for a counter slap while flaming him.  Whenever he suddenly kneels down during 
    a flaming, be sure so back off instantly since he will slap the area in front 
    of him with his left arm.
    
    On Veteran mode, it is best to allow the AI partner to take the flamethrower 
    while your main character focuses on destroying Uroboros' arms.  The AI partner 
    will automatically return the flamethrower to its charging cradle once it is 
    out of fuel.  On Normal mode, the main character shouldn't really have much of 
    a problem with flaming Uroboros with the flamethrower.  If the AI partner is 
    commanded to grab the flamethrower on Normal mode then you'll need to destroy 
    the Uroboros' arms to protect that character since the AI will not back up to 
    avoid its attacks.
    
    --> FLAME ROUNDS AND INCENDIARY GRENADES
    
    Both flame rounds from the grenade launcher and incendiary grenades can be used 
    to burn Uroboros and make it showcase its weak points.  Both of these weapons 
    will instantly stun Uroboros.  With good aim, a flame round that hits a weak 
    point appendage will take major damage from Uroboros.  The only bad part about 
    using these methods to stun him is that he will not expose his tentacle weak 
    point appendages for that long at all.  He will only showcase them for a few 
    seconds, much shorter than a flamethrower burn stun.
    
    .-------------------------------- MAJOR TIP ----------------------------------.
    | As I said above, flame rounds from the grenade launcher will take some      |
    | extreme damage from Uroboros' tentacle weak points.  A character can simply |
    | stand in front of him and shoot him with a flame round to stun him then     |
    | blast his tentacle weak points.  If a character brings enough flame rounds  |
    | (around two sets) to this battle, then Uroboros can be taken down rather    |
    | quickly with just flame rounds alone.   Simply stun him with a flame round, |
    | blast the tentacles, stun him with a flame round, blast the tentacles and   |
    | so on.  Be sure to time the stunning shot to when he is fully recovered -   |
    | basically right before he attacks after recovering.                         |
    |                                                                             |
    | If you need to buy some extra flame rounds then they are now in the store   |
    | if the flame rounds inside one of the tall crates was picked up in the      |
    | room outside of this boss room, so simply pause the game and choose         |
    | "Restart" then buy as many as you need to bring down Uroboros much faster.  |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> ABOUT THOSE ARMS OF HIS
    
    Even though it is going to take more firepower on the characters' behalf, it is 
    really best to knock off his arms with gunfire.  His big left arm is his main 
    attacking arm so destroying it for a bit will make him less aggressive.  
    Destroying both arms will severely limit his attacks for a while.  He will 
    eventually grow both arms back, but this can help out a lot for setting him up 
    for a burning with the flamethrower.
    
    On Veteran mode, destroying his arms becomes an absolute necessity since he 
    becomes incredibly aggressive on higher difficulties.  He can't do much of 
    anything without his arms.  Be sure to destroy his arms before or while he is 
    being flamed.  A character that flames him alone on Veteran will suffer damage 
    from his aggressive arm swings.
    
    --> DOES HE FREAKING DIE?  EVER!?
    
    Yes, he does.  With both characters constantly laying on gunfire through his 
    arms and inner appendage weak points, a cutscene will suddenly play and he will 
    be defeated.  The main weak point appendages will be destroyed as he is 
    damaged, so count the number of appendages that he has left to determine his 
    remaining health.  I'm sure it is hard to understand on your first playthrough 
    (based on how long it took me the first time) but he will fall with enough 
    firepower to a glowing appendage area of his body (arms or tentacle weak 
    points).  Like I said earlier, a flame round shot directly at a tentacle 
    appendage weak point will severely damage him.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate (right) - In the northeast corner.
    --> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+30)
    [ ] Tall Crate (left) - In the northeast corner.
    --> Definite Item: Rifle Ammo (+10)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Incendiary Grenade - Lying on the southwest side of the room on a desk 
        below a monitor.
    [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+100) - On a shelf in the west portion of the room to the 
        left of the chair.
    [ ] First Aid Spray - On the floor to the right of the chair in the west 
        portion of the room.
    [ ] Incendiary Grenade - On a shelf in the northwest portion of the room to the 
        right of the chair.  Another Incendiary Grenade is next to it.
    [ ] Incendiary Grenade - On a shelf in the northwest portion of the room to the 
        right of the chair.  Another Incendiary Grenade is next to it.
    [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+100) - Inside of an open glass case on the middle shelf, 
        left side, in the northwest portion of the room.
    [ ] Handgun Ammo (+30) - Inside of an open glass case on the middle shelf, 
        middle portion, in the northwest portion of the room.
    [ ] Rifle Ammo (+10) - Inside of an open glass case on the middle shelf, 
        right side, in the northwest portion of the room.
    [ ] Shotgun Shells (+20) - On the north walkway, southwest corner.
    [ ] First Aid Spay - Inside a glass case on the middle shelf on the northeast 
        side of the room.  The glass MUST be broken first in order to collect this 
        item.
    [ ] Green Herb - Inside an open glass case on the bottom portion of the 
        northeast side of the room.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   E N D  B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    - - -                                                                     - - -
                 ___ _                 _              ____        _____      [CH53]
                / __\ |__   __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __  | ___|      |___ / 
               / /  | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| |___ \  ___   |_ \ 
              / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | ||  __/ |     ___) ||___| ___) |
              \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_|    |____/      |____/ 
                                |_|                                         
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         --> Chapter 5-3 Ranking Table <--
            .-----------------------------------------------------------.
            | RANKS          |    S     |     A    |     B    |    C    |
            |===========================================================|
            | ACCURACY       |   70%+   | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | ENEMIES ROUTED |    30+   |    20    |    10    |   <9    |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | DEATHS         |     0    |     1    |     2    |    3+   |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | CLEAR TIME     | <38'00"  |  42'00"  |  48'00"  |  48'01"+|
            '-----------------------------------------------------------'
            < = less than or equal to                    + = greater than
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH531]
    Chapter 5-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                  U R O B O R O S  R E S E A R C H  F A C I L I T Y
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
     Recommended Weapons:
    
    - Handgun or Machine Gun (for Base Majini and stunning Reapers)
    - Rifle (for distant Base Majini HIGHLY RECOMMENDED)
    - Shotgun (for close Base Majini, crowds, major damage to Reapers)
    - Flash Grenades or Flash Rounds  (for Cephalos or Reapers [flash rounds])
    - Proximity Bombs and Grenade Launcher w/acid rounds (for Reapers and Licker 
      Betas)
    
    The characters will start out in the same room where they fought Uroboros in 
    the last chapter.  The flamethrower is now locked up in its charging cradle, so 
    neither character can use it anymore - just in case you decide to try.
    
    .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------.
    | Step toward the chair in the west portion of the room to get a "?" command  |
    | for both the action and assist button.  Press the action button to have     |
    | your main character sit and press the assist button to have your partner    |
    | sit.  It's a reference to Resident Evil 4's emperor's chair where Leon      |
    | could sit and pose for a while.                                             |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Run to the north and step into the room with the fans.  Look behind the fan off 
    to the right on the wall ahead and you'll see a --BSAA EMBLEM (25/30)-- on the 
    top wall portion in the back of the fan.  You'll have to stand in front of the 
    doorway to see it or right up underneath the fan.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #25
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Uroboros Research Facility - Chapter 5-3
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS:  Step into the north room from the room where the
      \________/   characters fought the Uroboros in the last chapter then stand
                   in the doorway and look in the back of the right fan on the wall
                   to the north.  This BSAA emblem is on the top middle portion of
                   the wall in the back of the fan.  Time a shot to hit the emblem 
                   when the fan blades move out of the way.  It can also be seen 
                   from right underneath the fan.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Climb up the ladder on the west wall.  The characters will have a choice of two 
    paths.  Move along the west path and enter the office at the end of the hall. 
    Collect the ++SHOTGUN SHELLS (+5)++ and ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ on the desk 
    with the computer.  There is also a --DIRECTIONS FOR USE OF UROBOROS VIRUS-- 
    memo below the X-rays.  Open the safe on the floor near the door and collect 
    the ++SAPPHIRE (MARQUISE)++ from inside.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Uroboros Research Facility - Chapter 5-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Sapphire (Marquise) [3,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Inside of a safe to the left of the door as the 
                        characters enter the south room after moving up the ladder
                        past the area where the characters fought the Uroboros in 
                        the last chapter.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Directions for Use of Uroboros Virus - On the side of the desk below the X-
        rays.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Shotgun Shells (+5) - On the desk with the computer in the south room after
        moving up the ladder past the area where the characters fought the Uroboros
        in the last chapter.
    [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - On the desk with the computer in the south room 
        after moving up the ladder past the area where the characters fought the 
        Uroboros in the last chapter.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Exit the room then go back down the hall and enter the north corridor this 
    time.  Move up the stairs ahead then pick up the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ 
    from off the metal device at the top.  Open the door to the east corridor using 
    the partner assist button to exit this area.
    
                                                                            [CH532]
    Chapter 5-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                      M I S S I L E  A R E A  2 N D  F L O O R
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    You did bring a rifle, right?  I sure hope so because a rifle is definitely 
    needed here.
    
    At the end of the corridor ahead, turn to the right and break the --TALL 
    CRATE-- and three --WOODEN CRATES--.  Move around the north corner ahead.  A 
    fence blocks the east hall, so open the nearby door and step outside.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Down the hall and to the right at the beginning of the area.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Down the hall and to the right at the beginning of the area.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - Down the hall and to the right at the beginning of the area.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Down the hall and to the right at the beginning of the area.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Break the two --TALL CRATES-- near the right wall.  Take cover behind the 
    nearby metal piece along the side of the walkway or run to the next metal piece 
    and take cover behind it.  Arm the rifle and shoot the four Base Majini with 
    machine guns on the south walkway.
    
    _______________________________________________________
                   ---------                      ------------
    Cover Area -->            <--   Cover Areas   -->
    ---------------  ------------------------------   --------
                                             ENTRANCE DOOR
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - After arriving at the fence that blocks the hall, open the 
        nearby door on the right side of the hall and this will be to the right on 
        the outside walkway.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - After arriving at the fence that blocks the hall, open the 
        nearby door on the right side of the hall and this will be to the right on 
        the outside walkway.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Once the Base Majini on the south walkway are finished, open the next door to 
    the left and step inside the portion of the hall past the fence.  There are a 
    total of five --TALL CRATES-- in this room.  One is to the left upon stepping 
    inside and the other four are in pairs along the right wall.  The tall crate to 
    the left holds electric rounds.  Electric rounds can be a good substitute for 
    flash rounds against any parasitic enemy such as a Cephalo.  Two electric 
    rounds will finish off a Cephalo.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - Step through the door along the outside walkway to enter the 
        portion of the hall past the fence and this will be off to the left after 
        entering.
    --> Definite Item: Electric Rounds (+12)
    [ ] Tall Crate - Step through the door along the outside walkway to enter the 
        portion of the hall past the fence and this will be off to the right after 
        entering.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Step through the door along the outside walkway to enter the 
        portion of the hall past the fence and this will be off to the right after 
        entering.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Step through the door along the outside walkway to enter the 
        portion of the hall past the fence and this will be off to the right after 
        entering.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Step through the door along the outside walkway to enter the 
        portion of the hall past the fence and this will be off to the right after 
        entering.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Return to the outside walkway.  Now, let's step under the pulsating Reaper eggs 
    just waiting to hatch at any second.  They won't will they?  Not... now.  Read 
    the extra info below about the random Reaper occurrences in this area.
    
    .---------------------------------- EXTRA INFO -------------------------------.
    | There is a possibility that the characters will fight a total of three      |
    | Reapers along this high walkway.  There are three possible locations for a  |
    | Reaper encounter.  They all spawn from ceiling eggs.  One is above the      |
    | ceiling above the first cover point labeled below, another is down the      |
    | corridor portion of the walkway with walls along the sides and the other is |
    | right outside the door that leads to the room where the characters can pick |
    | up the PSG-1 rifle.  All of these are random and based on chance, but       |
    | usually the characters will have to fight the Reaper down the corridor with |
    | walls and the Reaper outside the room where the PSG-1 rifle is collected.   |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Move further along the walkway as it curves to the south.  A Reaper might hatch 
    from the egg above the first cover point labeled below.  If it does then take 
    out the grenade launcher with acid rounds or flash rounds and shoot it twice 
    then take out the magnum or shotgun and fire at its white chest weak point to 
    quickly get rid of it.  Lead it back toward the other side of the walkway if 
    needed.
    
    The electric rounds that were just picked up earlier will work well at stunning 
    a Reaper also, but only the first shot will phase it.  Any more electric rounds 
    shots after the first stunning shot will not stun it any further, so the 
    characters will have to resort to hitting its shoulder weak points like normal. 
    Still, the electric rounds work better than aiming for its stomach weak point 
    while it walks.  The Reaper will drop a ++POWER STONE++ once defeated.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Missile Area 2nd Floor - Chapter 5-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Power Stone [5,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  The first possible Reaper that attacks from above
                        the cover point along the walkway next to the corridor 
                        walkway will drop this once defeated.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Get to the cover area up ahead to the west.  The characters can take cover 
    behind either side of the wall as Majini with machine guns begin to step out on 
    the walkway further to the south.
    
     ______________________________________________       ____
    |              ---------
    |Cover Area -->         <-- Cover Areas
    |     _________________________________________       ____
    |    |
    |    |
    |    |
    
    Two Majini with the stun rods will move down the corridor with walls off to the 
    west, so both characters needs to watch for them so they don't sneak up while 
    the character take cover.  Once the Majini with stun rods are dealt with, focus 
    attention back on the Majini with machine guns along the south walkway.  There 
    should be three of them altogether.
    
    Once all Majini are finished and the battle music has ceased, continue to 
    follow the walkway to the west and hop across the gap.  Arm the machine gun or 
    a handgun.  As the characters enter the corridor to the south, a Reaper might 
    fall out of the first egg on the ceiling.
    
    Once again, use the grenade launcher with acid rounds (or flash rounds) on him 
    then aim for its chest weak point with a magnum or aim for his center white 
    circular weak spot with the handgun then fire at his weak spots on his back as 
    he leans over.  Take out a shotgun or magnum when he exposes his center weak 
    spot then get right up on him and blast him and he should go down fast.  He 
    will leave behind a ++POWER STONE++ treasure once defeated.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Missile Area 2nd Floor - Chapter 5-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Power Stone [5,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  The second possible Reaper that attacks in the 
                        corridor area of the walkway will drop this treasure once 
                        defeated.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Continue to the south and step toward the middle shaft area.  Move toward the 
    door on the east wall.  Another pesky Reaper might fall out of the egg right in 
    front of the door so arm the grenade launcher and get to work on stunning him 
    with acid or flash rounds then give him a little shotgun or magnum love to the 
    center weak spot.  This Reaper likes to wait until the lead character is almost 
    directly under the egg, so prepare to back up quickly.  These enemies are not 
    that bad at all once a player has had some practice with them.  The instant 
    kill grab will always make the battle with them slightly tense though.  This 
    Reaper will leave behind yet another ++POWER STONE++.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Missile Area 2nd Floor - Chapter 5-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Power Stone [5,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  The third possible Reaper that attacks before 
                        entering the east room after moving down the corridor area 
                        along the walkway will drop this treasure once defeated.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    .---------------------------------- EXTRA INFO -------------------------------.
    | If the third Reaper mentioned above does not drop from his egg before       |
    | opening the east door, then it might drop when the characters leave the     |
    | room after the inside lever has been pulled.                                |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Open the door in the east.  Wow.  What to do, what to do.  So many goodies.  
    Well, first of all, open the metal case to the side and take the ++H&K PSG-1++. 
    This is a very nice rifle and it should be used for the distant battles head.
    
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    H I D D E N  W E A P O N
    Weapon: H&K PSG-1 (RIF)
    Location: Missile Area 2nd Floor - Chapter 5-3
    Details: After the second (or however many you encounter) Reaper encounter near 
    the walkway corridor, open the east door and this will be inside the metal case 
    on a metal crate to the right.
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    
    Break the four --TALL CRATES-- to the right and the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the 
    shelf to the right.  Pick up the ++RED HERB++ on the nearby shelf then grab the 
    ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ and the ++HAND GRENADE++ from the left side of the shelf.  
    Pull the lever inside of the room to activate the lift on the walkway outside.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the right inside the east room shortly after the second 
        Reaper encounter.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the right inside the east room shortly after the second 
        Reaper encounter.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the right inside the east room shortly after the second 
        Reaper encounter.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the right inside the east room shortly after the second 
        Reaper encounter.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Wooden Crate - To the right on a shelf inside the east room shortly after 
        the second Reaper encounter.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Red Herb - To the right on a shelf inside the east room shortly after the 
        final Reaper encounter.
    [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - To the right on a shelf inside the east room shortly 
        after the final Reaper encounter.
    [ ] Hand Grenade - To the right on a shelf inside the east room shortly after 
        the final Reaper encounter.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    Step back out of the room and walk toward the lever for the lift outside by the 
    shaft area.  A cutscene will play and a Big Man Majini and two normal Majini 
    armed with grenades will get on the lift as it moves toward the current side.  
    Quickly take cover behind the metal wall to the right of the nearby lever and 
    fire at the two side Majini's grenade straps to quickly kill them off with an 
    explosion that will damage the Big Man Majini.  Take out the shotgun when the 
    Big Man Majini steps onto your current side then blast him and perform a melee 
    and then repeat.
    
                             _______
                            |       | <-- LIFT
                        ____|       |_________
                       |               ------- |
                       | Cover area -->       <-- Cover area
                       |                        |
    
    
    .-------------------------------- GLITCH WARNING -----------------------------.
    | Allow the Big Man Majini to step off the lift before killing him since the  |
    | Jewel Bangle that he drops will not appear below him if he falls while on   |
    | the lift.  The Jewel Bangle might actually appear on the south platform     |
    | across the lift if the Big Man Majini is defeated while on the lift.        |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Missile Area 2nd Floor - Chapter 5-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  The Big Man Majini that moves across to the other
                        side of the walkway while on a lift will drop this 
                        treasure.  Don't defeat him while he is on the lift or he 
                        might not drop it.  This happened to me once.  Allow him to
                        step off.  The Jewel Bangle will most likely appear on the 
                        opposite side of the area if he is defeated while on the 
                        lift.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    If you're playing with an AI partner then the AI partner will get on the lift 
    and ask your character to start the lift.  Not so fast my little partner that 
    is prone to dying status!  It is far better if your main character gets on the 
    elevator since enemies will attack on the other side.  Step near the lever that 
    controls the lift and use the partner assist button to command your partner to 
    work it.  For the portion below, Partner 1 is the character that gets on the 
    elevator and partner 2 is the character that activates the lift via the lever. 
    Partner 1 should equip a rifle while getting on the elevator.
    
    > > > > > > > > > > >  P A R T N E R  1  G A M E P L A Y  < < < < < < < < < < <
    A Majini with a machine gun will shoot from the walkway to the west while the 
    Partner 1 moves across the platform, so quickly take out the rifle and be ready 
    for him then shoot him.  You really don't even have to worry about using the 
    cover wall when the character gets to the other side.  Just shoot him from the 
    lift when he starts to fire.
                                     _____
        v Cover Area                |     | <-- LIFT
         ||                    _____|     |____
         ||                   |  |_|           |
         ||                   |                |
          |_                  || <-- Cover Area|_______
            |                 ||
            |____      _______|| <-- Cover Area _______
    
    Once Partner 1 reaches the other side, two Majini armed with metal shields and 
    stun rods will attack from off to the west.  Take out a handgun or machine gun 
    then aim for their legs.  Try to stun them and then rush behind each one after 
    a stun then press the action button to perform an instant kill melee on each 
    one.  Be forewarned that if they are not killed with an instant kill melee, 
    they will both form into Cephalos.
    
    Partner 1 can also trick the Majini with metal shields into exposing their back 
    portion to Partner 2, who can simply shoot them from the back with the rifle.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    > > > > > > > > > > >  P A R T N E R  2  G A M E P L A Y  < < < < < < < < < < <
    Partner 2 should arm a rifle and fire at any of the Majini with metal shields 
    that happen to turn their backs.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | In a co-op game, partner 2 can use the lever on the player's current side   |
    | to make the lift move back toward the character instead of having partner 1 |
    | pull the lever on the opposite side.  The lever on either side can also be  |
    | pulled to stop the lift at any time while it is moving.  Pull the lever     |
    | again to make it start again.  Stopping the lift can be helpful when        |
    | partner 1 needs to make a precise shot on the Majini with the machine gun   |
    | that appears on the far right walkway.                                      |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Partner 1 can hop across the gap in the platforms to the west and break the 
    three --TALL CRATES-- around the right corner.  Partner 1 should run over to 
    the lever on the current side and flip the lever to make the lift travel back 
    across.  Partner 2 should get on the lift then Partner 1 should flip the lever 
    again so that the lift moves back across.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - Around the corner to the right after jumping across the gap 
        after riding the lift across to the other side.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Around the corner to the right after jumping across the gap 
        after riding the lift across to the other side.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Around the corner to the right after jumping across the gap 
        after riding the lift across to the other side.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Whenever both character move along the walkway to the east, three Majini armed 
    with stun rods and two Majini armed with rocket launchers will step out of the 
    office during a slight cutscene.  This part right here can get ugly if your 
    characters use the cover prompts while behind the walls.  Sticking to a wall 
    will make it to where a rocket blast might hit your character.  A rocket blast 
    will instantly send a character into dying status so both characters should 
    always be ready to heal one another.
    
    
        |     |
        |     |_______________________________________
                 ---------                 ---------
    Cover Area -->       <-- Cover Area -->        <-- Cover Area
               _______________________________________
    
    Stay behind a cover area then move out manually and fire at the Majini with 
    rocket launchers.  Besides the cover walls, the large pipes in between the 
    walkways can provide some cover for the characters also if the characters move 
    along the walkway behind them.  The Majini armed with stun rods will take a 
    while to step around the left corner, so take that opportunity to quickly 
    defeat the first two Majini with rocket launchers.  The Majini with rocket 
    launchers have metal armor at different portions of each of their bodies, so 
    shoot a portion without armor to damage them.
    
    At least one of the Majini with rocket launchers will form a Cephalo and come 
    after the characters from around the corner.  Another Majini with a rocket 
    launcher and a few more Majini with stun rods will exit the office, so quickly 
    try to take down the final Majini with the rocket launcher (he will form a 
    Cephalo).  Some of the Majini that move around the corner have grenades 
    strapped to their chest, so shoot the grenade straps to defeat multiple Majini 
    if they group.
    
    .--------------------------------- TIP ---------------------------------------.
    | A fourth Majini with a rocket launcher is lying in ambush in the office     |
    | with a few other Majini.  The Majini with the rocket launcher can be seen   |
    | through a rifle scope from near the shaft in front of the lift, so a        |
    | character could shoot him early to avoid having to fight him on the other   |
    | side.  You'll have to hit him from his upper torso since he wears an        |
    | armored helmet.                                                             |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Continue around the corner when all is quiet.  DON'T enter the office from the 
    east door.  There are two Majini with metal shields inside and a Majini with a 
    rocket launcher near them.  Quickly take cover below the north window.  The 
    Majini with the rocket launcher inside has a metal mask so shoot him in the 
    torso.  Both Majini with shields will form a Cephalo once defeated, so take out 
    a grenade launcher with electric rounds and fire two at each one or toss a 
    flash grenade at them or shoot a single flash round.
    
                   _______________________________ _________________
                                                  |  OFFICE ROOM   |
                   ________________________       |                |
                                           |      |_____________-__|
                                      Cover Area -->       <-- Cover Area
                                           |_______________________|
    
    Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ off the controls and break the --TALL CRATE-- near 
    the east door.  Take the ++ROYAL NECKLACE++ from off the desk along the east 
    portion of the room.  Examine the --REPORT ON IMPLEMENTATION OF PREVENTING 
    LEAKS-- file on the small desk near the sofa.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Missile Area 2nd Floor - Chapter 5-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Royal Necklace [5,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  This is lying on the desk with a computer inside 
                        the office room in the far south.  You'll fight a few 
                        Majini with rocket launchers before and while entering this 
                        room.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Bulletin Board - The bulletin board on the east wall in the office room.
    [ ] Bulletin Board - The bulletin board on the south wall in the office room.
    [ ] Report on Implementation of Preventing Information Leaks file - On the desk 
        beside the sofa in the office room.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - Near the east door inside the office after fighting the Majini 
        with rocket launchers.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - On the controls in the office after fighting the Majini with 
        the rocket launchers.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Open the door on the south side of the room then run down the corridor.  Both 
    players should use the partner assist button to open the door in order to move 
    on to the next area.
    
                                                                            [CH533]
    Chapter 5-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                             M O V I N G  P L A T F O R M
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Be sure to bring a rifle for this chapter segment.  This portion is extremely 
    hard without one.
    
    Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ from the corner of the wall up ahead then step 
    around the right corner.  Break the six --TALL CRATES-- lined up on the right 
    wall then step out into the open area ahead.  Move along the catwalk that 
    stretches to the east and break the two --TALL CRATES-- off to the right before 
    moving down the stairs.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - Lying against the right wall after turning the first corner.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Lying against the right wall after turning the first corner.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Lying against the right wall after turning the first corner.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Lying against the right wall after turning the first corner.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Lying against the right wall after turning the first corner.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Lying against the right wall after turning the first corner.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Lying against the right wall after turning the first corner.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the right on the catwalk leading to the stairs.
    --> Definite Item: Rifle Ammo (+5)
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the right on the catwalk leading to the stairs.
    --> Definite Item: Rifle Ammo (+5)
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Step onto the center platform from the stairs.  Look off to the east while on 
    the platform then look up and find the high platform on the wall up above.  It 
    has a grated metal floor and through that grated metal floor, a --BSAA EMBLEM 
    (26/30)-- can be seen.  Shoot through the upper floor grating to hit it.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #26
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Moving Platform - Chapter 5-3
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS:  When the characters first step onto the center 
      \________/   platform in the big open area, step to the east side then find 
                   the high platform up above.  Look through the metal grating of
                   the high platform floor to see this BSAA emblem through the 
                   grating.  Shoot it through the metal grating.  With good aim, a
                   handgun can shoot it, or just use a rifle.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Find the green monitor with the two levers below it on the west side of the 
    platform then both characters should use the assist button to pull the levers. 
    This will start the platform's ascent to the floor above.
    
    Three Majini with machine guns will rush out from the catwalk to the west that 
    the characters just got off of and start to fire at the character.  Either 
    shoot back at them with a rifle or get behind the center portion of the 
    platform to avoid their gunfire as the lift rises.  They really won't be much 
    of a threat so killing them is unneeded.
    
    .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------.
    | If you're ever under heavy fire then simply run along the platform.  The    |
    | Majini with guns cannot hit a character if that character stays moving.     |
    | Stepping behind the opposite side of the middle portion of the platform can |
    | help as well.  As the platform continues to rise, stay away from the sides  |
    | since a few Majini that the characters might not have shot will still be    |
    | trying to hit the characters.                                               |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> FIRST LEVER HOLDER
    
    Eventually a cutscene will play where a Majini on a side platform will rush out 
    and pull then hold a lever.  Two Majini with machine guns will accompany him on 
    the same platform.  The platform in question is to the east.  Run to the east 
    side and fire at the Majini that is holding the lever.  Shoot him with a rifle. 
    The speed of the platform rotation will likely throw off your aim quite a bit.  
    I find it best to find his location then move the scope to the left of him and 
    allow the platform's rotation to bring my scope back toward him then fire the 
    instant the scope lines up with him.  One shot will kill him.  A Majini on a 
    high north platform will fire down at the characters during this time as well - 
    don't worry too much about him though.
    
    --> SECOND LEVER HOLDER
    
    After the Majini that is holding the lever has been defeated, the platform will 
    starts its ascent once again.  Soon a Majini will rush out onto a lower west 
    platform and hold a lever that will stop the lift once again.  Aim toward him 
    and shoot him to make the lift continue its ascent.  Three Majini on a north 
    platform will fire at the characters while they try to hit the second Majini 
    that pulls the lever.  It's best not to focus on them though since the lift 
    will continue to rise once the Majini that holds the second lever has been 
    defeated.
    
    --> THE TOP CATWALK
    
    The platform will move up to a catwalk staircase then stop; the catwalk is to 
    the east.  Majini with machine guns will group up along the stairs.  Don't 
    simply rush up the stairs and start firing at the Majini armed with machine 
    guns or the characters will get their asses handed to them with gunfire, 
    instead, rush behind the opposite end of the middle section of the platform to 
    take cover from their gunfire.
    
    Move out a bit then begin to shoot them one by one with a rifle.  There are 
    five of them altogether; the final one is along the catwalk above the stairs.  
    As long as the characters take cover behind the center section of the platform 
    then the Majini with machine guns will not be a problem.
    
    Run up the stairs once all the Majini have been defeated then move across the 
    top catwalk.  At the end of the corridor, both characters can use the assist 
    button to open the door to the next area.
    
                                                                            [CH534]
    Chapter 5-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                       M O N A R C H  R O O M  E N T R A N C E
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Alright, here's the checklist of what to bring for this chapter segment.  Bring 
    all of this and you will not have any problems:
    
    - 5 Proximity Bombs
    - Grenade Launcher (doesn't have to be loaded, though about two acid rounds 
      would help)
    - Magnum
    - 5 Hand Grenades
    
    This area can be one of the hardest portions of the game if you're not 
    prepared.  If you are prepared though then you'll be able to tear right through 
    it!
    
    Follow the corridor ahead and move down the ladder then the characters will 
    enter a cave up ahead.  Right before reaching the first lit up overhead light, 
    look on the ceiling of the cave tunnel and watch for a sudden glimmer then 
    shoot down the ++RUBY (BRILLIANT)++ from the ceiling.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Ruby (Brilliant) [2,500 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After moving down the starting corridor, the
                        characters will enter a cave tunnel with overhead lights 
                        above.  Right before stepping under the first lit up 
                        overhead light, look up toward the ceiling to see this 
                        stuck in the ceiling.  Shoot it down then collect it.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    The characters will begin to engage in conversation after entering the 
    excavation site.  The bridge up ahead needs to be lowered and the lever for 
    lowering it just so happens to be inside the building up ahead, but it's locked 
    from the inside.
    
    Break the two --TALL CRATES-- outside the building then move around to the 
    opposite side and break the single --TALL CRATE-- near the raised bridge.  Pull 
    the lever off to the right to power the elevator in the west.  Rush over to the 
    elevator on the west side of the area.  Move around the back side of the 
    elevator shaft and pick up the ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ from off the ground.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION
    [ ] Building Door - It's locked.
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - Outside the building door.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Outside the building door.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - In the back of the building next to the raised bridge.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the left of the elevator shaft.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - To the left of the elevator shaft.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - Lying on the ground on the opposite side of the elevator 
        shaft.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Before messing with the elevator, step beside the elevator shaft or around the 
    opposite side of it by taking the path that moves behind it then look on the 
    east wall of the shaft below the elevator.  Shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (27/30)-- 
    on the wall below.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #27
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS:  Run toward the elevator in the west portion of the 
      \________/   excavation site then step to the left of it or move around the
                   other side of it then look down into the shaft.  This BSAA 
                   emblem is hanging on the east side of the elevator shaft below.
                   It can be shot through the elevator if the elevator has already 
                   been lowered.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    It's best if you command your partner to pull the lever to bring down the 
    elevator.  You DO NOT want the AI partner to go up there.  The character that 
    goes up there should bring the following:
    
    - 5 proximity bombs
    - grenade launcher with acid rounds
    - shotgun or magnum
    - 5 hand grenades
    
    -- CHECKPOINT
    
    > > > > > > > > > > >  P A R T N E R  1  G A M E P L A Y  < < < < < < < < < < <
    Partner 1 should get on the elevator and allow Partner 2 to pull the lever to 
    raise the elevator.  Leap over the elevator railing and step onto the high 
    catwalk.  Move to the north along the catwalk.
    
    Soon a cutscene will play as a few Licker Betas crawl out of some holes along 
    the walkway wall.  They will climb over the fence ahead.  Two Licker Betas will 
    appear on the catwalk ahead.  The character could toss a hand grenade at them 
    to possibly kill one or both; they won't notice the character at first.  
    Otherwise arm a grenade launcher with acid rounds or a shotgun or magnum then 
    defeat the two Licker Betas that appear along the walkway ahead.  Run up and 
    stab them when they fall on their back and kick their legs.  On normal mode, 
    one acid round shot will automatically knock them on their backs to where they 
    can be finished off with a stab.  The second Licker Beta will leave behind a 
    ++LION HEART++ treasure.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Lion heart [2,500 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  The second Licker Beta in the first pair of 
                        Licker Betas along the high walkway will drop this once 
                        defeated.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Follow the catwalk further ahead.  Eventually another cutscene will play that 
    will show off another Licker Beta as it enters the area while the character 
    runs along the walkway to the north.  Run directly ahead and break the --TALL 
    CRATE-- to find some acid rounds.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | The character can actually shoot the tall crate before the second Licker    |
    | cutscene plays in order to speed up the pace of collecting the acid rounds  |
    | afterwards.                                                                 |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Load the acid rounds into the grenade launcher.  Quickly move to the east along 
    the walkway.  Shoot any Licker Betas that get in your way with an acid round to 
    knock it down or stagger it then run by it.  Break the next --TALL CRATE-- 
    before stepping onto the southeast catwalk to the right.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - On the west side of the high north walkway.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - On the east side of the high north walkway.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Quickly move onto the southeast catwalk then plant a proximity bomb at the 
    beginning of that walkway.  Move forward a bit then plant another proximity 
    bomb shortly before reaching the large blue crate at the end of the walkway.  
    The character must push the crate to the far end of the walkway.  The proximity 
    bombs placed will begin to go off eventually as Licker Betas move over them and 
    explode.  From here, Partner 1 can back up just a bit every now and then and 
    place another proximity bomb or turn around and toss a hand grenade at the 
    crowd of Licker Betas that will mount up on the other end of the catwalk.
    
    Acid rounds can be fired at them from a distance if all the Hand Grenades are 
    used up but don't rush toward the entire group to stab one.  Place a proximity 
    bomb in front of a group of Licker Betas even when right next to one if all 
    else fails.  Your character might get hit, but you'll take a few of them with 
    that explosion.  Keep in mind that the Licker Betas might jump off the catwalk 
    and attack Partner 2 below.  If this happens try to help out Partner 2 with 
    some gunfire.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Lion heart [2,500 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  One of the many Lickers in the second wave of 
                        Licker Betas will drop this treasure.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Push the large blue metal crate all the way to the end of the south side of the 
    catwalk.  The character will eventually push it to a ledge.  Look off to the 
    right and drop off from the side of the catwalk without railing.  Pick up the 
    ++GREEN HERB++ to the left then break the --TALL CRATE-- up ahead while 
    stepping onto the rooftop of the building.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - On the rooftop of the building accessible after pushing the 
        blue crate.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - On the rooftop of the building accessible after pushing the 
        blue crate.  This is to the left after falling from the catwalk.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Fall down the center rooftop opening to enter the building.  Each of the three 
    lockers inside contains an item.  Open the left locker to find a ++CHALICE 
    (GOLD)++, the middle locker for a ++FIRST AID SPRAY++ and the right locker for 
    ++MAGNUM AMMO (+6)++.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Chalice (Gold) [3,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  After pushing the blue metal crate across the 
                        high catwalk step onto the rooftop of the nearby building 
                        then drop through the opening in the roof.  Open the left 
                        locker inside the room below to receive this treasure.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] First Aid Spray - In the middle locker after dropping into the building 
        from the opening on the rooftop.
    [ ] Magnum Ammo (+6) - In the right locker after dropping into the building 
        from the opening on the rooftop.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Flip the nearby lever to lower the outside bridge then unlock the door and 
    rejoin with Partner 2.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    > > > > > > > > > > >  P A R T N E R  2  G A M E P L A Y  < < < < < < < < < < <
    Partner 2 can only provide a bit of cover fire for Partner 1 while a rifle is 
    equipped.  Partner 2 will actually be able to view the Lickers as they climb up 
    the wall along the side of the walkway.  Partner 2 can stand back and shoot 
    them with the rifle or a grenade launcher with acid rounds as they climb the 
    walkway wall.  Knocking them off into the pit will make it to here both 
    characters will miss out on the items that they drop however.  Keep in mind 
    that the Lickers can drop off the high catwalk at any time to attack Partner 2.
    
    Facing the bridge, look for two holes in the wall below the north walkway.  The 
    holes are on the left and right side of the wall past the raised bridge.  The 
    first Licker in the second wave will move out of the left hole then the 
    majority of the others will move out of the right hole.  Partner 2 can easily 
    shoot them off the wall with the PSG-1 rifle and kill them right then.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Run across the bridge then look up after the characters get off the bridge to 
    see a shiny ++TOPAZ (BRILLIANT)++ stuck on the wall above the corridor that 
    leads to the Tricell logo door.  Shoot it down then collect it.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Topaz (Brilliant) [2,500 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  Once the bridge has been lowered, move across it 
                        then stop before entering the corridor with the Tricell 
                        logo door at the end.  Look up to see this shining on the 
                        wall above the corridor.  Shoot it down then collect it.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Both players should now move toward the Tricell door and use the assist button 
    to enter the next area.
    
    
    
    
    ************************ WARNING: MAJOR SPOILERS AHEAD ************************
    
    
    
    
        DO NOT SCROLL DOWN ANY FURTHER UNTIL YOU HAVE WATCHED THE NEXT CUTSCENE
    
    
    
    
                         THE BOSS NAMES ARE COMPLETE SPOILERS
    
    
    
    
                           AND I'M MAKING UP SENTENCES HERE...
    
    
    
    
                     TO KEEP YOU FROM ACCIDENTALLY SCROLLING AHEAD.
    
    
    
    
                                         SO...
    
    
    
    
                                           ...
    
    
    
    
                                       HAVE YOU...
    
    
    
    
                  WATCHED THAT CUTSCENE FOR THE NEXT CHAPTER SEGMENT YET?
    
    
    
    
                                 YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED
    
    
    
    
    ************************  PREPARE FOR MAJOR SPOILERS **************************
    
    
    
    
                                                                            [CH535]
    Chapter 5-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                               M O N A R C H  R O O M 
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    
                                   JILL AND WESKER
                                   ---------------
    
                                   HP: 5,000 (Jill)
                                 HP: 30,000 (Wesker)
    
    Recommended  - Rocket Launcher (quickest way to defeat Wesker from 
    Weapon(s):     behind)
                 - Handgun (to shoot rocket once Wesker catches it)
                 - Magnum (to stun Wesker from behind (L. Hawk Magnum can
                   be found during battle)
    
    Weak Points: - Wesker's front or back when he has lost sight of a character (he 
                   can be hit while he's trying to find a character)
                 - Jill's front or back (Jill can be gotten into a hold or thrown 
                   to knock her out from the back or front respectively)
    
    Wesker's Attacks:
    
    1) Sweep: Wesker ducks down and performs a sweep kick with his right leg.
    
    2) Mustang Kick - Wesker steps forward with a straight kick.
    
    3) Jump Kick - Wesker hops into the air and kicks with his right foot.
    
    4) Windfall - Wesker quickly holds up his right leg then slams it down in front
       of him.
    
    5) Flip Kick - Wesker performs two somersault kicks in a row after he has 
       dodged gunfire a few times.  These flip kicks are more than just for dodging
       since they can hit your character if Wesker manages to make contact.
    
    6) Ram - Wesker dashes forward (sometimes twice in a row, depending on your 
       distance from him).  If this connects then Wesker performs a knee to the 
       chest followed by an uppercut with his left arm.  This can be countered when
       the "Counterattack" button prompt command (button is random between action 
       and run) appears shortly before Wesker hits a character.  Chris holds up his 
       arms to block the knee then punches Wesker down to the ground.  Sheva flips 
       around to the other side of Wesker then performs an upward kick to knock 
       Wesker down.
    
    7) Samurai Edge Shot - Wesker pulls out his handgun and fires a few shots.  He 
       can fire up to three shots at a time.  The shots can be dodged by pressing 
       the action button when the "Dodge" button prompt command appears.
    
    8) Grab - Wesker reaches out and grabs the character then holds the character 
       by the shoulder.  The character will begin to hit at Wesker's face; at that 
       time a partner assist melee can be performed by the partner to knock Wesker 
       off.  A button prompt "Counterattack" command will appear at the end of the 
       grab if a partner fails to save the character.  If the counterattack command 
       is entered successfully, Chris will slowly unsheathe his machete then 
       suddenly slash at Wesker's face but Wesker will quickly dodge out of the 
       way.  Sheva will perform the same type of counter but she reaches for the 
       knife which is on a lower section of her body.  If the player fails to press 
       the button then Wesker will toss the character behind him.
    
    Jill's Attacks:
    
    1) Machine Gun Fire: Jill stands in place and fires a machine gun.
    
    2) Jumping Flip Kick: Jill leaps into the air and performs a quick somersault 
       followed by an overhead kick.  The character that is targeted will get a 
       special "Dodge" button prompt command in order to escape from the attack.  
       The character will roll out of the way.
    
    
    --> LONG TIME NO SEE, CHRIS.
    
    Wesker will mention a seven minute time limit for this battle at the start of 
    the battle.  There are two ways to win this battle:
    
    a) Survive until the seven minutes are up by hiding from Wesker and allow 
       Wesker to retreat.
    b) Hide in the various area of the room and damage Wesker when he lowers his 
       guard.  Damage him enough and he will instantly retreat.
    
    The beginning portion of the battle has Chris and Sheva fighting against Jill 
    and Wesker in the middle room.  Wesker will dodge just about any gunfire that 
    is shot toward him and a player doesn't want to hurt Jill; if Jill dies then 
    the game is over.  There is really not too much that Chris and Sheva can do in 
    the middle room except stun Jill through a button prompt melee attack from 
    close range and possibly hit Wesker through a move counter (see "Knocking 
    Wesker Out of His Melee Attacks).  When stunning Jill, approach her from the 
    front or back for a "Restrain" of "Throw" command with either character.  The 
    "Throw" is an instant stun and the "Restrain" will make it so that your partner 
    can run in front of Jill and perform a stunning melee attack with the "Throw" 
    button command.
    
    Eventually a cutscene will play where Wesker will kick Chris (or Sheva if 
    you're playing with her) through the metal door on the east side of the room.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | If the metal door on the east side of room is examined early in the battle, |
    | like right at the beginning, then the cutscene where Wesker kicks a         |
    | character through the door will play and the battle can carry on to the     |
    | second floor without having to waste time in the middle room.               |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    .--------------------------------- WARNING -----------------------------------.
    | In single player and co-op play, directly after the cutscene where Wesker   |
    | kicks a character through the door, the other character will start near the |
    | doorway, on the outside portion, while Wesker stands in the doorway.  The   |
    | character on the outside should back up immediately since Wesker might try  |
    | to kick the character.  This is VITAL to know for Veteran and Professional  |
    | mode since Wesker's kick is quite damaging.                                 |
    |                                                                             |
    | A flash round can be shot toward a wall with either player in order to make |
    | Wesker dash in another direction.  In single player, the main player should | 
    | be prepared to shoot a flash round to keep the AI partner from getting hit  |
    | in higher difficulty modes.                                                 |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> DEALING WITH JILL (MAKING JILL SEE STARS)
    
    Jill's machine gun fire from out in the open can be very damaging if your 
    character stands still.  She will often dodge the second a laser pointer from a 
    gun makes contact with her.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | In co-op play and even on single player, a character can circle Jill while  |
    | next to her in order to make her constantly turn and raise her machine gun. |
    | She will not be able to fire because she has to constantly turn a different |
    | direction and adjust her aim.  This is especially good to use on higher     |
    | difficulties.                                                               |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Neither character should damage Jill with any type of gunfire or weapon attack 
    during the battle since she can actually be killed, ending the battle early 
    with a game over.  She will actually begin to show signs of damage much like 
    the main characters by holding her side when she is weak due to being hit with 
    a weapon.
    
    Throughout the fight with Wesker and Jill, one player can get behind Jill and 
    restrain her with a "Restrain" button prompt command from close range while the 
    other player moves in for a follow-up melee attack.
    
    Chris = Throw (from Sheva restrain)
    Sheva = Throw (from Chris restrain)
    
    Jill can also be approached from the front at any time during the battle to 
    sometimes receive the commands listed above.  Both ways of performing the 
    command will instantly knock her out for a few seconds allowing the characters 
    more time to deal with Wesker alone.
    
    If Jill manages to escape from a restrain then the restraining character will 
    have to input a button prompt "Dodge" command in order to dodge her counter 
    punch.  The character will roll out of the way.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | Anytime that a partner is seen restraining Jill during the Jill and Wesker  |
    | battle, approach Jill from the front side for a melee command.  The melee   |
    | attack that is performed will stun Jill.  The AI partner will be constantly |
    | trying to restrain Jill in a single player game.                            |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> DEALING WITH WESKER
    
    Trying to hit Wesker normally is pretty much useless, though not impossible 
    (see next section).  Most of the time, he will simply dash to a side extremely 
    quick as your gunshot flies right by him.  Be sure to press the action button 
    during the "Dodge" button prompt command or quickly run to the side in order to 
    dodge Wesker's handgun fire since it is extremely damaging per shot!
    
    A character must hide from Wesker and Wesker must not know that the character 
    is near him in order for a character to sneak in a gun attack.  This can be 
    done by simply leaving him and stepping behind a wall or entering a room.  You 
    need to watch his location on the mini-map.  If he stops then he is most likely 
    looking around for a character, so you don't want to step into view unless 
    you've got a good viewpoint of him and he has his backed turned.  If he is 
    moving in one direction then he will have his back in the opposite direction.
    
    A player can take cover behind a variety of different walls on the second floor 
    to hide from Wesker.  The northwest area (the room and nearby halls) is the 
    easiest portion of the area where one can hide from Wesker.  Your character can 
    easily step in and out of the northwest and room and run back and forth down 
    the corridor while Wesker is in one location in order to get the drop on him.  
    Even if he discovers your character, you can easily lose him fast.
    
    A partner can also help out in catching Wesker's attention.  When Wesker spots 
    a partner, the other player can sneak up on Wesker and hit him from the back 
    with gunfire.  Just because he sees one character doesn't mean that he has 
    noticed the other.
    
    When Wesker has lost sight of your character, he will begin to look around and 
    mention phrases such as:
    
    "You can't hide forever!"
    "You're merely postponing the inevitable."
    "There's no point in hiding.
    "I tire of wasting my time with you."
    "You disappoint me.  Is that the best you've got?"
    
    Once he turns his back when he has lost sight of a character, that character 
    can hit him in the back a few times with any weapon.  The magnum is the best 
    weapon to hit him with if you want to stagger him quickly.  The ++L. HAWK++ 
    magnum weapon can be obtained by having both characters push open the coffin in 
    the northwest room.
    
    Once Wesker is in a staggering pose where he leans backward, a character can 
    run up to him a trigger a special timed button press melee combination on him 
    all starting through a single button prompt command from close range.
    
                                   CHRIS MELEE COMBO
    
     Commands  = Left Hook - Right Hook - Body Blow - Heavy Blow - Finishing Combo
    .-----------------------------------------------------------------------------.
    | BUTTONS  |  Action   |  Action    |  Assist   |    Run     |  Action + Run  |
    | PS3      |    []     |    []      |    O      |     X      |     [] + X     |
    | X360     |    X      |    X       |    B      |     A      |      X + A     |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    * The "Left Hook" command starts the combination and the rest of the commands 
      are timed presses.
    
                                   SHEVA MELEE COMBO
    
    Commands  =   Reverse  - High Kick  -   Front   -    Knee    -   Double Heel
                   Kick                     Kick        Strike           Hop
    .-----------------------------------------------------------------------------.
    | BUTTONS  |  Action   |  Action    |  Assist   |    Run     |  Action + Run  |
    | PS3      |    []     |    []      |    O      |     X      |     [] + X     |
    | X360     |    X      |    X       |    B      |     A      |      X + A     |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    * The "Reverse Kick" command starts the combination and the rest of the 
      commands are timed presses.
    
    Once Wesker has found a character, he will mention one of the following 
    phrases:
    
    "Ah, there you are!"
    "Found you!"
    
    Once Wesker has caught sight of a character, he will chase after that 
    character, so the targeted character will need to quickly run down a corridor 
    or step into the northwest room and keep away from him until Wesker has lost 
    sight of the character again.  Once again, keep in mind that just because he 
    sees one character, doesn't mean that he has seen both.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | While Wesker searches around the hallways of the second floor, a character  |
    | can stand on the outside walkway and shoot him through the windows; move up |
    | the staircase on the first floor then look through the windows.  The        |
    | interesting part about doing this is that Wesker will see the character but |
    | will almost instantly lose sight of the character after passing by the wall |
    | near the window, so the other player could stand at a corner near Wesker    |
    | and allow the outside player to shoot him and stun him completely to set    |
    | him up for a melee combo from the other player.                             |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> KNOCKING WESKER OUT OF HIS MELEE ATTACKS
    
    This is more of a last resort for when the seven minutes are almost up rather 
    than a tactic for the entire battle since it leaves your character wide open to 
    Wesker's attacks, but Wesker can be knocked out of a kick melee attack by 
    aiming at him and firing shortly before the attack hits your character.  The 
    shotgun works the best because of its spread.  Aim downward just in case he 
    sweeps.
    
    .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------.
    | Wesker's sunglasses can be knocked off if he is hit in the face with a      |
    | gunshot.  The easiest way to do this is to shoot him out of a melee attack  |
    | or shoot him from the other side of a window.  He will put the sunglasses   |
    | back on after a few seconds if he is not engaged in combat.                 |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Knocking him out of a melee attack can stun him and set him up for a follow-up 
    melee attack from your character.  Chris can sometimes Uppercut, Straight 
    Punch, or Hook Wesker after knocking him out of a melee attack.  Wesker will 
    sometimes block the follow-up melee however.  Hitting him out of a melee attack 
    will damage him just like if a character hit from the back without being 
    noticed and these frontal hits will sometimes stun him to where a character can 
    perform the full melee combination of attacks.
    
    Hitting him before his attack will count as the first hit toward stunning him 
    for a melee combo also, so your character could shoot him out of a kick attack 
    with a magnum then shoot him again and stun him.  This will set him up for the 
    melee combo mentioned above.  Shooting him out of one of his attacks is still 
    very risky, but it's fun to try when you know the timing for hitting him.
    
    --> THE ROCKET LAUNCHER
    
    If a player brings a rocket launcher to this battle then the fight with Wesker 
    can be ended very early.  Hide from Wesker then wait for him to turn his back. 
    Fire a rocket at him when he turns and he will grab the rocket.  Shoot the 
    rocket while he holds it and the resulting explosion will stun him and he will 
    leave directly after the stun.  This is an easy way to get the Bad Blood 
    trophy/achievement.
    
    NOTE: If Wesker leaves the battle early from suffering too much damage, the 
    cutscene afterwards remains the same as if the characters allowed him to end 
    the battle himself.  The only difference in making him leave early is that 
    Wesker will simply end the battle early by rushing toward the middle room.
    
    .--------------------------------- EXTRA INFO --------------------------------.
    | See the Pro mode Jill and Wesker fight section for some more extreme tips   |
    | for this fight and the next fight.  Press CTRL + F then type in "JWPRO".    |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
    
    Trophy/Achievement: Bad Blood
    
    Description: During the first fight with Wesker, damage him a set number of 
    times.
    
    Details: Wesker must be hit enough times during the Jill and Wesker battle so 
    that he leaves the battle before the time limit.  This can be done by hitting 
    him with a magnum while he is not looking then running toward him to perform a 
    melee combo while he is stunned.  The melee combo will heavily damage Wesker.  
    It is best to hit him twice with a magnum before attempting to run toward him 
    for the command.  Two quick shots will usually stun him for a few seconds.
    
    An extremely easy way to get this trophy/achievement is to bring a rocket 
    launcher to the battle then fire a rocket at Wesker from the back when he is 
    unaware of your presence.  He will grab the rocket.  Shoot the rocket with any 
    weapon to heavily damage him and he will leave the battle instantly.
    
    Before he leaves, he will kneel down for a few seconds then raise back up and 
    suddenly make a quick dash toward the top portion of the middle room.
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
    
    .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------.
    | While Wesker crouches to the floor, right before he leaves the battle after |
    | suffering too much damage, a player can shoot him two more times with a     |
    | magnum and perform yet another melee combo to him.  To add more insult to   |
    | injury, a player can shoot him while he is on the ground after the melee    |
    | combo to make Wesker attempt his dash attack, to which the player can       |
    | counter with the on-screen button command that will appear.  Once he falls  |
    | from a successful counter, aim at him again then shoot to make him run.  Be |
    | sure to taunt afterward to enjoy your moment.  Keep in mind that a knife    |
    | slash can be substituted for any ground shot to make him react.             |
    |                                                                             |
    | Why in the world would you want to waste bullets and hit him with another   |
    | melee combo, you might ask?                                                 |
    |                                                                             |
    | Because you're reading Berserker's guide and in Berserker's guide, we make  |
    | a complete mockery of bosses when we finally finish them, if possible.      |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Emerald (Brilliant) [2,500 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  In the middle room, move up the right set of 
                        stairs then follow the right path all the way to the south
                        to find two vases.  Facing them, this treasure is inside 
                        the left vase.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Sapphire (Oval) [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  On the second floor, northwest room, break the 
                        pot lying next to the mummified body on the wall stand to 
                        find this treasure.  This is only obtainable during the 
                        Wesker and Jill portion of the battle.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Sapphire (Brilliant) [3,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  During the battle with Jill and Wesker, move up 
                        the stairs to the second floor and enter the northwest 
                        room.  Both characters must use the partner assist button 
                        to open the stone coffin in the south portion of the 
                        northwest room.  This will be inside along with another 
                        treasure and the L. Hawk Magnum.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Emerald (Oval) [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  During the battle with Jill and Wesker, move up 
                        the stairs to the second floor and enter the northwest 
                        room.  Both characters must use the partner assist button 
                        to open the stone coffin in the south portion of the 
                        northwest room.  This will be inside along with another 
                        treasure and the L. Hawk Magnum.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Heart of Africa [10,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  If a character causes Wesker to leave early by 
                        damaging him too much during the Jill and Wesker fight then
                        this treasure will be lying in between the stairs in the 
                        middle room during the battle with Jill alone.  The easiest
                        way to make Wesker leave early is to sneak up on him and 
                        fire a rocket from a rocket launcher then shoot the rocket 
                        when he grabs it.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    H I D D E N  W E A P O N
    Weapon: L. Hawk (MAG)
    Location: Monarch Room - Chapter 5-3
    Details: During the battle with Jill and Wesker, move up the stairs to the 
    second floor and enter the northwest room.  Both characters must use the 
    partner assist button to open the stone coffin in the south portion of the 
    northwest room.  This will be inside along with two treasures.
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    - MIDDLE ROOM
    
    [ ] Vase - Northeast corner.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Northeast corner.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Upstairs northwest corner.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Upstairs west corner.  Near a metal crate.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Upstairs west corner.  Near a metal crate.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Upstairs northeast corner.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase (left) - Upstairs southeast corner. Near a metal crate.
    --> Definite Item: Emerald (Brilliant)
    [ ] Vase (right) - Upstairs southeast corner. Near a metal crate.
    --> Random Item
    
    -- SECOND FLOOR
    
    [ ] Vase - In between staircases on east side.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - East side of hall, near middle, in a corner.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Middle portion of hall. East side.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Middle portion of hall. West side
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Outside east door of west room.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - In west room, near east entrance.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - In west room, near east entrance.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - In west room, near east entrance.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Pot - In west room, on a wall platform.
    --> Definite Item: Sapphire (Oval)
    [ ] Vase - In west room, near middle doorway.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - In west room, near middle doorway.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Outside south entrance of west room.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - Southwest side, inside west doorway
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Vase - West balcony, near a metal crate.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    - MIDDLE ROOM
    
    [ ] Green Herb - To the right of the west staircase.
    [ ] Green Herb - To the left of the west staircase.
    
    - SECOND FLOOR
    
    [ ] Red Herb - West side of hall, near middle, in a corner.
    [ ] Red Herb - On west balcony, southwest end.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    
                                        JILL
                                        ----
    
                                      HP: 1,500
                             HP: 10,000 (device on chest)
    
                     Damage to Jill per "Tear Off" command: 1,000
                     Damage to Jill per gunshot to device: 1,500
    
    Weak Points: - Chris' words through Entreat command (causes Jill's device to 
                   malfunction)
                 - Jill's back (get behind and restrain her)
                 - Jill on ground (can be restrained while fallen)
                 - Device on chest (main weak point/must be shot or torn off 
                   through action command)
    
    Attacks/Moves:
    
    1) Machine Gun Fire - Jill aims at a character with both machine guns and fires 
       at that character.  Run to the side or sidestep to avoid the gunfire.
    
    2) Somersault Grab - Jill jumps toward a character and somersaults in the air. 
       If this hits then she will latch her arms onto the character's back and flip
       that character onto the ground behind her.
    
    3) Sliding Machine Gun Fire - Jill quickly slides toward a character and fires 
       her machine guns while sliding.
    
    4) Circular Machine Gun Fire - Jill holds out both her arms to her sides then 
       begins to fire her machine guns as she brings her arms to her front portion.
       If a character is not behind her to restrain her, consider shooting her with 
       a low power weapon such as a machine gun.
    
    5) Ceiling Machine Gun Fire - Jill runs up a pillar then sticks to the ceiling 
       and fires her machine guns.  If she is shot off the ceiling then she will be 
       stunned when she lands, allowing for a "Tear Off" command to appear while 
       near her.
    
    6) Kick - While crouched down, Jill will performs a kick forward.  Step away 
       from her to avoid this.
    
    7) Second Floor Machine Gun Fire - Jill runs up a pillar then jumps to the 
       second floor.  She will lock onto a character and fire at that character. 
       Run to the side to avoid this or sidestep.  A character can also move up 
       under the floor of the balcony she is positioned on to avoid this.
    
    --> HIS LAST PARTNER WAS A WOMAN TOO
    
    The majority of this battle is spent trying to get button prompt commands on 
    Jill.  Just about all of her attacks can be avoided by stepping or running to a 
    side.  Even though shooting her too much will kill her, she has some attacks 
    that can only truly be avoided by shooting her such as her circular machine gun 
    fire.  Use a low powered machine gun to shoot her in order to cancel the 
    attack.
    
    A Chris player can get a special "Entreat" button prompt command while standing 
    near Jill; Chris doesn't have to be directly beside Jill to get this. Chris 
    will talk to Jill with one of the following phrases when the "Entreat" command 
    is performed:
    
    "Jill! What are you doing!?"
    "Stop this!  Jill!  Answer me!"
    "It's me Chris.  Don't you recognize me!?"
    "Come on! Snap out of it!"
    "Don't do this Jill!"
    "I don't want to hurt you!"
    
    The phrases are always mentioned in that order then they will repeat.  If a 
    Chris player keeps using the "Entreat" command while close to Jill, the device 
    will eventually malfunction as Jill struggles to gain control.  Jill will 
    stagger in place while the device malfunctions and that is one of the best 
    times to attempt to get a button prompt command on her from close range.  A 
    character can also wait until she recovers from an attack such as her kick then 
    get a button prompt command from either side of Jill at that time.
    
    --> DAMAGING THE DEVICE ON HER CHEST
    
    There are two ways to damage the device on Jill's chest:
    
    a) Through a button prompt "Tear Off" action command while she is restrained or 
       down on the ground.
    b) Through gunfire pointed directly at the device while she is restrained.
    
    --> DAMAGING THE DEVICE THROUGH GUNFIRE
    
    Anytime that a partner is restraining Jill, approach Jill and aim directly at 
    the red device on her center chest then fire at it with a weapon and the device 
    will receive heavy damage.  The best type of weapon to use is a rifle (for 
    precision aiming) but a character can also use a handgun or machine gun.  
    Believe it or not, a character can actually damage the device with a shotgun 
    and not hit Jill in the process.  Now hold steady Jill and allow Chris to get 
    that nasty device off your chest with his triple-barrel Hydra!  Even a knife 
    slash will work if aimed properly.
    
    .--------------------------------- EXTRA INFO --------------------------------.
    | All gun attacks that hit the device will take the same amount of damage     |
    | from it.  Whether a character uses a handgun, machine gun, magnum or rocket |
    | launcher, the damage per shot to the device will always be the same.        |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Shooting the device can be slightly risky in that the player might accidentally 
    hit Jill and damage her, but the hit detection window is very forgiving for 
    attempting to hit the device.  The gunfire does not have to be exactly precise. 
    Directly after shooting the device during a restrain, the character that shoots 
    can take advantage of a "Throw" command while standing in front of Jill then 
    toss her to the ground.  Either character might be able to get the "Tear Off" 
    action button command while Jill is grounded after that Throw.
    
    Hitting Jill with gunfire normally is not always a bad thing to do.  As already 
    mentioned, hitting her with a low power machine gun can cancel her machine gun 
    blasts (tap the trigger once while aiming at her).  If she runs up the wall and 
    hangs off the ceiling to fire her machine guns, a gun attack that hits her will 
    knock her down to the floor and stun her, allowing a character to get the "Tear 
    Off" command while standing above her.
    
    It is very possible to hit the device on her chest with gunfire anytime during 
    the battle, but precise aiming is needed.  One of the best times to aim for the 
    device is when she performs her circular machine gun fire.  You're not going to 
    hit the device near as much while aiming for it while she is not restrained 
    however.
    
    --> DAMAGING THE DEVICE THROUGH MELEE (BUTTON PROMPT COMMANDS)
    
    - Chris Actions:
    
    Entreat  = Chris action while near Jill when she is not stunned.  This causes 
               Chris to talk to Jill and weaken the chest device's control on her.
    Tear off = Chris action while standing in front of Jill during Sheva restrain.
    Tear off = Chris action while Jill is grounded after Sheva's Throw or Chris' 
               Throw.  Stand over Jill.
    Restrain = Chris action from Jill's back side while she is stunned.
    Throw    = Chris action from Jill's front side while she is stunned.
    
    - Sheva Actions:
    
    Tear Off = Sheva action while standing in front of Jill during Chris restrain.
    Tear off = Sheva action while Jill is grounded after Sheva's Throw or Chris' 
               Throw.  Stand over Jill.
    Restrain = Sheva action from Jill's back side while she is stunned.
    Throw    = Sheva action from Jill's front side while she is stunned.
    
    - Both Player Action
    
    Dodge    = Chris or Sheva command anytime Jill escapes from a "Restrain" or 
               ground "Tear Off" command.  The character performing the "Restrain" 
               or the character performing a ground "Tear Off" command will have to 
               use this command to avoid damage from Jill's counterattack.  This 
               command occurs right before her punch counterattack.
    
    Both Chris and Sheva can restrain Jill or toss her to the ground then attempt 
    to tear off the device on her chest through a button prompt command.  The 
    button will differ depending on the type of restraint.  A standing "Tear Off" 
    requires the use of the assist button, while a ground "Tear Off" requires the 
    use of the action button.
    
    A character must wait until Jill is slightly stunned from her device 
    malfunction or while she is recovering from one of her attacks before the 
    restrain or throw command will appear while standing next to Jill.  A character 
    can also perform the same command directly after a partner shoots Jill's device 
    since she will stagger for a while afterwards.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | Jill can be stunned briefly with a flash grenade or flash round that is     |
    | thrown/shot near her.  This will make it to where both characters will get  |
    | the "Restrain" command from behind or a "Throw" command from the front of   |
    | Jill.  This little technique is very important on Veteran mode since the AI |
    | partner will be getting hit while trying to restrain or throw Jill.  The    |
    | Entreat command is not that useful on Veteran mode.                         |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --> THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN TEARING THE DEVICE OFF AND SHOOTING IT
    
    Attempting to tear off the device will do less damage to it when compared to 
    shooting it.  Shooting the device will do more damage while she is restrained 
    and attempting to tear it off will require many more attempts.  A player should 
    resort to shooting the device on Veteran mode when the AI partner restrains 
    Jill.  6 shots to the device while Jill is restrained followed by one "Tear 
    Off" command will always end the battle if the player taps the X button fast 
    enough for the "Tear Off" command.  Also there is a trophy/achievement involved 
    with tearing the device from her chest.
    
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
    
    Trophy/Achievement: Masters of Removing
    
    Description: Work together to save someone special.
    
    Details: The device on Jill's chest must be removed through a button command 
    while Jill is standing in order to receive this trophy/achievement.  Again, the 
    final attack must show the character removing the device from her chest while 
    Jill is standing NOT on the floor.  A partner must restrain Jill from behind 
    and the other character must remove the device through the button prompt assist 
    "Tear Off" command.
    -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
    
    +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +   E N D  B O S S  B A T T L E   +  +  +  +  +  +  +  +
    
    - - -                                                                     - - -
                 ___ _                 _               __         _          [CH61]
                / __\ |__   __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __   / /_       / |
               / /  | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| | '_ \  ___ | |
              / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | ||  __/ |    | (_) ||___|| |
              \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_|     \___/      |_|
                                |_|                                     
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         --> Chapter 6-1 Ranking Table <--
            .-----------------------------------------------------------.
            | RANKS          |    S     |     A    |     B    |    C    |
            |===========================================================|
            | ACCURACY       |   70%+   | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | ENEMIES ROUTED |    40+   |    25    |    14    |   <14   |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | DEATHS         |     0    |     1    |     2    |    3+   |
            |-----------------------------------------------------------|
            | CLEAR TIME     | <26'00"  |  31'00"  |  36'00"  |  36'01"+|
            '-----------------------------------------------------------'
            < = less than or equal to                    + = greater than
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                            [CH611]
    Chapter 6-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                                  S H I P  D E C K
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    Recommended Weapons:
    
    - Machine Gun or Handgun 
    - Shotgun
    - Rifle (w/scope upgrade of two for a BSAA medal)
    - Magnum
    - Flash Grenades or Flash Rounds (for Duvalias and Plagas Adjules)
    - Melee Vest and Bulletproof Vest (for both characters)
    - Hand Grenade (for a certain BSAA medal)
    
    The characters will start out on the northwest end of the boat that they saw at 
    the end of the last chapter.  If you look off to the south from where the 
    characters start and use a Rifle (PSG-1) with a scope level of 2 then a player 
    can see a --BSAA EMBLEM (28/30)-- on a high cross-shaped structure in that 
    direction.  It's near the very top of the structure.  This can be shot later in 
    the level also from a closer area, but it's still really hard to hit with a 
    normal rifle scope magnification other than an upgraded scope on the PSG-1.
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
       ________                                                                 [ ]
      /        \   -->  B S A A  E M B L E M  #28
     /   BSAA   \
    (------------) LOCATION: Ship Deck - Chapter 6-1
     \  EMBLEM  /  DETAILS:  Look off to the south from the starting point on the 
      \________/   Ship Deck and find the cross-shaped structure on the south side
                   of the boat to find this medal on the very top of it.  You'll 
                   really need a PSG-1 rifle with a level 2 scope magnification to
                   be able to make out the actual emblem.  Without it, you'll only 
                   see a glowing speck on top of the structure from the current 
                   distance.  It can be shot later on in the area before entering 
                   the exit door to move onto the next area.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | There is a Majini behind the vent to the south.  Turn around and face the   |
    | south then move toward the ladder to see a Majini armed with a stun rod, on |
    | a railing beside the current one to the south.  Take out a rifle and shoot  |
    | him and he will leave behind a ++TOPAZ (OVAL)++ treasure.  In order to get  |
    | this treasure, he must be shot before the crane drops the cage trap later   |
    | in the area.  The characters must also make sure that the crane actually    |
    | drops the cage trap by NOT shooting the Majini near the controls of the     |
    | crane. This is one place to shoot him and I'll point out the next place     |
    | later on in this area.                                                      |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ship Deck - Chapter 6-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Topaz (Oval) [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  From where the characters start, turn to the 
                        south and back up toward the ladder then keep looking to 
                        the south to see a Majini armed with a stun rod on a 
                        walkway behind a vent close to the platform that the 
                        characters are on.  Shoot him and he will drop the topaz 
                        treasure.  He can also be shot when the characters climb on
                        top of the metal container to push the blue crate in front 
                        of the locked gate.  The treasure is along the north side 
                        of the walkway behind the area with the locked gate.  When 
                        a character opens the gate by using the keycard, on that 
                        character's way to raise the cage, this will be off to the
                        right once the character moves up the stairs.
    
                        In order to collect this treasure, the characters MUST NOT 
                        kill the Majini that activates the cage trap on the crane 
                        tower or the way to this treasure cannot be accessed.  The 
                        characters must also shoot this Majini BEFORE the cage 
                        drops.  The character that has to raise the cage will meet 
                        this Majini after moving up the stairs past the locked 
                        gate.  If he is shot at that time, he will not drop this 
                        treasure.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    If you stand from where the characters start out and look up on the northeast 
    tower, a Majini with grenades strapped to his chest can be seen.  This Majini 
    will toss down pipe bombs at your characters in the battle up ahead, and he can 
    be eliminated right now with a rifle.
    
    Drop down the side with the ladder up ahead then break the two --TALL CRATES--. 
    When the characters move up the stairs to the side, three Majini with stun rods 
    will attack along the walkway as one of them alerts the others. One Majini on 
    the second floor of the high platform to the north will toss pipe bombs at the 
    characters so take out the rifle and shoot him quickly.  The other Majini along 
    the high walkway will leap down and attack the characters with a stun rod 
    before too long.
    
    Both characters could get some easy tag team melees here if the players want to 
    try for them.  The majority of the Majini that the characters will run into on 
    this stage have armor attached to different places of their body, so you'll 
    need to aim at unarmored portions of their body in order to hit them.  The only 
    gun that can break through their heavy armor is a magnum.  The magnum will 
    ignore the armor and shoot directly through it.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - Right next to the first set of stairs.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Right next to the first set of stairs.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Move up the stairs then use the ladder to climb to the first high platform.  
    Don't drop from the other side just yet; climb the ladder to the very top 
    platform instead.  Pick up the ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ near the pole at the top and 
    break the --TALL CRATE--.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - On the very top of the first high platform portion of the 
        boat.  Climb the first ladder then the second ladder on top after defeating 
        the first set of Majini.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - On the very top of the first high platform portion of the
        boat.  Climb the first ladder then the second ladder on top after defeating
        the first set of Majini.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------.
    | 1) From the third high platform on the north end of the boat, look off to   |
    |    the south and kill the two Majini armed with stun rods on the top        |
    |    portion of the crane.  A ++TOPAZ (OVAL)++ treasure will be dropped by    |
    |    each of them and can be obtained near the area where the cage falls (two |
    |    separate areas).                                                         |
    |                                                                             |
    | 2) The Majini with the stun rod above the first crane ladder off to the     |
    |    south can be shot now as well.  He will toss pipe bombs later.           |
    |                                                                             |
    | 3) If you have a rifle scope with a 2x magnification then look toward the   | 
    |    platform above the Majini on the platform with the ladder a Majini is    |
    |    right across from a crane lever.  If he is killed then the cage trap     |
    |    later in the stage will not fall on a character and also shooting the    |
    |    crane operator cancels out many enemies that would normally appear in    |
    |    the middle of this area and it also cancels the need of a crane keycard  |
    |    and need to get on the crane.                                            |
    |                                                                             |
    | NOTE: Shooting the crane operator Majini will make it to where a collection |
    | of gold worth 3,000 gold will be unattainable and it also makes it to where |
    | a Topaz (Oval) treasure mentioned above cannot be obtained.                 |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ship Deck - Chapter 6-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Topaz (Oval) x2 [2,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  From the starting point of the Ship Deck chapter,
                        move forward and fight the Majini like normal then climb
                        all the way up both ladders on the high platform.  Arm a 
                        rifle (preferably with a level 2 scope magnification) then 
                        look off to the south.  Find the crane that extends across 
                        the middle portion of the area up high then shoot each of 
                        the two Majini on top of the crane.  They will each drop a 
                        Topaz (Oval), which can be obtained later in the area.
    
                        Once the characters reach the ladder on the side of the 
                        metal container beyond the area where the cage drops (or 
                        doesn't drop if you shot the crane operator early), climb 
                        the ladder on the metal container to the east and you'll 
                        see a glowing treasure off to the left.  That will be the 
                        first Topaz (Oval).  Continue on around the east corner
                        where the characters have to raise both lifts and the 
                        second Topaz (Oval) will be on the floor in front of the 
                        two lifts.
    
                        The two Majini on the crane MUST be shot before the cage 
                        falls.  If the characters try to go back to shoot them 
                        later, after the cage drops, then they will not be on top 
                        of the crane.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    Hop back down the side then fall down the north end of the lower platform.  
    Climb up the north ladder then break the five --TALL CRATES-- on the walkway 
    above and then collect the ++GREEN HERB++ from the left end.  Three crates are 
    to the left and two crates are to the right.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - On the far north walkway, west end.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - On the far north walkway, west end.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - On the far north walkway, west end.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - On the far north walkway, east end.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - On the far north walkway, east end.
    --> Random Item
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Green Herb - On the far north walkway, west end.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Hop back down the side with the ladder and move up the stairs.  Have a shotgun 
    handy.  Shortly after the characters step onto the stairs, the crate behind 
    them to the east will bust open as two Adjules attack and two Majini with stun 
    rods will attack the characters from the north.  It's best to rush back down 
    the stairs and focus on the Adjules first of all.  Of the two Majini, one of 
    them will form a Cephalo unless an instant death melee kill is perform from the 
    back of him after a leg stun.
    
    Move back up the stairs then down the next set of stairs on the opposite side 
    after the battle.  A Majini with a stun rod and two Adjules will attack from up 
    ahead then a Big Man Majini will be waiting from off to the left.  The Big Man 
    Majini is still nothing a little up close shotgun blast followed by a melee and 
    another shotgun blast followed melee (then repeat) can't handle, so take care 
    of him first of all then use a shotgun to focus on the Majini and the Adjules. 
    The Big Man Majini will leave behind a ++JEWEL BANGLE++ as usual.
    
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
     _________________                                                          [ ]
    (_________________) --> H I D D E N  T R E A S U R E
    | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ship Deck - Chapter 6-1
    |       [ ]       | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle [1,000 gold]
    |_________________| DETAILS:  The Big Man Majini that attacks along with the 
                        Majini and the two Adjules will drop this treasure once 
                        defeated.
    = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
    
    A single Majini will attack further around the corner or he might attack with 
    the others if you step to far.  He will form into a Duvalia once defeated.  
    It's best to toss a flash grenade to deal with the Duvalia.  Luckily there is a 
    ++FLASH GRENADE++ and ++RED HERB++ lying along the side of crate to the left so 
    grab the flash grenade and toss it at him if your characters need one.  If you 
    choose to fight the Duvalia without a flash grenade then you'll have to shoot 
    him in the legs then blast his mouth when he fall on his knees.
    
    .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------.
    | Defeat the Majini that normally forms a Duvalia with an instant kill melee  |
    | to stop him from changing into a Duvalia.  Shoot him in a leg then rush     |
    | behind him while he is stunned and perform a melee with either character.   |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST
    [ ] Red Herb - Lying on a crate off to the left after the fight with the Big 
        Man Majini, normal Majini and two Adjules.
    [ ] Flash Grenade - Lying on a crate off to the left after the fight with the 
        Big Man Majini, normal Majini and two Adjules.
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Drop off the side of the platform with the ladder ahead.  Break the two --TALL 
    CRATES-- against the large containers to the south.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS LIST
    [ ] Tall Crate - Drop from the platform where the first Duvalia is fought and 
        this will be against the large metal containers to the south.
    --> Random Item
    [ ] Tall Crate - Drop from the platform where the first Duvalia is fought and 
        this will be against the large metal containers to the south.
    --> Random Item
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Mov